Current Issues in Modern Economics: a Fresh Look and New Solutions

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION AND SCIENCE OF THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION NATIONAL RESEARCH TOMSK STATE UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF ECONOMICS FACULTY OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES COUNCIL OF YOUNG SCIENTISTS

International Youth Academic Conference

Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

26–27 November 2012

Publishers Tomsk University 2013

UDK 33(082)

Conference Proceedings

Editorial board:

Z.E. Sakharova, dean of the Faculty of Economics S.K. Gural, dean of the Faculty of Foreign Languages E.N. Shilina, associate professor, Faculty of Foreign Languages (editor-in-chief) P.J. Mitchell, deputy dean for international affairs, Faculty of Foreign Languages O.V. Nagel, associate professor, Faculty of Foreign Languages E.V. Nekhoda, professor, Faculty of Economics V.S. Tsytlenok, professor, Faculty of Economics N.A. Tjuleneva, professor, Faculty of Economics

Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

ISBN 978-5-7511-2160-0

Economic modernization is impossible without transforming the entrenched system of social relations, which has become a serious hindrance to progressive economic development in any given country. This international youth academic conference, titled Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions, was held in order to bring together young researchers from a variety of backgrounds, enabling a fresh look both at problems connected with the global vector of the development of the world economy, the enhancement of the Russian economy’s competitiveness and that of Russian companies and at relatively new concerns of economic studies connected with interdisciplinary research. This allowed the participants to create new methodological bases for the development of economic research and to identify the most important directions of academic research.

UDK 33(082)

Статьи, присланные участниками конференции, печатаются в авторской редакции.

The papers received by the conference participants and published herein are unedited.

ISBN 978-5-7511-2160-0 © TOMSK STATE UNIVERSITY, 2013 PLENARY

ENGLISH AS THE LANGUAGE OF A GLOBAL ECONOMY: AN OVERVIEW OF RUSSIA AND CHINA

P.J. Mitchell, A.N. Zarubin

Faculty of Foreign Languages, National Research Tomsk State University,

In a world divided into almost 200 nation states and even more languages, yet merged together into a global economy, the necessity of having a means of cross-national communication is obvious. This means of communication exists today in the English language. Whether having one lingua franca for our global economy is a positive development or a negative one is a different question, and one which the authors will not attempt to tackle in this paper. The emergence of English as the de facto language of the global economy in which we live has left us with a situation favouring English- speaking economies and, elsewhere, English speakers per se. In the so- called ‘innovation economy’ the importance of knowing English must be recognized [1]. Looking at the English language globally, Kachru and Nelson divide the use of English into three concentric circles [2]: The inner circle is the traditional base of English and includes countries such as the United Kingdom and Ireland and the populations of the former British colonies of the United States, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, Canada, and various islands of the Caribbean, Indian Ocean and Pacific Ocean. In the outer circle are those countries where English has official or historical importance («special significance»). This includes most of the countries of the Commonwealth of Nations (largely the former British Empire), including populous countries such as India, Pakistan and Nige- ria; and others, such as the Philippines, under the sphere of influence of English-speaking countries. Here higher education, legislative and judicial matters, national commerce, and so on, may all be carried out pre- dominantly in English. The expanding circle refers to those countries where English has no official role, but is nonetheless important for certain functions, notably 4 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions international business. By the twenty-first century, the number of non- native English speakers had come to significantly outnumber the number of native speakers. English has now metamorphosed into the language of the global network – the Internet, global economics, global business, global politics, the global education system etc. Society is becoming more and more globalised, and as a result we face the increasing role of English as the only means of international communication. Russia and China both belong to Kachru and Nelson’s expanding circle, a place where the English language has no official status and where there does not exist an historically English-speaking population – with the notable exception of Hong Kong – to provide a particular base for the language. In both countries the process of becoming an ‘English speaker’ involves starting from scratch: teaching English to young people, usually starting in the country’s schools. English is taught as the priority foreign language in the most schools in most countries. This is indeed the case in both Russia and China, in both of which the bulk of international business is conducted through the medium of English. The authors have noted previously the attitude towards knowing Eng- lish among people in China [3]. For Chinese youth, for example, profi- ciency in English is becoming a vital prerequisite to a successful career and to integration into the global community, as China broadens its activity and its influence in all spheres all over the world. This is a phenomenon that we see in Russia, too, as she regains her international influence after the turbulent 1990s. Young people understand that at least a basic knowledge of English will give them a significant advantage in the job market – the requirements made by Russian companies of recruits are discussed below. In China, thanks to studying English a lot of young people become members of international student organizations (AIESEC, for example), they take part in international social and business projects, they become integrated with foreign communities in China, they make close contacts with people from abroad, they comprehend different cultures and different people in all continents; and the most important thing – more and more young people leave China in order to study, to work or even to live abroad. They are becoming members of a new global society. New horizons are open to them, horizons which their parents could not even dream of. And all thanks to English. But the problem is that still very few of them are able to speak proper English [3]. Plenary 5

In Russia, also, we see an increase in the number of young people aware of the opportunities to participate in various programmes and organisations; AIESEC is a growing force in Russia for international exchanges, with five new branches opening in 2011–12 [4]. Such international exchanges are but one of many ways in which young people in Russia are able to improve their communication skills in general, and their English language skills in particular, while becoming participants in our globalised world. According a readers’ survey of a Chinese national newspaper [5], 90% of the respondents said that China had an English learning fever. Fifty per cent of them think that the ability to speak English is one of the key skills in the modern Chinese society, one of the reasons is the fact that China has been opening up to the outside world for decades, and people there really want to be aware of what is happening outside of China (especially in Europe and America), and the second reason which is even more important from the personal interests in prospects, is that a lot of companies in China now require knowledge of English. Actually according to this survey 70% of people use English in their workspace, 80% of people are sure that English can bring them a better job, or a career promotion [3]. In Russia as well, big business has of course long since recognised the primacy of English in the global economy. Indeed, large companies in Russia often require at least a minimal level of understanding English upon hiring new recruits. There is, though, still a sense of complacency as to what the desired level of English should be [1]. It is such complacency which must be tackled in order for maximum progress to be made in Eng- lish language fluency within Russia. After all, as the former West German chancellor Willy Brandt once observed: «If I’m selling to you, I speak your language. If I’m buying, dann müssen sie Deutsch sprechen»! [6]. Jean Chang, a Star Education Institute president, in an interview to the CNBC channel gives the decisive opinion about English in China which is based on the Sino-American connections, quoted in Zarubin [7]: «China and America are totally different nations; everybody understands that the United States is one of the greatest countries in the world, and China is still considered as a developing country, China wants to catch up and learn many things from the United States in terms of management, and English is the priority for it, because China enters WTO, and a lot of foreign countries cooperate with China, and Chinese government is even encouraging private sector of economics come out of China to do busi- 6 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ness with the U. S. and other western countries, so people want to learn from each other, they want to understand each other by using language». In Russia, the federal government has recently made a «giant leap forward and an indirect acknowledgement of the poor state of English language teaching within Russia» by being «even prepared to send [federal officials] abroad to study in order to put Russia on a path toward an innovative future» [1, 8]. If Russia is to further her international ambi- tions then, as with China, greater emphasis must be placed on attaining a sound command of the English language or else expansion from an oil- and-gas focused economy into areas requiring greater integration into the global economy may well be placed in jeopardy. In the modern conditions of the Chinese economy we see how important an emphasis the young Chinese generation places on gaining some degree of fluency in English. And that is the reason which can explain the «English boom» in China within the last five years which in future will only grow until the whole of China speaks proper English. And it will, because otherwise it will not be able to hold everything it managed to achieve over the last 30 years. It is this generation which will grow up to be future leaders in business and government. In Russia, the situation is similar, although development in creating a system conducive to improvements in English language learning is slow. As Mitchell notes [1], «There are two main obstacles. The first is a lack of awareness of the importance of English and, more significantly, knowing it well… This viewpoint is happily dying. The second problem is much harder to kill. It concerns the level of ELT in Russia». Only if these issues are aggressively tackled by the Russian government can maximal improvements can be made in diversifying the economy and fully integrating into the global economy of the XXI century. Time will tell, and it is ticking by. This paper develops ideas advanced by P.J. Mitchell in ‘English for Innovators: The Importance of ELT Provision in an Innovation Economy’ [1], A.N. Zarubin in ‘Translating into English in China – Chinglish vs. English, Culture vs. Language’ [7], and P.J. Mitchell and A.N. Zarubin in ‘The English language internationally: An introduction to the case of China’ [3]. The authors wish to thank National Research Tomsk State University for providing a platform for collaborative work between staff and students, integrating academic research and education.

Plenary 7

Literature

1. Mitchell P.J. English for Innovators: The Importance of ELT Provision in an Innovation Economy. Innovatika – 2011. – Tomsk: Tomskoe universitetskoye izdatel’stvo, 2011. – Р. 36–40. 2. Kachru Y., Nelson C.L. World Englishes in Asian Contexts. – Hong Kong University Press, 2006. – 157. р 3. Mitchell P.J., Zarubin A.N. ‘The English language internationally: An introduction to the case of China’ in Gural S.K. (Ed.) Language & Culture: materials of the XXII international academic conference. – Tomsk: Tomsk State University, 2012. – 1Р. 4–20. 4. AIESEC Russia. URL: http://www.aiesec.ru/otkroj-aiesec-v-svoyom-gorode.html (Ac- cessed 01.12.2012). 5. He D., Li D.C.S. Language attitudes and linguistic features in the ‘China English’ debate. World Englishes, 2009. – Р. 28(1). 6. Brandt W. (undated). URL: http://openlibrary.org/books/OL22161851M (data accessed: 01.03.2011). 7. Zarubin A.N. Translating into English in China – Chinglish vs. English, Culture vs. Lan- guage. Unpublished term paper, 2012. – Р. 10. 8. Bratersky A., Odynova A. Bureaucrats to learn English. The Moscow Times, Issue 4554, 13 January 2011. URL: http://www.themoscowtimes.com/business/business_ for_business/article/bureaucrats-to-learn-english/428568.html (data accessed: 01.03.2011).

TOPICAL WORLDWIDE PROBLEMS IN MODERN ECONOMICS

E.N. Shilina

Tomsk State University

Over the recent years there has been paid a lot of attention to the question of what social factors can initiate the improvement of the economy. However, there seems to be more relevant points. The modernization of the economy is impossible without transforming the entrenched system of social relations, which has become a serious hindrance to the progressive social and economic development of the country. The disre- gard of social factors of the reforms to the market, overreliance on the conceptions of social development which have become quite popular with Russian researchers (for example, the well-known conceptions of industrial and post-industrial society, information economy, knowledge economy, the Economy of the Open Society, the new economy, the economy of the new industrial society, etc.), the expansion of economic egoism on all the levels of the national economy – it all sets back the development of new methodological approaches to implement crucial social changes. A number of experts both in Russia and abroad point out the crisis of social sciences in general, the unacceptability of using the principle of the 8 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

«methodological individualism» in researching into today’s most current problems (social consequences of unemployment, polarization and further deterioration of income differentiation, a whole new level of labor exploitation through illicit gaining of intellectual property); they emphasize the importance of creating new social models. It should also be stressed that Russia’s reliance on resource modernization, orientation solely to economic and technological models of development and investment into one-purpose breakthrough projects are not conducive to any major changes in the social structure of the society and its value components. Sociocultural and humanist criteria are still not treated by the Russian business elite and Governmental circles as crucial to economic and technological changes at their current stage. Another highly relevant subject for discussion in Russian and foreign surveys is the fundamental causes of the global crisis of 2008–2010 and the crisis of the economic science. The analysis of crisis processes in the era of globalization occupies a special place in scientific studies. In this respect, most scientists believe that the first global economic crisis in the 21st century went hand in hand with the crisis of economic and social sciences that started in the late 20th century when these sciences failed to account for most phenomena of the current stage of social development. Scientific analysis of the researches in the field of economic sciences allows singling out the following major problems: The first problem is the fragmentation of research and the lack of interdisciplinary studies. In particular, E. Balatsky notes that «this effect is, first of all, connected with the appearance of relatively small separate groups of scientists that communicate very little and sometimes just ignore one another. Consequently, economic research is quite uncoordi- nated and the parts of the economic science are loosely connected. In other words, the science becomes less systematic». The second problem consists in the scientific researches concentrated on traditional theories and conceptions, which only confirms the existence of a gap between the theory and practice. Today we urgently need «active» scientific research that could prompt the economic science to seek new methodological approaches and (trigger) politicians and business to make concrete steps. The third problem is the protracted dominance of the dilemma between economic efficiency and social justice, as a result of which the government traditionally uses its resources where the market fails / the government recoups the losses caused by the disasters of the market. For Plenary 9 decades the policy of the developed countries has been based on seeking a compromise between social development and economic efficiency. There is still no unanimous universal conception that could provide the business world and society with general guidelines, and therefore each company has its own interpretation of the responsibility towards society and places a rather low priority on social issues. It all lends to further research in economics and its approbation on the International youth academic Conference «Current Issues in modern Eco- nomics: a Fresh Look and New solutions». A fresh look both at problems connected with the global vector of the world economy development, priority directions of the social and economic development of Russia, the enhancement of the competitiveness of the Russian economy and Russian companies and at relatively new concerns of the economic science connected with the interdisciplinary studies, the socialization and humanization of the economy and economic knowledge will enable us to create new methodological bases for the development of the economic science and to indicate the most important directions of scientific investigation. The subject matter of the conference will be covered by the following 5 sections: – Future Prospects in World Economy – XXI Century Management – Interdisciplinary Synthesis of Economic Science –Innovational Development of Countries, Regions and Organizations: Models and Mechanisms – Russian Economy in the Context of Global Trends. More than 150 participants, NR TSU academic teaching staff and scientific associates, Russian and foreign scientists and other organizations will take part in the conference. Papers based on the participants’ academic research results will be presented at the conference in English, German and French. It should be noted that the oncoming «Actual Issues of Contemporary Economics: Fresh Look and New Findings» conference should be given a special significance to in connection with to the realization of the program aimed to involve university students and young scientists into the research and educational environment, and for their professional, language skills and social activity development. Presentation made, by university students within the framework of a conference project allow them and academic community to find solutions to the most current problems of foreign language state and development 10 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions in the professional sphere. It is planned that during the conference students and scientistswill communicate on professional issues. This on the one hand will serve as experience and information exchange and on the other hand will draw attention to new scientific projects in the field of economics.

JUSTICE AS JUSTIFIABLE CENTERS

M. Negri

University of Pisa, Italy

I try to answer, in what follows, three main questions. What is justice? Is justice important? If so, what kind of justice is normatively preferable? I propose to demonstrate, from the start, that a relevant idea of justice refers to a certain form or structure of values, in particular to a situation in which this or that system of values is thought to be in the centre. I present, then, some considerations that aim to shed some more light on the importance of the just mentioned idea of justice: the importance of being the values, as regards their structure or form, located in centers – or positioned around, or in oscillation around, centers. I try to show that these reflections depend, in turn, on certain general traits – as such, background traits - concerning people's lives and the world. I try, in the essence, to highlight this point: that an overtly ideal characterization of justice must focus on the characters of justifiability, in the broad sense, of the centers of value – and this means, among other things, to think of justice as an essentially dynamic and human creation. This writing is divided into three parts. I introduce, in the first part, the idea of justice as centers of values, for example the idea of justice as centers of balance, or re-balance, or recomposition of values – here I consider the question: ‘What is justice?’ I focus, in the second part of the writing, on the importance, if not the necessity, of the idea of justice – here I consider the question: ‘Is justice important?’ I try to argue that the importance of justice – in particular seen as centers (of balance, or re-equilibration, etc.) of values – should be based on three structural aspects of people's lives and the world. First, justice should be related to certain countable or almost countable qualities, or to certain measures underlying, broadly speaking, people's lives Plenary 11 and the world. Secondly, justice should be related to the fact of the scarcity or limitation of resources, at least to the fact of the relative limitation of the resources for human life. Thirdly, justice should be associated with the awareness of the fragility of human beings or persons. (All these considerations suggest that the importance or relevance of the idea of justice should be associated with being justice at least one possible crucial form of good ordered systems or cause of good ordered systems for human beings.) In the third part of the writing, while I focus on a normative characterization of the idea of justice, I try to make explicit the idea of justifiable centers, or quasi centers – I thus stop to reflect at this point, more specifically, on the third main question: ‘What kind of justice would be normatively preferable?’

The main image of justice is that of a scale. Such scale, when it is well balanced, does not sag anywhere or side, but instead remains around, or nearly around, its middle point – one can see, in fact, that a well- balanced balance is stable, or nearly stable, with respect to its middle point. The idea of the scale is therefore the idea of having, human things, a center. And justice is a structure of values balanced with respect to an axis positioned in the centre. Everything is reduced, in synthesis, to the following issue: the image of the balanced scale recalls the crucial point with respect to human things being fastened or tied in centers. And the idea of the human affairs – in particular the values – being knotted or fastened in centers just refers, at least potentially, exactly to the idea of justice. I now look at some possible cases. This or that thing, or this or that state of affairs, regarding humans, may be in a centre or express an idea of centre. Such things or states of affairs, however, may not be in a centre – or not express an idea of centre. For example, a certain thing, or a certain state of affairs, etc., can be seen to be in a condition of manifest imbalance – or un-equilibrium, or asymmetry, etc.. A situation may change. For example: a state of affairs x can then become a state of affairs y (here one is considering at least phenomena). Thus: i) something that is devoid of a centre can move towards most focused centers or more balanced points. Or: ii) something that manifests centers or points of equilibrium can get away from them, and thus lose such centers or points of equilibrium. (Reaching or losing centers in- 12 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions volves acquiring or missing forms of balance, but also favoring or preventing forms of inclusion in centers of value.) Now consider the following two cases: In a first case, a person says: ‘1 plus 1 equals 2.’ The person continues: ‘To say that 1 plus 1 equals 2 is right.’ The person adds: ‘Of course, we could also say that 2 is equal to 1 plus 1 – also claiming this would be right.’ The person says: ‘Now however suppose this: that I take another 1, and put it only on one side of the equation. Sup- pose, then, that I say: ‘1 plus 1 plus 1 equals 2.’ Here another person might rightly observe: ‘No, this is not right! If you put a non null number only on one side of the equation, you slip away from the centre of the equation, you move asymmetrically with respect to the centre of the equation: you move away from the condition of equilibrium.’ In this latter example, one sees this: that one is in the presence, at the beginning, of something that could be said to be right, and later, however, abandons such harmonious state. Here, of course, one also sees this: that the addition of a 1, if 1 refers to some kind of good is, in itself, a good thing – assuming that there is a person who receives, on one side of the equation, the good. A second case is the following – in this situation, one wonders what one could do as a result of a shift away from some state of balance. A person, for example, states: ‘To say that 1 plus 0 is equal to 1 plus 1 is not right.’ The person adds: ‘Obviously, it would be even less fair to say that 1 plus 0 is equal to 100, etc..’ Let’s now limit ourselves just to consider the simplest case: the case in which one has ‘1 plus 0 is equal to 1 plus 1.’ What could one do here? Two things, first of all: i) if one removes a 1 from the right side of ‘1 plus 0 is equal to 1 plus 1’, one obtains this: ‘1 plus 0 is equal to 1 plus 0’. And here, now, one could thus say: ‘This is right.’ Or: ii) if one adds a 1 on the left side of ‘1 plus 0 is equal to 1 plus 1’, one has this: ‘1 plus 1 is equal to 1 plus 1.’ And here, once again, one can say: ‘This is right.’ It should be noted here also this: that it seems to be better adding a one (i.e. 1), if one is a good, than removing it. If one sees that justice can be conceived, as we have so far maintained, in reference to the idea of centre, one observes that also the following cases could, in synthesis, occur: i) if there is justice, one can, however, still escape from such centre of balance (as in the previous case, in section 1.2.1); and ii) if there is injustice, one can, however, still move toward a centre of greater justice (as in the previous case, in 1.2.2). This Plenary 13 second point may be further developed in the following way: if there is a general case of injustice that concerns two people – A and B-, one can imagine a return to a greater justice in three ways. First way: bringing A closer to B (e.g., A has unjustly taken a resource of B, or wholly unjustly employed a resource of B; A returns such resource to B). Second way: bringing B closer to A (e.g., A has basic resources, but not in excess. B is unjustly missing fundamental resources or opportunities. Basic or fundamental resources or opportunities for B could be supported by actions of third parties. A thinks that this would be right). Third way: partially bringing A closer to B and B closer to A (e.g., B lacks basic resources or opportunities. A thinks it is just that, if he can, he helps B to improve his set of basic resources or opportunities; and B thinks that it is fair to cooperate with A (e.g. by dialogu- ing with A, etc..)). About the latter three movements of justice, a person makes the following synthesis and the following considerations: ‘As for the first case, a way to move a ‘higher’ A closer to B could be seen as a ‘leveling down’ of A (the idea of ‘leveling down’ refers to a reduction of resources or opportunities for a person, a reduction that is not however accompanied by any improvement of resources or opportunities for the less advantaged people). The idea of ‘leveling down’ is an unjust way to try to return to a balanced or more balanced state of affairs.’ As for the second case, one could, among the other things, notice this: that one way of bringing B closer to A may be thought of as an inclusion of B in a place of possibilities, or as a way of giving back to B what is due to him, etc.. If we consider the third situation, it could be argued, among other things, this: that a way of bringing, at least in part, A close to B and B close to A could be conceived of as a fruitful collaboration between A and B. I have visited so far some important situations dealing with the application of the idea of justice and seen that they seem to converge on the idea of justice interpreted as centre – as centers of balancing, or recomposition, etc., of values. A further way to reflect on the idea of justice, which still focuses on some sort of frame of justice, seems to suggest that one should take into consideration such figures as: i) the subjects of justice; ii) the objects of justice; iii) the modes of justice; and iv) the ideas of quantity referring to the issue of justice. 14 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

I try to consider, now, in more details, each of the just mentioned elements. i) ‘Subjects of justice’: this idea refers to those who can be seen to promote or achieve, or maintain, etc., justice. By means of the expression ‘subjects of justice’ one can point to: ia) Ordinary people, that is to say, every person – these people have ‘sense of justice’. ib) Institutions: for example, state institutions, or transnational (or interstate) institutions – e.g., high or low institutional assemblies (such as legislative bodies), or courts of justice, etc.. Such institutions, if one looks at their basic functions, are intended to take the right decisions, or to create and enforce fair rules, etc. – taking the right decisions or creating and applying fair rules requires, then, first of all, abstracting from calculations of self-interest (or of personal taste, etc.) and expressing in the end some sort of impartiality.1 ic) Subjects of justice that show intermediate qualities between an ordinary person and an institution: they seem to refer to individuals who play specific roles of justice within the institutions: e.g. judges, members of courts of justice, etc.. ii) With ‘objects of justice’ one shifts one’s attention on people or spheres or areas of relevance with respect to which one is trying to apply or extend thoughts of justice – such as, for example, thoughts underlying principles, or criteria, of justice, etc.. Thoughts about justice can in fact apply to iia) this or that aspect or characteristic of people – this is the case, for example, if one considers issues of justice that involve certain economic aspects in the life of people, or certain aspects of genre in the life of people, etc. (issues of justice that apply to rich and poor people, or to people as male or female beings, or to persons who have committed crimes, and to their victims, etc.). By focusing on objects of justice one can also consider iib) this or that aspect or feature associated with certain contexts or regions of relevance of justice – e.g., issues of justice that involve geographical do- mains, or geo-political spheres, etc. (for example, one might consider

1 With respect to this point, Hume observes: "The social virtues of justice (...) are highly useful and in fact absolutely necessary to the welfare of humanity: such benefit does not come, however, as a result of each individual act, but originates from the whole scheme or system whose existence contributes all, or a large part of, the society." (D. Hume, Enquiries Concerning Human Understanding and Concerning the Principles of Morals, Appendix III, edited by L.A. Selby Bigge, revised by P. H. Nidditch, third eds., 1975. Reprinted in A. Ryan, eds., Jus- tice, OUP, Oxford, 1993, p. 46.) Plenary 15 here issues of justice that relate to spheres such as those concerning different Countries of the world, or different parts of the world, etc. – e.g., areas that constitute the East and West of the world, or areas which constitute the South and North of the world, etc.). I will consider now what I referred to as iii) ‘modes of justice’, and then as iv) ‘ideas concerning the quantity of justice’. iii) The ‘modes of rightness (or of justice)’ are the forms in which we think how to approach justice, or dynamically create justice. One could conceive two major forms or ways to try to achieve justice or conditions of justice: iiia) substantive modes of justice; and iiib) procedural modes of justice. Substantive modes of justice refer to ways to conceive or achieve justice that immediately put on the ground substantive values. Examples of substantive values are freedom, equality, etc. These values are embodied in the idea of justice. From a regulatory point of view (a point that I will develop later), one should then generally assume here that the substantive values embedded in the idea of justice are plural values. The modes of procedural justice are rule-processes, and just procedures are of course actions that people follow in order to arrive at out- comes to be recognized as fair. These are, for example, certain procedures adopted and followed in order to arrive at decisions from which the parties say in the end to derive mutual satisfaction. iv) The idea of ‘quantity’ concerning justice highlights issues, dimensions and quantitative aspects behind the idea of justice. Dimen- sions and quantitative aspects of justice get clear as soon as one takes into account some ways considered paradigmatic - both in substantive and procedural terms – to think about justice. These modes refer, in general, to cases of i) retributive justice or rectificatory justice (e.g. cases of criminal justice); or they refer to cases of ii) allocative justice, or just distribution, or just redistribution, etc. (e.g. cases of social justice or socio-economic justice). The quantitative dimensions embedded in the idea of justice seem to refer, once again, to a representation of justice in terms of centers (of balance, or equilibrium, etc.) of values (i) subjects of justice, ii) objects of justice, iii) (plural) modes of justice seem then, as we have seen, at least not to be inconsistent with such vision of the idea of justice).

16 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

I have tried to present, arriving at this point, some images that are intuitively associated or that may be intuitively associated with the idea of justice – in particular with the idea of justice as centers of values. I will now raise the following question: why should one believe justice – in particular the idea of justice as centers (as balances, etc.) of values – to be relevant or important? I will consider three possible specific answers to such question, and then a fourth response of synthesis. A first specific answer runs as follows: justice is important because it constitutes the appropriate attitude of people towards certain structural qualities of their lives and in general of the world – with structural qualities one refers here to countable qualities or measures that characterize, in a general sense, people's lives and the world. Justice should be read, therefore, as a proportionate response to such countable qualities or measures about people's lives and the world. This latter point could, however, also suggest this: that the idea of justice as appropriate or proportionate response to quantitative aspects of human life and the world highlights forms of equilibrium affecting the individual's life, so to say, the life of a person conceived in foro interno – illuminating, for example, some rational motivations behind the choices of an individual who be- haves in a fair or just way. Secondly, justice - seen as centers (as points of balance, or recomposition, etc.) of values – seems to be necessary given the fact of scarcity. This scarcity refers to both spatial and temporal dimensions. The scarcity which relates to spatial dimensions can be thought of as a condition of limited general availability of vital resources – conceived as causes of the possibility of life, or of a dignitous life, etc., for persons. And the scarcity which concerns the temporal dimensions can be seen as a condition of limitation, in particular of finitude, of the life of the human beings themselves – such finitude, that is to say, at least some of the features of such finitude, is then evident even before attempting to investigate in detail its nature. Examples of extreme scarcity that concern the vital resources for people are situations of material poverty of such people; and examples of extreme scarcity affecting the life span of people are situations of illness, broadly speaking, that affect people – diseases that may reduce or termi- nate the lives of such people. Given such ideas of scarcity, one can see that the course of justice consists, first of all, in avoiding cases in which the living conditions of people would lead to such states of scarcity – in the presence of justice, Plenary 17 therefore, the conditions of life of people are maintained positively cen- tered and balanced. Third, justice seems to be important if one pays attention to the fact of the fragility or weakness of human beings.1 This point can be explained considering, for example, the idea of retributive or rectificatory justice. Here one sees, in fact, that retributive or rectificatory justice can be conceived either as a i) symbolic expression in support of a non- violent behavior; and as an ii) attempt to reform people who have been violent. Finally, in part, to summarize the three above mentioned points: justice as centers (of balance, or recomposition, etc.) of values appear to be relevant or important qua form or structure that expresses, at least in a minimal sense, some idea of good or harmonic order, or nearly good or nearly harmonic order, for people;2 and, at the same time, specularly, as it lets one see the possibility of anti-good or anti-value associated with being, people, treated unfairly – as in the experiences of exclusion or mar- ginalization or separation, etc., of those who suffer from injustice and are generally in a condition of disadvantage because of injustice.

I reflect now on the third major question: which normative charac- terizations of the idea of justice could, or should, one favor? This is the main answer: a normative characterization of justice as justifiable centers. Indeed: the idea of centers can be seen as a justifiable explanation of the normative idea of justice as centers of values. Such characterization of justice includes, then, the following two connotations of justice: the idea of a i) relatively dynamic justice; and the idea of ii) human justice. The most general consideration to put into focus is then that justice should be regarded, first of all, as justifiable centers. What does this

1 «There is truth in the claim that justice is not something that a man needs in his relations with other members of the society, if we assume the case of a strong man? Those who think that such a man can live without problems although he is not just should however only reflect on how it would be his life. In fact, if he allows that only a few people know his true attitudes he will then have to be on his guard against them, and if he keeps everyone in the dark about his secret will always have to be careful that an act of spontaneity not betray him .... The reason why it seems to some people absolutely difficult to prove that justice is more advantageous than injustice is that they consider the righteous acts as isolated individual acts.» (P. Foot, 'Moral Beliefs', Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 1958, p. 128.) 2 In his famous book, Quixote, Cervantes, with brilliant insight, let one of his characters state: «Given what I've seen here justice is so beneficial that it should be used even by the thieves». (M. de Cervantes, Don Quixote, II, 60.) 18 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions mean? That the idea of justice should be seen as the creation and preservation of centers – and thus of places of equilibrium, or places of recomposition, etc. – that people voluntarily recognize after having reflected on them. People’s reflection seems to be based both on their, so to speak, sensitive or more sensitive faculties – generally understood – and on their rational or reasonable faculties. Principles or criteria of justice conceived in terms of justifiable centers make people, in fact, able to choose sponta- neously to converge on values and procedures of justice – and then to find reasons, or to continue to have reasons, to be faithful, in practice, to such values or procedures. The normative characterization of the idea of justice as justifiable centers should, finally, be compatible with two basic, or general, conditions. First, justice should be thought of as i) dynamic or relatively dynamic. In the following sense: the stability or quasi-stability of a society in terms of justifiable centers should be read as a result of people’s continuous support to justice. This is so because it would be rather analyti- cally wrong, for obvious reasons, to design principles or criteria of justice to be carried out without any reference to people – that is, without free people that are aware of their wish to support those principles or criteria. Of course: free people could choose, but also not choose, to be guided by principles or criteria of justice (this point points back to the idea of subjects of justice that has been developed in 1.4). If people are free, they behave justly if they want to do so, and this applies to the space that people wish to reserve to justice within their own culture or education, or, more generally, to the role that they want to leave to justice when they face the question of how to shape their institutions – for example, their basic social institutions, etc.. Obviously, given the fact that the just institutions are justifiable institutions, unjustifiable institutions are unwarranted. People cannot therefore say that they appeal to their capacity for reflection without supporting some form of justifiable, and thus just, institutions – this is so primarily because the very same freedom of some people is prevented or reduced, at least in the external environment, if there are unjust institutions. Again: the initial consideration that the subjects of justice are free people leaves space to the following idea: that justice as justifiable centers can occur as a result of conflicts for justice.1 This idea of justice as conflict is indeed entirely compatible with the image of the scale of justice introduced at the

1 On the idea of justice as conflict see, for example, S. Hampshire, Justice is Conflict, Lon- don, Duckworth, 1999. Plenary 19 beginning: in particular, one has here in mind the case in which the arms of the scale are in a state of competition, if not in an antagonistic state – and therefore in a dynamic or quasi-dynamic state. Clearly, in this regard, an important point on which to focus remains then this: the end of these conflicts is the search for justice as justifiable centers of equilibrium, or recomposition, etc.. The second consideration, encapsulated in the idea of justice, in a normative characterization of the idea of justice as justifiable centers, refers to the concept of ii) human justice – it refers thus to criteria or principles of justice characterized as ‘human’. This means, in a nutshell, this: that the creation or preservation of justice in terms of centers of justice should be justified on the background of the following awareness: of the existence, behind the reasons of justice, of the phenomenon of oscillation, or at least of certain degrees of oscillation, of humanity in the form of the image ‘crooked timber’.1

THE GLOBAL ECONOMIC CRISIS AND THE CHALLENGES FOR THE RUSSIAN ECONOMY

E.V. Nekhoda

Tomsk State University

The polemic about the fundamental causes of the global crisis of 2008-2010 and the crisis in the economic science remains one of the most vital in Russian and foreign studies. The analysis of the crisis processes in the context of globalization takes a special place in the research. And, according to most scholars, the first crisis of the world economy in the XXI century, accompanied from the end of XX century the crisis of economics, in particular economic theory as a methodological basis of economic thinking, understanding of the basic categories of market economy, the use of a tool in the formulation and implementation of macroeco-

1 The image 'crooked timber of humanity' comes from the title of the book by Isaiah Berlin, The Crooked Timber of Humanity: Chapters in the History of Ideas (ed. by Henry Hardy, Lon- don: John Murray, 1990). About the idea of humanity as a ‘crooked timber’, Berlin is however only half right: humanity is indeed a ‘crooked timber’, but in some points or with respect to certain aspects; humanity is then also a ‘straight wood’ – in other points or with respect to other aspects. 20 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions nomic policy (labor market policies and the direction of social protection, monetary policy, fiscal policy, anti-inflationary policies). More and more often different theories and concepts based on technological determinism are used to explain the causes of the global economic crisis, there are theories and concepts which are already established in the economic science or appeared in Russia in the last decade. Economists, sociologists and futurists use such definitions of the present stage of social development, as «post-civilization» (K. Boulding), «technotronic society» (Z. Bzezinski), «telematic society» (J. Martin), «superindustrial society» (O. Toffler), «information society» (R. Iris D. Bell, E. Masuda et al), «programmed society» (A. Touraine), «post-capitalist society» (R. Dahrendorf) changing technological structures (S.Glazyev), the rise of a new long water of Kondratieff cycle (M. Khitruk,V. Dementyev), «an innovative pause» (Polterovich), paradigm shift (C. Perez). In Russia terms «new economy» and «economy based on knowledge» became very popular and explaining the essence of the new stage of social development they began to focus on the key changes at the level of production (technology-intensive products), at the company's organizational structure (the appearance of institutional innovations in the form of communication networks and networks), finance (making risky investments). In general, there is a process of virtualization of economy and a budding tendency to explain the causes of the global crisis by disparity of expected changes and existing approaches to macroeconomic management, market-level processes and organizational structures of companies. Of course, all of the reasons mentioned above exist, and it would be wrong to ignore the unprecedented development and use of information and communication technologies, the increasing integration and cooperation processes, the qualitative changes of competition and competitive environment (the aggressive and hostile combat drag race to the co-evolution and collaboration), the acceleration of technological innovation, the development of non-linearity, changes in position of a person in society, and more. But it is certain that such transformations revealed «flaws» of economic and social sciences to explain most phenomena of modern phase of development and showed symptoms of the crisis in science itself. So what are the symptoms of the crisis in economic and social sciences in general? Firstly, monopolization of economics and economic education by means of «the gospel of economy», which became «neoclassic school» is dominating tendency of economic idea (so called «mainstream»). In the Plenary 21 first issue of journal of 2012 was the article of A. Moskovskiy «Why students of Harvard are against lectures of Gregory Mankiw. The author analyses substantive poorness of neoclassic, abstractness of main provisions, practice and theory gap by means of moving investigation away from reality and «using mathematics as a basis of methodology of economic analysis» [1. Р. 77]. Majority of scientists admit «principle of economic individualism» as an eliminated, do not including personality characteristics of human, team and society in sphere economic analysis and subjective factors which influence on all the spheres of living on economics in particular. What is more, methodology of mainstream proved to be useless in explication of diversity and systems of management, presence of historical alternatives and influence of sociocultural factors [2]. It is also connected with such circumstance as change of socio-economic system, i.e. subject of investigation, economy, is changing and becoming more complex. As A. Sidorovich notes consequence of such complication is variety of national models and kinds of economic systems which has been expressed by means of «increase of number of tendencies, schools and approaches to study of economy» [3. Р. 40]. Secondly, fragmentation of investigation and absence of serious interdisciplinary research. In particular, Balatskiy notices that «first of all, this effect is connected with formation of relatively small cells in scientific society which are hardly connected with each other and sometimes ignore each other. Thus the science is becoming more and more discon- nected and its parts are weakly connected with other. In other words, the systemacy of science is disappearing» [4. Р. 14]. For justice' sake we should notice that new economic sociology which arose between 1970–1980 turned out to be very efficient in theory of organizations, sociology of consumption. It arose in reply on incapabil- ity of dominating economic theory explain this or that spheres of life. Main provisions of economic sociology in the process of analysis of labor-market and its differences from other markets are well known. The principal differences are connected with uniqueness of labor itself and human which enters into relations with the employer. Thus economic sociology of labor-markets and relations between employer and employee on the market emphasizes that they main role plays not money, social relations, first of all connected with satisfaction of needs of employees. But these needs are not determined only by instrumental worth (labor as 22 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions one of sources of income), one can get unique opportunities personal development or self-realization in the process of activity. However, formation of new approaches in economic sociology occurs with great difficulties. So R. Swedberg, one of the theorists of economic sociology, points out the deficit of fresh ideas, approaches and concepts [5]. M. Granovetter’s article «Economic action and social structure: the problem of embeddedness» was of fundamental importance in 1985. There the author points out the necessity of allowance of its embeddedness in the social structure while explaining economic actions and decisions [6]. He also notices that economists ignore human irrationality – man is not as rational as economic theory says. Especially it can be observed in economic decisions in conditions of indeterminacy. Now we need to go further, for example do not contrast economic theory with economic sociology in the presence of its own subject instruments. Thirdly, the passivity of scientific researches focused on traditional theories and conceptions that only confirms the break in theory and practice. Currently «active» scientific researches, which would trigger not only the science to look for new methodological approaches bur also politicians and businessmen to do concrete actions, are ever more necessary. As scientists believe, the most important thing today is not so much scientific pluralism and majority of separate theories and conceptions (thought one makes no question in their meaning) as their synthesis at the stage of understanding to where the system is moving and in what direction it is evolving [4, 7, 8]. Thus, researchers mention that in theories and conceptions it is necessary to investigate and determine development and changes direction, to use widely scientific synthesis, to pay more attention to the context, and to take into account peculiarities of concrete situation. Modern economic science should contain the most important common principles and methodological approaches, not to base on majority of inefficient theories, analyzing of which each researcher finds «methodological defects» and by means of scientific discussion and polemics intro- duces new factors, classifications, features. For instance, professor of Ire- land University T. Eggertson notes that «while new institutional theory tended to understand how institutes were functioning, and mainstream – how capital was accumulated, the question in what way new knowledge influences the economic growth left poorly studied» [8. Р. 138]. Fourthly, «matematization’ of economic and social knowledge, domination of mathematical methods, and “neoclassic» as a result of this Plenary 23 domination. We share D. Frolof’s opinion that «based on strong statistic array and advanced computer technology empiric research did not reveal universal laws, which could be the basis of theoretical scheme. But sometimes models effectiveness depends on small variations of their assumptions. Elegance and persuasiveness of neoclassic economic constructions mathematical “package” skillfully veil their informative amorphism and prognostic dysfunction» [7. P. 17]. A number of researchers point out the crisis of systems analysis as modern economy and investigated phenomenon are multiple-factor and multivariate. That was also noted by V. Polterovich [9]. Modern socio- economic system is so complicated that it is almost impossible to describe it using models with limited set of variables, to take into account all «en- trances» and «exits», factors, to define elements and to identify all relations between them. The rate of processing changes and their quality, which became permanent in socio-economic system, makes carried out analysis inefficient for long-term strategic perspective or for current prognosis. Fifthly, the majority of theorists and practitioners see the economic growth as the main purpose of progress and the cure of numerous problems of developing countries. However, since 1970 studies based on comprehension of the fact that vital human standard does not fit in traditional economic science borders and there are components that cannot be bought with money become to appear. It is exactly the propositions upon which the «quality of life» conception and calculation of human development index (HDI) are grounded. I.Grishin and other researchers record the growth of social environment importance in life of human, organization, national economy [10], while the GDP rate as the basic macroeconomic indicator should be supplemented by social development rates and subjective indexes of human perception of the habitat (career development, family values, natural environment). Prominent American scientist, Nobel Prize winner, Joseph Stieglitz made an emphasis on the fact that for the economic state estimation it is necessary to concentrate upon the every person living standard. Accord- ing to him, the world has an unhealthy interest in the GDP growth last years, i.e. in goods and services amount produced by the economy. Be- cause of preoccupation with this single indicator the other important factors, such as social value of unemployment and environmental pollution impact to the health of a nation, were missed. 24 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Banks were allowed to give an incredible amount of money as if to sugar the present day in gage of tomorrow, thus preparing the ground for the most serious crisis from the 30s of the ХХ century. At the international Public Forum «Dialogue of Civilizations» (October 2008, Rhodes, Greece) it was noted that the economic crisis – just the tip of the challenges facing the global economy in the context of globalization. It was pointed out that the consumer society ideology has become obsolete and besides real material problem to feed the global population, the truly spiritual task of the new world «organizers» is to find a new coordinate system of social structure. Sixthly, there is a dominating dilemma in the economic science up to now: cost efficiency or social justice, because of which «failures» of the market are compensated by the government. For decades the policy of developed countries was based on the search of the compromise between social development and cost efficiency. Still there is no common conception which could give a guideline for business and society, that’s why every company treats the notion of responsibility before society in its own way and doesn’t highlight social problems. The analysis of the manifestation of a crisis in the economic science may be continued but we did not aim to introduce their exhaustive characteristics. It was important for us to make an emphasis on the main components of crisis and on the methodological errors when choosing the lines of development in Russia. Therefore it is necessary to stress that Russian support of the resource modernization, commitment only to economic and technological development models, investing to the point objects like Skolkovo do not assume any serious changes in the social structure of the society and its value components. Sociocultural and humanistic criteria still are not regarded by Russian business elite and government circles as essential parts of the modern stage of economic and technological transformations. Thus, the orientation of the Russian economy only toward technological modernization and highly competitive economy is a dead end, and leads to the fomentation and escalation of the social conflict, acute confrontation, mistrust in the authorities and business, depletion of all resources. Moreover, today there are increasing unresolved social problems in Russia, the value of work and work ethic is falling, there is low employee satisfaction with their work, the government, business and workers don’t clearly express their interest in the system of social relations. Plenary 25

It should be emphasized that the main issue for Russia is not whether it be or not to be a highly developed market-economy country, but the question is what a social model it chooses for the implementation of humanistic values. Most authors agree that the model imposed by the developed countries doesn’t fit Russia, and therefore, an alternative model should be build. For example, in determining the society future D. Petro- syan proposed to put into consideration such a social factor as social security along with the economic and technological features. The author also suggested the usage of humanistic economy concept for Russian development which aims at increasing effectiveness of economic activity through personal qualification and moral and aesthetic factors. Professor V. Bobkov offers to work out and adopt a social doctrine of Russia, based on national and cultural identity of Russian people and orienting the development of our country in being one of the leading countries according to key indicators of quality and standard of living. At the same time, the implementation of the conceptual social changes as the main factor of Russia’s entry into the number of competitive social states is the most important prerequisite for social reforms. The present article is of production nature and its’ goal is to set methodological basis and the direction of development of economic science, and economic theory in particular, on which the conception of Russia’s future development would be based. The main hypothesis is the position which says economic theory development context (vector) should be based on methodology of humanization and socialization of economics, labor, and relationships which appear between people in process of labor activity. The man as the basis, goal, and highest value should have a rightful place in the research of phenomena, tendencies, features of the present stage of social development, and we think that further economic and production development are getting more and more connected with the human development. At the present time «social nature of the human personality, the intrinsic value of labor with the purpose of receiving pleasure instead of material gain and income appears clearly than ever». By socialization of labor and labor relations we will understand objective evolutionary process which involves realization and recognition the value of personality, personal qualities of a man worker, social ties and relationships in labor activity and relations associated with it. This causes necessity of equality and mutual responsibility between the subjects of these relations, which are based on principles of humanity, soli- 26 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions darity, cooperation, ethics and trust. This also implies subjects’ mutual responsibility for reconciliation of interests and needs. Methodology based on understanding the essence of socialization and humanization processes, enables us to indentify the following directions of research. 1. Formation of the concept of common values, which assumes that markets are formed not only on economic, but also on social needs. Common values are not the values of certain people. They are principles and methods of work, which increase the competitiveness of companies and simultaneously improve economic and social conditions of the regions where it operates. The creation of common values involves indenti- fying the connection between social and economic progress and enhancing it. According to this idea social and economic progress should be ap- proached form a common systems of values. The value created is understood not as a simple benefit but as benefit net of the damage caused. A number of effective work methods, which should be applied both in business and state administration is based on the idea of common values. Besides this idea should become an essential part of a certain strategy. The point of the strategy is to take a special place on the market and create a value chain, which would allow holding these positions. The idea of common values helps understanding, which requirements remain unsatisfied, what new products people need, which new consumers should be reached, to re- establish the value chain. Competitive advantages, which considering public interests provides, will certainly be more reliable and long-term, than ordinary costs reduction and improvement of the quality. 2. Analysis of transformations and forming parts of the present stage of social (social-economic) development. Only deep understanding of the causes of changes in economic and labor activity, allows proving the growing importance of a human, his personal qualities, which become an essential attribute of professional requirements. It also enables substanti- ate the understanding true meaning of such categories as «human potential», «human capital», the opportunity to avoid ideological slogans, which exploit «the human factor», and adjust development goals on all levels and ways to achieve them. The development of social technologies and its’ linkage with manufacturing technologies, the development of institutional environment on this basis, which form consistent behavior models of economic entities. It must be clearly understood, that all the production nowadays-information, knowledge, goods, services and social technologies. Moreover, integra- Plenary 27 tion of social and cultural context with economic research provides more effective «export» of the institutes from one country to another and to adapt cumulative experience. The effectiveness of the institutes that also reflect the processes of socialization and form standards and directions of the economic entities should be estimated not only from the point of successful development and satisfaction of human needs but also promotion for its integration with the process of separate activity including the labor one. As a result the statement of new questions related to the methodology of socialization and humanization of the economics. For example, how a worker is able to be effective in one technological system (within the mass production era) and sociocultural environment as well as in new conditions. Do the economic entities realize the scale of current social changes and in which direction the institutions should develop? Whether the economic entities are ready to adopt new social roles and patterns of behavior that allow to pretend to certain social positions and to acquire proper social statuses. 4. Revision of frame of reference and current concepts of company social functions, demonstration of reasonable interaction and interdependency of social and cultural factors in business (corporations). Not only corporative political, ideological or religious intentions but also admitting the humanization and socialization of social relations, including employment relationship, as the main direction of modern social and economic development lead to considerable revision of labor and capital relations and dilemma f «economic efficiency and social justice». A modern worker, even in material production sphere, is an «expensive treat». It is a kind of value around which the system of social services and social programs is developing. 5. On this basis study of brand new results of this work and investigation of different approaches to estimate the efficiency of social component of company functioning (economic progress in whole). When we determine integral estimate criteria of efficiency and development of social indicators system, we must take into account the fact that efficiency isn’t limited by result to costs ratio. We must distinguish several types of efficiency. Firstly, effectiveness – activity is effective if you reach desired result (relations of result to set goal); secondly, reasonability – activity is effective if you can deal successfully with social problem (relations of goal to real social problems); thirdly, economization- activity is effective if you can get result without least costs (relations of result to costs). In conclusion, if the principle of economic imperative of development of the society, including labor activity, lies the principal of self-profit and basic 28 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions of success is welfare, so inherent features of social are humanistic principles, ethical principles and moral standards. It allows us to form new social environment for labor activity, to form new ethics of labor activity, to form new «quality of life». Last goal predetermines «labor socialization» and «it means reasoning and nonstandard relation to work» [17. Р. 97]. Thereby, economic science must endure different changes and become new economic, social and political commitments; also it must research to making up of personality (human behavior) in social and working environment.

Literature 1. Moskovskiy A. Why student are against Greg Mankiw’s lectures // Economist. – 2012. – № 1. – Р. 74–82. 2. Belskaya G.S., Chuvakina V.S. Can «Mainstream» real reflects Russia economy// Vest- nik of Tomsk State University. Series Economy. – 2010. – № 1 (9). – Р. 5–9. 3. Sidorovich A.O. interrelation of economics and strategy of state // Economist. – 2008. – № 11. – Р. 38–43. 4. Balackiy E. Crisis of social science in the light of progress of market // Society and economy. – 2010. – № 5. – Р. 14–35. 5. Swedberg R. Max Weber’s Interpretive Economic Sociology // American Behavioral Scientist. – 2007. – Vob. 50, № 8. – P. 1035. 6. Granovetter M. Economic action and Social Structure: The problem of embeddedness // Economic sociology. – 2002. – T. 3, № 3. – Р. 44–58. 7. Phrolov D. Theory of crises after crisis: technology versus institutes // Economics questions. – 2011. – № 7. – P. 17–33. 8. Polterovich V.M. Crisic of economic theory // Economic science of modern Russia. – 1998. – № 1. – P. 52–63. 9. Grishin I. Human development: quantitative measurements and processes in world system // International economics and international relations. – 2010. – № 17. – P. 102–114. 10. Seyranian T. Dzh. Stiglitz: unhealthy interest to GDP dynamics led to crisis // http://www.vedomosti.ru./finance/news/2009/09/23/844148 (date of reference: 17.03.2012). 11. Gonmakher E. Russian modernization: institutional traps and civilization guidelines // International economics and international relations. – 2010. – № 10. –P. 3–11. 12. Petrosian D. Humanistic economics and social justice // Social sciences and the present. – 2007. – № 5. – P. 18–27. 13. Petrosian D., Phatkina N. Econmic egoism and humanization of the economics // Eco- nomics questions. – 2010. – № 8. – P. 123–131. 14. Phrolov A. «A man in the production system» for Ph. Phukuyama and A. Makarenko // Economics questions. – 2010. – № 8. – P. 144–147. 15. Mkrtchian G., Chistiakov I. Social aspect of labor market // Society and economics. – 1999. – № 9. – P. 94–99. 16. Eggertson T. Knowledge and th Theory of Institutional Change // Journal of Institu- tional Economics. – 2009. – Vol. 5, № 2. – P. 137–150. 17. Bobkov V. To the formation of social doctrine in Russia // The economist. – 2008. № 7. – P. 14–24. Plenary 29 INTERNATIONAL COMPETITION AS A FORMATION FACTOR OF «ECONOMIC SUSTAINABILITY»

V.S. Tsitlenok

Tomsk State University

Global capitalism has been transformed into the global subsystem of the global economy. It is realized by means of the international production, global commodity markets and capital assets. Global capitalism demands the large- scale intensive global migration of highly qualified personnel. The countries, where national research and innovative systems have been developed, have constant deficiency in specialists working in the field of technical research. Therefore in the modern world economy competition on the international markets is managed not by the «trade niches» or natural resources, but by the amount of capital assets and highly qualified experts. The countries of global capitalism compete for the amount of commodity sales, natural resources, the attraction of foreign capital, highly qualified experts, innovations, the better living conditions for the citizens. Developing countries, in turns, compete, as a rule, for a place in the foreign commodity markets, resources, the attraction of foreign investments and for some kinds of innovations. In the modern global economy the main international competitors are the USA and China. Germany, the UK, Japan, France, Italy, Singapore, the Republic of Korea and some developed nations of Western Europe participate extensively in the international competition. The main function of the international economic competition, which is the satisfaction of the vital requirements of mankind without damnifi- cation of any person or future generations, is realized by means of the expansion of firms by governmental and non-governmental structures on the international and inside markets. The global economy will achieve such state when all vital requirements of one group of citizens will be satisfied without restrictions of requirements of the other group. Such state is called the «geoeconomy of sustainability». The main distinctive signs of the geoeconomy of sustainability are: the full satisfaction of all vital requirements of present and future generations, the availability of all types of production resources, the lack of all types long and medium-term financial debts in the international economy subjects, the domination of the complex computerized high-developed production capabilities, the absolute domination of workers with higher edu- 30 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cation, the liberal share of enterprises, based on the national output, in the gross output without participation of the wage earners, a liberal share of wage earners – «home-workers», the integration of the national research and innovative systems, the small-scale commodity production and corporations, the general use of non-cash and computer financial calculations, the application of the universal monetary unit, the development of the universal currency systems, the transition to the organization administration based on the criterion of marginal benefit from the constructive high-developed production capabilities requirements, the introduction of restrictions in natural resources consumption, the absence of destructive impact of production on the environment, the alteration in the nature of economic competition, which is treated as «the struggle for survival of all against all». The small and medium-sized science-intensive enterprises, which cooperate with social and responsible corporations, become the main structural production holdings with the state participation, based on the outsourcing. The production of goods, based on nanoindustrial technologies and the independent urban agglomerations, become the main spatial and organizational structure similar to modern Singapore, but without the restrictions inherent in: the deficiency of own base water and power supply, food independence and the high density of accommodation. The costs functioning in an automatic mode will be used by means of improvement in the system of management companies and electronic carriers. The process of the transformation of modern global economy to the «geoeconomy of sustainability» will be gradual and rather long. (Proba- bly it will take more than a century). At the first stage the core of the «geoeconomy of sustainability» would be created. It would include modern countries – the leaders of the global economy, which possess a considerable part of geoeconomic potential and which have influence on the direction and nature of development process in the global economy. It is possible to assume that the creation of a «geoeconomic development» core will occur by the end of XXI century. Its formation velocity will be influenced by the acquired level of the consent and cooperation between the countries – leaders of modern global economy – the USA and China. Into the structure of the future «core» will also be involved: The USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, the European Union, Japan, Singapore, Korea and Israel. At least, this group of countries was in the lead by the acquired level of the high-developed production capabilities in 2010. The comparative analysis is presented in the Table 1.

Plenary 31

T a b l e 1. The Rating of the leading countries based on their level of high-developed production capabilities Leading Place of Place of Place of Place of Place Place Place countries the coun- the coun- the the of the of the of the try, ac- try, country, country, coun- coun- coun- cording to accord- accord- accord- try, try, try, its level ing to the ing to ing to accord- accordi accordi of high- geocivi- the the ing to ng to ng to developed lizational level of com- the the the produc- potential humani- petitive- busi- size of "con- tion ca- tarian ness ness net trol pabilities devel- condi- sav- over opment tions ings ecology"

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 USA 1 1 5 5 4 19 19 Germany 2 5 10 6 20 ? 3 Japan 3 9 11 9 24 8 5 Australia 4 14 2 20 10 9 ? Sweden 5 25 9 3 ? 3 ? Great 6 7 26 10 7 18 16 Britain France 7 6 14 18 34 7 7–8 Canada 8 12 8 12 17 16 16 Republic 9 24 12 24 8 2 1 Korea Norway 10 32 1 16 6 6 4 Switzerland 11 27 13 1 28 ? 13–14 Finland 12 38 16 4 11 14 13 Israel 13 22 15 22 38 12 12 Netherlands 14 36 7 7 31 20 7 Austria 15 30 25 19 29 5 9–10 Spain 16 16 20 36 44 13 13–14 New 17 45 3 25 3 ? 18 Zealand Italy 18 11 23 43 73 15 9–10 Belgium 19 42 18 15 33 ? 15 Denmark 20 68 19 8 5 10 17 Ireland 21 67 5 28 15 17 8 Singapo-re 22 86 27 2 1 1 6 Czech 23 47 28 38 65 11 11 republic Greece 24 39 22 90 78 21 15 Slovenia 25 ? 29 57 35 4 2 The main advantage, which the leading group consisting of the first 15 countries possesses, is that they could establish in the nearest years the environmentally friendly nano technetronic economy 32 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions if they reach the highest level of intellectual development, computer and information resources and the innovative and active business environment. In this group of the countries on the retention of the modified form of the state, where the qualitatively new political institution technological base – nano technetronic production will be created, the research-and-production territorial agglomerations, united by set computer networks of various levels, the individual science-intensive enterprises, the large social and responsible corporations cooperating with private sector on the basis of signed contracts in order to solve the strategic long-term objective of functional creation. The organizational intellectual high-capacity structures of «geoeconomy of sustainability» become the constructive denial from global capitalism and dominating setups. In deed, the geoeconomy of sustainability is the system of a social and responsible competitive and market creative personomorfic nano technetronic nooaretokratism focused on the overcoming of the dependence on the external forces of the environment. At first such system is formed as a leading social and economic structure within the global capitalism and gradually it turns into its dominating subsystem. Then the process of geoeconomy of sustainability core formation begins within the leading 20–25 countries. The assessment of leading group countries, which is based on the relative level of the saved-up intellectual and creative constructive potential, shows a considerable gap between the USA and other countries economies. The second subgroup of leaders includes Germany, Ja- pan, Australia, Sweden, the UK, France and Canada. The third subgroup includes the Republic of Korea, Norway, Switzerland, Finland, Israel, the Netherlands and Austria. Beginning with the strategic value of the international economic competition to the accelerated accumulation of intellectual and creative constructive potential of the nation, it is necessary to estimate objectively the amount of reserves in China and Russia. The Ameri- can sum of 6 major components equals 8, Chinese equals 52 and Russian equals 75. Even in Slovakia, which occupies the last place, the sum is 2 times less than in Russia. The conducted analysis of the global competition for the purpose of advancing accumulation of the national intellectual-creative constructive potential showed that there is a leading group of the countries of the global capitalism which will «draw» highly-qualified experts and form the international scientific and innova- Plenary 33 tive system of cooperating with the other country economy which is not within the boundaries of it, first of all, with China, Russia and India. The scientific and innovative systems which were formed here on the basis of size and efficiency will considerably concede to the international system, at the same time becoming a link between the world scientific and innovative systems. Russia has good conditions to compete only in several fields of fundamental and applied science. But it can become one of the world «incubators» for highly qualified experts training for future «geoeconomy of sustainability». Russia will be capable of creating the research centers at the large multinational corporations, of developing of the science-intensive small enterprises system, of developing the global astronautics and of active participation in the space research. There are two spheres which the economy in Russia undergoes during the competition for intellectual-creative potential: the market and the purpose. For the first sphere it is necessary to develop all relations and institutions, concerning the satisfaction of the personal needs of population, for the second it is possible to establish all relations, based on intellectual and creative potential formation of the nation and ensuring its international integrity. The communications, providing expanded reproduction of this potential, should become the state support priority. It is essential that within the market and directive-oriented spheres the interaction, based on the principle of mutual integrity is established by means of using the onerous exchange mechanism. To establish the advancing accumulation of intellectual and creative constructive potential in the Russian economy it is necessary to overcome the monopoly of the private capital in the mining industry, to use the profit, gained from the sale of raw materials, on the international markets in order to develop the scientific-innovative and educational systems, to realize the long-term complex economic strategy of transition to the «economy of sustainability» and to take effective measures in order to decrease private international financial debt and the uncontrollable export of capital. The transition to economy of sustainability is possible in Russia only by undergoing the step of the «geoeconomy of sustainability».

34 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

BILDUNG EINER NEUEN KONFIGURATION DER RUSSISCHEN WIRTSCHAFT BEI DER SCHAFFUNG VON INNOVATIONS– CLUSTERN

N.A. Tyuleneva

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Laut einer neuen innovativen Konzept des Wachstums der Russi- schen Föderation «Strategie 2020» (Dezember, 2011) sieht die Ent- wicklung von Cluster-Programme für die regionale Entwicklung und die Bildung von High-Tech-Cluster. Es wird erwartet, dass die Cluster-Ansatz wird die Konfiguration der Wirtschaft, der Übergang von Energie und Rohstoffen zu einem innovativen Modell der regionalen Entwicklung ändern. Laut der institutionellen Entwicklungstheorie ist das langfristige Wirtschaftswachstum die Folge von besonderen institutionellen und organisatorischen Bedingungen, die Anreize für die Innovationstätigkeit der Wirtschaftssubjekte schaffen. In der letzten Zeit wird die Dualität von Ressourcen, Institutionen, physikalischen und sozialen Technologien und deren Rolle bei institutionellen Reformen zur nachhaltigen Wirtschaft- sentwicklung in verschiedenen Ländern aktiv diskutiert. Als Beweis dafür sind Diskussionen über Wirtschaftswachstum und Stabilität sowohl bei Fachtagungen [1] als auch in der Presse zu nennen [2]. In unsrer Forschung gehen wir von der Annahme aus, dass Investitio- nen eine Voraussetzung für Innovationen sind und umgekehrt, dass Inno- vationen eine Voraussetzung für Investitionen sind, was zwei-fellos seinen Niederschlag in der sozialen und wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung des Wirtschaftssubjektes finden wird. In dieser For-schungsarbeit wird der letztere Zusammenhang fokussiert, unzw., dass Innovationen eine Vor- aussetzung für Investitionen sind. Das bedeutet, die Innovationsentwick- lung ist der wichtigste Faktor für ein attraktives Investitionsklima eines Landes, einer Region, eines konkreten Betriebes. Als methodologische Basis für unsere Forschungsarbeit nehmen wir den Nelson-Phelps-Ansatz (1966), wonach das Wirtschaftswachstum von der Ausbildung der Manager abhängig ist, und. die Unterschiede in Staats- einkünften sind durch Unterschiede in der sozialen Infrastruktur zu erklären (Institutionen und Politik). R. Nelson verbindet Institutionen mit sozialen Technologien, die in der Produktion ähnlich den physikalischen Technolo- Plenary 35 gien verwendet werden. Das Modell von Nelson und Phelps wurde von Vandendussche, Aghion, Meghir. weiter entwickelt, wonach das Bildungsniveau der Entwicklungsstrategie des Landes – Imitation oder Innovation – entsprechen soll. Die Auswahl der Strategie stößt ihrerseits an technische Grenze ab. Die Schlussfolgerung, zu der W.D. Matweenko nach der Untersuchung der Trias «Ressourcen- Institutionen-Produktion» kommt, gibt eine neue Sicht auf die Er- folgsbedingungen für institutionelle Reformen, die auf nachhaltiges Wirtschaftswachstum gerichtet. sind. Dabei sind nicht nur die ersten institutionellen Umgestaltungen und quantitative Veränderungen be- stimmter Kennwerte wichtig, sondern eher die Möglichkeit zur stän- digen strukturellen Umgestaltung der Institutionen je nach Wirt- schaftswachstum, wozu die Institutionen hohe Flexibilität haben müssen [2. S. 28–29]. Diese These steht im Einklang mit den von W.M. Polterowitsch vorgeschlagenen «Absorptionsfähigkeiten» [3. S. 7–8]. Zur Bestätigung der These über die Dualität von Ressourcen dient auch die Tatsache, dass der Innovation Capability Index (UNICI), der zur Vergleichsanalyse der nationalen Innovationspotentiale im UNCTAD- Bericht 2005 über weltweite Investitionen vorgeschlagen wurde, anhand von zwei Kennzahlen berechnet wird, unzw. der Technologien, die die Innovationstätigkeit des Landes charakterisieren und des Human Capitals als Beweis für ausgebildetes Personal, das zur Umsetzung der Innovatio- nen erforderlich ist [4. S. 305]. Bei Entwicklung der Sozial – und Modernisierungspolitik brauchen die Verwaltungsbehörden auf allen Ebenen glaubwürdige statistische An- gaben, neue Methoden und Verfahren zur Analyse und Diagnostik der Innovationsverfahren. Wie sind diese zwei Erscheinungen wie «Moderni- sierungspolitik» und «Sozialpolitik» zu messen und zu bewerten? Welche Merkmale sind für unsere Kontingenztafeln bei der Untersuchung von Innovationsverfahren wichtig? Die mathematische Statistik verwendet Kontingenztafeln, um den Zusammenhang zwischen zwei alternativen Merkmalen festzustellen. Falls ein verlässlicher Zusammenhang festgestellt wird, wird der Kontingenzkoeffizient benutzt, um den Grad des Zusammenhangs zu bestimmen [5. S. 344]. Das oben Gesagte lässt uns Folgendes vermuten: die erste Gruppe der Kennzahlen soll die im Land betrie- bene Modernisierungspolitik (die physikalischen Technologien) wi- derspiegeln, die zweite Gruppe spiegelt die Sozialpolitik (die sozia- 36 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions len Technologien) wider. Bei vergleichender Bewertung eines be- stimmten Unternehmens sind auch die Investitionen ins Grundkapital als eine der Kennzahlen zu betrachten. Die Effizienz der Sozialpoli- tik ist anhand eines solchen Indikators wie Arbeitgeberkosten für Arbeitnehmer zu bestimmen. Das Bildungsniveau ist höher, je höher die Kosten des Unternehmens und der Gesellschaft für einen Ar- beitnehmer sind. Die Liste der sozialen und wirtschaftlichen Kenn- zahlen kann fortgesetzt werden. Um das Innovationspotenzial zu bewerten, können folgende Angaben der offiziellen statistischen Jahr- bücher benutzen werden: Kapitalaufwand für Forschung und Ent- wicklung, Anzahl der Firmen, die technologische Innovationen um- setzen; Umfang der versandten innovativen Produkte. Diese Liste kann auch fortgesetzt werden. So können also als Kontingenzkoeffi- zienten Investitionen, Personalkosten und Innovationen genommen werden. Wir wollen das oben Gesagte mit Ergebnissen unserer eigenen empirischen Forschungen veranschaulichen. Bei den Untersuchungen wurden Clusteranalyse und Kontingenztafeln verwendet, als Grundla- ge dienten die offiziellen Angaben des statistischen Dienstes der Rus- sischen Föderation [6–7]. Wir haben mehrere Regionen R = {R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12} analysiert, die zum Fö- derationskreis Sibirien (FKS) in Russland gehören. Dabei stehen R1 für die Teilrepublik Altaj, R2 für die Teilrepublik Burjatien, R3 für die Teilrepublik Tywa, R4 für die Teilrepublik Chakassien, R5 für die Region Altaj, R6 für die Region Transbaikalien, R7 für die Region Krasnojarsk, R8 für das Gebiet Irkutsk, R9 für das Gebiet Kemerowo, R10 für das Gebiet Nowosibirsk, R11 für das Gebiet Omsk, R12 für das Gebiet Tomsk. Unsere Aufgabe war, anhand der Angaben, die die Menge X enthält, die Regionen des FKS in m Clusters (homogene Wirtschaftszonen) Z1, Z2, …, Zm aufzuteilen, so dass jede Region nur zu einer Teilmenge gehört und die Regionen, die zu einem Cluster gehören, Ähnlichkeit aufweisen, während Regionen, die zu verschieden Cluster gehören, keine Ähnlich- keit haben. Dabei gingen wir davon aus, dass es eine bestimmte Menge von zu untersuchenden Kennzahlen = (С1, С2, …, Сr). gibt. In unserem Fall dienten als solche Merkmale die wirtschaftlichen und sozialen Kennzahlen: Investitionen ins Grundkapital von Unternehmen und Organisationen, Durchschnittliche Monatskosten für Arbeitskräfte in Unternehmen und Plenary 37

Organisationen, durchschnittliche Belegschaftsstärke von Unternehmen und Organisationen nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit: Gewinnung von Boden- schätzen, bearbeitende Industrie, Verkehrswirtschaft, Finanztätigkeit, Immo- biliengeschäfte, Vermietung und Dienstleistungen. Für die Menge der Objek- te R (Regionen) verfügen wir über eine Menge der Vektoren Х = {Х1, Х2, …, Хn}, die die Regionen im FKS darstellen. In unserem Fall steht Х1 für die oben genannten Merkmale C in der Region R1, Х2 steht für die oben genannten Merkmale C in der Region R2 usw. Der zur Lösung der Aufgabe verwendete Algorithmus beinhaltete folgende Schritte: (1) die Menge der Regionen wird in einzelne Clusters nach ausgewählten Merkmalen einteilen, wozu zuerst der euklidische Abstand zwischen den Kennzahlen der Regionen berechnet wurde; (2) ein Dendogramm für jede Kennzahl wird gebildet; (3) eine Gesamttabelle wird erstellt, die das Rating jeder Region nach der Gesamtheit der unter- suchten Merkmale zeigt. Auf ähnliche Weise wurden die Regionen auch hinsichtlich der Innovationstätigkeit untersucht. Die Systematisierung der Angaben ergab wesentliche Unterschiede in den zu untersuchenden Kennzahlen bei der Eliminierung von 3 bis 5 Clustern. So zeigte die Clusteranalyse der Regionen im FKS, dass nach der Gesamtheit der sozialen und wirtschaftlichen Zahlen im Bereich Ge- winnung von Bodenschätzen die Region Krasnojarsk und das Gebiet Ke- merowo in führenden Positionen sind und die Teilrepubliken Altaj und Tywa die Rangliste abschließen. Im Bereich Innovationen sind die Ge- biete Tomsk und Nowosibirsk besonders aktiv, die niedrigste Aktivität wurde in der Teilrepublik Altaj beobachtet. Die zusammengefassten Ergebnisse nach fünf Arten der Wirt- schaftstätigkeit sind den Gesamttabellen 1 und 2 zu entnehmen. Die Tabelle 1 zeigt, dass der durchschnittliche Cluster-Wert nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit fast in jeder Region dem durchschnittlichen Cluster- Wert für Innovationsaktivität entspricht. Das bestätigt die Annahme, dass zwischen den Kennwerten ein Zusammenhang besteht. Es muss erwähnt werden, dass in der Region Altaj der durchschnittliche Cluster-Wert für alle Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit den durchschnittlichen Wert für die Innovati- onstätigkeit überschreitet. Die Tabelle 2 zeigt, dass das durchschnittliche Rating nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit fast in jeder Region mit dem durchschnittlichen Cluster-Wert für die Innovationsaktivität vergleichbar ist. Das bestätigt ebenso die Annahme, dass zwischen den Kennwerten ein Zusammenhang besteht. 38 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

T a b e l l e 1. Clusterbildung in den Regionen des FKS nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit und der Innovationsaktivität Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit -Wert r Gewinnung von Gewinnung von bearbeitende Verkehrs- Finanz- tätigkeit Immobilien- Innovations- Bodenschätzen Industrie wirtschaft Ver- geschäfte, und mietung Dienstleistungen aktivität keit g stäti t Regionen Cluster- Wert i.D. Cluster-Wert i.D. Cluster- Wert i.D. Cluster-Wert i.D. Cluster- Wert i.D. Cluster-Wert i.D. durchschnittlicher Cluste nach allen Arten der Wirt- schaf Teilre- publik R1 4.33 4 5 5 4.67 4.6 4 Altaj Teilre- publik R2 3 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.67 3.33 2.67 Burja- tien Teilre- publik R3 4.33 4 5 4.67 4 4.4 3.67 Tywa Teilre- publik R4 3.33 2.67 3.67 4.33 4 3.6 3.67 Chakas- sien Region R5 4 2.67 3 3.67 3.67 3.4 1.67 Altaj Region Trans- R6 3 3.33 2.67 2.67 3.33 3 3.33 baika- lien Region Krasno- R7 1 1 1.33 2 1 1.27 1.67 jarsk Gebiet R8 1.67 1.67 2.33 1.67 2 1.87 2.67 Irkutsk Gebiet Keme- R9 1.33 2 2.67 2.33 3 2.27 3.33 rowo Gebiet Nowo- R10 3 1.67 2 1.33 1.33 1.87 1.33 sibirsk Gebiet R11 2 1.33 2.67 2.33 2 2.07 2.33 Omsk Gebiet R12 1.67 2.67 2.33 3.33 2 2.4 1.33 Tomsk Plenary 39

T a b e l l e 2. Die Ratings der Regionen des FKS nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit und der Innovationsaktivität Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit Immobi- Gewin- lien- nung geschäf- Ver- Innovat von bearbei- te, Ver- kehrs- Finanz- ions- Boden- tende mietung wirt- tätigkeit aktivitä Regionen schät- Industrie und schaft t zen Dienst- keit leistun- gen durchschnittliches Rating Rating Rating Rating Rating Rating Rating i.D. i.D. i.D. i.D. i.D. i.D. nach Arten der Wirtschaftstätig- der nach Arten Teilre- publik 11–12 11–12 11–12 12 12 11.7 12 1 Altaj Teilre- publik 6–8 9–10 9 7–8 8–9 8.3 6–7 Burja- 2 tien Teilre- publik 11–12 11–12 11–12 11 10–11 11.2 10–11 3 Tywa Teilre- publik 9 6–8 10 10 10–11 9.3 10–11 Chakas- 4 sien Region 10 6–8 8 9 8–9 8.5 3–4 Altaj 5 Region Trans- 6-8 9–10 5–7 6 7 7.1 8–9 baika- 6 lien Region Krasno- 1 1 1 3 1 1.6 3–4 7 jarsk Gebiet 3–4 3–4 3–4 2 3–5 3.3 6–7 Irkutsk 8 Gebiet Keme- 2 5 5–7 4–5 6 4.7 8–9 9 rowo Gebiet Nowo- 6-8 3–4 2 1 2 3.1 1–2 10 sibirsk Gebiet 5 2 5–7 4–5 3–5 4.9 5 Omsk 11 Gebiet 3–4 6–8 3–4 7–8 3–5 4.6 1–2 Tomsk 12 40 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Zugleich liegt das durchschnittliche Rating in der Region Altaj nach allen Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit unter dem durchschnittlichen Wert der Innovationsaktivität. Diese Tatsache zeugt davon, dass trotz der Be- sonderheiten der Wirtschaftszweige die Wirtschaft in der Region Altaj einen nachhaltigen Trend zur innovativen Entwicklung aufweist. Im Ge- biet Kemerowo liegt das durchschnittliche Rating nach allen Arten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit wesentlich über dem Wert für Innovationsaktivität. Das zeigt, dass die wirtschaftlichen Innovationen in der Nachkrisenzeit in Kemerowo vernachlässigt werden. Um diese Gruppen zu identifizieren wurden die Kontingenztafeln analysiert. Am Beispiel des Gebiets Tomsk wurde anhand der obenge- nannten Angaben für die Jahre 2006–2008 eine inverse Korrelation (p<0,05) zwischen Investitionen und Innovationen nach Arten der Wirt- schaftstätigkeit festgestellt. Gleichzeitig war im Betrachtungszeitraum kein eindeutiger Zusammenhang zwischen durchschnittlichen Arbeitge- berkosten für Arbeitnehmer und dem Stand der Innovationen festzustellen. Wir glauben, dass obwohl die Ausgaben eines Unternehmens für die Arbeitnehmer in den Betrachtungszeitraum fallen, können diese, ähnlich den Investitionen ins Grundkapital, sich erst langfristig auswirken. Das oben Genannte zeigt die Notwendigkeit, die Zeitverschiebung und die Besonderheiten der Wirtschaftstätigkeit zu berücksichtigen. Bildung einer neuen Konfiguration der russischen Wirtschaft wir beobachten bei der Schaffung von High–Tech–Cluster. Für Gebiet Tomsk das sind: Pharma- zeutisch–Cluster und IT-Cluster. Die durchgeführte Untersuchung beweist die hohe Wahrscheinlich- keit eines Zusammenhangs zwischen den Kennwerten für die Modernisie- rungs – und die Sozialpolitik. Es ist notwendig die Untersuchungen fort- zusetzen, um genauere statistische Angaben zu bekommen. Erst dann können die vorhandenen Ressourcen für die Innovationstätigkeit effizien- ter eingesetzt werden, um die Wirtschaftsmodernisierung im Einklang mit der Sozialpolitik durchzuführen.

Literature

1. Wolf, Nikolaus. Die W(i)ege des Wachstums. Humboldt-Forum Wirtschaft e. V. (HUFW). 11. Ökonomisches Symposium «Ausgewachsen? Wachstum im Zeichen der Nach- haltigkeit», Berlin. 11 Mai 2011 / unter der Schirmherrschaft von Prof. Dr. Hans-Werner Sinn. Humboldt–Universität zu Berlin, 2011. 2. Матвеенко В.Д. Ресурсы, институты, инновации и экономический рост: двойственный подход // Финансы и бизнес. – 2008. – № 1. – С. 28–40. Plenary 41

3. Стратегия модернизации российской экономики /отв. ред. В.М. Полтерович. СПб.: Алетейя, 2010. – 424 с. 4. Гурова И.П. Мировая экономика: учеб. пособие. М.: Омега-Л, 2011. – 400 с. 5. Закс Л. Статистическое оценивание: пер. с нем. / под ред. Ю.П. Адлера, В.Г. Горского. М.: Статистика, 1976. – 598 с. 6. Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс] // gks.ru: сервер Федеральной службы государственной статистики. 2011. – URL: www.gks.ru 7. Научная и инновационная деятельность регионов Сибирского федерального окру- га: Стат. сб. – Томск: Томскстат, 2011. – 130 с.

I S e c t i o n

WORLD ECONOMICS: A FUTURE PERSPECTIVE

APEC VLADIVOSTOK-2012 AND ITS MEANING FOR RUSSIA

N. Moskvina, S. Alikhanova

National Research Tomsk State University

For many years the Pacific Ocean has been for Russians both close and far. Today, despite the fact of where we live, it's coming closer and closer. Politicians, investors, economists, bankers and power engineers look at the Asia-Pacific Region (APR) like at an anti-global-crisis rescue tool. It is an enormous source of development for the whole world. The APEC Summit is a grand event, which is held annually in one of the member countries for politicians to discuss the possibilities of developing relationships between the countries. In 2012 it was held in Russia. The APEC Vladivostok-2012 is the 24th annual meeting of APEC economics leaders, which was held on Russky Island from 2nd to 9th Sep- tember 2012. It was the first APEC Summit held in Russia. APEC (Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation) is an international economic organization, which was created for the development of relationships between the countries of the Pacific Ocean. Today it includes 21 countries (Australia, Canada, China, Russia, USA, Japan etc). It is a great economic union, which produces 57% of the world GDP and 48% of the world trade. APEC was founded in Canberra, Australia in 1989. Russia became an APEC member in 1998. The APEC target is to provide free-trade openness according to the norms of GATT/WTO, to increase economic growth and prosperity in the region and to strengthen the APEC. Russia is interested in participating in the integration projects of APR, in which Siberia and the Far East play an important role, especially in I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 43 energy and transport. These regions could become a land bridge between the countries of the Pacific Rim and Europe. The APEC Summit is a geopolitical mission for Russia. The expansion of Russia's economic presence in the Asia Pacific is a very important goal in this mission. Vladimir Putin said that the APEC Summit is, first of all, a forum for discussing economic and socio-economic problems, and also the problems of the liberalization of global economy, transport and food security. The APEC Summit of 2012, which has ended in Vladivostok on Sep- tember 9th, is noted to have been successful for Russia. Why had Vladi- vostok been chosen as the forum venue? The reason is that already for a long time there was an idea to develop the Far East Region of Russia. The APEC allowed to start this development. The Far East Region has an enormous potential for economic growth due to mineral mining, a science centre and its professional workers. Russia's foreign partners would also like to invest into the agricultural industry to supply the markets of Asia Pacific with agricultural products. Vladimir Putin, as the host of the APEC Summit, demonstrated the reorientation of Russia's interests from Europe to Asia and its wish to become a trade bridge between the East and the West. "Strengthening the positions of Russia in Asia is tightly connected with the development of productive forces. We should build companies using modern technologies by attracting investors from China, Japan, South Korea and, perhaps, the USA", – says one of the experts, Boris Shmelev. The people of the Far East have high expectations on further cooperation with Asia Pacific partners in the realization of many other projects, such as finishing the building of the Baikal-Amur highway, joint development of port infrastructure, tourism, services market, joint business in the financial and credit sector and other projects. By the time the forum ended, Russia started to receive new offers of cooperation from other countries. This could have a great impact on the development of the Far East. It is planned to turn Russky Island into a arge tourist and recreation zone. Currently in Vladivostok they have completed the construction of the summit. The most important facilities are the bridge across the Zolotoy Rog Bay and the bridge to Russky Is- land. The Far East region is developing in the intellectual sphere as well: now there is a whole student city on the island (in the buildings of which the Summit was held). Now it is in the possession of the Far East Federal University, which consists of 3 integrated Vladivostok universities. They have also started constructing the Vostochniy Cosmodrome in the Amur

44 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Region. This is why it was very perspective to hold the APEC Summit in Vladivostok. The APEC is a dialogue of economies, above all. In conditions of the global crisis business generates projects more intensively than politicians. The APEC Summit week in Vladivostok showed guests and investors wide opportunities for cooperation. Altogether over 100 different events were held. During the Summit different agreements about cooperation between Russia and APR countries were signed. Work was carried out on priority themes: trade and investment liberalization; regional economic integration; fortification of food security; forming reliable transport and logistics chains; intensive interaction to provide innovative growth. Economic leaders of APEC had two important meetings. On the first meeting they discussed the development of transport and logistics system, further trade and investment liberalization and regional integration. At the second meeting they discussed food security and innovation development. According to the results of the Summit, the leaders of APEC signed a declaration about innovation and fighting against corruption. The leaders admitted that extensive international trade, investment and economic integration are the key factors for sustainable growth. The President of Russia participated in over 15 meetings. Vladimir Putin discussed investment projects and the improvement of transport and logistics chains with economic leaders of Peru and South Korea. Three documents were signed with Japanese Prime Minister Yoshihiko about the environment, energy and forest products. With President of Vietnam Truong Tan Sang he discussed trade and economic relations between the Far East and Vietnam. Jim Rogers, a U.S. billionaire, has decided to invest in some Russian and particularly coastal projects. Chinese President Hu Jintao announced about the infusion of a $10 trillion investment into the Asia-Pacific economy. Sergey Lavrov and Hillary Clinton signed a memorandum of Russia’s and USA’s joint scientific researches in the Antarctic, joint statement on strengthening the U.S.-Russian interregional cooperation, joint statement on cooperation in the Bering Strait and agreement about easing the visa regime between Russia and the U.S. An important thing was the signing of an agreement, which limits the growth of tariffs on more than 50 ecological commodities. The current stage for Russian leaders is time to understand that cooperation with the Asia-Pacific countries and territories is one of the key

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 45

conditions of economic modernization of the Far East of Russia and strengthening the international position of the country. The key to success is coordinating Russia’s long-term plans with the priorities of its Pacific partners. «The whole Russian economy can redirect to the Far East, if there will be perspective conditions for business», – says Vladimir Putin. Thus, APEC Summit Vladivostok-2012 was very important for Rus- sia. Now there is the reorientation of Russian interests from Europe to Asia. Russky Island is turning into a large tourist and recreation zone. The construction of the cosmodrome «East» has been started in the Amur region. During the Summit wide opportunities of cooperation were shown to investors, and most of them decided to invest into the Far East (especially China and USA). Two important meetings were held by economic leaders and agreements about cooperation between Russia and APR- counties (China, Japan, Peru, South Korea, USA and etc.) were signed. Generally, the Summit APEC-2012 demonstrated wide perspectives of the development of the Far East for Russia and the Asia-Pacific countries, strengthening the international position of the country and the relationship between the countries.

Literature

1. APEC [Электронный ресурс] – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.apec2012.ru (дата обращения: 25.10.2012.). 2. BBC: комплекс радио-, интернет- и телевещания Великобритании [Электрон- ный ресурс]. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.bbc. co.uk/russian/mobile/russia/ 2012/09/120910_rus_press.shtm (дата обращения: 05.11.2012.). 3. «АТЭС Россия 2012», специальный выпуск журнала «Международная жизнь». – МИД РФ, 2012. 4. Восток Медиа, портал новостей [Электронный ресурс]. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.vostokmedia.com/n148292. html?print (дата обращения: 30.10.2012.). 5. Российский совет по международным делам [Электронный ресурс]. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://russiancouncil.ru/inner/?id_4= 871#top (дата обращения: 05.11.2012.).

THE CONSOLIDATED GROUP OF TAXPAYERS

K. Bannova

National Research Tomsk State University

The consolidated group of taxpayers according to point 1 of article 25.1 of the Tax code of the Russian Federation is understood as voluntary created group of payers of a profit tax for calculation and payment of this tax,

46 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions united on the basis of the relevant contract. Calculation and profit tax payment (advance payments) are carried out by the responsible participant of this group called that in the contract. The mode of the consolidated tax reporting has the same long history, as well as a profit tax of corporations. For the first time allocation of groups of companies in the uniform subject of the taxation occurred at the beginning of the XX century: 1902 – Austria, 1917 – the USA, 1920 – Germany, 1936 – Denmark, 1940 – the Netherlands, 1942 – Spain [2]. In the countries with strongly pronounced system of the continental right, such as Germany, Denmark and the Netherlands at the initial stage made a basis of similar modes the jurisprudence which is based only on an interpretative approach, without any to legislative support [6]. In Spain and the USA use of such mechanism of the taxation was primary compulsory as in these countries the ascending scale of a profit tax of corporations operated, and legislators fought against business crushing. Respectively, consolidation of positive results of financial and economic activity of all enterprises entering into group, led to increase in the sum of the general tax obligations. This structure essentially differed from modern modes of providing the consolidated reporting which, first, got out groups of companies voluntary, and secondly, allowed to make distribution of losses between the companies and a delay of payment of taxes. The number of groups of companies in the USA providing the consolidated reporting, after cancellation in 1964 of the ascending scale of a profit tax considerably increased [3]. During the period after the Second World War of system of the group taxation started to operate in Great Britain в1967, and in France в1971. From 90th of the XX century the institute of the consolidated taxpayer actively is applied in many countries of the world according to the principles which have affirmed during the previous periods. In 2002 the mode of the consolidated taxation was entered in Australia and Japan [4]. A main objective of introduction of this mode, both in Aus- tralia, and in Japan creation of incentives for development of integration processes in economy was. The history of development of institute of the consolidated taxpayer shows that the tax policy at work with groups of companies develops in interaction with strategic decisions of the government this or that the countries concerning economic concentration and association of the enterprises [1]. Let's consider criteria of individual share in the capital of subsidiaries: Austria – not less than 100 %; Denmark – not less than 100 %;

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 47

Japan – not less than 100 %; The Netherlands – not less than 95 %; France – not less than 95 %; Russia – not less than 90 %; The USA – not less than 80 %; Austria – not less than 75 %; Spain – not less than 75 %; Germany – not less than 50 %. Any created group of companies as a whole pursues two main tax objectives: first, to compensate losses of one participants of group at the expense of profits of others; secondly, to eliminate the taxation of transfer of assets in group. These purposes are fundamental at making decision on use of the mechanism of calculation of tax obligations concerning all corporate group. However, if the first purpose for the countries where there is an institute of the consolidated reporting, is obvious, existence of the second purpose in these countries isn't obligatory [7]. As to mutual compensation of profits and losses in their emergence between members of concrete group, it is possible to note that legislations of the majority of the countries limit ways of mutual compensation of results of financial and economic activity for the purpose of prevention of possibility of involvement of the losses which have arisen out of group. As the world practice testifies, usually special restriction is entered into a mode concerning the losses which have arisen before accession of the companies to group. Also there are special rules in case the company leaves group. So, for example, in Austria company losses to its accession to the group united in Organschaft, can be compensated only at the expense of profit of this company. Similar rules exist in Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands [7]. In France the company leaving group, loses the right to a deduction of the sum of losses from tax base, and its losses remain in the parent company [4]. According to the rules operating in the Netherlands, after dissolution of «fiscal unity» the subsidiary which has left it can postpone to future period own before konsolid- itsionny losses, and also losses of fiscal unity which can be distributed in favor of subsidiaries. In Japan subsidiaries can't postpone to future periods before konsodidatsionny losses, but it is possible for the parent company. As a whole it is possible to allocate the following criteria for application by taxpayers of a mode of the consolidated reporting: – the requirement of individual share in the capital. – way of election of a mode.

48 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The carried-out analysis of tax systems of the various countries showed that the organizations fulfilling the requirement of individual share in the capital which limits can fluctuate from 50 to 100 % can apply a mode of consolidation. As to a way of election of a mode, in all countries its application is voluntary. In the majority of the countries the declarative system according to which, taxpayers can submit the application on mode application, and tax authorities, in case of compliance of taxpayers to all necessary requirements operates, give them the corresponding permission. Thus there are two opposite approaches to a voting procedure of members of group in favor of election of a mode of the group taxation. The first way is based on a principle «all or anybody» – i.e. in case of voluntary election of a mode all companies are obliged to unite for calculation of tax obligations (Spain and Japan) [9]. Advantages of such way consists in simplicity of administration of a mode from tax authorities. The second way allows taxpayers to make selection of the most «suitable» members of group among the potential applicants who are meeting the requirements of the minimum participation (Denmark, Italy, the Nether- lands, France) [5]. Introduction of system of the consolidated taxation represents interest not only at corporate level, but also as a whole for the Russian economy. The consolidated taxation simplifies business introduction, increases its efficiency (tax consolidation will promote reduction of number of intermediaries in a chain of transfer of the goods on the market, and, therefore, to reduction of prices); stimulates development of the integrated structures that promotes increase of competitiveness of the interconnected producers both on internal, and in the international market; promotes decrease in tax burden of the interconnected enterprises at the expense of granting possibility of association of profits and losses of taxpayers of the companies entering into consolidated group that from the economic point of view is quite natural; promotes unification of tax system, and also simplification of tax control of the interconnected groups of companies. All this, in turn, essentially simplifies implementation of tax control of group activity. Thus, the strategic assessment of expediency of maintaining a mode of the taxation of groups of companies should be based on the deep analysis of economic processes occurring in the country, to consider influence of a mode on efficiency of placement of financial resources and on justice of distribution of profit.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 49

Further, considering experience of foreign countries, it can be considered a question of expansion of application of tax consolidation and on other taxes. For example, in Great Britain and in some other the countries except a profit tax consolidation on the VAT and excises is available. Moreover, it is possible to consider the problem on inclusion in structure of potential participants of the consolidated group of the foreign dependent organizations. It will positively be reflected in investment appeal of Russia for foreign investors and will continue a way of integration of the Russian Federation to world economic community.

Literature

1. Tax code of the Russian Federation (part one) from 31.07.1998 № 146ФЗ (edition from 03.12.2012). 2. Smirnov D.M. Actual problems of the taxation of the consolidated groups abroad and in Russia//the International accounting. – 2010. – № 5 (137). – P. 33–39. 3. M.A. Zakonoproyekt's damask steels about the consolidated group of taxpayers: the main concepts//the Taxation, the account and the reporting in commercial bank. – 2009. – № 6. – Р. 12–15. 4. Zachupeyko I.V. Topical issues of formation of institute of tax consolidation in the Russian Federation//Information and financial streams. – 2010. – № 3. – P. 109–115. 5. Kizimov A.S. Institute of the consolidated taxpayer: history of development and functioning principles//Finance and credit. – 2009. –№ 30 (366). P. 10–16. 6. Tserenov B.V. About some provisions of the bill of the consolidated group of taxpayers//Taxes and the taxation. – 2009. – № 6. P. 37–45. 7. Chaykovsky L.A. Creation of the consolidated taxpayer: consequences and advantages//Financial messenger: finance, taxes, insurance, accounting. – 2010. – № 6. P. 72–80. 8. Trapeznikova D.Yu. The taxation of the consolidated taxpayers//the Russian business. – 2010. –№ 7 (2). P. 82–87. 9. Smirnov D.M. Increase of efficiency of the taxation in Russia in connection with introduction of system of the consolidated taxpayers//Audit and the financial analysis. – 2009. – № 5. – P. 23–25.

THE GLOBALIZATION OF TOURISM

A. Ivanchikhina

National Research Tomsk State University

By the beginning of the XXI century there have been a lot of changes in the socio-economic life of the people, later known as «globalization». Now globalization is, above all, an economic cooperation between the countries. In addition, the creation of the single world community is inseparably linked with the political, information and cultural integration.

50 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The overall picture of globalization is hardly completed without a variety of flows associated with the movement of people and realized both in macro-regional and global scale. At the present time tourism reaches the leading place in the system of transboundary migration and becomes an increasingly important factor of national and local development and along with it one of the most important channels of globalization. Nowadays it is impossible to imagine the world without any tourist flows. This way of the time has become a necessity for both producers and consumers of the services of this sector. The following figures show the role of tourism in the international development. According to the World Tourism Organization and the International Monetary Fund, since 1998 tourism has come to the first place in the world export of goods and services (7,9% of the total volume) ahead of automotive industry (7,8%), chemical industry (7,5%), manufacture of food products (6,6%), computers and office equipment (5,9%) and fuel (5,1%). In other words, the tourist product has become the best-selling product in the world. Now the share of international tourism accounts for 30% of world export of services. Tourism has become one of the largest high-yielding sectors of economy providing a high level of employment. All in all in the travel industry and the other spheres of economy associated with it there are 8,1% of the working population of the Earth and by 2014 this figure is expected to rise to 8,6%. For 83% of the countries tourism is one of the 5 main sources of income and for 38% of the countries – the main source of income. As many other sectors of economy tourism has a multiplicative effect on related industries. For example, it stimulates the development of telecommunication services, manufacture of consumer goods, promotes the development of transport companies, etc. Thanks to tourism the national crafts continue to develop. Modern tourism plays a major role in the global economy: this industry is growing rapidly and will soon become the most important of its sectors. According to the World Tourism Organization forecast, growth of the travel industry will be irreversible in the XXI century and by 2020 the number of international tourist visits will be 1,6 billion. The annual growth of investment in the tourism will be around 30%. For the high growth rates tourism is recognized as an economic phenomenon of the XX century. Over the years 1950–2007 the number of international tourists increased by 37 times, and the inpayments from this service increased by almost 428 times. In 2011 the number of international tourist arrivals in the world reached 981 million peo-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 51 ple and the amount of income from international tourism all over the world reached a record 1,2 trillion USD. The importance of tourism as a factor of global economic and social development is reflected in many international documents. So in the Manila Declaration, adopted by the World Conference on Tourism in 1980, it is mentioned that «the share of tourism in the national economy and international trade transformed it into an important indicator of global development. Its continual role in the national economic activities and in the international exchange and its influence on the levelling of the foreign trade balance made it one of the major industries in the world economy». The analysis of the main factors, affecting the global and national tourist market, reveals the following trends in the tourist movement for the foreseeable future:  the growth rate of tourism will rise, i.e. the demand and supply of tourist services will increase in connection with the policy of most countries to encourage tourist activities;  the share of foreign tourism will increase in the general tourist movement;  the duration of tourist travels will gradually increase;  the average length of tourist staying in different countries will be reduced due to the desire of tourists to see more countries during one trip. One of the most significant trends of the world tourism development is a dramatic intensification of competition in the market of tourist supply as a result of emerging of too many countries with ambitious plans to attract tourists, and also an oversaturated market of supply. In addition, electronic commerce plays an important role in the global economy. E-commerce in tourism can radically change the structure of production and distribution, eliminating the need for such support structures as distribution networks, tour operators and travel agents. Like any other industry international tourism is experiencing a number of problems associated first of all with the safety, terrorism, political instability, global crisis (economic outlook), changes in a currency parity, scope of investment in tourism, natural disasters and climate changes, technological accidents, crime rate, etc. International tourism is an integral part of the international relations which raises the need for organization and management of the full complex of tourist activities both within individual countries and internation-

52 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ally. However, despite the active development of tourism during the last decades and its growing influence, the legal regulation of the international tourist relations still lags behind. It can be explained by the following circumstances:  by the strong growth of international tourism especially in the number of visitors to the foreign countries which in many ways is ahead of its establishment as a subject of international and legal regulation as well as the slowness of some countries in the practical issues of development and promotion of international tourism;  by the development of international tourism in different countries at different levels: national tourist authorities have different powers;  by the lack of homogeneous national authorities in different countries which are in charge of the tourist policy. In some countries it is purely a state structure, in others – a public organization. Their competence, tasks and functions differ as well as the level of government control. Thus tourism nowadays is a global phenomenon of transnational scale. It appreciably makes influence on all the main spheres of the world community, being as a multi-aspect and developing phenomenon of socio- economic, political and socio-cultural life. Traveling becomes an a stereo- type of behavior in modern society, while playing the role of the active accelerator of communication, diffusion of cultures and life-styles on a planetary scale. In the context of globalization tourism should primarily contribute to the formation of the world without war. The basis of world values will enable to create a new model of the global development without terror.

Literature

1. В 2012 году международный туризм достигнет миллиардный рубеж [Электронный ресурс] // Официальный сайт ЮНВТО. URL: http://media.unwto.org/ru/press-release/2012- 01-18/v-2012-godu-mezhdunarodnyi-turizm-dostignet-milliardnyi-rubezh (дата обращения: 03.11.2012). 2. Игнатьев А.В. Российский туризм в эпоху глобализации: стратегия, конкуренто- способность, перспективы. – М.: Палеотип, 2007. – 280 с. 3. Международный туризм: первые результаты 2011 года подтверждают усиление роста [Электронный ресурс] // Официальный сайт ЮНВТО. – URL: http://media.unwto.org/ru/press-release/2011-05-12/mezhdunarodnyi-turizm-pervye-rezultaty- 2011-goda-podtverzhdayut-usilenie-ro (дата обращения: 03.11.2012).

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 53

4. Путешествие на триллион долларов [Электронный ресурс] // Деловая газета «Взгляд». – М., 2005–2012. – URL: http://vz.ru/economy/2012/5/10/578115.html (дата обра- щения: 01.11.2012). 5. Саломон К. Культурная экспансия и экономическая глобализация // Мировая эко- номика и международные отношения. – 2000. – № 1. – С. 141.

CHINA’S SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONES: TO BE OR NOT TO BE?

S. Koptelova

National Research Tomsk State University

According to many researchers, the history of the Special Economic Zones (SEZs) has started back in 1510, when the Spanish conquistador Vasco Nunez de Balboa, with his partners who founded the «commercial ports», landed on the coast of Panama on the isthmus which separates two oceans. Today SEZs exist in countries with different levels and natures of economic development. They function in industrialized countries and in newly industrialized economies, as in developing countries and transition economies. In the world, SEZs develop very uneven. The most dynamic establishment of SEZs is in rapidly developing countries. China is also referred to as one of these countries. In the end of 1970s, the State Council approved experimental establishment of SEZs in four provinces: Zhuhai, Shantou, Guangdong and Fujian. With the support of the initial achievements of the first group of SEZs in 1984, The State Council of China decided to establish a further 14 areas of technical and economic development in 14 coastal cities in China. In 1990, the Chinese government decided to open a zone, Pudong in Shanghai, where the Chinese Government has a key role in its economic openness. It is important to notice and take an account of the fact that China has started foreign direct investment from the beginning and trade almost was not developed until 1978. These areas were used as the test bases for trade liberalization, fiscal and other measures, which then gradually applied to other economic sectors. In August 1980, the People's Congress adopted the first regulation concerning SEZs: «The Regulation of Guang- dong Special Economic Zone». This regional law was an initiative of the central government. After, the law was edited as the first successful de-

54 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions velopment of SEZ. As a result, it began to provide the following set of rights and obligations for foreign investors: 1) Protection of private property rights: SEZs support of foreigners and Chinese emigrants and compatriots from Hong Kong and Macao to create enterprises and other institutions with their own investments or joint ventures with Chinese partners. SEZ’s guarantee the protection of their assets, accrued income, and other rights in accordance with the law. It is a very important commitment of the Chinese government because until recently, there was no constitutional protection of private property outside the SEZ (Constitutional Amendment in 2004). 2) Tax benefits: foreign investors can enjoy a preferential income tax rate (15–24%) compared to 33% for domestic firms outside the zone. In addition, there are preferential income taxes for foreign workers in the SEZs. 3) Land Use Policy: according to Chinese law, all land is state- owned. Foreign investors can legally obtain the right to develop land use and business. They can also transfer land rights. When foreign companies invest in projects supported by the state for the period of operation more than 15 years, the construction of land are exempt from land use fees for a period of five years from the date the entity obtains the right to use it and the fee will be charged at half price for the next five years. Land-use rights are guaranteed for projects which have a total investment of at least $10 million or that have a significant impact on local economic development, even if the total investment is less than $10 million. Government has clearly formulated the goals of SEZs using the principle: «Construction, first of all, depends on the attraction and use of foreign capital, which is one of the main economic forms of joint ventures and partnerships. As well as enterprises with foreign capital whose products are mainly export oriented and their economic activity is mainly due to market forces» [1]. So, the objectives of the establishment of SEZs pursued by Chinese government are: • Ensuring of the flow of foreign investment • Involvement of advanced equipment and technology • Examination of scientific achievements • Mastery of experience managing external relations • Market research and trend analysis of the global economy • Effective use of natural resources • Training of qualified personnel

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 55

• Stimulating the development of the economy in general by testing new economic models for the following using the interior districts of the country. • Increasing currency in payments to the exchequer, etc. Today we can say that the achievement of these goals are reflected in the following five aspects: The creation of a favorable investment climate, rapid economic development, formation of an open economy, improving the structure of production, forming the basis of the socialist market economy. We must examine each of these aspects. In all zones investment has been a steady increase. Annually, new critical infrastructure has been put into operation. In China, the Chinese have constructed group of ports, airports, power plants, communications centers, urban roads, commercial and residential buildings, as well as related support community facilities. For example, in the area of Shenzhen, they utilized land area of 140 km2, and an area of the city was built in the 84 km2. There was an investment of 17 billion RMB in the construction of infrastructure including water supply, electricity, transportation, communications, etc. It is important to say that the share of direct public investment in total investment of Shenzhen and Hainan zones drop each year. The biggest part of the funds invested in the development of the SEZs is formed from its own sources of financing, bank loans, and foreign investment. These SEZs have put much attention to improving the legislation. As already stated, laws and regulations governing taxation, banking, foreign capital operation, customs operations, land use, etc are developed and adopted. In Zones, there has been specially built special agencies that plan and control the process of attracting foreign capital. They provide a macrolevel control of the size of capital employed and the effectiveness of the structures they create. They are not limited in the provision of benefits to foreign entrepreneurs, and use system of economic leverage for stimulation of theirs industrial activity. Openness to the outside world is the most important transformation of China today and it is the driving force of China's transition to a market economy. During the years of the implementation of reforms to it’s economic strategy, China's foreign trade has become one of the fastest ways of the economical rising. China's integration into the world economical community was through ensuring their economic security. Over the years

56 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

1978–2011, foreign trade turnover increased 176 times (from 20.6 billion. to 3.642 trillion dollars), including export, which were 193-fold (from 9.8 to 1.899 trillion dollars), and import, which increased 159 times (from 10.9 to 1.743 trillion. doll.) [2]. On this indicator, China moved from 32th place (1978) to 2nd place in the world. Nowadays, China's SEZs have highly developed industries such as advanced electronics, light industry, textiles, food processing and machine tool industries. They also contributed to the accelerated development of the entire national economy by actively expanding total inflow of foreign capital, increasing the volume of export trade, and by the importa- tion of advanced technology from abroad. SEZs fully identified their strengths in the accelerated development of foreign trade and increased foreign exchange inflows due to its proximity to Hong Kong and Macao. This was facilitated by the completeness of information, proximity, ease of transport conditions, and preferential policy. However, in-depth analysis reveals a number of unresolved problems of development of Chinese SEZs. They are caused by a deep gap in the levels of economic development collaborators as well as a partial mis- match between their interests. Such problems are the following [3]: – Low technological level. Compelling evidence that only 5% of foreign capital enterprises in SEZs is among technology-intensive facilities against 12% in the PRC; – Implementation of the lion's share of products SEZ in China domestic market for foreign currency. Such transactions are recorded as exports but it plays a small role in the actual increase in the foreign exchange earnings of the PRC. – Attraction of SEZ enterprises to the isolation of the Chinese economy. Hence, affects the large import content in their final products and the high level of foreign exchange costs in the cost of production, which hinders the achievement of a stable currency. At the beginning of the formation of SEZs in China in the 90’s, this revealed structural problems. Contrary to the original plan for the creation of multi-industrial complexes, based on modern technology, almost all SEZs now have developed a uniform industrial structure relying on labor- intensive industries. In 2000, in Xiamen, sharing electronic assembly industries accounted for 29% of industrial production and 45% in the Shenzhen industrial products and industrial exports [4]. The monotony of export products of zones creates competition between them on foreign markets. This causes unfulfilled specific advan-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 57 tages of each of the zones. As economic development in the SEZ salary increases, they gradually lose their competitive advantage on cheap labor, especially when compared to open coastal areas and inland provinces of China. Extensive expansion of low technology intensive industries rests on the narrow resource base, which is low in SEZ basic industries. There are still problems related to the question of the sale of land. Experts point out that China has largely lost some competitors in the markets the borrowing of foreign investment due to the unresolved issue of the sale of land under construction company. Those who object to the positive solution of this issue, argue that China is too crowded to freely trade their land. Others point out that China does have the largest population in the world, but the density of population, this country is inferior to so many countries, including virtually all the major neighboring countries (except Russia). Thus, problems in the functioning of Special Economic Zones have the place to be as in other economic institutions. Nevertheless, Special Economic Zones made a significant improvement in the economical and social position of the region where they are based, such as zones employment, living standards and quali- fications of workers and employees, which grew much faster than the national average. Even if it is a small part of the country, thanks to SEZs, China was able to enter the global market and to express themselves to produce goods with export orientation and combine socialist direction of the country and the market mechanism. In general, it is believed that China, which started one of the first countries with centrally planned economies to create special economic zones, and develop this success and would find ways to make this form of international economic cooperation more effective.

Literature

1. Карлусов В.В. Китайская политика открытой экономики // Российский экономический журнал. – 2009. – № 5. – С. 105. 2. Китай: статистика Всемирной Торговой Организации [Электронный ресурс]: Сайт ВТО. – URL: http://stat.wto.org/ CountryProfile/WSDBCountryPFView.aspx? Lan- guage=E&Country=CN. 3. Feenstra, R.C., Wie S.J. Introduction to China’s Growing Role in World Trade // NBER Chapters.– Beijing, 2010. – C. 16–17 4. Региональное развитие и зоны свободной торговли [Электронный ресурс]: ABIRUS: информационный портал. – URL: http: //abirus.ru/content/564/565/569/11497.html.

58 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

NEW TENDENCIES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE WORLD ECONOMY

A. Petrova

National Research Tomsk State University

The analysis of the modern world economy and the integration processes occurring in it allows to define two basic tendencies. One of them is a quantitative growth of the countries united in different international economic alliances and other international economic organizations that is the evidence of the increasing process of globalization of economy. An- other tendency is a constant improvement of forms and ways of realization of world economic integration what means a deep qualitative changes happening in this process. By the end of XX century practically all civilized countries which are about two hundred became the members of different economic organizations. So, by 2012 188 countries were the members of the International Monetary Fund, 184 states were the members of the World Bank, more than 157 countries were included into the World Trade Organization, more than one hundred countries are the members of the World organization of work and so on. Except the called economic organizations, representing the world economy, in the modern world, practically in all parts of the globe there are a set of the interstate economic establishments representing a wide range of forms of the local international economic integration. Among them there are the European Union, the Caribbean community, the Central American common market, the Association of the states of South East Asia, the Organization of the countries of the Asian and Pacific economic cooperation and others. It is important to emphasize that the international law doesn't interfere with participation of any country in several international organizations at the same time. The modern world economy is characterized by essential high-quality transformations thanks to which the world economy gained new lines. Its participation becomes appreciable in such fields of economic activity as: – in purposeful regulation of the world economy; – in creation of the world economic infrastructure; – in regulation of the international exchange by the goods and services; – in creation of the supranational international authorities for providing the states by economic resources, including the capital and information technologies;

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 59

– in development and increasing of the role of the international corporations in the world economy; – in a mass transition of economies of the countries of the world to the universal system of statistics and accounting. Constantly developing and extending process of the international integration forms an organizational and legal basis of all new phenomena in world economy and becomes a determinant of the modern international relations. The international economic integration is a process of interaction of economies of the separate countries and their internal economic structures that is carried out for the purpose of the economic mutual benefit. It occurs in different forms and at different levels. Formation and development of the international economic integration begins with establishment of trade relations between the separate countries and proceeds at the level of the complex economic cooperation of the states up to the complete internationalization of national economies. At the present stage the international economic integration achieved a global size. Globaliza- tion of economy is the highest form of the international economic integration. It is expressed in the organization and activity of different international economic associations, and also in emergence and development of the international economic institutes and the multinational companies in the modern community. If in earlier stages of the international economic integration there was only one form of its realization that was an international trade the stage of globalization along with it implies in the planetary scale the moving of the labor, the capital, scientific and technical knowledge and information. So, at the stage of globalization the international economic integration gains not only more essential qualitative characteristics but also new more developed forms. Three main aspects can be chosen out of a set of the reasons and factors of this process. 1. The strengthening competition caused by an essential growth of the scale of production, compels business to step over the national borders in search of the best conditions of activity. 2. Developed in the second part of the XX century favorable political circumstances: the disintegration of the colonial system which has caused the need of establishment of the new economic order in the world, and the termination of «cold war» which was the period of opposition of two social and economic systems that allowed to consolidate the world community and consider the world as a complete system. 3. The last achievements of the scientific and technical progress, allowed to create a qualitatively new reliable world economic infrastruc-

60 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ture, including the international transport network, means of communication appropriated for time requirements and a wide information system. Thanks to these achievements costs for a moving of the goods and production factors were essentially reduced, a degree of economic risk was decreased and the possibility quickly to move the labor, technologies and the capital in the scale of the whole world became real. Owing to the actions of all set of the specified factors in the world the necessary conditions for more complete realization of advantages of the economic integration that is the transition to more developed phase – globalization, were objectively created. The economic globalization as well as an integration in general is an effective form of organization of economy. At the global level the effects from integration processes can be reached from the international specialization and cooperation, the international trade, the regional consumption of the labor and other factors of production, and also from global use of the last achievements of science and technology in economy. For the present the modern economic science isn't capable to define the complete effect from the realization of integration processes at the global level. It is explained not complexity of calculation of results of the integration, but plurality of consequences of this process in time and space. Therefore in such researches it is accepted to distinguish the statistical and dynamic effects of the integration. Received directly after the realization of actions for consolidation of economies of two or several countries the statistic effects define the economic consequences of the international integration. Dynamic effects estimate the economic consequences of the international integration in prospect. As a rule, the calculations of the statistical effect present a comparison of results of reorientation of consumers in one country in connection with a purchase of the goods or a production factor from more effective participant of the integration communication in other country. Also the effect from existence or absence of the Customs union or any other integration form is considered. In such calculations it is necessary to consider the negative consequences of the international integration too. It is especially important to estimate the negative results in outlook. In the future an import of goods from other country can affect, for example, an employment problem in this country. Besides the receiving of economic effects the international integration at the global level promotes the creation of the favorable atmosphere for the foreign policy. As a rule, the economic union forms a basis for improvement of mutual understanding between countries and also for their political and cultural rapprochement. Besides the economic integra-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 61 tion assists development of mutual aid and solidarity up to the military support of the countries connected by the economic obligations. Along with the consequences listed above the international integration at the modern global level creates a set of new peculiar forms of the economic relations in which cooperation and competition are intertwined, and the market communications are replaced with the contract and market relations. One of the essential consequences of the global integration is the creation of the necessary conditions for the international production cooperation.

OFFSHORE TAX PLANNING IN RUSSIA

M. Purina

National Research Tomsk State University

Nowadays the words «offshore», «offshore company» are often used in their negative meaning, as we can judge by news programs and statements of the first persons of our country. But are offshore zones really illegal? Can an enterprise reduce its tax burden legally in such a way? Yes, it can. And this report tells about one of such schemes. It’s interesting that the Tax code of the Russian Federation contains direct refer- ences on the scheme. To begin with, we should notice that in the developed countries tax optimization and tax planning are not «forbidden terms» at all. They are considered a widespread legal way of reducing costs. However, Russian Tax Inspection regards such actions if not as a crime, than as a cause for a detailed revision of the firm. Nevertheless, international tax planning has a wide distribution all over the world. Business is registered in one state and is done in others. You may essentially reduce the costs if you locate your basis of income in the place where taxes are lower or are completely absent. So-called classical offshore zones are often used for this purpose. There are some basic characteristics of a typical offshore company: 1. Its «controlling and managing centre» is sited abroad. 2. It is granted a remission of taxation and pays annual fee. 3. The procedure of registration and management of the company is simplified, up to using nominees (i.e. not true stockholders and directors.) or anonymous owners.

62 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

4. There are minimum requirements for the company’s financial statements. The purposes and variants of using the offshore companies can vary. Here are some legal ones:  transfer pricing – an offshore company is a transactor,  investing,  business dealing,  purchase of assets,  banking, insurance,  business and assets protection, including concealment of their real owners. Illegal, dangerous purposes also exist:  artificial transfer pricing;  only tax reducing (without any business purpose) – it will not be dangerous in the developed countries;  criminal activity;  latent business possession (for persons who must not hold business because of their status) [1, 2]. It is important to notice that only well-known law agencies should be used for offshore business registration and management. In this case you may be sure in legality of these actions. And now we will return to the mentioned Russian tax planning scheme. There are so-called captive insurance companies that insure risks of the limited circle of persons. Very often these companies are owned and controlled by their insureds. So, an international group has an opportunity to insure its risks in its own insurance enterprise. The income received by the offshore insurer is not taxed, and insurance payments are admitted as tax expenses in the insured’s country. The result is that the general tax burden decreases. The scheme is described as follows: a Russian firm is one of the owners (or a sole owner) of the offshore company. Our enterprise, through the offices of Russian insurance company or foreign brokers, concludes a reinsurance contract with the offshore insurance company. If an insured event does not occur, Russian firm receives its part of non-taxable profit as an offshore enterprise’s owner. Upon the happening of an insured event the offshore company really meets its commitments. That’s why the scheme is absolutely legal.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 63

All grounds for the given scheme are directly specified in the Russian Tax code. Reinsurance payments to foreign companies are admitted as profit tax expenses (paragraph 294, item 2, subitem 3). These sums are not taxed with Russian VAT (paragraph 149, item 3, subitem 7). So, reinsurance payments are taxed only in the reinsurance company’s country. Of course, there are not any taxes in offshore in this situation. In the beginning of 2000th Russian authorities would be liberal enough to firms that made reinsurance payments abroad even if the foreign company could not have the insurance license according to the laws of that country. As a result, payments to the «pseudo-insurance» companies were widespread. Now the Ministry of Finance asserts that «it is impossible to conclude reinsurance contracts with non-insurance organizations or with insurers whose licenses were revoked». However, laws of many offshore zones let companies carry on insurance business without licenses. This situation was not commented by the Ministry (the Letter of the Ministry of Finance of the Russian Federation from the 16th August 2002 № 04-02-06/1/115) [3]. Arbitration practice shows that decisions are usually accepted in favour of good faith tax payer. For example, in 2007 the Federal arbitration court of the Moscow district decided that reinsurance payments (about one billion roubles total), made by the Russian insurance company to a Nevis firm, were legal. The court has agreed that in that period of time insurance activity in Nevis could be conducted without license. Russian laws also did not require possession of a license for the Nevis company. That’s why tax inspection claims have been considered unreasonable (the Decision of the Federal arbitration court of the Moscow district from the 25th April, 2007 № КА- А40/1889-07). Nevertheless, there was an opposite practice. In 2003, Russian insurance company paid the Nevis firm about twelve million roubles under reinsurance contract. However, during search of the Russian enterprise’s office, a seal of that foreign firm has been found. The fact was not explained by the management. Moreover, a Russian citi- zen who was the representative of the foreign insurance company under documents said that he knew nothing about this company. As a result, the court has decided that the tax payer was unfair, and disputed payments were actually not reinsurance. (The decision of the Arbitration court of Sverdlovsk area from the 16th March, 2003 № А60-2137/2007-С5) [3].

64 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Therefore, the scheme described in this article is legal if the tax payer accurately complies with laws. It is necessary to consult with lawyers and to receive a conclusion that your foreign partner does not need an insurance license. Tax inspections and even court actions are rather possible. But if all documents were issued correctly, nothing threatens to our enterprise.

Literature

1. Международное налоговое планирование, офшоры (оффшоры) [Электронный ре- сурс] // Кузьминых, Евсеев & Партнеры. Налоговое планирование на taxman.ru. – Элек- трон. дан. – М., [б.г.]. – URL: http://www.taxman.ru/action_viewdynamicpage/catalog_17. 2. Налоговое планирование и схемы [Электронный ресурс] // Юридическая компания «Стерлинг». – Электрон. дан. – М., 2011. – URL: http://www.1sterling.ru/nalogovoe- planirovanie-i-shemy.html. 3. Оффшорные страховые компании в международном налоговом планировании [Электронный ресурс] // Roche & Duffay. Международное налоговое планирование для крупного и среднего бизнеса. – Электрон. дан. – М., [б.г.]. – URL: http://www.roche- duffay.ru/articles/offshore_insurance.htm.

TOURISMUS ZÄHLT WELTWEIT ZU DEN GRÖSSTEN WIRTSCHAFTSZWEIGEN

M. Red'kina

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Tourismus zählt weltweit zu den größten Wirtschaftszweigen. „Tou- risten sind Personen, die zu Orten außerhalb ihres gewöhnlichen Umfel- des reisen und sich dort für nicht mehr als ein Jahr aufhalten aus Freizeit- oder geschäftlichen Motiven, die nicht mit der Ausübung einer bezahlten Aktivität am besuchten Ort verbunden sind.“ – WELTTOURISMUSORGANISATION DER VEREINTEN NATIONEN (UNWTO) Der Tourismus zählt weltweit zu den größten Wirtschaft-szweigen. 2004 erzielte er nach Angaben der Welttourismu-sorganisation einen Ge- samtumsatz von etwa 623 Milliarden US-Dollar. Er absorbiert 11 Prozent der Konsumausgaben der westlichen Industriestaaten. Mit weltweit rund 100 Millionen Beschäftigten ist er der größte Arbeitgeber unter den Bran- chen. Grenzüberschreitende Reisen machen 25 bis 30 Prozent des Welt- handels im Dienstleistungsbereich aus. Höhere Umsätze werden allenfalls noch in der Auto- und der Mineralölindustrie erzielt. Für viele Regionen ist der Tourismus zur wichtigsten Beschäftigungsgrundlage geworden.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 65

Gleichwohl sind die Einnahmen höchst ungleich verteilt, werden doch 50 Prozent davon in nur sieben Ländern (USA, Großbritannien, Frankreich, Italien, Spanien, Deutschland, Österreich) erzielt. Die wirtschaftlichen Wirkungen des Tourismus können in direkte, in- direkte und induzierte Wirkungen unterteilt werden. Die direkten Wir- kungen entstehen dort, wo touristische Ausgaben getätigt werden (also zum Beispiel in der Hotellerie oder Gastronomie). Die indirekten Wir- kungen entstehen durch Vorleistungen (also zum Beispiel Bau von touris- tischer Infrastruktur, Lebensmittel für die Gastronomie). Die indu-zierten Wirkungen entstehen durch das Ausgeben der Einnahmen, die durch die direkten und indirekten Effekte geschaffen wurden. Für nationale Volkswirtschaften ist auch von Bedeutung, inwie- fern die Einnahmen aus dem Tourismus in dem jeweiligen Land verbleiben. Durch den Import von Gütern für den touristischen Kon- sum (zum Beispiel Lebensmittel) oder durch Tätigkeiten von ausländi- schen Unternehmen entstehen Gewinnabflüsse ins Ausland (sog. Sicker-rate oder Leakages). Die Internationale Arbeitsorganisation (ILO) geht davon aus, dass eine Stelle im touristischen Kerngeschäft, anderthalb weitere Stellen schafft. Damit schafft die Tourismusindustrie (direkt und indirekt) über 230 Millionen Stellen. Dies stellt etwa 8 % der weltweiten Arbeitskraft dar. Zwischen 60 % und 70 % der Arbeitskräfte sind Frauen und mehr als die Hälfte sind unter 25 Jahre alt. Auch wenn es Rationalisierungsbestrebungen gibt, bleibt der Touris- mus ein arbeitsintensiver Sektor, der vor allem in Entwicklungsländern wertvolle Beschäftigungsmöglichkeiten für Niedrigqualifizierte mit sich bringt. Die Entwicklung des Fremdenverkehrs erfolgt über die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung, den Umweltschutz und der Wahrung der Identi- tät der lokalen Bevölkerung. Eine enge Verbindung lässt sich auch zwischen der Entwicklung des Fremdenverkehrs und der Entwicklung des kulturellen Erbes herstellen: Der Fremdenverkehr schafft nicht nur Ein- kommen und Beschäftigung, sondern trägt auch zur Entwicklung einer lokalen und regionalen Identität bei. Der Fremdenverkehr bietet Beschäf- tigung und Einkommen für Personen, die in entwicklungs-schwachen Regionen leben. Tourismus-Markt in der sibirischen Region begann im Jahr 1992 zu entwickeln. Die sibirische Region hat ein großes Potenzial für Freizeit- Entwicklung von Inbound und Inlandstourismus. Die Vielfalt der Land-

66 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions schaften bietet alle Arten von Ökotourismus: Gesundheit, Bildung und Sport. Rund um die Welt wissen, dass Sibirien – extremen klimatischen Region. Dieses Stereotyp anziehen können Investitionen in den Touris- mus. Rest in extremen Bedingungen bietet viele Eindrücke, als der Auf- enthalt am Strand. Sie wissen, die erschwerten Bedingungen, desto größer ist die Anti–Stress–Wirkung.

THE SYSTEM OF PROCOMPETITION REGULATION IN RUSSIA AND ABROAD: COMMON AND UNIQUE

E. Rojdestvenskaya

National Research Tomsk State University

The process of trans-nationalization of the modern economy spawns a new process co-evaluating corporate culture of TNCs and business environment of the country–residence. Competition between firms is usually the most effective way of de- livering economic efficiency and what consumers want. However, there is a balance to be struck. Firms must not be over-regulated and so hampered in their development of innovative products and new strategies to compete for customers; but nor must they be completely free to satisfy a natural preference for monopoly, which would give them higher profits and a quieter life. The economic role of competition policy is to maintain this balance, and an effective policy requires a nuanced understanding of the economics of industrial organization [1]. Various policies that have been used to address such anticompetitive behavior include the divestiture of competitive from monopolistic activities, accounting separation of competitive and monopolistic active-ties, creation of clear, market-based pricing for different business units, and the requirement that joint ventures function as stand-alone operations to avoid cross subsidies to competitive operations. Most foreign cartels and trusts are either directly based on the mo- nopolisation of raw materials or indirectly control the raw materials they require. Fresh competition in opposition to such monopolies must usually produce at higher cost .than the combine; for if the monopolists control the districts which produce raw material cheaply, are favourably situated for markets and so on, new competitors must either buy what is left over, the monopoly not being complete, at higher prices fixed according to the

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 67 profits of the combine; or develop dearer and less accessible supplies of raw material; or if they are engaged in the further manufacture of mo- nopolised raw materials, buy them in the market instead of producing them themselves [2. Р. 209] On the one hand, we can talk about the protection of the innovative activities of TNCs, on the other – of the patent monopoly. Using intra- exchange earnings as a component of the global TNCs gain, is difficult to prove both theoretically and empirically. But it is obvious to use this exchange to redistribute income between the corporation and the state. Ex- isting antitrust law regards the manifestation of oligopolistic corporatism as a violation. This is reflected in the range of instruments of regulation - limiting the use of a dominant position, collusion, mergers, etc. But a fundamental change of the economic system – the development of the corporate economy requires the development of other economic relations in society contributing to the aggregate interests of corporations, consumers, and the socio-economic development. The system of pro-competitive regulation in developed countries and the Russian economy has general and special. The main overall goal is to create a transparent free competitive environment. At the present stage of the pro-competitive policy of the U.S. is rapidly growing. There are new tools related to changes in the world economy as a whole. But despite the evolution of competition policy, its content is determined Antitrust laws that have not undergone significant changes over time. Pro-competitive policy is based on the principle of «rationality» when taking into account the real danger of monopoly pricing. It is taken into account not only the national market, but also the presence of competitors in other countries. Pro-competitive regulation in the U.S., using the experience and system of prescribed laws, has all the features for effective development. The European system is different division levels of pro-competitive regulation at national and supranational. In its development, the European Union attempted to bring together the civil and commercial law of the Member States. But the most interesting is a relatively new experience in the world, is an independent branch of trade regulation – European Union competition law. The establishment of norms that regulate relations companies from different EU Member States, as well as multi-national companies of the need to prevent the attempts of some of the producers concerned to restrict free competition. The EU applies a balanced approach

68 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions that optimizes costs by narrowing the boundaries of actions that disturb the balance of the competitive environment. In the zero years Antimonopoly Service in Russia, has a supporting role in the general course of the government. Back in 1998, Russia had developed a set of rules designed to promote competition and reduce administrative barriers to business, but totally was not approved [3. Р. 61– 65]. A period of increasing business activity, and competition policy re- ceded. In times of economic recession, 2008–2009, there is a trend of recovery of standard-setting, forcing an inventory of economic policy instruments. Was adopted a second package of antitrust rules, the third - in development. Adopted the system working fine, which allows for adequate sanctions violations, canceled 35% of the first threshold of market power and dominance imposed three conditions domination supplement the terms of the definition of monopolistically high (low) prices, the concept of public / municipal preferences, which, however, does not agree the rest of the Russian legislation. Above leads to the conclusion that excessive rule-making, as opposed to the practical application of approved standards. A distinctive feature of European competition policy is the emphasis on curbing abuse of monopoly power. The main form of state control is the system of registration of cartels and restrictive agreements. Most laws prohibit restrictive agreements – price fixing, market-sharing agreement, binding contracts. The same system is used in Russia. In the U.S. system, the importance of case law the court's decision could be the basis for future decisions. European and Russian law system formed in the continental tradition, where attention is paid to the consistency of the laws of each other [4. Р. 99–102]. Unlike the laws of the U.S. and EU, Russian law has two distinguish- ing features: first, a broader definition of the object of antitrust policy, which includes, along with the three traditional areas of Western legislation, the protection of competition on the violations of the State, and secondly law itself over time gives more detailed descriptions of the types of illegal practices in a single document. Thus, if the EU legislation solved the problem of conflict-laws, which are regularly updated with lower costs, the Russian practice rewritten the laws themselves, which is much more expensive. There is the necessity for the development of principles of pro-competitive policies in Russia. Accumulated over 20 years of experience is clearly not enough to meet the challenges before the antimonopoly agency problems. Using the experience of the developed countries contribute to identify defects pro-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 69 competitive policy of Russia, which will serve as a starting point to improve and enhance the institutional and practical importance of antitrust regulation as a tool for transparent market competition.

Literature

1. Lyons B. Cases in European Competition Policy: The Economic Analysis. – Cam- bridge University Press, 2009. – 492 p. 2. Levy H. Monopoly and Competition. – Kitchener, Ontario: Batoche Books, 2001. – 271 p. 3. Totev K. The concept of «competition» in the antitrust / / Economy and Law. – 2011. – № 2. – P. 61–68. 4. Avdasheva S.B., Shastitko A.E., Kalmychkova E.M. Economic Bases of Antimonopoly Policy: the Russian Practice in the Context of World Experience / / Economic Journal of Eco- nomics. – 2007. – № 1. – P. 89–124.

THE WTO'S IMPACT ON THE RUSSIAN BANKING SYSTEM

A. Chemyakina

National Research Tomsk State University

Russia’s membership to the WTO is one of the most talked about current events. There are many various opinions as to what effect the WTO membership will have on the Russian banking sector. The aim of this article is to assess what effect WTO membership will have on the Russian banking sector. One group of researchers believe that WTO membership will not have a significant effect on the Russian banking sector. German Gref, who heads Sberbank, shares the view that Russia’s membership to the WTO will not present any dangers to Russia’s financial sector. Analysts from VTB Capital believe that WTO membership will only result in a minimal effect on the banking sector. They also believe that Russia’s WTO membership will result in the introduction of modern reporting and control standards, which will result in a more transparent banking system. Some hold the opinion that Russia’s WTO membership could hurt some local banks and insurance companies. The main argument for this opinion is the fact that the cost of borrowed funds in Russia is higher than in western countries. Various journals are full of opinions that Russia’s WTO membership will hurt the banking sector. Economists believe that there is a real danger of foreign banks flooding the Russian market with

70 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions their own branches. Senior vice president of Rosbank (has a Phd in economics) Mikhail Ershov notes, that problems could emerge from the fact that we must create an equal playing field for all WTO members. The main aim for a country is to have a globally competitive economy. The banking system is a vital sphere of any economy. The Russian banking system must be ready to integrate into the global market of banking services. The positive elements of WTO membership on the banking system are:  Increasing the capitalization and volume of the national banking structure. The European business club’s WTO working group believes that upon joining the WTO, the share of foreign capital in the Russian banking sector will rise to 30%, with a further rise to 50% in another five years time.  Inclreased competition in the sector of banking services, which will result in an increase in quality and decrease in prices for these services.  A positive change to Russia’s global image.  Aligning the legal system with WTO norms, will have a positive effect on the foreign investment climate.  The creation of conditions which will decrease capital flight and may even result in the return of capital that has gone abroad.  The implementation of the latest bank technologies.  Carrying out large investment projects which Russian banks would not be able to finance. The negative aspects of WTO membersip:  Direct risks to the banking system. The total assets of the Rus- sian banking system currently stand at 317 billion dollars. This is substantially less than the same figure for the banking systems of the most developed countries (England – 8650 billion dollars, Germany 8660 billion dollars, USA 8900 billion dollars). One of the world’s key bank reliability rankings is put together by the magazine Global Finance. No Rus- sian bank is listed in the top 50 banks. Banks from WTO member countries take a leading role in this rating, such as Germany’s KFW, Frances Caisse des Depots et Consignations (CDC), Netherlands Bank Neder- landse Gemeenten, Switzerlands Zuercher Kantonalbank and Australia’s National Australia Bank. Given this, WTO membership does not give reasons for optimism. It is known that in Russia, the banking systems assets as a percent of GDP is only 45%, where as in the more developed countries this figure is around 300%.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 71

 The risk of capital flight. Although foreign banks will be subject to Russian banking regulation, their policy regarding the direction of capital movements will be subject to their interests, thus the interest of their home country. This situation can be seen today. 28 banks which are controlled by non-residents of the Russian Federation, have 10% of banking assets. The average assets of a bank from this group are six times higher than the average assets of a Russian bank. The net foreign assets for banks from this group amount to 45% while for Rus- sian banks this figure stands at 18%. A member of Russia’s WTO membership bid dele-gation, Maxim Medvedkov, believes that branches of foreign banks will exist with a direct link to the parent company, and thus receive funds at a substantially lower rate, than the interest rate set by Russia’s Central Bank. If these branches will be working with cheap money while the rest are forced to work with expensive money, it is clear who will have the upper hand.  The risk of losing business reputation. A key factor to success in business is reputation. Swiss banks will for a long time yet have an upper hand on their Russian counterparts. Russian banks do not have hundreds of years of reputation up their sleeve.  The risk of retrenchments in the banking sector, especially highly qualified and management staff.  The risk of loosing national sovereignty in the banking sector. A key danger here is the inability of federal financial authorities to take action against the increase of operational capital from abroad as well as limiting rampant territorial expansion of foreign banks. The system of quotas on foreign banks working in Russia will not work as the increase of share capital from profits made in Russia will be counted as internal investments. Therefore, in joining the WTO Russia will remove almost all hurdles for foreign financial fims. Russia’s WTO membership is a significant positive impulse to Rus- sia’s development. However it is important to note that it is only a potentially positive impulse. In the long term, the banking system in Russia could strenghthen and become more competitive. However, in the short term small banks with no government support will be no match for reliable and stable western banks. The approach of: first joining the WTO, and only after increasing competitiveness of the banking sector, may prove to be the wrong path to take. To fundamentally improve the banking sector there needs to be significant change in creating logical and

72 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions stable macroeconomic policies, development of infrastructure, increasing competitiveness and fighting corruption. In summary, it can be said that the Russian banking sector is in need of fundamental changes, in order to become worthy counterpart to western banks.

Literature

1. Аксаков А. Российские банки:риски вступления в ВТО // Банки. – 2012 [Электрон- ный ресурс].– URL:http://bankir.publicacii.ru. 2. Доронина С. Вступление в ВТО закрыло филиалам иностранных банков вход в Россию //First news. – 2012 [Электронный ресурс].– URL:http://firstnews.ru. 3. Дробинина Е. Кто в выигрыше от вступления России в ВТО? // BBC:Русская служ- ба. – 2012 [Электронный ресур]. – URL:http:// bbc.co.uk/russian/business.ru. 4. Как смягчить негативные последствия для банков от вступления РФ в ВТО // Zrpress.ru – Деловое издание Дальнего Востока. – 2012 [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://zrpress.finance.ru. 5. Колесов П.Ф. Конкурентоспособность и конкурентные преимущества российских банков на современном этапе развития //Экономика и менеджмент инновационных техно- логий. – 2012 [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://ekonomika.snauka.ru/2012/05/909. 6. Штукенброк К. Прочность и гибкость // Российская бизнес-газета. – 2012.– № 869(40).

USE OF THE CLUSTER APPROACH IN ENHANCING THE COMPETITIVENESS OF THE ECONOMY

G. Yashаva

Vitebsk State Technological University, Belarus

One of the factors of improving competitive ability in the national economy, according to the concept of technoregionalism, is a cluster. The role of clusters in the economic development of regions and countries is corroborated by the world positive experience (Hannu, Hernesniemi & Markku, Lammi & Pekka, Ylä-Anttila 1996, Khalid, Nadvi 2005, Mi- chael H. Best 2004, Mukesh Gulati 2003, Porter, M.E. 1998, Sacari Luukkainen 2005). Each country works out its own methods of cluster policy depending on the shortcomings in its innovation policy, national traditions and culture of policy formation process. These methods differ in the extent of government interference and combination of economic and innovative practice used in the country’s economy. The set of cluster strategy meth-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 73 ods depend on the extent of cluster approach application (on the initiative of the government) in cluster policy by the country. In our opinion, cluster is a production system of locally interrelated and complementary enterprises consolidated around a scientific and educational center (including specialized suppliers (among them suppliers of services), producers and customers), which is vertically linked with public institutions and authorities with the aim of enhancing competitive ability of enterprises and regions. The availability of a scientific and educational center in the cluster’s system creates a source of competitive advantage in the cluster – it stirs up innovations by providing an access to the pool of technical knowledge, joint developments and training of employees and managers. The Repub- lic of Belarus doesn’t have any clustering experience, so one can speak only of the presence of potential clusters and of clustering strategy formation with regard for the world’s positive experience. That’s why the aim of the given article was to elicit preconditions of clustering in the Repub- lic of Belarus, identify potential clusters and develop methods of ensuring clustering approach in the regions, to estimate the economic effectiveness of clustering as a way to the improvement of organizations’ competitiveness. Clusters play a great role in enhancing competitive ability in the region by promoting total employment, in the increase of incomes and decrease of budget spending growth of related industries, in the rise of the stability and structural diversification of the local economy. For substantiating the meaning of clusters for the economic development of regions it is necessary to set the following task of research – to elicit preconditions of clustering in the Republic of Belarus. Based on the research of internal and external environment in the enterprises of the Republic of Belarus the following preconditions of clustering in Belarus have been revealed: 1. Creation of favorable conditions for efficient work of markets. The study of the legal basis in the Republic of Belarus allows drawing a conclusion that in general favorable conditions for efficient work of markets have been created: the legislation regulates the work of enterprises of different forms of ownership, development of entrepreneurship and foreign economic activity encourages investment. 2. Aggravation of competition. Globalization processes affect nega- tively the industrial enterprises of the Republic of Belarus as the competition on domestic and foreign markets has aggravated. Because of ineffi-

74 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cient management many Belarusian enterprises couldn’t compete with foreign rivals and lost a share of market. 3. Inefficiency of innovation systems. Low innovative activity of enterprises shows inefficiency of innovation system. The portion of innovation products in Belarusian industry is 8% (Theo J.A. Roelandt & Pim den Hertog 1998: 42), whereas it is ten times as high in developed countries. 4. Low competitive ability of companies. The analysis of the competitive ability level of Belarusian companies allowed making a conclusion about its low level, which shows inefficiency of the system of controlling companies’ competitive ability on micro-, meso- and macrolevel of management. 5. Rivalry and cooperation between entities. Though Belarusian enterprises compete on the domestic market, they unite for joint sale of their products on foreign market. Besides, areas of cooperation between enterprises are joint scientific and marketing researches, joint advertising campaigns. 6. Availability of local production factors. Belarusian industry is provided with local factors of production, which is confirmed by the availability of raw materials basis, materials, instruments of labor, specialized academic and research institutions, skilled manpower. Identification of cluster has been made on the basis of the analysis of statistic information on industrial production in Vitebsk region and quality interview of the chief specialists of the Economic Committee on En- trepreneurship of Vitebsk Regional Executive Committee and Vitebsk Regional Board of Statistics. Three potential clusters of light industry goods manufacturers – footwear, clothing and flax – have been identified as a result of research in Vitebsk region. With regard to the conditions on January 1, 2009 the cluster analysis by the author’s methodology (Яшева 2010: 197–220) revealed a promising cluster for Vitebsk region; it is a flax cluster that has been given integrated assessment of 2.82 (clothing cluster – 1.71, footwear cluster – 0.36). The flax cluster structure is shown in fig.1. The central entity of the potential flax cluster in Vitebsk region is the Republican Unitary Busi- ness Enterprise (RUBE) “Orsha Flax Integrated Factory”. It is the biggest textile enterprise in the country which specializes in flax materials for household and industry. It manufactures 1/3 of all the cloths produced by the national textile companies.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 75

The factory has close links with the suppliers of chemical fibers and raw materials (20 flax mills in Vitebsk region). Flax mills, in their turn, are connected with flax sowing farms of the region. The RUBE «Orsha Flax Integrated Factory» has a great number of big corporate customers in Vitebsk region – these are knitwear, textile and clothing industries, and trading and intermediate companies.

INDUSTRIAL

Аutho Fertilizer rities Grad s, Machinery pesticide for Flax Insti- •Eco- nomic tutions Commit- I tee of I Knitted Vitebsk goods •Repub- Regional Flax lican Execu- I Unitary tive II Enter- Commit- Chemi Flax Carpet prise tee (RUE) (VREC) cal s and “Bel Flax •Commit I Research tee of Rop Flax Fla Tow Institute Agricultu Bo •Vitebsk re of es, and x sha CO State VREC ti id il ki on Technolo

VHessian

Technical and and Technical gical lahdm bleached

Plc from mixed Bedclothe • packing Льняные particle

Materials Universit Warmth- Wood “Vitagros finished Flax un- Cotton

f y

ervice” i Fl b Vitebsk RUE ax • • Branch of

“Vitebsk , m Chamber

Center of a Stan- a-

V Sewn

Fig. 1. Flax Cluster of Vitebsk Region

76 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The flax cluster is notable for the most extensive horizontal links along the whole chain of values. Fig.1 shows the levels of raw materials processing into finished products – in all there six of them. Such thorough raw materials processing in one locality in Vitebsk region – creates a number of competitive advantages in the chain of values for the cluster entities (table 1).

Table 1. Competitive Advantages of Vitebsk Region’s Flax Cluster Suppliers of raw mate- Producers of finished Producers of Intermediaries and rials, equipment, com- goods sideline goods consumers ponents, services Low prices for raw High productivity Low prices for Great work experi- materials due to integration raw materials ence and recognized Prompt delivery Wide range of goods Wide range of image Technological Highly skilled per- goods High quality of innovations sonnel Coverage of service Low prices market segment Wide range of All products have a Increased de- goods single trade-mark mand on for- Favorable location eign market

Source: worked out by the author The application of the revealed competitive advantages is possible only with the assistance of the entities of cluster infrastructure – institutions and local authorities. The issue of the form of government support for clustering is being currently debated. The experience of foreign countries shows the availability of such governmental support in the form of training and retraining business agents and public authorities, creation of research centers and offering economic incentive for cluster members. For this purpose various government offices (departments, agencies, cluster boards) as well as unions of entrepreneurs in the form of industrial associations are set up around clusters. The world experience shows that different industrial associations play a substantial role in clusters’ development. The significance of associations for the increase of clusters competitive ability is attained due to their structure that comprises not only entities of the production chain of values but also scientific and academic structures. According to M. Best a cluster’s growth and stability depend on two knowledge intensive processes: the process of creating innovations (this process includes technical management, development and technological spillover) and the process of skills formation (Michael H. Best 2003: 14).

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 77

As education forms, M Best distinguishes the method of formal and informal education (Michael H. Best 2003: 19). Examples of formal education are the cooperation in the development of MIT and Route 128 as well as Stanford Technical College and Silicon Valley. MIT and Stanford University are typical examples of academic establishments, which pro- moted creation of organic clusters based on new technologies. Universities become more and more important in innovation processes as they contribute to free exchange and flows of information, and their existence in the region forms a certain type of intellectual community. Vitebsk State Technological University (VSTU) performs the functions of an academic and scientific center for Belarusian light industry enterprises. It is an academic-scientific-production complex that trains highly skilled professionals for light industry and other branches of economy, carries out fundamental and applied scientific research in a wide range of themes, develops international cooperation with higher academic establishments and enterprises. The main research directions in the University: development and analysis of equipment, machines and mechanisms, automated complexes for textile and light industry; development and analysis of technological processes and means of producing machine parts and devices; development, analysis and introduction of new materials, improvement of technological processes and designs of textile and light industry products; analysis and development of new technological processes and equipment for industrial ecology and energy resources saving; development of principles, methods and means of quality control in light industry and mechanical engineering. Belarusian Flax Research Institute that belongs to the flax cluster (fig.1) performs the function of a scientific center in the sphere of flax growing. So taking into consideration foreign experience it is proposed to create an industrial association of flax producers and processors compris- ing flax sowing farms, flax mills of Vitebsk region, RUBE “Orsha Flax Integrated Factory”, which will increase the competitive ability of the flax cluster.

Recommended Functions of the Industrial Flax Association ● involving enterprises into the work of the cluster; ● promoting creation of clusters; ● representing cluster entities’ interests in the government with the aim of lobbying legislation as regards, for example, the increase of cus-

78 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions toms duties on import and sales tax on imported goods, setting quotas on the import of competing goods, abolishment of compulsory assortment established by trade; contributing to scientific research directed to the improvement of technology, products, designs; ● assisting in restructuring of clustered enterprises; ● providing consultative, information and legal services; ● promoting introduction of the international standards of ICO 9000– 14000 type; ● arranging training seminars for cluster entities. The creation of the Industrial Flax Association necessitates improvement of the legal basis for drawing up constituent documents of the industrial association, determination of the interrelations between cluster entities, and other legal issues. It is supposed that the public support of clusters from the authorities must have the following forms. 1. Instructing public authorities, business agents and representatives of public institutions through arranging seminars and trainings with the aim of cluster initiatives development. 2. Setting up a cluster board attached to the Ministry of Economy of the Republic of Belarus, which will be recommended to interact with the government, national and local authorities on the issues of working out clusters’ legislative basis; collection of information on the operation of clusters; assessment of competitive ability of clusters and their parts. 3. Setting up regional industrial associations promoting development of clusters. 4. Improvement of legislation in the direction of offering economic incentives to cluster entities on the local level. The condition of a successful cluster structures development is, firstly, entrepreneurs’ own initiative and, secondly, cooperation between entrepreneurs and public authorities. For the development of initiatives it is necessary to apply such measures as training entrepreneurs and managers, changing public attitude to private property from negative to positive one, harmonizing socio-economic and political relations in the society. Entrepreneurs and public authorities can cooperate in the following ways: joint arrangement of courses for retraining and improvement of managers’ qualification of in the sphere of legislation, management, marketing and competitiveness; constant interaction with public authorities and local institutions in working out legislative rules and their changing directed to innovations encouragement, increase of cluster products competitiveness; establishment of industrial associations in primary spheres

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 79 inside the cluster; cooperation with research institutions (including academic science) in the sphere of development of new technologies, design, etc.; sponsoring specialized research centers, University design and fashion centers; joint investment into creation of common specialized cluster infrastructure. In order to justify the clustered conception of the increase of the competitive capacity of enterprises from the point of view of economics the criterion of economic effect of organizing clusters of goods manufacturing in the country’s economics as a basis for which the level of competitive capacity of enterprises is proposed; the predictive period and the prognostic effect method is the formation of neuron network. The algorithm of forecasting the economic effect of clustering which includes different stages is worked out. These stages are the definition of characteristic-factor of competitive capacity; the choice of significant factors for including in neuromodel; the formation of mathematic neuromodel; the forecast of changing of factors of competitive capacity of enterprises on the basis of expert method; the forecast of the level of competitive capacity of enterprises of light industry in the Republic of Belarus. The results of the combined analysis and the forecast of competitive capacity are presented in тable 2.

Table 2. The forecast of the level of competitive capacity of enterprises of light industry Forecast of the level of Level of competitive capac- competitive capacity of ity of enterprises in 2009,% Industry enterprises for 2015, % Deflection,% quantitative qualitative quantitative qualitative estimate estimate estimate estimate Clothing 51,18 low 60,68 average 9,5 Footwear 49,29 low 60,63 average 11,34 Textile 45,92 low 58,4 average 12,43 Knitwear 49,1 low 64,65 average 15,52 Total in light 48,87 low 61,08 average 13,11 industry

The qualitative estimate of competitive capacity of enterprise is carried out on the basis of the scale (Яшева, 2010. 117–130). Thus, with high probability of 90% it can be stated that in the result of clusters organizing and the development of net collaboration and state and private partnership in light industry in the Republic of Belarus the level of competitive capacity of enterprises in light industry will increase by 1.25 in 7 years, what, in accordance with the qualitative estimate scale shows the average level of competitive capacity of enterprises; in the current period

80 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions of time the level of competitive capacity of the industry enterprises is low. One should note that only joint actions of national and local authorities as well as activity of business entities and institutions could ensure success of clustering policy. We suppose that in the Republic of Belarus the clustering initiative must come from local authorities. Thus, application of the suggested methods of ensuring cluster approach will allow the enterprises of the Republic of Belarus to use the advantages of cluster structures for the increase of their competitive ability, and the local authorities’ initiative of clustering will contribute to the growth of the competitiveness in the region. Practical significance of the research is in the development of conceptual approaches, methodical provisions and recommendations on cluster mechanism development in Belarus. It can be used by state administration bodies, regional executive committees and Minsk city executive committee, economic entities of different forms of ownership and economic sectors. Conclusions and recommendations can be used when developing legislative documents in the sphere of cluster formation of manufacturers and development of state-private partnership relations.

Literature

1. Hannu, Hernesniemi & Markku, Lammi & Pekka, Ylä-Anttila. The Future of Finnish Indus- tries. The Research Institute of the Finnish Economy. – Publisher: Taloustieto Oy, Helsinki, 1996. 2. Identification of Experiences for the Exchange Fair of the World Congress on Territorial Development Clustering in the Textile Industry // Republic of Mauritius National Productivity and Competitiveness Council (NPCC). – URL: http://www.oecd.org/daf/corporate [2011. 07.24]. 3. Khalid, Nadvi. Facing the new competition: Business associations in developing country industrial clusters. Institute of Development Studies, Brighton, 2005. – URL: http: //www.rri.wvu.edu/WebBook/Norton/nortonupdate/neoflows1.htm [2009. 03.14]. 4. Michael H. Best Cluster Dynamics in Theory and Practice: Singapore/Johor and Penang Electronics, 2004. – URL: http://www.oecd.org/daf/corporate [2011. 07.24]. 5. Mukesh Gulati. Improving efficiency of service provision - relevance of cluster approach / UNIDO – NEW DELHI, December 3, 2003. – URL: http://www.oecd.org/daf/corporate [2009. 04.10]. 6. Porter M.E. Clusters and the New Economics of Competition. Harvard Business Re- view, 1998. November-December. 7. Sacari Luukkainen () Industrial Cluster in the Finnish Economy. VTT Group for Tech- nology Studies, 2005. – URL: http://www.oecd.org/daf/corporate [2010. 05.04]. 8. Summary report of the focus group on clusters. Theo J.A. Roelandt & Pim den Hertog. OECD-Focus Group on industrial clusters The Hague/Utrecht, May 1998. – URL: http: //www.oecd.org/daf/corporate [2009. 03.14]. 9. Яшева Г.А. Кластерная концепция повышения конкурентоспособности предпри- ятий в контексте сетевого сотрудничества и государственно-частного партнерства. – Ви- тебск: ВГТУ, 2009.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 81

DEVELOPPEMENT DU CAPITAL RISQUE EN UNION EUROPEENNE

G. Сhestopalova

Université d’Etat de Tomsk

Aujourd'hui les innovations et l’activité innovatrice deviennent un instrument important dans la lutte concurentiel et un des composants principaux de la stratégie effective pour le développement de l’économie nationale. Les sociétés risque c’est une des formes largement utilisé de la petite entreprise d’innovation qui contribue au développement des technologies innovations dans d’Etat. Le poids spécifique des entreprises réalisant les innovations technologiques et produisant des produits neufs ou perfectionnés est dans l’industrie d’Allemagne – 71,8%; de Finlande – 52,5% ; d’Irlande – 52,3% ; d’Autriche – 48,8% et de Suède – 49,6% [2]. Le financement risque en Europe commence à se développer à la deuxième moitié des anneés 90 du siècle passé. Sans aucun doute, la pratique du financement risque existait dans les pays européens depuis longtemps, mais le financement risque reçoit les fraits d’industrie juste dans cette période. En comparaison avec 1996 en 1997 l’investissement risque a augmenté en Allemagne de plus de 650%, en Suède – de 200%. En général en Europe les investissements dans les sociétés risque ont augmenté de 71% dans les anneés 1996–1997 [1]. Les chercheurs voient ce développement vite de l’investissement risque dans les pays d’Union Européenne dans de hauts indicateurs de l’efficacité d’activité des fonds risque. En 1994 la Banque européenne d’investissement, la Commission européenne et quelques institutions financières privées et publics ont crée le Fonds Européen d’investissement (European Investment Fund). A nos jours ce fonds est un des joueurs principaux au marché européen du capital risque. Les objectifs du Fonds c’est contribuer à là politique d’UE dans le domaine du patronat, des technologies, des innovations, d’augmentation des emplois, du développement régional et la création d’écosystème durable du capital risque en Europe. En 2010 le Fonds a investi plus de 5,4 milliards d’euro à 350 projets risque. Les projets risque européens les plus connus de la dernière décennie sont devenus le projet du Luxembourg Skype, le société suédoise MySQL, la

82 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions platforme britannique des taux sportifs Betfair et le courtier d’hypothéque allemand Interhyp. Les marchés du financement risque les plus développés semblable par leur structure au marché américain du capital risque se trouvent en Grande-Bretagne, en France, en Italie et aux Pays-Bas. D’aprés le niveau d’application de nouvelles technoloqies on peut partager tous les pays qui sont membres de l’Union européenne en quatre groupes. Pour évaluation et comparaison de l’activité innovative de différents pays on utilise l’index spécial d’innovation – Summary Innovation Index (SII) qui était en 0,539 au moyen pour UE [6]: – les leaders de l’Union Européenne dans les innovations sont Danemark, Finlande, Allemagne et Suède, dont cet index est plus élevé qu’au moyen en Europe (0,718). Ces pays sont les plus favorable pour le business risque (à l’échelle d’Europe) – Autriche, Belgique, Chypre, Estonie, France, Irlande, Luxembourg, Pays-Bas, Slovénie et Grande-Bretagne forment le groupe «des persécuteurs innovatifs» cet index de ces pays et un peu plus haut du moyenne à l’échelle d’Union Européenne (0,569) – au pays modérément innovatifs se rapportent Tchéque, Grèce, Hongrie, Italie, Malte, Pologne, Portugal, Slovaquie et Espagne. Ici cet index est au dessous de la moyenne en Union Européenne et fait 0,373. – les plus grandes difficultés à l’application de nouvelles technologies ont Lettonie, Bulgarie, Roumanie et Lituanie dont cet index est cousidérablement au dessous de la moyenne en Union Européenne (0,247). De grandes structures financières et industrielles, avant font les banques, jouent un rôle important dans le financement risque des pays développés de l’UE (Grande-Bretagne, France, Suède, Allemagne, Pays- Bas). Par exemple, la Banque d’Etat d’Allemagne KfW (Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau) avec le groupe de grands consortiums allemands sont les fondateurs du Fonds du financement initial des entreprises de hautes technologies. A la première étape du financement les investissements du fonds peuvent atteindre 500 mille euros, et le volume maximal pour une société – 1 million euros [3, p. 13]. En outre, dans tous les pays existent les départements risque dans les banques d’investissement, dans les société d’assurance, les fonds spécaux pour la réalisation des programmes risque d’Etat. Les déposants actifs dans le capital risque sont les fonds pensionnaires.

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 83

Table 1. Répartition du capital risque d’aprés les investisseurs (en % , Union Européenne) [5]

Fonds des pensionnaires 23 Banques 15,6 Fonds d’investissement européen 14,7 Société d’assurance 9,9 Agences du gouvernement 7,8 Personnes physiques 6,6 Investisseurs corporatifs 4 D’autres 18,4

Donc, dans les pays d’Union Européenne presque 40% d’investissements dans les fonds risque viennent des banques et des fonds des pensionnaires. La Commission Européenne stimule aussi le développement des instruments du capital risque par la régulation de l’activité des fonds risque par l’impôt bas pour l’accroissement du capital ou par son abolition pour les investissement lucratifs et par le développement du marché des titres. Le processus du développement du business risque en Europe a exigé la création d’organisations professionnelles qui se déclaraient comme association non marchande. En 1983 a été fondée l’Association Européenne d’investissement direct et du capital risque (EVCA). Cette Association qui comprenait 43 membres réunit à présent plus de 1200 participants actifs du business risque de plus de 30 pays du monde et est un représentant compétant de la branche européenne des investissements directs et du capital risque. De 2000 à 2009 l’Association a investi 532 milliard euros à 72900 sociétés. Les investissements des sociétés d’investissement privées ont atteint 43 milliard euros en 2000. Le plus grand financement ont reçu les sociétés du marché des articles de grande consommation et dans le commerce de détail – 8,7 milliard euros (20%). Puis vont les sciences de vie – 5,9 milliard euros (14%) et communication – 4,7 milliard euros (11%) [4]. D’aprés l’opinion les spécialistes les années suivantes seront très importants pour l’affermissement du business risque européen. L’augmentation de demande aux nouvelles technologies s’accompagne par la croissance cousidérable d’investissement. Le problème important c’est l’élaboration du mécanisme qui était aussi effectif que celui de Silicon Valley et qui prendra en compte la diversité européenne des cultures et des lois.

84 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Littérature

1. Бунчук М. Роль венчурного капитала в финансировании малого инновационного бизне- са [Электронный ресурс] // Электронный бюллетень. – Электрон. дан. – 1999. – № 1. – URL: http:// www.techbusiness.ru (дата обращения: 22.12.2011). 2. Россия и страны – члены Европейского союза – 2011 г. // Федеральная служба го- сударственной статистики. – URL: http://www.gks.ru/bgd/regl/b11_65/IssWWW.exe/Stg/12- 10.htm (дата обращения: 01.02.2012). 3. Французов В.В. Инновационная политика Германии на современном этапе / В.В. Французов, А.В. Газеев // Рос. внешнеэкон. вестник. – 2008. – № 11. – С. 16–21. 4. EVCA, Creating lasting value, EVCA Research statistics – Investments, Annual survey 2010, Statistics by country of private equity firm – Industry statistics. – June 2011. – URL: http://www.evca.eu/knowledgecenter/statisticsdetail.aspx?id=416.htm (date of access: 28.01.2012). 5. EVCA, Public and Regulatory, Key facts and figures: Type of investor. Share in total funds raised (2003-2007). – URL: http://www.evca.eu/publicandregulatoryaffairs/ de- fault.aspx?id=86.htm (date of access: 26.01.2012). 6. ProInno Europe: Inno Metrics, Innovation Union Scoreboard 2011//The Innovation Un- ion's performance scoreboard for Research and Innovation, Annex E: Summary Innovation Index (SII) time series, P. 98 – 7 February 2012. – URL: www.proinno-europe.eu (date of access: 24.01.2012).

DIE EUROZONE UND DIE EUROPÄISCHE ZENTRALBANK

O. Bespalova

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Das Ziel unseres Artikels besteht darin, um zu zeigen und zu beweisen, dass die Eurozone eine sehr stabile Organisation ist und dass die Eu- ropäische Zentralbank (und beziehungsweise das ganze Eurosystem) auch eine sehr stabile fundamentale Organisation ist, obwohl wir während der letzten Jahren die Weltkrise in der Eurozone und in der ganzen Welt und noch die staatswirtschaftlichen Probleme in der Eurozone beobachteten. 1. Die Eurozone. Zunächst soll man unterstreichen, dass wir folgende wichtige fundamentale Begriffe differenzieren sollen, und zwar: die Europäische Union, die Eurozone, das Europäische System der Zentralbanken, die Europäi- sche Zentralbank (die EZB), das Eurosystem. Das Eurosystem umfasst die EZB und die nationalen Zentralbanken der Mitgliedstaaten, die den Euro als gemeinsame Währung bereits eingeführt haben. Das Eurosystem funktioniert nur in der Eurozone. Die Eurozone bilden derzeit 17 Mit- gliedstaaten, die den Euro als gemeinsame Währung bereits eingeführt

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 85 haben. Wir meinen, dass die Eurozone eine sehr stabile Organisation ist und um es zu beweisen, können wir die Stabilität der Eurozone mit folgenden Faktoren beweisen und auf folgende Weise argumentieren: a. Der Organisation der Eurozone begünstigte eine sehr hohe Mo- tivation von den europäischen Staaten. Nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg befanden sich die europäischen Länder auf der Suche nach dem Problem der Modernisierung der Ge- samtwirtschaft, der wirtschaftlichen Mitwirkung, der Bildung von neuen Arbeitsstellen und der Verminderung der Arbeitslosigkeit; die europäi- schen Länder strebten danach, um die neuen Möglichkeiten der Entwick- lung der Gesamtwirtschaft zu finden. b. Die Stabilität der Eurozone beweist die Geschichte der Organisa- tion der Eurozone. Die Organisation der Eurozone war eine lange, dauernde Zeitspanne oder sogar die ganze wirtschaftliche Epoche; die Etappen oder die Stufen der Organisation der Eurozone wurden sehr gründlich bedacht und wurden sehr sorgfälltig mit den verschiedenen entsprechenden Instanzen kontrolliert. Es beweisen folgende historische Ereignisse, die die Zeitspanne zwischen den Jahren 1952 – 1999 umfassen, und zwar:  Der Gedanke, in Europa eineWirtschafts- undWährungsunion zu errichten, reicht mehr als ein halbes Jahrhundert zurück. DieWirtschafts- undWährungsunion war eine Vision der Politiker, die 1952 die Europäische Gemeinschaft für Kohle und Stahl (EGKS, Montanunion) gründeten, die aus sechs Ländern bestand – aus Belgien, Deutschland, Frankreich, Italien, Luxemburg und den Niederlanden.  Weitere Schritte hin zur europäischen Integration wurden in den Fünfzigerjahren und in den darauf folgenden Jahren unternommen. Dieselben sechs Länder grün- deten 1958 die Europäische Wirtschaftsgemeinschaft (EWG) und die Eu- ropäische Atomgemeinschaft (Euroatom).  Im Juni 1988 bestätigte der Europäische Rat das Ziel der stufen- weisen Verwirklichung der Wirtschaftsunion und beauftragte einen Ausschuss unter dem Vorsitz von Jacques Delors (dem damaligen Präsidenten der Europäischen Kommission), konkrete Schritte zur Realisierung dieser Union zu prüfen und vorzuschlagen. In dem von diesem Gremium vorgelegten Delors- Bericht wurde vorgeschlagen, die Wirtschafts- und Währungsunion in drei aufeinander aufbauenden Stufen zu vollenden:

86 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

1) Auf der Grundlage des Delors-Berichts beschloss der Europäi- sche Rat im Juni 1989, dass die erste Stufe der Verwirklichung der Wirtschafts- und Währungsunion (WWU) am 1. Juli 1990 beginnen sollte – dem Tag, an dem grundsätzlich alle Beschränkungen des Kapitalverkehrs zwischen den Mitgliedstaaten aufgehoben wurden. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt wurden dem Ausschuss der Zentralbankpräsidenten der Mitgliedstaaten der Europäischen Wirt- schaftsgemeinschaft, der seit seiner Einsetzung im Mai 1964 eine immer wichtigere Rolle in der wäh- rungspolitischen Zusammenarbeit gespielt hatte, weitere Verant- wortlichkeiten übertragen. Diese wurden in einem Ratsbeschluss vom 12 März 1990 festgelegt und umfassten die Durchführung von Konsulta- tionen zu den Geldpolitiken der Mitgliedstaaten und die Verbesserung der Koordination zwischen diesen Politiken mit dem Ziel, Preisstabilität zu erreichen. In Anbetracht der relativ kurzen zur Ver- fügung stehenden Zeit und der Komplexität der Aufgaben wurden die Vorbereitungen für die dritte Stufe der WWU ebenfalls durch den Aus- schuss der Zentralbankpräsidenten veranlasst. In einem ersten Schritt sollten alle Fragen ermittelt werden, die einer frühzeitigen Prüfung bedurften, bis Ende 1993 ein Arbeitsprogramm erstellt und auf dessen Grundlage die Aufgaben der bereits bestehenden Unterausschüsse und der zu diesem Zweck eingerichteten Arbeitsgruppen festgelegt werden. Zur Verwirklichung der zweiten und dritten Stufe musste der Vertrag zur Gründung der Europäischen Wirtschaftsgemeinschaft (EWG-Vertrag) überarbeitet werden, um die erforderliche institutionelle Struktur zu schaffen. Zu diesem Zweck wurde eine Regierungskonferenz über die WWU einberufen, die 1991 parallel zur Regierungskonferenz über die politische Union stattfand. Ergebnis der Verhandlungen war der Vertrag über die Europäische Union, der im Dezember 1991 vereinbart und am 7. Februar 1992 in Maastricht unterzeichnet wurde. Aufgrund von Verzöge- rungen im Ratifizierungsprozess trat der Vertrag (mit dem der Ver trag zur Gründung der Europäischen Wirtschaftsgemeinschaft geändert und in Vertrag zur Gründung der Europäischen Gemeinschaft umbenannt wurde und der unter anderem das Protokoll über die Satzung des Europäischen Systems der Zentralbanken und der Europäischen Zentralbank sowie das Protokoll über die Satzung des Europäischen Währungsinstituts umfasste) jedoch erst am 1. November 1993 in Kraft. 2) Mit der Errichtung des Europäischen Währungsinstituts (EWI) am 1. Januar 1994 begann die zweite Stufe der WWU, durch die der Aus-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 87 schuss der Zentralbankpräsidenten aufgelöst wurde. Die befristete Exis- tenz des EWI spiegelte auch den Stand der währungspolitischen Integra- tion innerhalb der Gemeinschaft wider. Das EWI war weder für den Voll- zug der Geldpolitik in der Europäischen Union verantwortlich – dies blieb den nationalen Behörden vorbehalten – noch für die Durchführung von Devisenmarktinterventionen zuständig. Die beiden Hauptaufgaben des EWI waren a) die Verstärkung der Zusammenarbeit zwischen den nationalen Zentralbanken und der Koordinierung der Geldpolitik sowie b) die Vorbereitung der Errichtung des Europäischen Systems der Zentralbanken (ESZB), der Durchführung einer einheitlichen Geldpolitik und der Schaffung einer gemeinsamen Währung in der dritten Stufe. Zu diesem Zweck bot das EWI ein Forum für Konsultationen und für den Meinungs- sowie Informationsaustausch zu Grundsatzfragen, und es legte den regulatorischen, organisatorischen und logistischen Rahmen fest, den das ESZB zur Erfüllung seiner Aufgaben in der dritten Stufe benötigte. Im Dezember 1995 beschloss der Europäische Rat, die zu Beginn der dritten Stufe einzuführende europäische Währungseinheit Euro zu nennen, und bestätigte, dass die dritte Stufe der WWU am 1. Januar 1999 beginnen würde. Die chronologische Abfolge der mit dem Übergang zum Euro verbundenen Ereignisse wurde vorab bekannt gegeben. Die Grund- lage für dieses Szenario bildeten im Wesentlichen detaillierte Vorschläge, die vom EWI eingebracht worden waren. Gleichzeitig wurde dem EWI die Aufgabe übertragen, Vorarbeiten für die zukünftigen geld- und wäh- rungspolitischen Beziehungen zwischen dem Euro-Währungsgebiet und anderen EU-Ländern zu leisten. Im Dezember 1996 legte das EWI dem Europäischen Rat seinen Bericht vor. Dieser Bericht bildete die Basis für eine im Juni 1997 verabschiedete Entschließung des Europäischen Rates über die Grundsätze und die wesentlichen Elemente des neuen Wechsel- kursmechanismus (WKM II). Im Dezember 1996 präsentierte das EWI dem Europäischen Rat und anschließend der Öffentlichkeit auch die ausgewählten Gestaltung- sentwürfe für die EuroBanknoten, die am 1. Januar 2002 in Umlauf ge- bracht werden sollten. Zur Vervollständigung und Konkretisierung der Vertrags- bestimmungen über die WWU verabschiedete der Europäische Rat im Juni 1997 den Stabilitäts- und Wachstumspakt, zu dem zwei Verordnun- gen gehören und der auf die Wahrung der Haushaltsdisziplin in der

88 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

WWU abzielt. Eine Erklärung des Rates vom Mai 1998 ergänzte den Pakt und verstärkte die entsprechenden Verpflichtungen. Am 2. Mai 1998 entschied der Rat der Europäischen Union in der Zu- sammensetzung der Staats- und Regierungschefs einstimmig, dass elf Mitgliedstaaten (Belgien, Deutschland, Finnland, Frankreich, Irland, Ita- lien, Luxemburg, die Niederlande, Österreich, Portugal und Spanien) die notwendigen Voraussetzungen für die Einführung der einheitlichen Wäh- rung am 1. Januar 1999 erfüllten. Diese Länder sollten somit an der dritten Stufe der WWU teilnehmen. Die Staats- und Regierungschefs erzielten ferner politisches Einvernehmen über die Personen, die zur Ernennung als Mitglieder des Direktoriums der Europäischen Zentralbank (EZB) empfohlen werden sollten. Gleichzeitig vereinbarten die Finanzminister der Mitgliedstaaten, die die einheitliche Währung einführten, gemeinsam mit den Präsidenten der nationalen Zentralbanken dieser Mitgliedstaaten, der Europäischen Kommission und dem EWI, die aktuellen bilateralen Leitkurse der Wäh- rungen der am WKM II teilnehmenden Mitgliedstaaten zur Bestimmung der unwiderruflichen Umrechnungskurse für den Euro zu verwenden. Am 25. Mai 1998 ernannten die Regierungen der elf teilnehmenden Mitgliedstaaten den Präsidenten, den Vizepräsidenten und die vier weiteren Mitglieder des Direktoriums der EZB. Ihre Ernennung erfolgte mit Wirkung vom 1. Juni 1998 und markierte die Errichtung der EZB. Die EZB und die nationalen Zentralbanken der teilnehmenden Mitgliedstaaten bilden das Eurosystem, das die einheitliche Geldpolitik in der dritten Stu- fe der WWU formuliert und festlegt. Mit der Errichtung der EZB am 1. Juni 1998 hatte das EWI seine Aufgaben erfüllt. Nach Maßgabe des Artikels 123 (ex-Artikel 109l) des Vertrags zur Gründung der Europäischen Gemeinschaft wurde das EWI mit der Errichtung der EZB aufgelöst. Alle dem EWI zugewiesenen Vor- arbeiten wurden pünktlich abgeschlossen; im restlichen Jahresverlauf 1998 nahm die EZB eine abschließende Prüfung der Systeme und Verfah- ren vor. 3) Am 1. Januar 1999 begann die dritte und letzte Stufe der WWU mit der unwiderruflichen Festlegung der Wechselkurse der Währungen der elf ursprünglichen Währungsunionsmitglieder sowie der Durchfüh- rung einer einheitlichen Geldpolitik unter der Verantwortung der EZB. Die Zahl der teilnehmenden Mitgliedstaaten erhöhte sich am 1. Janu- ar 2001 mit dem Beitritt Griechenlands zur dritten Stufe der WWU auf zwölf. Slowenien wurde am 1. Januar 2007 das dreizehnte Mitglied des

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 89

Euro-Währungsgebiets. Ein Jahr später folgten Zypern und Malta, am 1. Januar 2009 die Slowakei und am 1. Januar 2011 Estland. Mit dem Bei- tritt dieser Länder zum Euroraum wurden deren Zentralbanken automa- tisch Teil des Eurosystems. Also, wie wir es sehen können, war die Gründung der Eurozone eine sehr lange historische Etappe. Die Gründung der Eurozone war mit den Fachleuten sehr gründlich bedacht, die Struktur der Europäischen Zent- ralbank ist sehr gründlich bedacht – deshalb können wir behaupten, dass die Eurozone sehr stetig ist, obwohl die Finanzexperten den Zerfall der Eurozone prognostizieren. c. Im Jahnuar 2011 hat Estland die Wärung Euro als gemeinsame Währung eingeführt, obwohl die Fachleute schon lange die Weltkrise besprechen. Also, die Euro- zone vergrößert sich allmählich. Wir vermuten, dass eventuell alle Länder der Europäische Union mit der Zeit die Wärung Euro als gemeinsame Währung einführen werden. 2. Die Europäische Zentralbank. Die Europäische Zentralbank kontrollliert sorgfälltig und sehr auf- merksam die Gesamtwirtschaft der Eurozone. Wir meinen, dass die Euro- päische Zentralbank (und beziehungsweise das Eurosystem) auch eine sehr stabile fundamentale Organisation ist. Wir meinen, dass man die die Stabilität der Europäischen Zentralbank mit folgenden Faktoren beweisen kann und wir können es auf folgende Weise argumentieren: a. Erstens, die Europäische Zentralbank und die einheitliche Geld- politik in der Eurozone bedeuten viele Vorteile für Gesamtwirtschaft der Eurozone und für Gesamt- wirtschaft von allen Ländern, die zur Eurozone gehören: zum Beispiel, bilanzierte Gesamtwirtschaft innerhalb eines ganzen Territoriums der Eurozone. b. Die Gründung der Europäischen Zentralbank war eine lange historische Epoche, die europäischen Länder strebten sich jahrzehntelang nach diesem Zeitpunkt. Derzeit versteht die überwiegende Mehrheit der Bevölkerung der Eurozone, dass die Eurozone und die Europäische Zentralbank nur viele Vorteile bedeuten. Es ist nicht zufällig, dass sofort 11 Nationalbanken am 1 Jahnuar 1999 die Befugnisse der Europäischen Zentralbank gegeben haben. Es bedeutet, dass die Europa auf diesem Zeitpunkt lange gewartet hat und dass die Europäische Zentralbank schon danach hohes Niveau des Ver- trauens bekam und hatte.

90 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

c. Das wichtigste Endziel der Europäischen Zentralbank ist die Preisstabilität in der Eurozone – das bedeutet, dass das Niveau der Inflation nicht höher als 2 % sein soll. Während der ganzen Geschichte der Existenz hat die EZB ihre Verant- wortlichkeiten und ihre Verpflichtung nie gebrochen. Die Inflation konnte manchmal unwesentlich höher als 2 % sein, manchmal war in Eurozone die Deflation. Die Preisstabilität wurde aber immer garantiert, deshalb hat die EZB derzeit sehr hohes Vertrauen in der ganzen Welt. d. Die EZB ist eine sehr stabile Organisation, weil ihre Gründung sehr fundamental bedacht wurde. Die Organisation der EZB wurde sehr gründlich bedacht:  Das Hauptziel der EZB ist die Preisstabilität, es bedeutet das Ni- veau der Inflation nicht höher als 2 % in der Eurozone. Das Ziel der Preisstabilität bezieht sich auf das allgemeine Preisniveau in der Volkswirtschaft und bedeutet, dass so wohl andauernde Inflation als auch Deflation vermieden werden. Preisstabilität trägt auf verschiedene Weise zu einer umfangreichen Wirtschaftsaktivität und einem hohen Be- schäftigungsstand bei. Es ist sehr wichtig, dass eine Zentralbank, die Preisstabilität gewährleistet, einen wesentlichen Beitrag zur Erreichung der weiter gefassten wirtschaftlichen Ziele liefert, wie ein höherer Le- bensstandard, eine kräftige Wirtschaftstätigkeit und bessere Beschäfti- gungs- aussichten.  Die Struktur der EZB ist sorgfälltig mit den Perspektiven weiterer Entwicklung bedacht. Es gibt zwei Beschlussorgane der EZB, die für die Vorbereitung, Durchfüh- rung und Umsetzung der einheitlichen Geldpolitik verantwortlich sind: den EZB-Rat und das EZB-Direktorium. Ein drittes Beschlussorgan der EZB ist der Erweiterte Rat. Der Präsident der EZB ist eine sehr enerkann- te Person, und zwar, Mario Dragi.  EZB ist eine sehr transparente Finanzinstitut. Transparenz setzt in erster Linie voraus, dass die Zentralbank ihr Verständnis des ihr erteilten Mandats klar erläutert und ihre geldpolitischen Ziele offen legt. Dies erleichtert es der Öffent- lichkeit, die Leistung der Zentralbank zu überwachen und zu beurteilen. Darüber hinaus muss die Zentralbank den für ihre interne Entscheidungs- findung verwendeten analytischen Rahmen und ihre Einschätzung der Wirtschaftslage erläutern und häufig auch die Gründe für ihre geldpoliti-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 91 schen Beschlüsse verdeutlichen. Dabei lässt sich die Transparenz erhö- hen, indem ein systematischer Rahmen für die interne Entscheidungsfin- dung wie auch für die externe Kommunikation mit der Öffentlichkeit vorgegeben wird. Dies erfolgt insbesondere durch die öffentliche Be- kanntgabe der geldpolitischen Strategie. Transparenz kann die Effektivi- tät der Geldpolitik aus mehreren Gründen erhöhen.  EZB ist eine sehr unabhängige Finanzinstitut: sie hat personelle Unabhängigkeit, funktionelle Unabhängigkeit, finenzielle Unabhängigkeit. In Artikel 108 des EG- Vertrags ist das wichtige Prinzip der Unabhängigkeit der Zentralbank verankert. Bei der Wahrnehmung der ihnen übertragenen Befugnisse, Aufgaben und Pflichten darf weder die EZB noch eine Nationalzentral- bank noch ein Mitglied ihrer Beschlussorgane Weisungen von Organen oder Einrichtungen der Gemeinschaft, Regierungen der Mitgliedstaaten oder anderen Stellen einholen oder entgegennehmen. Die Organe und Einrichtungen der Gemeinschaft sowie die Regierungen der Mitgliedstaa- ten haben diesen Grundsatz ebenfalls zu beachten und dürfen nicht versu- chen, die Mitglieder der Beschlussorgane der EZB zu beeinflussen.  Die Strategie der Geldpolitik der EZB ist auch sehr gut bedacht und ist sehr effektiv. Die Strategie der EZB sieht vor, dass geldpolitische Entscheidungen auf der Basis einer umfassenden Analyse der Risiken für die Preisstabilität getroffen werden. Inflationssteuerung und monetäre Steuerung bilden die Strategie der EZB. e. Die Geldpolitik der EZB während der Finanzkrise war auch sehr effektiv. Die Massnahmen, die die EZB während der Finanzkrise unternomen hat, beweisen, dass die EZB eine sehr stabile Finanzinstitut ist: Zum Beispiel,  Im Dezember 2007 haben alle Banken der Eurozone Kredite in Höhe 348, 6 Milliarde Euro bekommen, um eine Unterstützung während der Finanzkrise zu haben.  Im Jahr 2011 beschloss der EZB-Rat mehrere Maßnahmen durch- zuführen, um negative Auswirkungen der anhaltenden Spannungen in einigen Finanzmarkt- segmenten des Eurogebiets auf den geldpolitischen Transmissionsmecha- nismus zu vermeiden. Diese Spannungen könnten den geldpolitischen Transmissionsmechanismus des Eurosystems und somit seine Fähigkeit,

92 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Preisstabilität im Euroraum zu gewährleisten, beeinträchtigen. Die zusätz- lichen Sondermaßnahmen sollen keine Auswirkungen auf den geldpolitischen Kurs haben. Der EZB-Rat beschloss insbesondere, sein Angebot an Refinanzierungsgeschäften auszuweiten. Er wird zwei Refinanzierungs- geschäfte mit einer Laufzeit von jeweils 36 Monaten durchführen, um die Kreditvergabe an die Wirtschaft im Eurogebiet zu unterstützen. Hiermit soll dem Risiko entgegengewirkt werden, dass anhaltende Finanzmarkt- spannungen die Fähigkeit der Banken im Euroraum einschränken könn- ten, sich Refinanzierungsmittel über längere Zeithorizonte zu beschaffen. Mit diesen Geschäften stellt das Eurosystem sicher, dass Banken weiterhin Zugang zu stabiler Finanzierung mit längeren Laufzeiten haben. Des Weiteren beschloss der EZB-Rat, den Mindestreservesatz vorübergehend von 2 % auf 1 % zu senken, um die Anreize für Marktteilnehmer zu erhö- hen, am Geldmarkt aktiv zu sein.  Die Liquiditätsversorgung und die Zuteilungsart bei den Refinan- zierungsgeschäften des Eurosystems werden die Banken im Euroraum im Jahr 2012 und damit die Finanzierung der Realwirtschaft weiterhin unterstützen. Die kon- junkturelle Grunddynamik im Eurogebiet im Jar 2012 scheint derzeit durch eine Reihe von Faktoren gedämpft zu werden. Dazu gehören ein moderates Wachstum der weltweiten Nachfrage sowie ein geringes Ver- trauen der Unternehmen und Verbraucher im Euroraum. Die binnenwirt- schaftliche Nachfrage dürfte durch die anhaltenden Spannungen an den Staatsanleihemärkten im Eurogebiet sowie durch den Prozess der Bilanz- anpassungen im finanziellen und nichtfinanziellen Sektor gedämpft werden. Gleichzeitig geht der EZB-Rat weiterhin davon aus, dass sich die Wirtschaftstätigkeit des Euroraums, gestützt durch die Entwicklung der globalen Nachfrage, sehr niedrige kurzfristige Zinsen und sämtliche Maßnahmen zur Förderung der Funktionsfähigkeit des Finanzsektors, im Lauf dieses Jahres erholen wird, wenn auch nur sehr allmählich.  Seit 2010 und bis 2012 unterstützt die EZB auch Krisenländer, die die Konkurrenzfähigkeit schon verloren haben. Das sind Griechenland, Italien, Spanien, Irland, und Portugal. Also, wir können folgende Konsequenzen ziehen: 1. Die Eurozone ist eine sehr stetige Organisation von 17 Ländern. Diese Tatsache beweisen folgende Argumente: hohe Motivation von den europäischen Staaten, langer historischer Verlauf von der Organisation der Eurozone, die Ein-

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 93 beziehung von neuen Ländern in die Eurozone (Im Jahr 2014 wird eventuell Polen Euro – Währung einführen, im Jahr 2015 – wird eventuell Tschechien Euro – Währung einführen). 2. Die Europäische Zentralbank ist eine sehr stetige Finanzinstitut, die die Gesamtwirtschaft der Eurozone gründlich kontrolliert. Diese Tatsache beweisen folgende Argumente: die Gründung der EZB war ein langer historischer Verlauf, die EZB hält immer ihre Verpflichtungen ein und garantiert immer die Preisstabilität in der Eurozone, die Organisation der EZB ist sehr gründ- lich und wurde sehr gut und sehr gründlich bedacht, seit Beginn der Weltkrise unterstützen die Massnahmen der EZB die Gesamtwirtschaft der Eurozone (obwohl der EZB-Rat meint und betont, dass diese Mass- nahmen nur vorübergehende Natur haben), die Tätigkeit der EZB war während der letzten Weltkrise sehr effektiv.

POSITION DE LA RUSSIE SUR LE MARCHÉ INTERNATIONAL EN FONCTION DE COURS DU ROUBLE

S. Bolunova, V. Shendel

Université d’Etat de Tomsk

Il faut expliquer d’abord que signifie la force et la paiblesse de la monnaie. L’état de chaque monnaie est évalué d’après deux indices: premièrement par rapport à elle-même d’apres l’indice de temps (qui est mesuré par l’accroissement des prix à la consommation-inflation où leur abaissement-déflation) et deuxièmement par rapport à d’autres devises au moment indiqué (taux de change, par exemple: cours dollar/RUB 29 roubles pour un dollar USA). D’où la formule simple de la monnaie forte: monnaie forte = inflation basse + cours élevé. Pour determiner la notion «le rouble fort» il faut s’accorder pour les notions «l’inflation admissible» et «le cours élevé». En Russie l’inflation admissible annuelle est 3%, parce que les taux moyens du développement de l’économie mondiale sont 2–3%, ce qui tire l’inflation à 2–3%. Les exigencies de la Banque central europeenne de tenir l’inflation dans la zone européenne est au-dessous de 2% – c’est pour l’Europe riche. Le cours élevé du roubles est le cours de dollar d’USA/rouble dans les chiffres entiers, c’est à dire 10 roubles pour un dollar. Car en Russie pendant un grand période

94 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions de temps il existe le cours double et le cours 9,9999 rouble pour un dollar est considéré comme élevé. D’où la définition: le rouble fort c’est la monnaie d’Etat de la Russie avec l’inflation basse (3% par an) et le cours élevé par rapport aux devises du monde (au-dessous de 10 rouble pour un dollar USA) Objectif politique de la monnaie forte Les citoyens ont besoin de devise qui leur permet d’acheter plus d’articles et services à chaque unité de devise. Les entrepreneurs eux-aussi ont besoin de la devise forte, parce que personne dans le monde entier ne veut déveloper son business dans le pays avec la monnaie tombante, parce que dans ce cas les investissements s’avilissent plus vite que le business s’accroit. C’est pourqoui aux Etats-Unis chaque président promet de renforcer le dollar et fait tout son possible pour tenir sa promesse. A vrai dire, le Japon et la Chine se sont élevés au renforcement de leurs devises, et non pas à leur affaiblissement. Après le regard aux taux d’accroissement de ces devises par rapport au dollar d’USA tout devient claire: le cours dollar/yen en 1949 était 360 yen par un dollar; le cours dollar/youagne en 2005 était 8,28 yan pour un dollar, et en 2012 – 3,31 yan pour un dollar. Le renforcement considérable dans les deux cas. Il est important à noter que le stétéotype d’utilité du rouble faible a apparu dans les annees 20 du siècle passé à l’aide des exporteurs des resources vue d’abaissement du cours du rouble par rapport à la monnaie mondiale et pour garantir des exportateurs la profit maximum de la vente de leur devise. Le mensonge principale est présenté comme un stimulant pour le développement l’économie, bien que les consequences directes d’affaiblissement du rouble soient l’inflation éleveé, l’abaissement du pouvoir d’achat et du niveau de vie de la population, le débacle d’économie et la croissance du chômage. Primauté du rouble fort par rapport à l’économie forte Du point de vue du management scientifique c’est la monnaie forte qui motive les travailleurs au travail et comme resultat ces derniers créent une économie forte. Personne dans le monde n’a pas réussit à créer l’économie forte et durable à la base de la monnaie faible. La monnaie faible ne rend possible que l’accroissement à court ferme qui est fondé à l’exportation pillarde qui s’achéve quand la matiére premiére bon marchée est épuiseé. La situation est synonyme – seulement les ouvriers avec le salaire mérité peuvent créer une économie forte, et quand le rouble est faible ils ne sont pas motivés pour le travail, parce que tous les résultats de leur

I section. World eсonomics: a future perspective 95 travail vont être gagné par les exortateurs des matiéres premières par le niveau bas du rouble et par l’inflation éleveé. Le développement de la Russie en est exemple:  En 1998–2002 le rouble est tombé et est l’économie de Russie tombé aussi  En 2003 le rouble s’est élevé; l’économie de la Russie s’est éleveé aussi  Vers la fin le 2008-début 2009 le cours du rouble a baissé par rapport au dollar américain de 57%, l’inflation a atteint 13,3%, l’indice du volume physique du PIB a baissé vers 2009 à 92,2%, le système de financemment de la Russie a failli tomber  De 2012 le rouble n’est pas stable, l’économie n’est pas stable aussi. Les processus pareils analogigues, l’influence négative de la monnaie faible y compris, nous voyons dans d’autres pays. Après l’éffondrement du dollar à Zimbabwe en 2009 l’économie se ce pays s’est effondrée aussi. Aujourd’hui nous pouvons observer l’effondrement de l’économie de Biélorussie après la chute du rouble de Biélorussie à 56% en un jour le 23 mai 2011. Donc, la dépendance d’économie de la monnaie d’était est évidente. Enfin nous pouvons généraliser tout ce que nous avons dit et déterminer les avantages essentiels du rouble fort : 1. L'essentiel : c’est la motivation des ouvriers au travail Avec le salaire qu’on touche à la monnaie stable la personne va travailler. Pour la monnaie instable personne ne veut travailler 2. L’inflation basse et croissance du pouvoir d’achat de la population. Pendant l’inflation basse la croissance des salaires la dépasse et permet à la personne pour un rouble d’acheter plus d’articles qu’auparavant. D’où la motivation personnelle des gens, l’essence du capitalisme 3. L’accroissement d’économie Les gens motivés créent l’économie forte. Les fonctionnaires peuvent planifier et budgeter les processus du business dans les conditions de la monnaie forte et stable. Les tentatives de présenter le renforcement comme les raisons de la chute d’économie sont menteuses et ne sont pas affirmeés par la statistique. Les raisons de la chute de l’économie de Russie : de hauts impots et la corruption. Sans l’abaissement des taux d’impots et de niveau de corruption notre produit ne peut pas concurer avec les importations, car son prix de revient est très élevé.

96 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

4. Le développement des innovations le rouble fort permet d’exporter à bon marché de hautes technologies et effectuer la modernisation des entreprises. C’est peu sans l’abaissement des impots et de corruption. 5. L’affluence des capitaux et des investissements Le gouvernement russe veut créer dans la capitale le Centre de financement de Moscou, mais ce n’est pas possible si la monnaie du centre financier en un mois peut tomber à 10% en dévalorisant les investissements directs et de portefeuille des institutions financières étrangères faites en rouble. Conclusion : le renforcement du rouble – c’est ce qui est nécessaire pour la Russie et pour ses citoyens.

La littérature

1. Судьба российской валюты зависит не только от нефти [Электронный ресурс]: Newsland. – URL: http://newsland.com/news/detail/id/982445// 2. Судьба рубля зависит от цены на нефть [Электронный ресурс]: Академия трей- динга Masterforex-V. – URL: http://www.profi-forex.bz/kurs-rublya/12-sudba-rublya-zavisit-ot- tseny-na-neft.html/ 3. Судьба рубля – судьба России [Электронный ресурс]: Finam.info проект хол- динга «Финам». – URL: http://finam.info/news/sudba-rublya--sudba-rossii//

II S e c t i o n

MANAGEMENT IN THE XXI CENTURY

FIASCO OF THE MARKET AND ITS CAUSES

M. Sergeeva

National Research Tomsk State University

A modern market economy is an economy in which, along with the private enterprise there is a public sector and state regulation. The state produces about 20% of the national product, controls the redistribution of incomes in society and regulates many economic processes. Streng- thening of the economic role of the state in a market economy is associated, as a rule, with the «failure» (fiasco) of the market – cases when the market mechanism is groundless and does not ensure effective distribution of limited resources of the company. Recognizing the obvious advantages of a free market economy to the command, economic theory at the same time underlines that the market system does not cope with a number of important questions, or solves them not effectively enough. The ability of the unregulated market to provide general balance and high production efficiency is still limited. Even a developed market economy has such characteristics as general instability and inefficiency. Such situations or failures are characteristic for conditions of the perfect competition – the «ideal» market, and especially for developed market economy, because its structure has monopolies and oligopolies. As a rule, failures of the market include: 1. monopolization of the economy (predominance of markets imperfect competition) 2. inability to save non-renewable resources and provide environmental protection 3. Inefficient distribution of society resources 4. lack of market interest in production of public goods 5. absence of mechanisms, accounting external effects; 6. inequalities of income’s distribution 98 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

7. instability of the macroeconomic development 8. etc. Among the reasons of fiasco of the market we can select the following: 1. external effects: the subject of economic activity doesn’t reimburse expenses, caused by him, or takes benefits from the activity of the third persons without the appropriate cost recovery. 2. the effect of the indivisibility appears as a result of the existence of some goods, which are highly estimated and its capacity varies only by big jumps; marked effect can lead to a concentration on the side of the sellers. 3. asymmetric information: before the signing of the agreement there is a different condition of awareness - knowledgeable sellers and ill- informed customers. The problem of «adverse selection» leads to the de- struction of the market of high-quality goods, due to the fact that the customer is unable to estimate the value of the goods, pays only the ordinary price, and only goods of poor quality remain on the market. 4. the process of achieving balance on the market is a long-term or impossible process, as a result – reached balance is unstable. 5. irrational behavior of the participants of the market: the actions of market participants do not bring them benefits, for example, the game of lottery, in which the expected payoff is less than the price of a lottery ticket. Market failures have caused the intensification of the state’s participation in the economic life of the society. Smoothing, prevention of negative consequences of the operation of market regulators and the solution of social-economic problems is the main purpose of economic activities of the state. Striving to achieve this goal, the state is intruding in the market economy, carries out a variety of measures of administrative and economic nature, to ensure the conditions for the achievement of basic macroeconomic goals. The government provides the legal basis and the social atmosphere conducive to the effective functioning of the market system: protects property rights, provides freedom of entrepreneurship, stimulates economic activity, provides legality and the rule of law in the economic sector, regulates the relationship between labour and capital, between employers and employees, acts in a role of arbiter in the relations between the other subjects of the economic system. The most important function, a certain frame of the economic role of the state is the development of national legislation and provision of strict observance of laws by all citizens of the country.

II Section. Management in the XXI century 99

Literature

1. Avtonomov V. «Market behavior»: the rational and ethical aspects. – MeiMO, 2007. – 167 p. 2. Basovskii L.E. Planning and forecasting in conditions of the market: teaching manual. – M.: Infra-M, 2009. 3. Kurenkov U., Popov V. Russia's competitiveness in the world economy. – Issues of economy. – 2008. – № 6. – P. 36–49.

CREATION OF THE HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN THE ORGANIZATION

M. Sedina

National Research Tomsk State University

The Human Recourse Management system represents a set of methods, technologies and procedures with personnel development. The basis of any organization is people working in it who should be led. Human Resource Management system is very versatile and many- sided. It includes all aspects of the interaction of employees with the organization. Human Resource Management of the organization is purposeful activities of an administrative board, managers and specialists of a Human Re- source Management system. It includes development of the personnel policy concepts and strategies, personnel management methods and principles. Human Resource Management Department of the modern organization serves to create the system and coordination of the constituent parts of the organization. It has its own position hierarchy which is a part of all- organizational hierarchy. This department is the functional subdivision, and its employees don't directly participate in principal activity of the organization. Human Resource Management Department has following functions: – formation of the Human Resource Management system; – planning of the staff management and the development of the staff management operative program; – conducting the staff marketing; – determining of staff potential and staff needs of the organization. For successful performance of the functions the department employees should have the following basic characteristic features: – knowledge in the field of the organization;

100 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

– professional knowledge and skills in the field of Human Resource Management; – ability to training and development; – ability to be a leader. The Human Resource Management covers a wide range of functions: selection and employment; vocational guidance and labor adaptation; labor activity motivation of the staff and its usage; labor organization and following the ethics of business relations; management of the conflicts and staff protection; training, professional development and retraining; management of the stuff behavior in the organization; management of the social development of the staff; liberation of the staff. Human Resource Management provides the informational, technical, standard, methodical, legal and business support for the personnel management system. Managers and employees of Human Resource Manage- ment system assess the labor effectiveness of leaders and managers, activity of the organization management system, economic and social effectiveness of Human Resource Management development. The staff of the Human Resource Management should know and understand the specificity of a production activity of the organization, see prospects of its development in future, know about the connections with other organizations, its customers, and also be able to create the new effective ways of development of the Human Resource Management system. The effectiveness of the Human Resource Management system is the scheme indicating the ratio of costs and profits, with reference to the interests of his participants. It is expressed in achievement of the maximum effect at the minimum expenses of the manpower resources and measured as the subtraction of profits to costs and the direct labor in all fields of the organization. The effective activity of the organization demands the development of its direction. So the workers of the Human Resource Management should know how to formulate the goals of the organization and find the ways of their achievement and realization at each stage. They need to have the skills of planning, decision-making, conflict resolution and so on. Methods of the Human Resources Management Methods of the Human Resources Management are the ways of influence on the staff and individual workers for the purpose of implementation of coordination of their activity in process of production. All meth-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 101 ods are divided into three groups: administrative, economic, social and psychological. Administrative methods are focused on the conscious labor discipline, sense of duty, aspiration of the person to work in a certain organization, etc. These methods are distinguished by the direct nature of influence. Economic, social and psychological methods have indirect nature of administrative influence. You cannot expect the automatic implement of these methods because it is rather difficult to define their effectiveness and resulting effect. By means of the economic methods the material stimulation of the staff and individual workers is carried out. These methods are based on usage of the economic mechanism. Social and psychological methods of management are based on usage of the social mechanism (relationship system within the staff, social needs, etc.). All types of the methods are connected with each other.

Literature

1. Vesnin V.R. Personnel Management. – M.: Elite, 2000, 2002. – 658 р. 2. Daft Richard L. Management. St. Petersburg. Peter etc, 2000. – 829, [3]. silt. 3. Meskon Michael J. Principles of Management. – Case M., 1996. 701 p. 4. Egorshin A.P. Careers gifted manager. – Logos M., 2007. – 406. – silt. 5. Kuzmin I.A. Psychotechnologies and effective management. – M.: Technology Busi- ness School, 1993. – 190 р.

FEATURES OF THE RUSSIAN CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ARRANGEMENTS

D. Shatohina

National Research Tomsk State University

The concentration of ownership. In spite of the fact that in the early 1990s the relatively dispersed ownership structure has been formed, as a result of privatization, it was formal and existed not for long time. Nowadays the majority of Russian joint-stock companies are in the hands of one or several principal shareholders. In the first place this situation is typical for the natural resources sector, for example for the oil industry, and it also can be observed in the sphere of communications, in the metal and forest industries.

102 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The various researches in the ownership structure of the Russian joint-stock companies show different figures, however in general the conclusions are the same: the main dominant group is the company management, which has the largest share and the best position of control. Analyz- ing the findings, the experts remark that the managers have significantly increased their share in the ownership structure of the Russian companies since the beginning of the privatization. There is steady trend of reducing the percentage of ordinary workers in the corporate capital. It is connected with the sale of shares and finishing of the labour relations with the companies, and consequently with the transition to other categories of shareholders. The government doesn’t lose its position of the dominant shareholder of the largest Russian companies in the real and financial sectors (OJSC Russian Railways, Gaz- prom, Rosneft and Sberbank, etc.). The government controls not only the considerable part of GDP, but also it has become the largest investor in the stock market. The high concentration of capital and the existence of the large shareholders define such a feature of the Russian corporate governance as insufficient attention to the rights of minority shareholders. There is an inadequate separation of the functions of ownership and control. Many major shareholders are also the directors general of the joint-stock companies or are the members of the committee of directors. The characteristic features of such companies are the absence of accountability and control mechanisms, which lead to the low level of the information disclosure. The definition of the agency conflict is the basis of corporate governance and the consequence of the separation of the functions of ownership and control. The peculiarity of the Russian practice is that, in fact, in the small and medium-sized business time for the separation hasn’t come yet, because the majority of companies are at the level of developing, which implies the absolute monarchy of the owner. It is connected with the relative youth of the Russian business. It’s suitable only at the stages when the control will be handed over to the hired managers, who are not connected with the companies by the property relations. It causes the weakness of the most Russian committee of directors, undefined separation of power in the companies, the interference of the owners in all aspects of their business. There is a high level of non-transparency of the ownership structure of Russian companies. In the Russian practice of corporate governance

II Section. Management in the XXI century 103 there is also relatively low level of the information disclosure and the transparency of the business. The notion of «relatively» is introduced in order to show the certain tendencies in this sphere, which cause the increasing of the information disclosure level in the recent years. It is connected with the developing of laws in the field of information disclosure, as the annual researches in transparency of the Russian companies show, which are carried out by the international rating agency Standard & Poor.

Literature

1. Mashenko V.E. «The system corporate governance». – p. h. UNITY, 2003. – 251 p. 2. Son’kin N.B. «Corporations: theoretical and applied problems in Russia». – М.: Moscow language high school, 2006. – 393 p. 3. Stepanov P.V. Corporations in the Russian civil law // Legislation. – 1999. – № 4. – P. 11–15.

THE MODERN MODEL OF SOCIOLABOR RELATIONS SYSTEM IN RUSSIA

M. Litvinova, V. Rakovskaya

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University

The system of sociolabor relations (SLR) has two forms of existence. The first is an actual SLR, functioning both at objective and subjective levels. The second is the sociolabor legal relations reflecting a projection of actual SLR on institutional and legislative levels. We believe that the reference to the labor legislation in our research is necessary because SLR have legal component, and also they are accurately fixed in a labor law. The connection between these two levels of SLR existence can be expressed as follows: economists formulate economic principles which are used at development of standard SLR, having by the purpose the solution of problems of SLR system at actual level. At objective level actual SLR are the systems of interrelations caused by objective necessity and are free from valuation judgments. At subjective level they are a system of interrelations, interactions between subjects of SLR system which are not free from the influence of internal system of values on their behavior etc. We believe that both forms of SLR existence (actual and regulatory) should reflect the same SLR model and lean against the same system of values. Otherwise there is a contradiction between what SLR should be formally and what they are actually. An example of the given contradic-

104 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tion is the conflict of values at subjective level of actual SLR. Nort D considers that it is possible to replace formal rules for a day but not the informal limitations [1]. The conflict of values can be seen in arising discrepancy between the habitual forms of sociolabor behavior and in attach- ing certain values to the phenomena of economic life and requirements of the changing sociolabor situation. In order to determine the model of the modern SLR system in the Russian Federation, we consider it necessary to understand what values determine the sociolabor behavior of the Russian subjects of SLR system. What values underlie the SLR system? In what direction should the values of the Russian SLR subjects change in the process of the economy development? In what direction do the values in a modern society change? We believe that for this purpose it is necessary to give the system analysis of the socio-cultural characteristics of the Russian SLR subjects and to reveal the basic model of the SLR system based on the system of the Russian values. At the same time the labour law also reflects certain system of values, therefore it makes sense to compare a simple base model of SLR system, generated on the basis of the analysis of valuable preferences of the Russian workers and the model following from the analysis of the Russian labour law. The Russian subjects of the SLR possess a number of socio-cultural features. One of the main characteristics of the Russians is the collectivism or communality. Germans, Frenchmen, ancestors of Englishmen and Italians also had the communal land ownership, i.e. European people, but it slowly left custom, giving way to private agricultural property. How- ever we have to state that the stage of communal land tenure in Russia was for various reasons delayed. It has affected mentality of the people and was showed in forming of such characteristics as backwardness of the person as the subject of social relations, mutual assistance, the trust relation, respect of the leader of charismatic type, the moral attitude to a private property, patriarchal consciousness, unavailability of a considerable quantity of individuals to employment as hired workers, independence of decision-making and responsibility for the own destiny and destiny of the family. These characteristics indicate the unavailability of potential workers to participate in SLR of the market type. In this connection the «collective» concept acquires a special value. We consider that the collective of workers in Russia is not just a group of individuals that have common economic interests but it is also a social- psychological communion of people. In other words it is a certain spirit of

II Section. Management in the XXI century 105 this community. In this sense the collective possesses one more resource of social and economic development: emotional which is expressed in the trust of members of the given collective each other and in the sensation of companionable support, in supplementing of oneself with the whole and, as a consequence, greater self-trust and confidence in the future. The collective becomes an independent unit, a finished whole which lives under its own internal laws, and can act as a unified SLR subject of the market type, thus it is necessary to note that the collective doesn't develop under market laws. Such understanding of collective allows including in the analysis the irrational element inherent to the consciousness of the Rus- sian workers. Such qualities of SLR subjects as trust, mutual assistance, feeling of a collectivism are considered by modern researchers as the base of the further improvements of the SLR system. In our opinion, there is one more important problem on the Russian labor market – the discrimination based on a personal and statistical bias of employers. Discrimination on age, sex and the nation is also brightly expressed. According to the All-Russia Public Opinion Research Center (VCIOM) poll held in 2007 47% of interviewed consider that it is easier for men to climb the career ladder [2]. Women hardly move ahead on a career ladder and are hardly allowed to the control of authorities of any levels. For example, in 2000 the number of men working as the heads of governing bodies of all levels constituted 1715 thousand against 931 thousand women [3]. The situation on the Russian youth labor market in the last few years is also strained enough and tends to deteriorate. The scale of registered and latent unemployment among the young is growing, its duration is increasing. The struggle for survival between the Russian enterprises leads to the toughening of conditions of the entering of youth on a labor market. Moreover the capabilities of the young are limited owing to their lower competitiveness. The Reforms in the field of work and employment liquidated booking of workplaces for the youth. The persons entering the labor market for the first time and not having professional training have lost the warranty of employment and have become socially unprotected on a labor market. Some of them get a job in commercial and shadow structures. In struggle for a survival the habitual social priorities gradually disappear, the borders between such concepts as «prestigious activity» and «the high income» are being slowly erased. The value of such non-material aspects of

106 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions work as the character, conditions and work routine; growth prospects; warranties of preserving of a workplace is steadily reduced, the material aspect starts to dominate [4] . Thus, the salary has acquired the first place among the motives of work having pushed aside such values as the work itself, self- determination in work, a capability of realization of the knowledge and capabilities through work. At the same time the western sociologists note that the motives connected with capabilities of the greatest personal growth, free action and creativity firmly keep leading places in a scale of values of a person. Thus the material interests recede on the second position. On the basis of the above-stated it is possible to determine the basic model of the SLR system which can be based on the system of values inherent in the Russian workers. The Russian participants of the SLR system have such characteristics as patriarchal consciousness, respect for the government, acknowledgement of a charismatic strong leader, backwardness of the person as subject of social relations, disrespect for the formal law etc. These determine the active type of the state policy on labour market aimed at the assistance to participants of sociolabor process. The domination of vertical relations of «the head - the contractor» type is organic for the base Russian model of SLR system that is proved by the availability of such characteristics as above mentioned together with the dislike for discipline, for business labour organization, unavailability to take responsibility for work etc. Thus one should mention the fact that SLR at collective level, between workers, can be characterized as the relations of informal type. There exists social un-equivalence of participants of sociolabor relations. The unavailability of a person to perform certain sociolabor tasks, some kind of irrationality determines some social passivity which complicates the process of comprehension and protection of one's own interests. Further it is necessary to determine the model of SLR system according to the modern Russian labor law. Today in Russia the basic legal regulations regulating the labor market are: the Constitution of the Rus- sian Federation, the Labor code of the Russian Federation, the Employ- ment act, the Law on social partnership, conventions and recommendations of the International labor organization. According to the Constitution of the Russian Federation the work should be free, everyone has the right to dispose freely of the capabilities

II Section. Management in the XXI century 107 to work, to choose a kind of activity and a profession. Forced labor is prohibited (item 37). According to item 7 the state guarantees to citizens the most effective implementation of the indicated rights being the social state which policy is directed on creation of the conditions providing worthy life and free development of the person [6]. The federal law «About population employment in the Russian Fed- eration» guarantees the following: the right of citizens to select a place of work, consultation, career guidance, professional training, retraining, improvement of professional skill and information obtaining in placement service bodies, professional work abroad, appeal against actions of bodies of a placement service and their public officials [7]. The Federal Agency of employment created in 1991 provides potential workers with the necessary information concerning the possibilities of employment, the requirements shown by the employer to candidates on the given vacant place and it also helps with job selection. Besides, the placement service gives necessary support to employers by giving them the necessary information and promoting personnel recruitment. The law «About population employment in the Russian Federation» also determines the legal, economic and organizational basis of a state policy of assistance in employment of the population, including the state warranty on realization of constitutional laws of citizens of the Russian Federation on work and social protection from unemployment. The above mentioned law affects unemployment and its registered part only. The main users of the law are placement service bodies. Other subjects - employers, labor unions, administrations of all levels are only designated in the law. The employment act pursued the aims of provision of social protection of unemployed citizens. The creation of conditions for provision of employment fades into the background. For example, there are actually no provisions in the law regulating the demand for work, not taking into consideration the declared obligation of employers to represent vacancy to placement services, in the current legislation. The state has practically delegated the employers its powers in many questions, concerning capabilities and conditions of employment [8]. The analysis of both the structure and contents of the Law «About employment of the population of the Russian Federation» shows that its biggest part is devoted to questions of guarantees of social support of the unemployed. The fundamental laws of citizens in employment sphere are not concretized and the principles of legal adjustment of a labor market are not systematized.

108 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Basic principles of legal adjustment of relations in employment sphere are practically not fixed in the acting Labor code of the Russian Federation. Legal adjustment of employment is presented in the form of the list of warranties at employment, prohibitions of unreasonable refus- als, warranties of realization of a right to work which in a greater degree concern discharged workers [9]. We consider that the Labor code of the Russian Federation does not create preconditions for forming of a modern labor market, does not register accurately obligations of its subjects. There are actually no arrangements for providing realization of the "possible" rights of consolidations of workers at the decision of major questions of tariff agreements and collective agreements. Also the principle of labor union pluralism according to which the quantity of the labor unions representing interests of workers of industry or the enterprise is not limited, is declared in the Labor code of the Rus- sian Federation. At the same time the particular arrangement for bringing into effect such capability is not provided. Legal uncertainty creates additional benefits to the employers who have the possibility to use the incon- sistency of actions of competing labor unions and by that to implement their power in relation to employees [9]. Russia ratifies the rules of laws of international legal adjustment of work in its legislation. The Soviet Union ratified 50 International labor organization conventions, from them Russia as the legal successor of the USSR, has accepted to execution 43 Conventions of International Labor Organization [10]. Thus, the labor law in the Russian Federation is developing in the direction of the world standards. It is possible to speak about labor law democratization in a part, concerning the arrangements for establishing, changing and terminating labor relations, payment terms with participation of labor collectives, settling of individual and labor arguments and other labor questions. Undoubtedly such tendency of development is a movement towards the social partnership assuming the transition «from the disputed rivalry to the disputed cooperation». The legal base of social partnership was formed in Russia in the conditions of transition to market economy. Nowadays the legal base of social partnership is guaranteed by the Labor code of the Russian Federation adopted in February, 2002. The subjects of social partnership are the state executive authorities and such social institutes of a civil society as consolidations, associations, unions of businessmen, employers.

II Section. Management in the XXI century 109

In a society of market economy the proprietor always was and remains the nearest «adviser» of the political power in social policy forming and adjustment of sociolabor relations. Constituting small percent (by various calculations – from 10 % to 13 %) of the population businessmen own over- whelming majority of the property (approximately 80 %) and have objectively all rights to represent, protect their interests and actively participate in the adjustment of sociolabor relations according to these interests. Accordingly, associations and consolidations of businessmen, employers act within the limits of social partnership as social institutes [11]. The process of unification of industrialists and businessmen together with their institutionalization goes non-uniformly, depending on sector of economy, industry, particular social and economic situation in a region. Today about 60 all-Russian consolidations of businessmen are registered. Labor unions are most interested in this process within the limits of system of social partnership [12]. Labor unions are the major social institutes which have a capability to influence the process of adjustment of sociolabor relations in a society through direct effect on public authorities and through the system of social partnership. They also can produce positive changes in social sphere. The interaction between the parties of social partnership is performed through specially created bodies, and as an example one can find the tri- partite commissions on adjustment of sociolabor relations of all levels. Thus, it is possible to state that the Russian labor law declares the model of sociolabor relations system, possessing the following features: active state policy on labor market, system of social partnership between equal subjects of sociolabor relations and aspiration to a balancing of interests of various social groups. The discrepancy of values in lines «type of a state policy on a labor market», «controllability of system of sociolabor relations» and «the social equivalence or non-equivalence of the subjects of sociolabor relations» shows that the «bottleneck» of modern system of sociolabor relations in Russia are the worker with its values together with imperfections in realization of the legislation of the Russian Federation. We believe that the values of the Russian SLR subjects of noneconomic characters should and can be saved and developed in the further development of SLR system in order to preserve both the psychological health of the nation and the interests of the future development of the Russian economy. At the same time it is necessary to continue developing the culture of rationalis- tic type by means of social education. We believe that the incompatibility

110 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions of formal rules and informal limitations generates contradictions which can be lessened by reorganization of all limitations in both directions and then the new equilibrium can be reached. The research was completed under financial support of Russian State Humanitarian Fund within the research project (Influence of External Migration on the Sociolabor Relation System), project № 11-32-00305a2.

Literature 1. Nord D. Institutionalize changes: analyzes // Question of Economics. – 1997. – № 3. – Р. 14. 2. Career or life: what is the main in Russia? // Press Bulletin #768 from 13.09.2007. 3. Guriev V.V. Sociolabor relations regulation: PhD thesis. – Saratov, 2001. 4. Opinions monitoring: December 2006 – March 2007 // Monitoring of Public Opinion. – January- March 2007. – № 1 (81). 5. Mostovaja E.B. Dynamic and character of transition // Problems of Transition Economy. Collected scientific papers. – Novosibirsk, 2002. – Р. 87. 6. Constitution of Russian Federation. – Moscow, 2008. 7. About population employment in the Russian Federation: Federal low of Russian Fed- eration from 27.12.2009 // Russian Newspaper. – URL: http://www.consultant. ru/online/base/?req=doc;base=LAW;n=103158. 8. Karagalova M.V. Employment as a highest priority of social policy in XX century // La- bor Abroad. – 2003. – № 1. 9. Labor code of Russia Federation. – Moscow, 2007. – 168 p. 10.Ivanov S.A. Using the ILO conventions in Russia during transaction period. Problems // Government and Low. – 1994. – № 8–9. 11.About employers unions: Federal low of Russian Federation from 01.12.2007 // Russian Newspaper. – URL: http://www.consultant.ru/online/base/?req= doc;base=LAW;n=73006. 12.About trade unions, their authorities and activity arrangements: Federal low of Russian Federation from 30.12.2008// Russian Newspaper. – URL: http://www.consultant.ru/ online/base/?req=doc;base=LAW;n=108631.

PRO-COMPETITIVE POLICIES IN MODERN RUSSIAN ECONOMY

E. Rojdestvenskaya

National Research Tomsk State University

Law enforcement, the quality of law enforcement – is largely a reflection of the functional level of the state apparatus. In a study conducted by the «Bureau of Economic Analysis», by order of the Public Chamber and the RSPP in 2007–2008, the business environment in Russia on the basis of comparison in several waysis reflected [1. Р. 14]. Referring to the data in this study, it should be noted that, compared with the U.S. index of governance in Russiait is much lower, and from 2002 to 2006, it has been declining. Thus, initially it may be concluded that the efficiency of Rus-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 111 sian pro-competitive regulation will be significantly lower than in the U.S., depending on the efficiency of the state apparatus countries. Only part of the problem is solved by the adoption of rules of antitrust law, the other party – the executive power in the face of bureaucratic Federal An- timonopoly Service (FAS). In Russia, there is a process of fatigue society from the state bureaucracy, and the Russian TNK become a barrier to the development of small business, without which they cannot function. On the one hand, TNCs increases the competitive advantage of Russia, and the other – restricts the development of small and medium-sized businesses – the foundations of a market economy, an effective competitive environment. Considering the advantages of the «free market», many economists believe that the disadvantages of large corporations «outweigh» their benefits and thus they reduce the efficiency of the national economy, its level of international competitiveness. Large corporations dominate the economy, create the bulk of GDP (GDP) and, therefore, determine the character of the Russian economy, serving the needs of major markets, particularly in basic commodities. Among the advantages of large corporations, researchers often point out the concentration of production and capital, the organization of mass production to lower-cost and possibilities of their reduction, the effective use of science and technology, the focus of investment capital, that is, the use of the main advantages of large-scale production. Corporations have high economic stability, less prone to crisis phenomena. On the basis of the corporate lifestyle economic and social riskswere reduced, a system of reliable functioning of capital. Second, small and medium enterprise system is meeting the needs of society in most of the products of limited use, bringing the goods to the consumer, the formation services, saturation individualized needs in the area of monopolistic competition. It is more susceptible to competition. In this implementation of the major contacts with consumers, but in terms of the commodity markets its capabilities are limited. In addition, small and medium enterprises to effectively work in concert with the major. Pricing of their products also reflects not only the interests of consumers and the interests of capital. However, it is believed that the center of gravity in the development of society shifted to medium and small businesses, creating a competitive environment, which to some extent counteracts the price pressure producers to consumers.

112 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Development of the corporate economy will require some changes in the market structure and the corresponding pro-competitive legislation for optimal implementation of individual, corporate and national interests. The current law of manifestation of oligopolistic corporatism are only considered as a violation of existing law, which is reflected in the methods and tools limiting the use of a dominant position, collusion, mergers, etc. The FAS Russia is aimed at reducing the level of concentration in the commodity and financial markets, reducing unfair competition and improper advertising, prevention and suppression of abuse of dominant position, agreements and concerted practices which restrict competition, as well as anti-competitive actions of state and local governments. FAS is making significant efforts to increase the role of competition law as a tool to preserve competition [2. Р. 130]. Countering the monopolistic tendencies economically feasible and effective if it leads to an increase in the competitiveness of domestic producers in the domestic and foreign markets and to create new jobs and, thus, increases the incentives to achieve and maintain the sustained high rates of economic growth. The dynamic growth of the Russian economy, the volume of internal and external competitive markets require a modern and effective system of antitrust regulation, which allows to further steady development of competitive industries, promote the growth of investment in the sector and create additional points of growth of the Rus- sian economy. The dominant position of the individual companies in the territorial and federal commodity markets and stable relations between them generate the desire to create additional barriers to entry into these markets and competitors likely worsen the business environment for existing entities. As a result companies get a competitive advantage in the market solely through its dominant position. These advantages allow them to manipulate market prices, deliberately limit proposal to increase prices, etc. At the same time significantly reduces the incentive to inno- vate and to improve the quality of products. As a consequence, the potential for development of industries and markets remains unsolved, which has a negative impact on economic growth, and artificial barriers impede the improvement of the investment climate in the country. Antitrust legislation aims to significantly reduce the non-competitive privileges that are business entities through its dominant position in the market. However, the application of the law for large companies requires more effort antitrust authorities because of the strong opposition. In the

II Section. Management in the XXI century 113 unfairly low level of penalties for violation of this law among the dominant companies retain a high percentage of repeat violations. This task requires surgery antitrust authorities in case of any violation of this law in the economy and restore the competitive balance a result of such violations. An essential element for the solution of the problem is also enhanced efficiency of preventive action to avoid creating market barriers and impact of antitrust enforcement against violators. Economic policy is not limited to a combination of fiscal and monetary policies, and a structure-forming element, creating a physical and institutional foundation of the national economy [3. Р. 84]. To create conditions for the development of competition is designed, first and foremost, to ensure high rates of economic growth. At present, most domestic industries and the financial markets are characterized by a high degree of monopolization and development process of vertical integration of production. The FAS Russia in pursuit of this goal is to reduce the level of concentration in the commodity and financial markets, reducing unfair competition and improper advertising, prevention and suppression of abuse of dominant position, agreements and concerted practices which restrict competition and anti-competitive behavior of public authorities and local government. Countering the monopolistic tendencies economically feasible and effective if it leads to an increase in the competitiveness of domestic producers in the domestic and foreign markets and to create new jobs and, thus, increases the incentives to achieve and maintain the sustained high rates of economic growth. The dynamic growth of the Russian economy, the volume of internal and external competitive markets require a modern and effective system of antitrust regulation, which allows to further steady development of competitive industries, promote the growth of investment in the sector and create additional points of growth of the Rus- sian economy.

Literature

1. Review of the state of the business climate in Russia / еd. Shastitko A.E., the Public Chamber of the Russian Federation. – M., 2007. – 150 p. 2. Avdasheva S.B., Shastitko A.E. Economics of criminal sanctions for violations of antitrust laws / / Problems of Economics. – 2010. – № 1.– P. 129–142. 3. Shastitko A., Kurdin A. Antitrust and intellectual property protection in the emerging market economies / / Problems of Economics. – 2012. – № 1.– P. 84–95.

114 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

THE NATURE AND VALUE OF STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. THE MILITARY STRATEGY

A. Rozhnova, R. Kolomin

National Research Tomsk State University

Introduction Strategic management is defined as the set of decisions and actions resulting in the formulation and implementation of strategies designed to achieve the objectives of the organization. It involves attention to some critical areas. 1. Determination of the mission of the company, including broad statements about its purpose, philosophy, and goals. 2. Development of a company profile which reflects its internal condition and capability. 3. Assessment of the company's external environment, both in terms of competitive and general contextual factors. 4. Interactive opportunity analysis of possible options uncovered in the matching of the company profile with the external environment. 5. Identification of the desired options uncovered when the set of possibilities is considered in light of the company mission. 6. Strategic choice of a particular set of long-term objectives and grand strategies needed to achieve the desired options. 7. Development of annual objectives and short-term strategies which are compatible with the long-term objectives and grand strategies. 8. Implementation of strategic choice decisions based on budgeted resource allocations and emphasizing the matching of tasks, people, structures, technologies, and reward systems. 9. Review and evaluation of the success of the strategic process to serve as a basis of control and as an input for future decision making. Examples of missions of the companies. The company such as American Red cross says: «Our mission – to improve the living conditions of the people taking care of people and help them avoid critical situations and cope with them». The Eastman Kodak company says: «To become a world leader in the chemical and electronic image». Levels of strategy Business firms typically exhibit three levels in their decision-making hierarchy. At the top is the corporate level, composed principally of members of the board of directors and the chief executive and administra-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 115 tive officers. They bear the responsibility for the financial performance of the corporation as a whole and for achieving the nonfinancial goals of the firm, e.g., corporate image and social responsibility. To a large extent, their orientations reflect the concerns of stockholders and of the society at large. Particularly in multibusiness firms, it is their duty to determine in what businesses the company should be involved. Further, they set objectives and formulate strategies which overarch the activities of individual businesses in the corporation and of their respective functional areas. By adopting a portfolio approach to strategic management, corporate level strategic managers attempt to exploit their distinctive competencies within their industries while typically planning with a five-year time horizon. The second rung of the decision-making hierarchy is the business level, which is composed principally of business and corporate managers. They must translate the general statements of direction and intent which were generated at the corporate level into more concrete and operational objectives and strategies for their individual business divisions or SBUs. In essence, business level strategic managers must determine on what basis the company can compete in the selected product-market area. The third rung of the strategic decision-making hierarchy is the functional level, which is composed principally of activity managers of product, geographic, and function areas. It is their responsibility to develop annual objectives and short-term strategies for such areas as production, operations management, and research and development; financial and accounting; marketing; and human relations. However, their greatest responsibilities are in the implementation or execution of the company's strategic plans. While corporate and business-level managers center their planning concerns on «do the right things», functional-level managers must stress «doing things right». Thus, they directly address such issues as the efficiency and effectiveness of production and marketing systems, the quality and extent of customer service, and the success of particular products and services in increasing their market shares. The strategy makers The amount of any responsibility of any individual in a company depends on the position that he or she occupies in its hierarchy. Managers, for example, are responsible for leading the people directly under them, who are called subordinates. To do this successfully, they must use their authority, which is the right to take the decision and give the orders that will allow their subordinates to reach certain objectives. Managers often

116 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions delegate authority. This means that employees at lower levels of the company hierarchy can participate in decision-making. The ideal strategic management process is developed and governed by a strategic management team. The team consists principally of strategic decision makers at all three levels in the corporation, e.g., the chief executive officer (CEO), the product managers, and the heads of functional areas. The team also relies on inputs from two types of support personnel: company planning staffs, when they exist, and lower-level managers and supervisors who provide data for strategic decision making and who have responsibilities for implementing strategies. Because strategic decisions have such tremendous impact on a firm and because they require large commitments of company resources, they can only be made by top managers at the appropriate levels in the organizational hierarchy. Management functions How do good managers help a company achieve its goals? Managers at all three levels carry out four types of functions. They are: planning, organizing, directing, controlling. Planning A business must set objectives and make plans for meeting them. Good planning involves setting a realistic goal, which is written down. The plan for meeting that goal spells out the basic steps to be followed. At the same time, the plan is flexible and allows for change. The plan indicates long-term and short-term strategies for using company resources to meet the goal. Suppose a company that produces accessories has decided that it should expand. As a long-term goal, the firm decides to produce clothing as well. The firm will need to study the market to discover the current trends in clothing. The company may also need to find other companies to produce clothing. Then the company will have to develop a marketing strategy to introduce the new line of clothing to the people who already buy the company's products. The firm's management will ask what resources are needed to accomplish these goals. Short-term goals for the company include completing and analyzing the market study and hiring new employees. Organizing Organizing involves obtaining and coordinating resources so that a business's objectives can be met. To do this, the manager breaks down the

II Section. Management in the XXI century 117 organization's plans into tasks to be performed. Then the manager decides what resources are needed to perform these tasks. If the resources are available in the company, then the manager makes sure they are applied to the task when they are needed. If the resources are not available, the manager finds out where the resources can be obtained. To illustrate how important the function of organizing is, imagine what would happen to an automobile manufacturer if transmissions were not available for cars as they were being assembled. Production would screech to a halt until managers obtained the transmissions that were needed. Directing Directing involves, influencing, guiding, and leading people under one's management to carry out their assigned tasks. When most people think of managing, they think of directing employees. Directing does not mean merely exercising power. Good managers understand and like people. They do not view workers just in terms of what they can produce or what problems they might cause. They recognize each person's potential within the organization and direct that person to help him or her achieve it. Controlling Managers assign job responsibilities as part of their organizing function, based On an idea of what they can accomplish with their resources. Control- ling involves setting standards for work, evaluating performance, and solving problems that prevent the completion of a required task. Stan- dards could include customer satisfaction, sales quotas, or specific behav- iors on the job. Evaluating customer satisfaction, for example, could involve analyzing delivery times and setting up new shipping procedures to get products to customers faster. The military strategy Military strategy is a set of ideas implemented by military organizations to pursue desired strategic goals. Derived from the Greek «strategos», strategy when it appeared in use during the 18th century, was seen in its narrow sense as the «art of the general», 'the art of arrangement' of troops. Military strategy deals with the planning and conduct of campaigns, the movement and disposition of forces, and the deception of the enemy. The father of modern strategic study, Carl von Clausewitz, defined military strategy as «the employment of battles to gain the end of war». B.H. Liddell Hart's definition put less emphasis on battles, defining strat-

118 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions egy as «the art of distributing and applying military means to fulfill the ends of policy». Hence, both gave the pre-eminence to political aims over military goals. Fundamentals Military strategy is the planning and execution of the contest between groups of armed adversaries. Strategy, which is a sub discipline of warfare and of foreign policy, is a principal tool to secure national interests. It is larger in perspective than military tactics, which involves the disposition and maneuver of units on a particular sea or battlefield, but less broad than grand strategy otherwise called national strategy, which is the overarching strategy of the largest of organizations such as the nation state, confedera- tion, or international alliance and involves using diplomatic, informational, military and economic resources. Military strategy involves using military resources such as people, equipment, and information against the opponent's resources to gain supremacy or reduce the opponent's will to fight, developed through the precepts of military science. NATO's definition of strategy is "presenting the manner in which military power should be developed and applied to achieve national objectives or those of a group of nations. Strategy may be divided into 'Grand Strategy', geopolitical in scope and 'military strategy' that converts the geopolitical policy objectives into militarily achievable goals and campaigns. Field Marshal Viscount Alanbrooke, Chief of the Imperial General Staff and co-chairman of the Anglo-US Combined Chiefs of Staff Committee for most of the Second World War, described the art of military strategy as: «to derive from the policy aim a series of military objectives to be achieved: to assess these objectives as to the military requirements they create, and the pre-conditions which the achievement of each is likely to necessitate: to measure available and potential resources against the requirements and to chart from this process a coherent pattern of priorities and a rational course of action». Field-Marshal Montgomery summed it up thus «Strategy is the art of distributing and applying military means, such as armed forces and supplies, to fulfill the ends of policy. Tactics means the dispositions for, and control of, military forces and techniques in actual fighting. Put more shortly: strategy is the art of the conduct of war, tactics the art of fighting». Background Military strategy in the 19th century was still viewed as one of a trivium of «arts» or «sciences» that govern the conduct of warfare; the others being tactics, the execution of plans and maneuvering of forces in

II Section. Management in the XXI century 119 battle, and logistics, the maintenance of an army. The view had prevailed since the Roman times, and the borderline between strategy and tactics at this time was blurred, and sometimes categorization of a decision is a matter of almost personal opinion. Carnot, during the French Revolution- ary Wars thought it simply involved concentration of troops. Strategy and tactics are closely related and exist on the same contin- uum; modern thinking places the operational level between them. All deal with distance, time and force but strategy is large scale, can endure through years, and is societal while tactics are small scale and involve the disposition of fewer elements enduring hours to weeks. Originally strategy was understood to govern the prelude to a battle while tactics controlled its execution. However, in the world wars of the 20th century, the distinction between maneuver and battle, strategy and tactics, expanded with the capacity of technology and transit. Tactics that were once the province of a company of cavalry would be applied to a panzer army. It is often said that the art of strategies defines the goals to achieve in a military campaign, while tactics defines the methods to achieve these goals. Strategic goals could be «We want to conquer area X», or «We want to stop country Y's expansion in world trade in commodity Z»; while tactical decisions range from a general statement, e.g. «We're going to do this by a naval invasion of the North of country X», 2We're going to blockade the ports of country Y», to a more specific «C Platoon will attack while D platoon provides fire cover». In its purest form, strategy dealt solely with military issues. In earlier societies, a king or political leader was often the same person as the military leader. If he was not, the distance of communication between the political and the military leader was small. But as the need of a professional army grew, the bounds between the politicians and the military came to be recognized. In many cases, it was decided that there was a need for a separation. Principles Many military strategists have attempted to encapsulate a successful strategy in a set of principles. Sun Tzu defined 13 principles in his The Art of War while Napoleon listed 115 maxims. American Civil War Gen- eral Nathan Bedford Forrest had only one: «to git thar furst with the most men» or «to get there first with the most men». The concepts given as essential in the United States Army Field Manual of Military Operations (FM-3-0, sections 4–32 to 4–39) are:

120 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Objective (Direct every military operation towards a clearly defined, decisive, and attainable objective) Offensive (Seize, retain, and exploit the initiative) Mass (Concentrate combat power at the decisive place and time) Economy of Force (Allocate minimum essential combat power to secondary efforts) Maneuver (Place the enemy in a disadvantageous position through the flexible application of combat power) Unity of Command (For every objective, ensure unity of effort under one responsible commander) Security (Never permit the enemy to acquire an unexpected advantage) Surprise (Strike the enemy at a time, at a place, or in a manner for which he is unprepared) According to Greene and Armstrong, some strategists assert adhering to the fundamental principles guarantees victory, while others claim war is unpredictable and the general must be flexible in formulating a strategy. Others argue predictability is low, but could be increased if experts were to perceive the situation from both sides in the conflict. Field Mar- shal Count Helmuth von Moltke expressed strategy as a system of «ad hoc expedients» by which a general must take action while under pressure. These underlying principles of strategy have survived relatively un- scathed as the technology of warfare has developed. Strategy (and tactics) must constantly evolve in response to technological advances. A successful strategy from one era tends to remain in favor long after new developments in military weaponry and material have rendered it obsolete. World War I, and to a great extent the American Civil War, saw Napoleonic tactics of «offense at all costs» pitted against the defensive power of the trench, machine gun and barbed wire. As a reaction to her World War I experience, France entered World War II with a purely defensive doctrine, epitomized by the «impregnable» Maginot Line, but only to be completely circumvented by the German blitzkrieg. Military strategy In the 1980s business strategists realized that there was a vast knowledge base stretching back thousands of years that they had barely examined. They turned to military strategy for guidance. Military strategy books such as The Art of War by Sun Tzu, On War by von Clausewitz, and The Red Book by Mao Zedong became business classics. From Sun Tzu, they learned the tactical side of military strategy and specific tactical prescriptions. From von Clausewitz, they learned the dynamic and unpre-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 121 dictable nature of military action. From Mao, they learned the principles of guerrilla warfare. Important marketing warfare books include Business War Games by Barrie James, Marketing Warfare by Al Ries and Jack Trout and Leadership Secrets of Attila the Hun by Wess Roberts. The four types of business warfare theories are: • Offensive marketing warfare strategies • Defensive marketing warfare strategies • Flanking marketing warfare strategies • Guerrilla marketing warfare strategies The marketing warfare literature also examined leadership and motivation, intelligence gathering, types of marketing weapons, logistics and communications. By the twenty-first century marketing warfare strategies had gone out of favour in favor of non-confrontational approaches. In 1989, Dudley Lynch and Paul L. Kordis published Strategy of the Dolphin: Scoring a Win in a Chaotic World. «The Strategy of the Dolphin» was developed to give guidance as to when to use aggressive strategies and when to use passive strategies. A variety of aggressiveness strategies were developed. In 1993, J. Moore used a similar metaphor. Instead of using military terms, he created an ecological theory of predators and prey(see ecological model of competition), a sort of Darwinian management strategy in which market interactions mimic long term ecological stability. Conclusion We have learned a strategic management. It analyzes the major initiatives which are taken by a company's top management on behalf of owners, involving resources and performance in external environments. And it is very important for management because a balanced scorecard is often used to evaluate the overall performance of the business and its progress towards objectives. We also learned that it has its own strategy hierarchy, functions, such as planning, organizing, directing and controlling, levels of strategy and reviewed several studies of strategic decision-making processes.

Literature

1. Ronald F. Piccolo, Associate professor of management at the Crummer GSB, Rollins college, official website. – URL: http://ron-piccolo.com 2. Nag R., Hambrick D.C., Chen M.-J. «What is strategic management, really? Inductive derivation of a consensus definition of the field» // Strategic Management Journal. – 2007. – № 28 (9).– Р. 935–955. 3. Mulcaster W.R. «Three Strategic Frameworks», Business Strategy Series. – 2009. Vol 10, № 1. – Р. 68–75.

122 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

STRATEGIC MACRO-PLANNING AS INSTITUTE OF «ECONOMY OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT»

N. Shevchenko

National Research Tomsk State University

During last decades obvious achievements in development of economies both on local, and on global levels were accompanied by the growth of concern of an intellectual, a political and an enterprise elite concerning its further prospects in connection with strengthening of destructive processes in all industries, subsystems and subjects. There was a new requirement – a requirement for such transformation of an economy in which a production and a consumption of the blessings are not accompanied by a growth of destructive processes, a growth of a productive resources deficit, especially of non-reproducible natural ones. A type of an economy which corresponds to this requirement, begins to designate the term «steady», and the concept «sustainable development» is actively used not only in researches, but also in a political, cultural and an ordinary life of citizens [3. Р. 77]. In our opinion, changes in the economy which raise a level and a quality of life, population, a labour productivity of the workers, reducing costs of products, thus without rendering a negative influence on the environment, form the category «economy of sustainable development». Global transition to «economy of sustainable development» is objectively difficult that it is implementable only under conditions of a conscious adjustment of the development in a global scale. A socially- realised national strategy containing a set of purposes, mechanisms of realisation conceived and financing is necessary for this purpose. Actually there is a problem of forming of the institutes providing the maximum gain of intellectual and creative potentials of national workers, determining factors of an economy`s transition on higher levels of complexity and organisation [4. Р. 201]. «Economy of sustainable development» dictates a necessity for a kit of such administrative tools which allow: – to develop long-term decisions (in terms of realisation of 5 and more years) in a kit of average short-term tasks co-ordinated among themselves and subordinated by an overall aim;

II Section. Management in the XXI century 123

– to balance the planned actions demanding considerable costs, resources and organizational possibilities (projects in power, transport, a demography, a homeland security); – accurately to focus subjects on the activity which is equitable to interests of a country as a whole; – to designate long-term reference points for business (in the development of a production infrastructure, power and a raw-material base, a market of labour, a social infrastructure, a science and technologies and so on), allowing to lower risks at accepting of long-term investment decisions [2. Р. 97]. In our opinion, the institute of a strategic macro-planning is a kit of such tools. Besides, countries with great experience testify that an economy`s development and a solvation of social problems are impossible without an active participation of a state in social and economic processes both as the subject of managing, and as the subject of management. Thus there is a tendency of making a managing and a regulating role of a state more and more diverse, difficult and important. We will understand an ordered set of tools providing a coordination and a subordination of managing subjects actions towards a realisation of a strategic macro-planning mechanism. The mechanism of strategic macro-planning includes process of a justification and a choice of strategic priorities and directions of a steady and an effective development of a country in social, economic, scientific and technical, ecological and institutional spheres and conditions, on this basis the development of managing policies and mechanisms of realisation providing an increase of social competitiveness and economic systems of states and its adaptation to changing environmental conditions. Thus, the strategic management at a macro-level represents an activity of public authorities based on the strategic macro-planning with an attraction of institutes of a civil society and business structures, considering external and internal institutional conditions and restrictions, directed on an accomplishment of a basic mission, an achievement of strategic targets and a decision of tasks of a steady social and economic development of a state and on strengthening of its human potential. Such treatment provides, on the one hand, dynamic, instead of a static sight at object of an adjustment of the institute of a strategic macro-

124 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions planning (a country`s economic and ecological development and its social environment), on the other hand – entering of an institutional component into a category of an object`s adjustment of the institute of a strategic macro-planning, and a human component– in a category of a subject`s adjustment. Hence, the system of a state`s managing influences, businesses and the population, directed on enhancement of a development and a provision ofthe integrity of a spatial system of a state and separate regional / municipal social and economic systems and taking the form concrete administrative the politician becomes a subject of an adjustment of the institute of a strategic macro-planning. At a national level a subject of an adjustment of the institute of a strategic macro-planning is a nation-wide policy, on regional – a regional policy, at the level of a subject of Federa- tion and a city – their concrete social and economic policy implemented by a local authorities in an interaction with business and institutes of a civil society. Taking into account it, in our opinion, the mechanism of the realisation of a socially-realised national strategy represents a set of principles, functions, methods and tools of an administrative influence on the process of a social and an economic development, applied by state structures of the power for achievements of strategic targets and a provision of a sustainable development of a national economy. An appointment and the main function of this mechanism consists of the provision of transfer of a national economy into a qualitatively new social and economic condition – «economy of sustainable development». It allows to generate a structure and basic elements of the institute of a strategic macro-planning (fig. 1). Effective functioning of the mechanism of realisation is determined by the availability of a corresponding organisation-legal and a resource provision of a strategic priorities realisation process of «economy of sustainable development». The organization-legal provision consists of regulatory legal acts accepting in terms of regulating processes of a strategy realisation, forming and providing an activity of an organizational structure components of a strategy realization. The resource provision – is a set of available and potential possibilities meaning directly used in the course of realisation of strategic priorities «economy of sustainable development» (financial, information, personnel resources).

II Section. Management in the XXI century 125

Provision of an optimality of a trajectory of steady eco- Institute of SMP nomic development mission Determination of mechanisms and reso-urces of realisation of strategic priorities of «economy of sustainable development»

Planning Institute of SMP functions Execution The Сontrol Monitoring

Federal level Structural levels of institute of SMP Regional level Local self-government level Economic and technological dynamics Objects of adjustment Demographic and prirodno-ecological dynamics of institute of SMP Accounting of influence of state-political and social factors State Business Subjects of adjustment Person of institute of SMP Legal provision (the laws regulating rates and rules of forming and action of institute SMP, including state, regional and municipal levels) Financial provision (the state-private capital)

Institutional provision Personnel provision (an alliance of the power, of institute of SMP business, a science and a society) Technolog ical and technical supply Information support

Programmno-target Methods of adjustment Administr ative of institute of SMP Economic Is social-psychological

Fig. 1. Structures and basic elements of institute of strategic macro-planning (SMP) (it is constituted by the author)

126 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Along with the noted structural components of the mechanism of a strategy realisation, adjustment functions are considered. In modern conditions of managing for a successful achievement of strategic targets and priorities of a national development with the reference to a strategic adjustment, in our opinion, the following train of functions is optimum: planning, execution (realisation), control and monitoring. Because of the periodic reorientation of purposes and a constant change of environmental conditions a planning process is always continuous. The control, based on monitoring and an estimation of programs and projects, promotes a feedback creation between the process of planning and results of administrative decisions on its realisation. The structure of methods of a regulating influence on the process of a strategy realisation includes programm-target, economic, organizational–administrative and social–psychological methods [1]. The programm-target method was widely adopted recently in Russia and its regions. The introduction of the programm-target method (planning) in management practices as a tool of a strategy realisation of development allows to provide a system and a coordination of an activity of authorities on strategic targets and tasks achievements, a concentration of resources and efforts on the most priority directions of development, integration and a target orientation of events for a decision of concrete problems and tasks of social and economic developments of a region. In modern managing conditions the realisation of the above mentioned methods provides, first of all, an accent displacement aside mainly economic and social-psychological. Together that should not be excluded from an arsenal of management and organizational-administrative (administrative) methods. It is possible to carry to a number of their advantages a purposeful and an operative decision mostly acute contradictions in social and economic spheres, a provision of a prioraty in a direction of a strategy realisation of a sustainable development of economy. Thus, as it seems, a complex and a real filling of the institute of a strategic macro-planning by the above-stated functional structural elements will promote forming of an effective system of a strategic adjustment by a national economy development in interests of an achievement of planned strategic targets and priorities of «economy of sustainable development».

II Section. Management in the XXI century 127

Literature

1. Rabadanova A.A. Mechanism of realisation of strategy of social and economic development of region [the Electronic resource]. – URL:http://www.rppe.ru/wp- content/uploads/2011/05/rabadanova-aa.pdf [date of circulatuion: of 12/7/2012]. 2. Hodachek V.M. National strategic planning as a condition of a sustainable development of the Russian economy // Administrative consultation. – 2009. – № 4. – P. 96–103. 3. Tsitlenok V.S. About essence and the category maintenance «a world economy sustainable development» // The Bulletin of Tomsk state university. – 2011. – № 4 (16). – P. 76–82. 4. Shevchenko N.A. Objective requirement of transition to a mode of steady economic development // Modern researches of social problems. – 2012. – № 1.1 (09). – P. 200–204.

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING AS A KEY FOR THE BEST COMPENSATION PLAN’S PERFORMANCE

A. Shilnikov

National Research Tomsk State University

The impact of business processes on a compensation plan Peter Carter, the director of British corporation of information technologies, says that each enterprise works because of two basic things: business processes and workers [1]. The same opinion is mentioned in many other sources in management sphere, labor economics, system analysis [2, 4, 5]. The term «business process» is quite new, in opposite to «compensation plan» theoretically developed. Nevertheless, these terms have identity. They appeared with more and more complication of enterprise`s functions and social-labor relationships. Compensation plan became common to use at times of F.U. Taylor, who tried this way to solve efficiency`s problem. In contrast, the concept of business processes is used about 20 years. It happened due to massive complication of computer technologies, information flow. Till this moment compensation plan and business processes were apart, but now the success of a compensation plan depends on logic and efficiency of business processes. Summarizing, business processes are that environment where compensation system operates. As it mentioned in most general definition business process is a work flow. The logic of connection compensation plan and business process (work flow) is that simple: worker does job actions, a set of which forms business process, and a compensation plan evaluate it. Apparently, that workers do their job in a way of workman- ship instruction which could be bad composed. Thus, the most efficient

128 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions compensation plan may stuck in bad designed business process. Being one of the most important sphere on an enterprise, compensation plan needs well designed environment. The concept of a «good design» could be based on a works of M. Hummer and D. Chumpy «Reengineering of corporation. Business revolution manifest» and also on different sources in quality management, ISO, TQM, QS etc. To sum it up the «right» business process defined as process which occupies less workers, where the decision make point pretty low, less red tape, integrated with worker. There are a lot of approaches of creating such environment, but most popular and common is business process reengineering (BPR).

Nature and advantages of BPR Initially since 80th XX there were only basic concepts of prolonged quality improvement on enterprises [2. Р. 210] (pic. 1). It is called 1st wave represented by E. Demming. The second wave paid attention to a practical aspect, which led to appearing term of «business process». This wave is called business process improvement. [2. Р. 212]. There are 4 main concepts of business process improvement: «FAST» – method of quick decision making, benchmarking of a process, process re-projecting and business process reengineering. The third wave represents next level – «improvement of business systems»: ISO 9000, 14000, financial system management, safety, project management.

Wave 1 E. Deming, P. Druker: new philosophy of an enterprises working

business process improvement: FAST, benchmarking of a proc- Wave 2 ess, process re-projecting and business process reengineering

Wave 3 business systems improvement: ISO 9000, 14000 …..

Picture 1. Сoncepts business process improvement

II Section. Management in the XXI century 129

Despite the fact that the third wave becomes very popular, the concepts of the first and the second wave stay actual for a few decades. And a BPR is the most interesting one. The BPR`s definition by M. Hummer became classical: «BRP – fundamental rethinking and radical restructuring of business processes for a dramatic changes in a major efficiency criteria’s such as costs, quality, services, swiftness» [3. Р. 23]. Also could be added an actual remark of group of modern scientists, that BRP is not a theory, but a methodology [4]. This concept became so popular, that special reengineering and engineering companies appeared [5. Р. 73]. BPR technology has host of significant advantages, because of aims it sets [2, p. 215]: 1. Sharp decrease of time costs 2. Dramatic drop of number employees needed for an operations 3. Business globalization 4. Worker`s mobility 5. Meeting future demands 6. Rapid implementation of high tech 7. Entering information society Current aims are match with world enterprise develop trend. Especially in ways of globalization, worker`s mobility and information policy. About 10 years ago Bill Gates said: «There will be two types of companies: those which are in an internet, and those which are out of business». So, the BPR is an outstanding concept, because of its ability creating a fruitful environment on an enterprise.

BPR technology and its influence on a compensation system Modern compensation and motivation systems set the same goals as a BPR. It is seen in actual trends of motivating, through the compensation plan, of constant professional development especially in computing, flexible work schedule, high geographical workers mobility. Thus, BPR changes business processes in a way it supports fulfilling compensation system`s potential. Basic conception of BPR technology represented on a picture 2.

130 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

BPR project`s algo- BPR concepts rithm [1] 1. ZERO-approach - developing business 1. Enterprise`s mission model from scratch defining 2. Defining desired The method considered to be used to enterprise`s condition create ideal and innovative business 3. Describe an aim of model BPR 4. Figure out criteria of 2. Decision making approach estimates 5. Plan actions for im- New business model based on an old provement one, but it should be estimated and changed from the point of decision making process.

3. Detail analysis approach

Critical dots of an old model should be redesigned.

Picture 2 – BPR technologies [2; 6. Р. 14] The influence of selected concept BPR on a compensation system is quite big. Due to set aims, business processes could be reengineered fully or partly. In any case, as the goals of BPR and modern compensation plan are same, new fruitful environment will be designed for compensation system functioning.

Conclusion Employees are the most important part of each enterprise. They extremely depend on a compensation system. Their behavior, discipline, motivation and efficiency connected with it. But potential even ideal compensation plan may be reduced to zero due inappropriate design of business processes. Business process reengineering is a tool for normalization, rethinking and optimization, which lead to fulfilling a potential of a compensation plan and next employees. Having a simple and easy to use technology, BPR can dramatic increase enterprise performance and open a way to high aims.

Literature

1. Carter P. Business Process Reengineering [on-line resource] // Team Technology: official web-site – on-line data., 21.01.2011. – URL: http://www.teamtechnology.co.uk/business- process-reengineering.html (checked: 01.10.2012).

II Section. Management in the XXI century 131

2. Abdikeev N.M., Danko T.P., Ildemenov S.V., Kiselev A.D. Business process reengineering. – М.: Pub. house: Эксмо, 2009.– 578. 3. Hummer M. and Chumpy D. Reengineering of corporation. Business revolution manifest. – М.: Pub. house: Манн, Иванов и Фербер, 2011. – 288 p. 4. Weicher M., Chu W., Ching Lin W. Business Process Reengineering: Analysis and Rec- ommendations [on-line resource] // Communication horizons: официальный сайт – on-line data. 21.01.2011. – URL: http://www.netlib.com/bpr1.htm (checked: 01.10.2012) . 5. Osika L. Modern engineering: definition and objectives // Journal «ЭнергоРынок». – 2010. – № 4. – P. 70–81. 6. Zabulonov A.B. Reengineering: practical approaches to reorganization // Russian and foreign management. – 2007. – № 1.

MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES IN THE AGRICULTURAL SECTOR (FOR EXAMPLE, LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION)

J. Shkolnaya

National Research Tomsk State University

The creation of highly efficient and competitive agricultural sector is a precondition of the development of national economy, material and social welfare of people. As for Russia with its huge territory and a big population size, the problem of effectiveness rise in agricultural economy was always an acute problem. In spite of taken measures and some progress, this problem wasn’t solved completely. Currently many Russian leading economists offer, first of all, to change drastically an approach to a system of labor motivation in agricultural sector in order to flatten and recover agricultural production, because labor motivation is one of the most important management functions in agribusiness. One of the main ways of workers motivation is salary. However, statistical data analysis shows that salaries in Russian agricultural sector of economy are extremely low. For example, in 2012 average salary in agriculture was 14130 rubles, comparing to 25973 rubles in building business and 60370 rubles in financial sphere. You may notice that average salary in agriculture is 4.3 times lower than it is in financial sphere. [1] In order to improve this situation it is necessary to modify the procedure of payment for work. The main salary is different according to various sectors of economy. But this very salary and especially extra salary should stimulate workers. Remuneration of labor should differ

132 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions according to qualification, difficulties, diverse quantitative and qualitative indexes. The most used remuneration of labor is the one with peg to wage rates distribution, because it has a definite order, flexibility, relative objectivity of sharing funds among various categories of workers, specialists, sala- ried men etc. More than that, it can be applied to any sector of economy. That is why it is rational for agricultural enterprises to save a united wages rates distribution with fixed coefficients. A monthly base wage rate of the first category in agriculture can be set according to its financial condition taking into account the fact that the minimum salary with additional payments shouldn’t be less than living wage, which was 6369 rubles in 2011 [1] A raising sectoral coefficient should be used in case with those workers who are employed in the very production (1,5 in animal husbandry). Managers and specialists get salary with markups. Their salary is determined according to the categories of united wages rates distribution. Markups are confirmed by a special committee. As for workers employed in animal husbandry, their salaries are based on a piece rate system for one product unit. Its valuation is determined and depends on an annual norm and production norm for one worker. These norms are set according to technically valid service activities norms for specific conditions [2. С. 73] The annual norm of production is defined by multiplication of a livestock service norm on a planned productivity. Livestock service norms depend on the way of keeping animals, the level of labor-intensive processes mechanization, the organization of work based on standards or time study monitoring help. For example, dairymaids get their salary according to production (milk) on the basis of load norm (heads), annual production plan (kg) and wage category. Load norm can be accepted for a year or for one season and depends on technically valid service activities norms or time study monitoring results. Dairymaids are recommended to be paid more for high quality of milk and they may also get extra payment for the milk of the first category and supernormal results. As for extra payments in animal husbandry, they are given for holding more than one office (e.g., when somebody is temporarily absent), production rising, population saving, production quality rising (separate for each animal species), working experience at this enterprise. For strength-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 133 ening the interest in professional development and for awarding the most experienced workers in this economy sector it would be good to institute or to resume the awarding of such title as “Animal Husbandry Master” of the first and second categories (extra payment for the 2nd category –10% and for the 1st – 20%) [2. С. 76] Workers should get bonuses if they overcome the planned rates in production, their productivity of labor grows or if they save factor cost. In order to encourage livestock breeders you can establish three prize- winning places (with paying bonuses) for achieving good results among workers. If someone breaks labor discipline rules or he or she is unfair to doing what they are to do (what results in decrease of production annual rates and murrain), you should deprive workers, partly or completely, of extra payments and bonuses. Except for money payment it is recommended to use payment in kind for workers of animal husbandry sphere, but it can’t be more than 25% of production above the plan. And one more advice is to negotiate production for reduced price. Also it is possible to use some nonstandard methods of stimulating workers of agricultural enterprises, which are suitable for low-profit or wasteful economy, too. For example, during a year you can check how much time your workers are ill and at the end of the year these people would get prizes for being the least absent, what is, of course, profitable for the organization. One more thing you can do is institution of a shifted operating schedule. That is workers may arrange their time during one week (month) in the way they want. This would eliminate excessive tension, absence-without-leave problem and invisible loss of labor time [3. С. 110]. What is more, you can stimulate your workers with time (let them do the work they are to do as fast as they are able to). Left time can be used the way they want. You can encourage your workers for some new ideas and suggestions and to give some bonuses, for example, for the best ideas. Some informal gatherings outside of work would unite the staff and improve your image of the leader. Stimulation conditions can’t be too complicated and bulky. They should be understandable for every worker for him to clearly realize his salary level. Besides you should pay much attention to various new laws.

134 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

As a result, the things which get satisfied are workers motivation, workers personal goals and actions coordination with company common strategy realization rates.

Literature

1. Российская Федерация Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Элек- тронный ресурс]. – URL: http:www.gks.ru (дата обращения 03.04.2012). 2. Зотова М., Розалиев В. Мотивация труда работников животноводства // АПК: экономика, управление. – 2011. – № 4. – С. 72–77. 3. Солодянкина О.В. Мотивация и стимулирование труда работников на промыш- ленных предприятиях // Менеджмент в России и за рубежом. – 2008. – № 2. – С. 109–110.

TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS AND BANKS IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE GLOBAL ECONOMIC CRISIS

E. Zhernov, K. Litvina

Kuzbass State Technical University

The latest global economic crisis exerted influence on transnational corporations and banks. The main trends of this influence are examined in the article. Transnational corporations (TNCs) are the companies that own manufacturing facilities in several countries. It is nearly 82 000 TNCs and their 810 000 affiliates in the world. TNCs account for 50 % of world trade and more than 67 % of foreign trade, they own 80 % of patents and licenses. Present state of the largest transnational corporations is analyzed according to the latest list of the top 100 TNCs, published by UNCTAD, data available for 2010–2011 [1]. The first trend is that the volume of international production of transnational corporations increased in 2011. The economic activity of foreign affiliates rose in all major indicators of international production. This year in foreign subsidiaries employed about 69 million people, which provided sales of 28 trillion dollars and value added of 7 trillion dollars. Data of UNCTAD annual survey of the top 100 TNCs reflect the general upward trend in international production: the volume of foreign sales of these firms and the number of employees abroad is growing much faster than in their home countries. Data on the 100 largest TNCs suggest the second trend: during the global financial crisis, they reduced the capital cost of productive assets and the acquisition making a choice in favor of increasing their own funds. In 2010 cash of these 100 firms reached a record high – 1.03 tril-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 135 lion dollars of which an estimated 166 billion dollars has been in excess of the projected volume, i.e. above that level which was assumed based on the average pre-crisis level of cash holdings. Although recent data indicate that the capital cost of TNCs on production assets and the acquisition of increase (their growth in 2011 was 12 %), more funds at their disposal (approximately 105 billion in 2011), is still not fully deployed. The re-emergence of instability in the international financial markets will continue to help build liquidity and their use for other purposes – paying dividends or reducing debt. Nevertheless, the improvement of the conditions of the current excess liquidity in the future may result in the growth of foreign direct investment (FDI). To build the investment outlook for the top 100 transnational corporations, cash holdings are estimated at a total of 5 trillion dollars, the amount of capital that can be placed in the form of investment of 500 billion dollars, i.e. about one-third of global FDI flows. For latest available data on the top 25 of non-financial TNCs from developed economies and the top 25 of non-financial TNCs from developing and transition economies see tables 1 and 2 respectively.

Table 1. The top 25 non-financial TNCs from developed economies, ranked by foreign assets, 2010

Ranking by Corporation Home economy Industry foreign assets 1 General Electric Co United States Electrical & electronic equipment Royal Dutch Shell Netherlands/United 2 Petroleum expl./ref./distr. plc Kingdom 3 BP plc United Kingdom Petroleum expl./ref./distr. Exxon Mobil 4 United States Petroleum expl./ref./distr. Corporation Toyota Motor 5 Japan Motor vehicles Corporation 6 Total SA France Petroleum expl./ref./distr. Utilities (Electricity, gas and 7 GDF Suez France water) 8 Vodafone Group Plc United Kingdom Telecommunications 9 Enel SpA Italy Electricity, gas and water 10 Telefonica SA Spain Telecommunications 11 Chevron Corporation United States Petroleum expl./ref./distr.

The top 25 non-financial TNCs from developed economies, ranked by foreign assets, 2010

136 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Ranking by Corporation Home economy Industry foreign assets Utilities (Electricity, gas 12 E.ON AG Germany and water) 13 Eni SpA Italy Petroleum expl./ref./distr. 14 ArcelorMittal Luxembourg Metal and metal products Food, beverages and 15 Nestlé SA Switzerland tobacco 16 Volkswagen Group Germany Motor vehicles Electrical & electronic 17 Siemens AG Germany equipment Anheuser-Busch Food, beverages and 18 Belgium InBev NV tobacco 19 Honda Motor Co Ltd Japan Motor vehicles Deutsche Telekom 20 Germany Telecommunications AG 21 Pfizer Inc United States Pharmaceuticals Mitsubishi 22 Japan Wholesale trade Corporation Utilities (Electricity, gas 23 EDF SA France and water) 24 Daimler AG Germany Motor vehicles Utilities (Electricity, gas 25 Iberdrola SA Spain and water)

Table 2. The top 25 non-financial TNCs from developing and transition economies, ranked by foreign assets, 2010

Ranking by Corporation Home economy Industry foreign assets 1 2 3 4 1 Hutchison Whampoa Limited Hong Kong, China Diversified 2 CITIC Group China Diversified 3 Vale SA Brazil Mining & quarrying Non-metallic mineral 4 Cemex S.A.B. de C.V. Mexico products Petronas - Petroliam Nasional Petroleum 5 Malaysia Bhd expl./ref./distr. 6 Hyundai Motor Company Korea, Republic of Motor vehicles China Ocean Shipping (Group) 7 China Transport and storage Company e Singapore 8 Singapore Telecommunications Telecommunications Ltd Petroleum and natural 9 Lukoil OAO Russian Federation gas 10 América Móvil SAB de CV Mexico Telecommunications

II Section. Management in the XXI century 137

Confinuation the table 2

1 2 3 4 Taiwan Province of Electrical & electronic 11 Hon Hai Precision Industries China equipment Metal and metal 12 Tata Steel Ltd India products 13 Qatar Telecom Qatar Telecommunications Electrical & electronic 14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Korea, Republic of equipment 15 Jardine Matheson Holdings Ltd Hong Kong, China Diversified Taiwan Province of 16 Formosa Plastics Group Chemicals China 17 Noble Group Ltd Hong Kong, China Wholesale trade Food, beverages and 18 Wilmar International Limited Singapore tobacco Petroleum 19 Petroleo Brasileiro SA Brazil expl./ref./distr. Abu Dhabi National Energy Co United Arab Utilities (Electricity, 20 PJSC Emirates gas and water) 21 MTN Group Ltd South Africa Telecommunications 22 Gerdau SA Brazil Metal and metal products China National Petroleum Petroleum 23 China Corporation expl./ref./distr. 24 Tata Motors Ltd India Automobile 25 Zain Kuwait Telecommunications

The main trends of influence of global economic crisis on transnational banks (TNBs) are as follows. British magazine «The Banker» published an annual ranking of Top 1000 world banks (July, 2012) [2]. Compiling the list experts use the Tier I Capital which includes share capital and retained earnings. The research pointed out that while European banks count the losses from the debt crisis in the euro zone China has become the driver of emerging markets and marks a “new era” in the banking industry. Assets and Tier I capital ratio of the top 1000 banks increased in 2011, reflecting the gradual withdrawal of credit institutions of the crisis. However, the approach of a new wave of financial difficulties is obvious: the total profit of the rating that grew in the past two years, in the period fell by 1 %, and remained at the level of 700 billion dollars. Bank steadiness indicator – ratio of capital to assets – also stabilized in the 5.36 % (previous year – 5.35 %). European banks did not pass the test of problems of the euro zone: out of 49 financial institutions, whose profits turned into losses this year, only 13 are working in other areas. The largest bank in the world has changed for the first time in last eight years: the first place occupied Bank of America instead of Citigroup.

138 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The latest top 1000 world banks include 25 Russian banks. The analysis shows that nine Russian banks have shown particularly outstanding results, taking a step forward by more than 100 positions. These are Gazprombank (from the 254th position to the 137th), «Uralsib» (from 744th to 324th), Vne- sheconombank (from 581th to 471th), Agricultural (from 729th to 472th ), International Moscow Bank (from 869th to 503rd), «Russian credit» (from 881th to 752th), «Zenith» (from 923rd to 647th), National Reserve Bank (NRB , from 638th to 442th), the Bank of Moscow (from 516th to 371th). Russian banks on the list of advanced more than 100 steps dominate: nine out of 69. There are seven Indian banks in the same list, Chinese – six, the U.S. – three, Danish and Italian – two. Among the 25 largest banks in Central and Eastern Europe, Russian banks have strengthened leadership. One more Russian bank is in the top 25 this year (18 overall), and the top three for the first time was a purely Russian: Sberbank, VTB and Gazprombank, displacing Hungarian Na- tional Savings and Commercial Bank. In a year Sberbank increased its capital by 49 % up to 11 billion dollars, which allowed it to take 66th place (last year, the first time it walked into a top hundred, taking the 82th place). See table 3 for top 10 Russian TNBs.

Table 3. Top 10 Russian transnational banks, 2011

Ranking Assets, Means of by Bank Reliability billion individuals, Head assets dollars illion dollars Sberbank of 1 5 7 076,2 3 687,2 German Gref Russia 2 VTB Bank 5 2 657,2 9,3 Andrei Kostin

3 Gazprombank 4 1 668,9 145 Andrei Akimov

4 Rosselhozbank 5 949,1 79,3 Yuri Trushin

5 Bank of Moscow 5 786 163,2 Mikhail Kuzovlev

6 VTB24 5 707 433,6 Mikhail Zadornov

7 Alpha Bank 3 583 131,3 Rushan Khvesyuk

8 UniCredit Bank 5 503,7 37 Mikhail Alekseev

9 Raiffeisenbank 5 469,8 141,8 Pavel Gurin Artem 10 PSB 3 461,6 87,7 Konstandian Thus the research shows that the main trends of influence of global economic crisis on transnational corporations and banks are as follows. The vol-

II Section. Management in the XXI century 139 ume of international production of transnational corporations increased in 2011. The economic activity of foreign affiliates rose in all major indicators of international production. However, they do not place all of their available cash. The activities of the European transnational banks were seriously affected by the crisis. Many banks from European Union have reduced their positions because of the crisis. China opens a new «era» in the banking industry. The largest Russian TNBs also demonstrate outstanding results. Literature

1. UNCATD’s World Investment Report 2012 [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.unctad-docs.org/UNCTAD-WIR2012-Full-en.pdf. 2. Top 1000 world banks [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.thebanker.com.

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DURING THE CRISIS PERIOD

T. Antonova

National Research Tomsk State University

The last world economic crisis has delivered a serious blow to a lot of large companies, whose position seemed unshakable. It spreaded to medium and small firms. In order to stay in business in such a difficult and unstable period for the economy, companies must be able to adapt to the rapidly changing, and in an unfavorable direction, conditions. Thus, each firm seeks to reduce their costs by all means. The main directions of companies’ development of the crisis measures aimed at reducing costs are: – Optimization and restructuring of the budget; – Reduction of investments programs; – Restructuring of the company; – Optimization of staff-related costs. The subject of our analysis is the anti-crisis measures to optimize staffing costs. As practice shows the most popular, but not the best of them is to reduce staff. Referring to the statistics of redundancies in large companies, which is very disappointing, because corporations chose a reduction of staff as key measure to reduce costs during the global crisis. Since the staff in most of these companies is a few thousand or even hundreds of thou-

140 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions sands people, the impressive number of workers lose their jobs. On the average, a reduction of employees was 10–20% [1].

Table 1. Reduction of staff in large companies (composed by the author)

Company Reduction (person) Other measures

Nissan Motor 20 000 Cooperation with foreign companies

Siemens 17 200

Panasonic 15 000

Metro 15 000

Alcoa 13 500

General Motors 10 000

Dell 8 900 5-days unpaid vocation

Sony 8 000

Johnson & 7 500 Johnson

Sberbank 6 500

Philips 6 000

Microsoft 5 000

Kodak 4 000

Nokia 2 030 Employment in other subdivisions

Mitsubishi Motors 2 000 Cooperation with groups of companies

Sony Ericsson 2 000

Rolls-Royce 1 500

Marks & Spencer 1 200

VTB 24 1 000

Adobe Systems 680 Inc.

TNC-ВР 390 Cessation of recruitment

Toyota 0 Training, relocation of employees

II Section. Management in the XXI century 141

But fortunately, this is not the only one way to reduce staff-related costs. In practice, companies use: – Indefinite leave; – Shifting to freelance; – Outplacement; – Outsourcing; – Reduction of wages; – Cancel preferences, awards and bonuses; – Change of the social package; – Structuring the staff schedule; – Rearranging of the staff; – Reducing the costs of staff training; – Waiver of corporate events; – Giving the share of the business instead of wage; – Repurpose of employees; – The creation of artificial goals and objectives. The last of the decisions’ list will be made, those businessmen who can afford it in times of the financial crisis, who understands that investments in human resources are prioritized. The fact that the savings during the crisis will result in the future in such high costs and damages that these actions, at first glance seems to be correct, but in the future will bring great losses. These actions are taken by every person purely individually and independently. After analysis, calculations, weighing all the pros and cons, in any case, it must be reasoned and deeply analyzed decision. Each company puts itself «comma» in the sentence «Save cannot be fired». Attention is drawn to the odious example of behavior management of Toyota. They did not reduce anyone. This does not mean that the corporation did not suffer from the crisis. Company had to close some of its plants, but the 4.5 thousand people working there did not lose their jobs. The crucial point is a special corporate spirit, fundamental values, respect for employees and understanding that they are one of the most valuable resources of the company. During the crisis, these values were subjected to a severe test, but even then the company has proven its commitment to ideals. Director General of the Centre of Development of Toyota’s teamwork in Kentucky said: «I will not hide the fact that we not only save our employees and continue paying them salaries in good inten-

142 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tions. In the end, we gain by increasing the number of highly skilled labor force» [2]. While the workers after stopping factories become unemployed, they did not idle, but trained: refined safety measures, raised the level of their skills, participated in training to improve productivity and seminars on corporate ethics, attended the presentations about using materials and avoiding the production risk and achieved skill’s level regularly assessed by different tests. Toyota has deployed workers from closed factories to companies operating at full capacity. In addition, while the workers were involved in conducting paint work at factories and even helped in the construction of houses in the context of charity project «Habitat for Humanity», in which Toyota is involved. Moreover, Toyota hired people who were fired by their competitors according to redun- dancy policy. And all the workers continued to receive wages. According to experts, this decision cost the company at least 50 million dollars, without including the loss of income from the two closed plants. But the thing is sober assumption, strategic thinking and understanding that people are the most valuable asset and the most essential tool through which the company achieves prosperity [3]. In an unfavorable economic situation, it is worth considering what has a higher priority: short-term gain or trained and deeply committed staff. Many managers ignore this simple truth, concerned primarily with income, but Toyota is not one of them. So, what is the result of such decision? Recovering from the crisis and increasing capacities to previous levels, the company already has well-trained staff at its disposal, the staff that is ready to meet the increased demand for its products. Moreover, the staff is not only prepared – it is motivated, loyal and ready to work. Seeing that the company is willing to put the interests of their employees above their own profits, they are ready to make every effort for the benefit of the company. The main lesson to be learned from this story is the fact that determined the fate of the company in times of crisis, it needs to think strate- gically and make decisions about own workers with long-term trends. Appreciate your employees, because it is namely the people, hard- working and loyal, who are the most valuable and irreplaceable resource for any company. Support them in times of trouble, and they will support you.

II Section. Management in the XXI century 143

As the recovery from the economic crisis, corporations will resume work at frozen plants and units will start new businesses, will expand office network, which will lead to a new recruitment of personnel, improvement of working conditions and wages for the existing staff. Moreover, the need to hire additional labor may be due to the implementation of new technologies, launch investment projects. Also, companies that have a well-organized system of corporate training, continue to recruit staff among the graduates, which also indicates a positive trend. But the crisis has also positive aspects: it is an impulse for the development of the company, the time of changes and transformations. This is also an opportunity to «filter» the staff of the company, to increase its efficiency.

Literature

1. Треть крупных компаний планируют сокращение персонала [Электронный ре- сурс] // rabota-nsk.ru. – Электрон. дан. – Новосибирск, 2001-2011. – URL: http://www.rabota-nsk.ru/?select=analytics&inside=an95 (25.10.2012). 2. Пантелеева Е. Современный японский менеджмент // Управление персоналом. – 2009. – № 14. – С. 18–22. 3. Лазарев С.В., Лазарев Н.С. Японский вариант управления мотивацией труда ра- ботников // Мотивация и оплата труда. – 2009. – № 1. – С. 74–79.

NEW APPROACHES TO THE EVALUATION OF ORGANIZATIONS’ POTENTIAL BANKRUPTCIES

A. Lisnyak

National Research Tomsk State University

Due to the constant change of internal and external environmental factors, the probability of a company’s crisis and its subsequent bankruptcy is increasing. The analysis of company’s financial and economic activity allows us to forecast a probable bankruptcy event, which gives managers an opportunity to implement anti-crisis measures in due time in order to avoid company dissolution. The information background used for the analysis of insolvency currently includes establishment documentation, administrative orders, laws and regulations and accounting, statistics and tax documentation.

144 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Nowadays financial analysis has a great number of approaches both domestic and borrowed from abroad. Let us make a brief review of some of the domestic methods of potential bankruptcy evaluation. The first Russian criteria system for identification of the unsatisfactory structure of companies’ balance sheet was specified in the Enactment of the Government of the Russian Federation dated on 20th, May, 1994, № 498: «On measures aimed at implementation of the Enactments on organizations’ insolvency/bankruptcy» [3]. The mechanism for introducing these criteria was determined by the Government Executive Order dated on 12th, August, 1994, № 31-p: «Recommended practices for the evaluation of enterprise’s financial condition» [1]. This Order regarded only publicly held enterprises. Considering that there were no official regulations for other categories of enterprises, they were guided by this document as well. According to the documents mentioned above the criteria used for identifying a company as a bankrupt are the following three ratios: 1. Current ratio 2. Current asset coverage ratio 3. Solvency restoration ratio Special attention should be paid to the methods of financial conditions evaluation suggested by the Federal Service of Russia for Insol- vency and Financial Rehabilitation. The Enactment of the Government of the Russian Federation dated on 23th, January, 2001, № 16 defined «Recommended practices for analysis of organizations’ financial conditions for the purpose of expert examination» [2]. These regulations included 26 measures related to companies’ solvency, financial stability, business and investment activity and operational efficiency. Unfortunately this regulatory document didn’t provide any specific criteria for identifying a company as a bankrupt. It only pointed out the basic tendencies of figures which should be studied over time. During Russia’s transition to a market economy it practices western methods in the analysis of Russian enterprises. Let us consider them more closely. The first research in the field of analytic coefficients calculation for forecasting possible difficulties in companies’ financial activity was conducted in the USA in early thirties, 20th century. In contemporary practice, foreign companies in estimating the probability of bankruptcy use the models developed by Edward Altman. One of the simplest models of bankruptcy diagnostics is a two-factor mathematical model with only two following figures being taking into consideration: current ratio and relative density of debt capital:

II Section. Management in the XXI century 145

X0,3877  1,0736  current ratio 

0,0579 relative density of debt capital

Bankruptcy probabilities according to the two-factor model are represented on Figure 1.

X value Probability of bankruptcy Less than -0,3 Low From -0,3 to 0,3 Average Over 0,3 High Equals 0 50 % Figure 1. Bankruptcy probabilities according to the two-factor model

The advantages of the two-factor model are its simplicity and ability to use it in conditions of limited information given about a company. But the model doesn’t provide high accuracy in forecasting bankruptcy as such important factors as profitability, return on assets, and business activity are not taken into consideration. The model that has gained most popularity in the West is the Altman Z-Score. It is a five-factor model developed in 1968. The original research was based on data from publicly held manufacturers (66 firms, half of which had filed for bankruptcy between 1946 and 1965). Altman calculated 22 common financial ratios which could be used to forecast potential bankruptcies. Using multiple discriminant analysis he chose 5 ratios that could best distinguish between a bankrupt firm and a healthy one [4]. Thus, Altman Z-Score is a multivariable function which describes economic potential of a company and the results of its operation during a certain period of time. The five-factor model of the Altman Z-score:

Z 1, 2XX12 1, 4 3, 3 X 3 0, 6 XX 45 , where X1 – working capital / total assets X2 – retained earnings / total assets X3 – earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) / total assets X4 – equity / total liabilities X5 – sales / total assets Bankruptcy probabilities according to the five-factor model are represented on Figure 2.

146 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Z value Probability of bankruptcy Less than 1,8 Very high From 1,8 to 2,7 High From 2,8 to 2,9 Average 3 and over Low Figure 2. Bankruptcy probabilities according to Altman Z-score

The main disadvantage of this five-factor model is that the variables used for calculating the Altman Z-score are only for big companies which are listed on the stock exchange. However in 1983 the model was modified. The five-factor model of Altman Z score for non-listed companies looks as follows:

Z  0,717X 1  0,847X 2  3,117X 3  0,42X 4  0,995X 5 , where X1 – working capital / total assets X2 – retained earnings / total assets X3 – EBIT / total assets X4 – book value of assets / book value of debt X5 – sales / total assets The strength of the models similar to Altman Z-score is high accuracy of predictions. But with the extension of time period being analyzed the statistical reliability may fall off. Along with the Altman models used for discriminant analysis there are more simplified models based on the system of certain ratios [5]. The famous financial analyst Willian Beaver suggested another five-factor system of ratios for financial conditions evaluation. His system includes: 1. Ratio of net income and the amount of depreciation to the amount of borrowed capital 2. Ratio of net income to book value of assets 3. Ratio of debt capital to book value of assets 4. Ratio of own working capital to book value of assets 5. Ratio of current assets to current liabilities Bankruptcy probabilities according to the five-factor model of W. Beaver are represented on Figure 3.

Z value Probability of bankruptcy Less than 0,037 High Over 0,037 Low

Figure 3. Bankruptcy probabilities according to the model of W. Beaver

II Section. Management in the XXI century 147

In a four-factor Liss’s model (Robert Liss, 1972) ratios describe such factors as liquidity, profitability and financial independence of a company. The model is used for public and private companies with liquid shares:

Z  0,063X 1  0,092X 2  0,057X 3  0,001X 4 , where X1-working capital / total assets X2- EBIT / total assets X3- retained earnings / total assets X4- owned capital / debt capital One more bankruptcy evaluation model is Taffler’s model (Richard Taffler, 1997) which considers current business tendencies and the influence of advanced technologies on the structure of financial figures:

Z  0,53X 1  0,13X 2  0,18X 3  0,16X 4 , where X1-EBIT / short-term borrowings X2- current assets / total liabilities X3- short-term borrowings / total assets X4- revenue / total assets Results interpretation (Figure 4):

Z value Probability of bankruptcy Less than 0,2 High Over 0,3 Low Figure 4. Bankruptcy probabilities according to the model of R. Taffler

To sum up what has been said it is clear that all the models mentioned above have weights and threshold scores. In recent decades, some new models have been developed to forecast companies’ potential bankruptcy, based on: – integrated baseline assessments of financial conditions; – multiplicative discriminant analysis; – method of cost-killing. The advantages of the ratio analysis are the following: –simplicity and promptness; – identification of a trend in company’s changing financial conditions;

148 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

– ability to evaluate financial conditions of a company and compare the results with similar companies; – elimination of inflationary distorting effects. The disadvantages of the ratio analysis: – different accounting policies of the companies influence the results greatly; – ratios and limits of their variation are objectionable in some aspects; – ratio calculation at the beginning and at the end of a reporting period doesn’t reveal the whole mechanism of reaching criterion figures. Thus, despite the variety of existing models of the potential bankruptcy evaluation, none of them prove to be universal. The review of the basic evaluation models has shown that all of them require situational approach. What concerns the implementation of the methods in Russia is more problematic. Firstly, because of the lack of statistics information on bankruptcy events. Secondly, because of many factors not being taken into account yet influencing the results. Thirdly, because of the instability of the regulatory system. Western models don’t consider all external risk factors typical for Russian organizations: country's financial conditions, inflation rate, lending conditions of banks, tax system specifics. For long-term forecasting it is necessary to implement an integrated approach based on several methods.

Literature

1. Методические положения по оценке финансового состояния предприятий: рас- поряжение Правительства Рос. Федерации от 12 авг. 1994 г. № 31-р. 2. Методические указания по проведению анализа финансового состояния органи- заций для проведения экспертизы: Приказ Федеральной службы России по финансовому оздоровлению и банкротству от 23 янв. 2001 г. № 16. 3. О некоторых мерах по реализации законодательных актов о несостоятельности (банкротстве) предприятия: Постановление Правительства Рос. Федерации от 20 сент. 1994 г. № 498 . 4. Ковалев В.В., Волкова О.Н. Анализ хозяйственной деятельности предприятия: учеб. для вузов. – M.: OOO ТК «Велби», 2002. – 242 с. 5. Тюленева Н.А. Экономический анализ: теория, методология, методика: учеб. пособие / под ред. А.А. Земцова. – Томск: Изд-во НТЛ, 2003. – С. 108–109.

III S e c t i o n

INTERDISCIPLINARY SYNTHESIS OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE

STATE INTERVENTION IN THE ECONOMY: THE OBJECTIVE NECESSITY AND LIMITS

D. Karimova

National Research Tomsk State University

Government plays an important role in the guarantee of normal operation of economy. State participated in the economic life, organized money circulation, collection of taxes, along with the functions of polic- ing, justice and etc. throughout its history. In modern conditions any developed market economy is a mixed one by virtue of the existence along with the free enterprise government regulation, the public sector in the national economy. The state need to function in the economy is not denied. Disputes arise on the extent to which the state should intervene in the economy, what are the limits of this intervention and the basic directions.In economic theory there are several approaches to estimate differently the role of government in the economy. Among them may be called mercantilism, classical approach, keynesianism, monetarism.Mercantilists believed that the state should play an active role in the economic life of the country in order to promote the wealth of the country and king. This attitude took place in the eighteenth century among French economists, such as T. Maine, A. Monkreten. They proclaimed the need for state intervention in the economy in order to replenish the state coffers. The classical theory of intervention in the economy was based on the Adam Smith's work «An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations» in which he asserted that «the free play of market forces to create a cohesive unit». According to the classic approach, state should provide the safety of human life and property, resolve disputes and do all the things that the individual is unable to do himself efficiently. 150 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

A. Smith postulated that the entrepreneur’s aim to achieve their private interests is the main impulsive force of economic development, which ultimately increases the welfare of his own, and the state as a whole. Keynesian concept was spreaded in the 30 years of twentieth century after the deepest recession in the U.S.A. economy. Keynes proposed a theory in which he rejected the views of classical on the economic role of state. According to his theory, the government should acrively intervene in the economy, because free market has not mechanisms that would truly ensure economic recovery. He also considered the state as a regula- tor of the market, I mean, according to Keynes, it should affect the market in order to increase demand as the cause of capitalist crises is overproduc- tion. As for the instruments of state influence on the economy, he offered the following: the use of a flexible monetary policy and active fiscal policy and a direct state making of workplaces. Neoclassical theory monetarists consists of cancellation of the effects on reproduction by means of demand and use of indirect measure of influence to the proposal instead of this. The theoretical bases of this concept was the concept of neo-classical economic thought. The representatives of this school believe that the state can influence the economy indirectly and its main role is to realize the economic development of the country by means of market forces. If we consider the current situation, it may be noted that there are three main approaches to the role of government in the economy, such as the concept of non-interference, the concept of «limited intervention in the economy», «the concept of an active role of the state». So up to now there is no consensus on the interrelation between state and market regulation. It shows the actuality of my work. The objective necessity of state intervention in economy is due to the fact that the state should implement in mixed economy: firstly, the regulation of the market, secondly, make up for its shortcoming market activities, acting according to the criterion of profitability, and thirdly, to real- locate resources, achieving the maximization of public welfare. One of the main conditions for the functioning of the market mechanism is the domination of the rivalry, so the most important function of government is to protect competition and the creation of a competitive environment, the maintenance of optimal conditions for private enterprise and fair rivalry, the protection of small and medium- size companies from unfair competition and big monopolies, regula-

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 151 tion of natural monopolies. The government uses the following methods in order to achieve these aims:  For the majority of markets to prevent merger of companies and provide more or less conditions for free competition antitrust legislation is used;  For such markets where due to natural or technical causes there is only one company (natural monopoly), the state sets the level of prices for their products and services, or sets a limit profitability. Such measures prevent possible abuse of monopoly power. The state is necessary for removal the shortcomings of the market, because it is not interested in the production of public goods, products and services for collective use. These include defense, security and basic scientific research. Funding for the production of such goods is covered with the state. The market does not solve the problem of negative externalities that is the negative impact of some entities on the other. In this case, the government forces manufacturers to avoid such effects to other market participants through administrative fines or additional taxes. Function of the state is to redistribute income households and businesses through the tax system, firstly, to gather resources for the functions of the state, and secondly, to determine the alignment in income, as well as the removal of a number of cases of natural resource rents belonging to society. The state has a set of tools for fulfilling its functions. They are: 1. Administrative. These include the licensing of the production of goods and services, price controls. To this group belong the forms of technical regulation, mandatory requirements for the product; 2. Direct economic regulation. These include government purchases of goods and services, target financing of enterprises and organizations; 3. Indirect economic regulation. This group includes tools tax, customs tariff and monetary system. The need to compensate market’s failures and corrections of the market mechanism causes the state regulation of the economy, but the state as well as the market is not ideal mechanism, because its intervention in economic activity may result in loss of efficiency in practice, and in this case, it is accepted to speak about government failure (failure of the state). State’s failures are usually understood as the limitation of necessary information to make decisions, the state’s inability to foresee and control

152 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions the immediate and long-term consequences of its decisions, limited control over the bureaucracy, lobbying, bureaucratic rent. These failures of the state define the limits of state intervention in the economy that is those spheres where the state is less efficient than the market. It should be noted that the value of the public sector in different countries is different. It is determined with the factors – historical conditions, current stage of development of the country and its place in the world economic system, the competitiveness of the national economy, their socio-economic development. The theoretical description of the evolution of the public sector in the economy is represented of A. Wagners law. It was developed by the German economist and politician Adolf Wagner in the late of 19th century and the law defines the joint dynamics of the private and public sectors of the economy. The formulation of «the Wagners law» is following: «With the development of industry government costs grow faster then growth of production and national income». In other words, the industrialization of the economy is accelerated with growth of the share of public expenditure in GDP. But what is the reasons for the increase of public spending in GDP in the process of industrialization? Wagner called several of them: 1. social- political (a significant expansion of the social functions of the state); 2. economic (scientific and technological progress and, as a consequence, an increase in public funding of science) 3. historical (the state for finance unforeseen uses to issue treasury bonds, each year public debt and the cost of maintenance grow). How was the share of the public sector in the economy changing in different period from the late 19th century to the early 21st century? To answer this question we should analyze the table.

The share of government costs in the industrial countries (in % of GDP)

The coun- 1880 1929 1960 1970 1980 1990 1998 2000 try USA 8,0 10,0 27,8 32,2 31,4 32,8 33,1 29,3 Japan 11,0 19,0 18.3 19,3 32,0 31,3 35,5 38,2 United 10,0 24,0 32,6 39,3 43,0 39,9 39,7 38,4 Kingdom Germany 10,0 31,0 32,0 37,6 47,9 45,1 47,4 43,0 France 15,0 19,0 34,6 38,9 46,1 49,8 53,2 51,2 Sweden 6,0 8,0 31,3 43,8 60,1 59,1 60,8 53,9

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 153

We can see the share of government costs in the industrial countries is not constant. It changes and in common has a trend to increase in the last 50 years. Of course, growth is limited. The practice of many European countries shows that it is justified share of the state sector is slightly higher than fifty percent. Thus, in terms of the share of the state sector Russia is in line with European countries, and Russia fall in the share of government spending behind Europe. Yet today there is no optimal size of the state sector. Firstly, its limits in a modern market economy are very flexible, and it shows mobility of state’s sector. Secondly, there is a special kind of public property, which involves merging of public and private capital. It blurs the actual borders between state and private property in economy. Under this circumstance it is important to define and justify the minimal limits of the state sector that can provide a successful solution of the problem of social economy. The maximum size of the public sector is set with high standards of social welfare and the real possibilities of the national economics.

Literature

1. Ахинов Г., Жильцов Г.А. Экономика общественного сектора: учеб. пособие. – М.: ИНФРА-М, 2010. – 343 с. 2. Бабашкина А., Берездивина Е.В., Богомолова А.В. Методы государственного регули- рования экономики: учеб. пособие . – М.: ИНФРА- М, 2011. – 298 с. 3. Балацкий Е., Конышев В.А. Российская модель государственного сектора эконо- мики. – М.: ЗАО «Издательство «Экономика», 2005. – 390 с. 4. Басовский Л.Е., Басовская Е.Н. Микроэкономика: учеб. – М.: ИНФРА-М., 2011. – 223 с. 5. Соколинский В. Макроэкономическое регулирование: роль государства и корпора- ций. – М.: КНОРУС, 2010. – 243 с. 6. Стиглиц Д., Куманина Е., Куманин Г. Экономика государственного сектора: пер. с англ./ под ред. Г. Куманина. – М.: Изд-во МГУ: ИНФРА-М, 1997. – 720 с.

MITWIRKUNG DER FORMEN VON BUSINESS UND MACHT IN RUSSLAND

A. Kovyryahina

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Die historische Entwicklung hat die verhältnismäßig standfesten und ziemlich vielfältigen Typen der Beziehungen zwischen dem Staat und dem Business gebildet. Verschiedene Maßstäbe und Formate der Voll-

154 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions mächten der öffentlichen Macht in den Wechselbeziehungen mit der Wirtschaft und der Gesellschaft trugen zur Bildung verschiedener Mod- elle des Staates bei. In der Wirtschaftstheorie unterscheidet man 2 Grup- pen der Theorien des Staates – ausbeuterische und vertragsmäßige. Im Modell des Ausbeuterstaates verwirklichen sich die Verteilung und der Schutz der Eigentumsrechte in den Interessen der führenden sozialen Gruppe, des Klans. Entsprechend bekommt den Vorteil oder das Ein- kommen die beherrschende Gruppe, als Zahlung für das Monopolrecht auf die Macht, auf die Gewalt. Im Modell des Vertragsstaates verwirk- licht sich der Schutz der Eigentumsrechte in den Interessen der Bürger. Infolge der Tätigkeit des Staates nimmt der Vorteil jedes abgesonderten Menschen zu, da die Menschen den Schutz der Interessen dem Staat delegieren. Der Staat wie das zentralisierte Organ erfüllt diese Funktionen mit den kleinsten Kosten. Die moderne Etappe der sozial-ökonomischen Entwicklung Russ- lands wird mit der ungenügenden Effektivität des Systems der Beziehun- gen von Business mit Macht charakterisiert, die jetzt nicht erlaubt, die Funktionen Mitwirkung den Subjekten und wirkt negativ zu realisieren sich auf die Lösung der Wirtschaftsprobleme der Gesellschaft aus. Es wurden drei verhältnismäßig isolierte Zonen der Mitwirkung gebildet: weiß, schwarz und grau. «Die weiße Zone» umfasst die formale Teilnahme des Staates in Form von der gesetzgebenden Regulierung der Steuerbeziehungen, der administrativen und Wirtschaftsregulierung des Business. «Die schwarze Zone» umfasst die informelle kriminelle Teilnahme, vor allem die Korruption. Die Beziehungen in dieser Zone werden auf den persönlichen eigennützigen Interessen der abgesonderten Beamten gebaut, und die Instrumente der Errungenschaft der Interessen des Unternehmers ist das Schmiergeld. «Die graue Zone» umfasst informelle, unmittelbar mit der Korruption nicht verbundenen Beziehungen, die auf dem Interesse der Seiten an der Entwicklung des Territoriums gebaut warden. Und ein Instrument der Errungenschaft der Unternehmers Interessen ist der freiwillige oder frei- willig – Zwangsbeitrag an die Finanzierung des Territoriums ,wo seine Business untergebracht wird. Die Fragen der Wechselbeziehungen des Staates und des Business sind heute objektiv eine Triebkraft der Entwicklung eines beliebigen modernen demokratischen Rechtsstaates. Außerdem, wird in die letzten Jahre, die Tendenz der Verstärkung von Zusammenarbeit der Macht und

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 155 des Business in Form von der staatlich-privaten Partnerschaft in der ganzen Welt beobachtet. In erster Linie wird es in solchen öffentlichen bedeut- samen der Wirtschafts Zweigen, wie die Elektroenergetik, der Verker, das Gesundheitswesen, die Bildung gezeigt. Die Unternehmen, die auf diesen Sphären arbeiten, haben die strategische Bedeutung und oft haben keine Mo- glichkeit wegen des wesentlichen politischen Beweggrundes nicht vollig pri- vatisiert zu warden. Aber andererseits verfügt der Staat nicht über den ausrei- chenden Umfang der Mittel und der Verwaltungserfahrung, die für ihre Unterstützung und Entwicklung notwendig sind. Zur Zeit existieren die mannigfaltigen Formen der staatlich-privaten- Partnerschaft. – Die Konzessionsrechtsverhältnisse sind weltbekannt, wie die Weise alternativ sind, die vom Staat für die Entwicklung dieser oder jener Zweige der wirtschaftlichen Tätigkeit verwendet wird. Die Alternative der gegebenen Weise ist davon bedingt, dass der Staat für die Heranzie- hung der Investitionen in dieses oder jene, Sphäre und letztlch Endes dieses Entwicklung interessiert ist. Jedoch verfügt einerseits, der Staat ausreichend dazu über die Finanz, – planmäßigen und Verwaltungsres- sourcen nicht, und andererseits, wünscht nicht, die Kontrolle über diesen Sphären zu verlieren. Deshalb dringen sich die Projekte aufgrund der Konzessionsabkommen äußerst schwer ein. – Andere Form ist das Vertragssystem der Unterbringung der staatlichen Bestellung. Sie vermutet den Konkurrenzkampf zwischen den Bewerbern des Regierungsauftrags. Der Gegenstand der Konkurrenz – ist der minimale Wert der Erfüllung des Vertrages bei der Versorgung der Qualität und der ökologischen Forderungen. Der Regierungsauftrag en- thält quantitativ und die Qualitätskennziffern der dem Staat gewährten Waren und der Dienstleistungen, den Finanzplan, der den Bestand der geraden und indirekten Kosten reglementiert, den Planpreis der Bestel- lung, die Profitrate. Das System der Staatseinkäufe wird vom breit bekannten 94 Bundesgesetz zur Zeit reguliert, das neben dem Fortschritt in den Einkäufen der gleichartigen Massenwaren auch die Unvollkom- menheit, besonders in Bezug auf die Einkäufe der technisch kom- plizierten innovativen und einzigartigen Produktion und der Dienstleis- tungen demonstriert hat. Unumstösslich, die enge Wechselwirkung des Staates und des privaten Sektors ist eine notwendige Vorbedingung des Entstehens und der Entwicklung der Wirtschaft in modernem Russland. Die objektiven Gesetzmäßigkeiten des Funktionierens der Marktwirtschaft, der

156 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Wirtschaftsrationalität und der politischen Vernunft zwingen wie das Business, als auch, die Macht, auf die radikalen Lösungen zu verzichten und ein bestimmtes Gleichgewicht der Interessen zu suchen. Von der Ef- fektivität des Funktionierens des gegebenen Mechanismus hängen die realen Perspektiven der sozial-ökonomischen Entwicklung unseres Lan- des in der Zukunft ab.

Literature

1. Валитов Ш.М., Мальгин В.А. Взаимодействие власти и бизнеса: сущность, новые формы и тенденции, социальная ответственность. – М.: ЗАО «Издательство "Экономи- ка"», 2009. – 207 с. 2. Варнавский В.Г. Партнерство государства и частного сектора: формы, проекты, риски. – М.: Наука, 2005. – С. 31–37. 3. Дерябина М. Государственно-частное партнерство: теория и практика // Вопросы экономики.– 2008. – № 8. – С. 61–67. 4. Левин С.Н., Курбатова М.В Преобладание иерархического типа взаимодействия власти и бизнеса как проявление зависимости от предшествующего развития [Электрон- ный ресурс] // Интернет-конференция «20 лет исследования QWERTY-эффектов и зави- симости от предшествующего развития». – М.,– 2005. 5. Шамхалов Ф.И. Государство и экономика: Основы взаимодействия: учеб. посо- бие. – М.: Экономика, 2000. – 511 с. 6. Ясин Е.Г. Бремя государства и экономическая политика: либеральная альтернати- ва // Вопросы экономики. – 2002. – № 11. – С. 59–75.

THEORETICAL BASIS OF STRATEGIC URBAN PLANNING

B. Bezzubko

Donetsk State University of Management

Problem setting. Many scientists have been investigating the problems related to business strategy systems from many different sides for years. Different points of view can be understood from a wide range of basic disciplines on which the strategy arguments are based, like economy, biology, anthropology, philosophy and politicology. Mintzberg stressed the diversity of perspectives in the current debate and identified nine main distinct schools of strategic thinking. Three of these schools – Design, Planning and Positioning – are said to be prescriptive by nature and the other six schools – Entrepreneu- rial, Cognitive, Learning, Political, Cultural and Environmental – are descriptive by nature.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 157

The purpose of the article is to analyze the schools of strategic planning as for their all-round research and practical use of the received results. The basic material of the research. We have carried out analysis of the major schools of strategic planning. The Design School – Strategy Systems as Conception Process. According to the design school, strategy systems are prescribed to be deliberate by nature and strategy formation is regarded as a process of conscious thinking. Responsibility for the control and consciousness must belong to the chief executive officer, who is thereby the main strategist. Moreover, the model of strategy formation should be kept as simple and informal as possible. Strategies should result from the process of individual design. Thus, the strategy systems should be regarded as a true design process, which is complete when strategies appear fully formulated. Thereby strategies should be made explicit and they have to be kept simple. The Planning School – Strategy Systems as Formal Process. Accord- ing to the planning school, with its roots in cybernetics, strategy systems are considered to be controlled, to be conscious processes of formal planning, each delineated by checklists and supported by techniques. Respon- sibility for the overall process typically lies on the chief executive in principle; however, responsibility for its execution is borne by staff planners in practice. Strategies are made explicit so that they can be implemented through detailed attention to objectives, budgets, programs and operating plans of various kinds. The activity of planning schools has led organizations, mainly in the seventies and early eighties, to build up significant staff departments of analyzers and planners The Positioning School – Strategy Systems as Analytical Processes. According to the positioning school, with its main roots in economics, strategy systems are prescribed to focus on strategies that are generic, specifically common, identifiable, positions in the marketplace. Thereby, the marketplace (the context) is perceived to be economic and competitive. The dominant process is, therefore, one selected of the generic positions based on analytical calculation. Analysts play a major role in this process, providing managers who officially control the choices with the results of their calculations. Similar to the design and planning school, strategies born in the result of this process are first articulated and then implemented. The main difference is in the strong focus on the external

158 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions environment, especially market structures which are believed to drive deliberate positional strategies. The Entrepreneurial School – Strategy Systems as Visionary Proc- esses. According to the first of the descriptive schools, the entrepreneurial school, strategy systems are described to be processes existing mainly in the mind of the leader. Strategies are thereby believed to be specifically about a sense of long-term direction, a vision of the enterprise future. The process of the strategy system are thereby semiconscious at best, firmly rooted in the experience and intuition of the leader, whether he or she actually conceives the strategy or adopts it from others and internalizes it in his or her own behavior. The leader promotes the vision single- mindedly, sometimes even obsessively, maintaining close personal control of implementation processes in order to be able to reformulate specific aspects as necessary. So, entrepreneurial strategy systems tend to be both deliberate and emergent, in the sense that the overall vision and direction is of deliberate nature, whereas it is emergent on how the details of the vision unfold. The enterprise is likewise typically a simple structure responsive to the leader’s directives, generally found among startups, companies owned and managed by a single individual, or turn- arounds in large established enterprises. Entrepreneurial strategy systems are argued to tend to take the form of niche strategy, one or more patches of a market position protected from the forces of outright competition. The Cognitive School – Strategy Systems as Mental Processes. Ac- cording to the cognitive school, with its main roots in psychology, strategy systems are described to be cognitive processes that take place in the mind of the strategist. Strategies, thus, emerge as perspectives – in the form of concepts, maps, schemas, and frames – that shape how people deal with inputs from the environment. These inputs, according to the ‘objective’ wing of the school, flow through all sorts of distorting filters before they are decoded by the cognitive maps, or else according to the ‘subjective’ wing are merely interpretations of a world that exists only in terms of how it is perceived. As concepts, strategies are difficult to attain, they are considerably less than optimal when actually attained, and sub- sequently difficult to change. In this regard various forms of cognition have influence on how strategy systems are said to function, such forms of cognition as confusion, cognition as information processing, cognition as mapping, and cognition as concept attainment. The Learning School – Strategy Systems as Emergent Processes. Ac- cording to the learning school, with its main roots in psychology, strategy

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 159 systems are described to be the processes of learning over time, in which formulation and implementation of activities are intertwined and indistin- guishable by nature. This is due mainly to the complex and unpredictable nature of enterprises and their environments. Through the diffusion processes of knowledge bases, which are necessary for strategy systems, deliberate control is excluded. This implies that there are many potential strategies in most enterprises, at any point in time. Learning is a process proceeding in emergent fashion, through behavior that stimulates thinking retrospectively, so that sense can be made of action. Thereby, the role of leadership is not to preconceive deliberate strategies, but to manage the process of strategic learning, from which novel strategies can emerge. Accordingly, strategies appear first as patterns out of the past, only later, perhaps, as plans for the future, and ultimately, as perspectives to guide overall behavior. The Power School – Strategy Systems as Processes of Negotiation. According to the power school, with its roots in politicology, strategy systems are described to be mainly shaped by power and politics, whether as a process inside the enterprise itself or as the behavior of the enterprise as a whole within its external environment. Strategies that may result from such processes tend to be emergent by nature, and take the forms of positions and become more than perspectives. On the one hand, parts of the power school (‘micro power’) see strategy making as the interplay, through persuasion, bargaining, and sometimes through direct confrontation, in the form of political games, among parochial interests and shifting coalitions, with none dominant for any significant period of time. On the other hand other parts of power school (‘macro power’) see the enterprise promoting its own welfare by controlling or cooperating with other enterprises, through the use of strategic maneuvering as well as collective strategies in various kinds of networks and alliances. The Cultural School – Strategy Systems as Collective Process. Ac- cording to the cultural school, with its roots in anthropology, strategy systems are described to be processes of social interaction, based on the beliefs and understandings shared by the members of an enterprise. An individual acquires these beliefs through a process of accultura- tion, or socialization, which is largely tacit and nonverbal, although sometimes reinforced by more informal indoctrination. The members of an enterprise can, therefore, only partially describe the beliefs that underpin their culture, while the origins and explanations may remain obscure. As a result, strategy takes the form of perspective above all,

160 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions more than positions, rooted in the collective intentions (not necessarily explicated) and reflected in the patterns by which the deeply embedded resources, or capabilities, of the enterprise are protected and used for competitive advantage. Strategy is therefore best described as deliberate (even if not fully conscious). Culture and especially ideology do not encourage strategic change so much as the perpetuation of existing strategy. The Environmental School – Strategy Systems as Reactive Proc- esses. According to the last of the nine schools, the environmental schools, with its roots in biology, strategy systems are described to be mainly about responding in a natural manner with the corporate external environment. The external context relates to the enterprise as a set of general forces, and is, thereby, the central factor in the strategy making processes. The enterprise must respond to these external forces, because otherwise it would be ‘selected out’. Leadership, in this regard, becomes a passive element for the purposes of reading the environment and ensuring proper adaptation by the enterprise. In the long run, enterprises end up clustering together in distinct ecological- type niches, positions where they remain until resources become scarce or conditions are too hostile. Summary. How does this correspond to the strategy systems in the knowledge-based economy? These nine very different streams of understanding strategy systems once again underline that strategy is indeed a complex and multi-dimensional function within the enterprise, which is certainly the case for enterprises in knowledge-based ecosystems.

Literature

1. Пономарев Д.Г., Минцберг H., Альстрэнд Б. и Лэмпел Дж.Школы стратегий. Стра- тегическое сафари: экскурсия по дебрям стратегий менеджмента //Аналитический центр LEANCOR, 1999–2012. – Режим доступа: http://leancor.ru/article2/9638. 2. Mintzberg H., Ahlstrand B.J. Strategy Safari – A Guided Tour Through The Wilds Of Strategic Management, 1977. 3. Andrews K. The Concept of the Corporate Strategy. – 3rd Ed. – Homewood, III: Rich- ard D. Irwin, 1987. – 132 p. 4. Chandler A.D. Strategy and Structure ; Chapters in the History of the Industrial Enter- prises. – MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass, 1962. – 463 р. 5. Selznick P. Leadership in administration: A Sociological interpretation. – 1957. – 162 p. 6. Ansoff I. Corporate Strategy. – N.Y.: McGraw Hill, 1965. – 241 p. 7. Porter Michael E. Competitive Advantage : Creating and Sustaining Superior Perform- ance. – N.Y.: The Free Press, 1985. 8. Porter Michael E. Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Com- petitors. – N.Y.: The Free Press, a Division of Macmillan, Inc., 1980.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 161

DECISION SUPPORT PROBLEMS UNDER CONDITIONS OF INFORMATION ASYMMETRY

E. Matyunin, A. Zharikov

Altay State University

Abstract In this paper we consider variational approach to research of decision support models under conditions of information asymmetry of the decision-maker(DM). Such models were considered in papers [1–5]. As an example of our approach the famous game «State-businessmen» [4] with incomplete information, where players are not aware of some of the parameters of this model is solved. Keywords: game – theoretic simulation, information asymmetry, Stackelberg equilibrium. In paper [1] for research of decision support models under information asymmetry it is offered to use a method of reduction of the original model to models in functional spaces. This method is called a method of variational extension (VR) of decision-making problem (DMP). Detailed research of this principle is carried out in paper [5]. However, in applied DMP this method yet has no due development. Problem of a choice of solution for n DM we will write down in the form of game:

fxx112 , ,..., xn   max, xX11  (1)

fxxnn12, ,..., x max. xXnn

It is supposed that finn xX :1  ... X  R,  i I 1,..., n – payoff function of player i, X i – set of strategies of player i. Let's note that the mathematical problems of the choice of optimal solutions for the game (1) is formulated in the framework of the following principles of rational behavior of the players: minimax principle, Nash equilibrium, Stackelberg equilibrium, Pareto optimality. For the formalization of informational conditions of a choice of solution we will consider game (1) with parameters as follows:

162 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

m fxwin,max,, i IwW R, (2) xXii where wwww (12 , ,...,m ) – a vector of parameters. Consider special cases (2). Let the vector of parameters w is known for everything players at a stage of justification of decisions. Then each player chooses a decision as well as in the game (1). It’s assumed that

X i – fixed sets and do not depend on the parameters w. If w are known to players at the moment of solving the problem, then it is possible to re-   ceive decision functions xwxwxw   1  ,..., n   under the rules for the game (1). Further, suppose, that w is unknown to any of the players. Let w – random vector with a known probability density function PPw , and Pw– may depend on the strategies  x1,..., xn  , PPwx  ,  . We will use the principle of averaging, as the main instrument of the convolution of unknown parameters. Let's hold a game (2) reduction to the following game: € finxx1,..., max, iI n, (3) xXii € where fiwi xMfxw,  – expected (mean) wins of players. Game (3) is solved similarly game (1). Consider the DMP formalization under conditions of information asymmetry. Let's determine information structure of each player by defining a set of indexes known to it a m component of a vector w, where Iin1,...,miI , and denote im wwiIii, – vector of parameters known to the player i. It is necessary to describe rules of the game and a principle of optimality which would allow to find optimal decision functions of each player, that  i is functions: xiixw: W j Xi i , 1,..., n. m jI i By analogy with the game (3), consider the following game:

f€ xw(1 ),..., xw (n ) max, i I (4) in1  n xXii

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 163 where f€ xw(11 ),..., xw (nn ) M f xw  ( ),..., xw ( ), w – inwin11    expected (average) wins of players; X i – set of functions ii xii()(()wxwX i ), optimal decision function **ii xii()(()wxwX i ). Principles of a choice of optimal decision functions can be formulated for the described game, as well as for the game (1). For example, the  situation x xx1 ,..., n is a Nash equilibrium if the inequalities: €  €      finiiiiniinxx12, ,..., x  fx  1 ,..., x  1 , xx  , 1 ,..., x  , x  Xi , I. Information asymmetry DMP may have a different structure. For example, all players aware of the various components of the vector w or to all players the part of the vector component is known etc. Options of awareness may have both difficult, and simple structure. Further we will show that in the simple information structures of game of type (4) are reduced to problems of parametrical optimization. Generally information structure research are complicated, as the decision games (4) reduces to the difficult variational problems, special cases are considered in the paper [5]. Considering variation nature of the game (4), we will call this game – variational extension (VE) of the original (generating) game (2). For games (2) and (4) we establish a relationship, which investigate on an example of a DMP of one decision-maker. Such problems can be written as follows: fxw ,max.  (5) xX The model of search of decision function with complete information becomes: *  fMfxwwVE w,max, Mfxw w   . (6) xX     Where X – the set of admissible decision functions. In operations research it's often "overlooked" the possibility of restrictions on the choice of decision functions. And it uses the model of choosing the optimal decision x  X of the following conditions: f (,)max,xw  fxwwW  , . (7) xX In solving the problems (6) it is necessary to consider its derivative character from the original problem (5), and parametric programming prob-

164 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions lem (7). It is possible to establish their relationship by comparison of values *  of optimality criterions: fVE and f  Mfxww[( ,)]. We introduce the following definition. Definition 1. Variational extension is called the equivalent original problem (on a functional), if the equality

*  fVE  f

The following theorem takes place. Theorem 1 ( an upper estimate variational extension of decision- making problem ). Let X – the set of functions x :WX , where X – the set of admissible solutions to the problem (7). The inequality takes place: *  fVE  f .

In some cases, the variational extension of decision-making problem is equivalent to the original problem. Particularly, if the set of X – admissible decision functions is limited only by the range of values of the function X, the following result [1] takes place. Theorem 2 (about equivalence of variational extension and the original decision-making problem). Let in the variational extension set of X is: X xw  /: xW X, then the following equality takes place:  Mwwmax f xw , max M f  xw ,  (8) xX xX     The sense of equality (9) consists that the problem of parametrical programming gives the same decision, as VE problem under the conditions of complete information and in the absence of restrictions on a choice of decision functions. This fact is very important in the theory of BP's decision-making problems. It keeps the continuity of mathematical models of DMP to models of operations research and can be used in solving problems of VE. This property will be used at research of «State- businessmen» game. Let businessmen of the modeling country be able to receive the annual gross income x [0,x ] . The tax mechanism – assignment to the

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 165 state of a share of this profit k [0,1]. The task of the state, is the choice of k, for which the state has a maximum tax deduction. The game is as follows: Problem of the state:

fkxs  ,max  xk . (9) 01k Problem of the businessmen:

fkxb ,1 kx   x  max. (10) 0xx In expressions (9) - (10) x - the value of income received by businessmen, which is to be divided  x 0, x ; k – income splitting ratio k 0,1 ; x – potentially achievable level of the income ( x  0 );  x – function of additional costs (barriers) of the businessmen at realization of process of obtaining revenue, by assumption   x is convex down and satisfies the following conditions:  00  ; '' ()x  0;xx 0;0  1. Consider the game "State - businessmen' under conditions of informa- x tion asymmetry. Let x  ln 1 ,  x and  – parameter x of information asymmetry of players. We consider that the state knows value of parameter  , with accuracy of  [,min max ]. Businessmen know the values of all parameters of the game. Let the parameter  has a uniform distribution, with probability density function:

 1  ,,min max P  max min  0,min , max Then VE of games (9) – (10) becomes:

166 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Problem of the state:  fkxs ,max M  x  k . (11) 01k

Problem of the businessmen: € x   fkxb ,1ln1max M  kx  .(12) x 0x x Let's find (,)kx – the Stackelberg equilibrium situation (active players – businessmen). It is required to find the following functions: € xk ,argmax, fkxb    , (13) 0xx  € kfkxk arg maxs  ,  ,  . (14) 01k It's easy to show that for a problem of calculus of variations (13) the Theorem 2 holds, and its solution is reduced to the corresponding problem of parametric programming. The problem (14) becomes elementary problem of finding an extremum of a single variable after averaging the objective function. Finally Stackelberg equilibrium in the game (11), (12) becomes:  kxx1;   ,0    x ; xk1  min max Thus, the research "State-businessmen" game under information asymmetry shows the possibility of application of a principle of variational extension of decision support problems in practice.

Literature

1. Maksimov A.V., Oskorbin N.M. Multiuser information systems: bases of the theory and research methods: monograph. – Barnaul: Publishing house ASU, 2005. – 250 p. 2. Algazin G.I. Models of system compromise in socio-ecological studies. – Barnaul: Azbuka, 2009. – 239 с. 3. Bulgakov V.P., Zhelobodko E.V., Tsyplakov A.A. Microeconomics – the third level. – Novosibirsk: Publishing House of SB RAS, 2008. – 704 p. 4. Oskorbin N.M., Bogoviz A.V., Zharikov A.V. Information aspect of decision-making in the system maker. – Sofiya: OOD, 2011. – Р. 53–55. 5. Mathematical modeling of decision support under conditions of information constraints. – Barnaul: ASU, 2011. – 122 p. 6. Petrosyan L.A., Zienkiewicz N.A., Semin E.A. Game theory: a manual for the universities. – Moscow: The higher school, 1998.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 167

RESEARCH ON INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT AND THE METHOD OF ASSESSMENT OF THE REGULATORY IMPACT OF STATE ECONOMY

R. Elmurzaeva

National Research Tomsk State University

The current state of market institutions and infrastructure require a high level of transaction and production costs in the economy. This is a consequence of low competition in the market (products and resources), and incomplete changes in services, both financial and industrial nature. Insufficient development of the financial system along with a high-risk investment in the non-oil sector will not take advantage of the favorable situation on the world markets for progressive structural changes. Regulation of energy prices do not encourage savings and investment in modern energy-saving technologies, which hampers the growth of competitiveness of the economy. Today there is an unacceptably high state intervention in economic activity. This applies to public authorities in the redistribution of economic resources and the inefficiency of the judicial and law enforcement system, the existence of administrative barriers and a high tax burden on business. The state does not provide enough effective services in areas where it is obliged to do so. This is the cause of administrative reform, begun in 2002. Today the administrative reform in Russia is one of the steps to improve the political system of the country and a transition to a requirement for regulatory impact assessment of draft regulations by federal executive bodies – the developers, as well as updating the existing sectoral plans to improve the enforcement and licensing. Note, however, that the reform should be seen not only from the point of view of changes in the applicable regulations, and in terms of institutional changes caused by the introduction of certain rules of conduct and ensuring their mechanisms. That study of the mechanism of formation and functioning of stable relationships, processes and trends will characterize the evolution and transformation of the social and economic systems, and economic institutions. For the modern Russian economy to be a shift from industry to the functional substantial orientation of government intervention. This will reduce the likelihood of lobbying the interests of specific economic enti-

168 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ties and ensuring comprehensiveness in achieving policy objectives. Such a transition is possible by optimizing the functions of the state and requires the definition of the conditions under which it is possible and justified (in terms of the public interest in the long term) development of adaptive management options. Appropriateness and adequacy of the state measures in the search for compromise solutions and ways to overcome the existing contradictions of social development in the world invited to consider from the perspective of the regulatory impact assessment (hereinafter – RIA). Under the regulatory impact assessment process is commonly understood definition of the main challenges and regulatory objectives, identification of alternatives to an end, as well as analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of regulatory impact. At the heart of this assessment is the analysis of the views of interested parties, the costs and benefits of proposed measures and forecasting the likely economic, social and environmental effects of the use of scientific and measurable information. It is important to emphasize the lack of theoretical economic Russian works on the institute of regulatory impact assessment. The economic literature examines only applied and analytical tasks to ensure optimal incorporation of regulatory impact assessment procedures in current decision-making bodies of the executive power and the evaluation of the quality of decision-making. While improving the quality of regulation is a central aspect of analytical reports compiled by national governments and international organizations (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, Interna- tional Chamber of Commerce, Government of Australia, National Consumer Council, and others). An obvious area of formation and implementation of economic policy is to look for such mechanisms governing the impact of socio-economic processes that would align the interests of all stakeholders, consolidate resources and achieve secondary liability. Consequently, the regulatory impact assessment should be built into the process of justification and implementation of public policy: • the policy initiation stage – assessment correct identification of the problem (structured, hierarchical, etc.), the solution of which will be directed policy, harmonization of interests of the parties and the possibility of reaching a consensus between them (development card matching interests) empirical data to select alternative solutions to problems;

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 169

• the stage of policy – Evaluation of the functioning and coordination of the interaction of institutions of state policy, diagnosis of existing laws and regulations to ensure that they facilitate policy making purposes, the availability of existing resources and the effectiveness of their use; • the stage of monitoring and control – setting boundaries of toler- ance, indicators describing the implementation of policies, assessment of proposed corrective measures involving their discussion of stakeholders and experts; • during policy evaluation – assessment of the adequacy of the existing situation, the expectations of the stakeholders, effectiveness (processes, the optimal use of resources), the expected and unexpected results. Under this approach, the policy impact assessment should be aimed at identifying the positive (negative) long-term effects, and consider: 1) features of collective action associated with the control and management of resources, common property and is subject to state regulatory action (contracts); 2) the conditions for the emergence of the institutional environment, which increases the interaction of society and the state at various stages in the regulatory impact of the optimization of transaction and institutional costs. Also be aware that there are also economic reforms and additional costs (the costs of institutional transformation) that are managing not only individuals, but society as a whole. This will allow more precise idea of the institutional and social mechanisms of cooperation between business, government and society at the stages of adoption and monitoring of control actions; 3) the introduction of the practice especially private arbitration and collective compliance introduced a set of rules by analyzing the effects of legal, executive and control measures; 4) stages of formation of the institutional norms of political, organizational and economic support and methodological tools of regulatory impact assessment. This requires expanding the range of available institutional options to overcome market failure by cooperation of economic agents (both voluntary and regulatory framework). This allows the maximum possible methodologically sound policy alternatives and identify the possibility of using mechanisms such as self-regulation, regulation of mixed (quasi- regulation, co-regulation) to improve the quality of economic policy. The basis of selection mechanism of regulation are the following criteria:

170 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

– the possible positive and (or) negative consequences for stakeholders; – duration and irreversibility introducing regulatory impact; – sustainability impacts; – compliance with current regulatory practices and standards of behavior in a particular field of activity and frequency of changes in the regulatory impact; – the availability and accessibility of resources (human, material, financial and information) necessary to achieve the goal; – allocation of responsibility (liability) to address the problem of self- ascending to state intervention; – changes in the behavioral characteristics of the interested parties. The mechanism of regulation is due to government policy and action oriented, functional-oriented substantial government intervention. Retain or change the content of public policy should reflect the kinds of effects and the proportion of their distribution between the groups management and other interested parties. Thus, for the modern state of Russian economic policy to be a shift from industry to the functional substantial orientation of state intervention, thereby reducing the likelihood of lobbying the interests of specific economic entities and ensuring comprehensiveness in achieving policy objectives. First of all, such a transition is possible by optimizing the functions of the state and requires the definition of the conditions under which the development of adaptive management options possible and justified by the public interest in the long term.

REGULATION OF THE PHARMACEUTICAL MARKET: IS THERE A FOUNDATION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF INNOVATIVE DRUGS IN RUSSIA

T. Honl

National Research Tomsk State University

In the last three to four years, there has been a lot of talk about innovations in Russia’s economy. From the metals industry, to manufacturing, agriculture and the production of innovative drugs. The financial crisis of 2008–2009 displayed just how fragile the Russian economy is. It also underlined the fact that in order to maintain high growth rates (as

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 171 was evident in the 00’s), Russia’s economy is in desperate need of diversification [1]. The pharmaceutical market is currently one of the fastest growing sectors of the Russian and world economy. That is why the Russian government has given special attention to this industry, in the form of the strategy «Pharma 2020». This strategy proposes to substantially increase the share of innovative drugs produced locally, as well as achieving an eight fold increase in exports of pharmaceutical by 2020 (compared to 2008 figures) [2]. Russia has inherited a substantial wealth of scientific institutes coupled with many fine academics who are capable of creating innovative drugs. Any industry in an economy is bounded to work within a framework of laws and regulations which govern it. This off course has a significant impact on how the industry operates. If from the beginning and industry is subject to many poorly written laws and countless regulative hurdles, then it is safe to expect very little to come about from this industry. The government’s strategy «Pharma 2020» shows that the government understands the importance of a country such as Russia to have its own developed pharmaceutical industry, which is not dependent on foreign producers. However, taking into account all of the governments well wishes, does the current regulatory situation provide a solid foundation for the development of Russia’s pharmaceutical sector, to develop innovative drugs?

Innovative pharmaceutical drugs

Before we can discuss the quality of regulations governing the development of innovative drugs, we must identify what is in fact an innovative drug.  Original drug substance – A drug substance, which contains a totally new pharmaceutical substance, or a new combination of an old substance, the effectiveness and safety of which should be proved by pre- clinical and clinical trials. (Federal law – 61) [3]. The process of creating and innovative drug and the accompanying regulatory procedures is a very time consuming, bureaucratic and costly process in any country. The whole process can be divided into the following:  Pre-clinical trials. The stage of developing the substance.  Clinical trials. Determining the effectiveness of the new substance. This stage can be divided into a few further sub-stages.

172 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

 Licensing and entry into the market. During registration the developer is obliged to prove all the applications of the drug.  Post market analysis of the drug. How the preparation performed on the market. Potential identification of other applications and/or side effects[4]. By various calculations the development of an innovative drug can cost from 1 to 12 billion dollars [5]. Upon the development of an innovative drug, the developer gets a patent for a period of 20 years, during which has an effective monopoly on the said innovative drug. However, taking into account the time necessary to conduct all the clinical trials as well as go through registration, the patent holder usually has 8 to 12 years to recoup the initial investment as well as earn a profit [5].

The quality of laws regulating the pharmaceutical industry

Many stakeholders of the pharmaceutical industry, directors of companies, analysts, heads of producers associations, as well as various senior public servants comment that the regulation of the pharmaceutical industry changes much too frequently. As mentioned earlier, the creation of an innovative drug is a lengthy process (up to 12 years). Each stage of developing an innovative drug, is a carefully planned procedure in line with the current legislation. Some of the strategic decisions that managers must make, taking into account legislation include:  Where the company should conduct pre-clinical trials (domestically or abroad)  How the company should register its product (prescription or non- prescription)  Should the company attempt to register its product in the Essential Medicines List (costs and benefits) Each of these strategic decisions is subject to substantial financing. This is why investors are likely to be hesitant to enter Russia’s pharmaceutical market, as what looked to be a good investment at one stage can quickly become unattractive due to a sharp change in the legislative agenda. The legislative instability can also go some way in explaining the rift in R&D spending between Russian and international firms (1–2% of revenue compared to 15%) [5]. This means that legislative stability is a very important factor in creating a good foundation for the development of innovative drugs. Investors and developers need to be comfortable that years of meticulous work will not be wiped out by a new law.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 173

A reason as to why pharmaceutical legislation is changed so frequently could be due to the lack of communication between lawmakers and stakeholders. Sergei Kolesnikov, the deputy of the committee for health of the Russian Federal Duma comments that lawmakers do not consult with stakeholders when writing new laws, or amending old ones. Their strategy often comes down to, writing a law as they believe will be best, and then see how it performs, changing it as necessary [6].

Pharma 2020

Despite the fact that the current pharmaceutical regulation climate is not the best, perhaps the government’s strategy «Pharma 2020» can go some way to amend the current situation. Pharma 2020 envisages a program of regulatory reforms that should help to dismantle a lot of the current hurdles faced by pharmaceutical companies. Some of them include:  The compulsory introduction of standards such as GMP (Good manufacturing practices) GLP (Good laboratory practices) and GCP (Good clinical practices).  Harmonising Russia’s pharmacopeia standards, with those of the USA and EU.  Liberalising the registration process for innovative drugs made in Russia.  Creating an equal legal playing field for domestic and foreign producers.  Other various reforms, as the strategy unfolds [2]. Such fundamental reforms paint a somewhat more optimistic picture. These reforms would of course be most beneficial, if they were to precede any large investments from the government into the pharmaceutical sector. If these reforms are correctly executed, it is more than likely that as a result, private investment (including domestic) can not only match but top the figures that the government plans to pour into the industry up to 2020. Again, if the reforms are conducted correctly, there will be no doubt that private investments will come pouring in. Given the current growth rates of the market, this is a certainty.

Conclusion

It is clear that the pharmaceutical industry in Russia today, must operate in a very volatile and uneven regulatory climate. Excessive regula-

174 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tory rigidness, the low quality of laws and a playing field tilted in favour of foreign companies, has created a foundation upon which it is all but impossible to create innovative drugs. Of course the government strategy «Pharma 2020», could see an improvement in the regulatory climate. Fast market growth rates, significant investment commitments from the government, coupled with political wish to reform the regulations that govern the industry mean that within a time period of 10–15 years, Russia could have a very different pharmaceutical industry.

Literature

1. Романов А. Россия не сможет показать рост ВВП больше 4% даже при высоких ценах на нефть [Электронный ресурс] // Новый регион 2: информ. портал. – Электрон. дан. – 2012. – URL: http://www.nr2.ru/finance/379688.html (дата обращения: 22.11.2012). 2. Приказ Минпромторга России от 23 октября 2009 г. № 56. 3. Федеральный закон от 12 апреля 2010 г. № 61-ФЗ «Об обращении лекарственных средств» // Консультант. 4. Безюк Н.Н. Инновационные препараты : стандарт с доказанной эффективностью и безопасностью // Здоровье Украины. – 2004. – № 8. 5. Herper M. The truly staggering cost of inventing new drugs // Forbes. – 2012. – October. 6. Трофимова Е. На пути к созданию инновационной Биофармы // Ремедиум. – 2011. – № 12.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE QUALITATIVE FACTORS WHICH MAKE CONSIDERABLE IMPACT ON NUMBER OF ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES

N. Grigoryeva

Kazan Federal University

It is generally believed that technological progress, economic and social development are accelerating. There is a constant requirement for a continuous process of creating new products, services and technologies for the preservation of the positions on certain markets in the global competition. Many production processes on the Russia’s territory have low labor productivity. The share of goods with high added value is also low compared to many countries. Therefore, the task of increasing the share of innovative products and industries of the Rus- sian economy is significant. This task now is particularly relevant at the regional level.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 175

The aim of this work is to identify the qualitative factors, significant effect on the number of advanced technologies that are created in the regions of Russia during a specific time period (year). To achieve this goal, the following objectives were set: 1) to identify the most relevant indicators innovation carried official statistics to describe the level of innovative activity of the economic system of the region; 2) to build a model number of advanced technologies, created in the framework of the Region economic system of the region on the basis of statistical data and evaluate its quality; 3) explore the deviations of the calculated values of the model from the actual; 4) describe the mechanisms of influence on the value of the number of newly created advanced technologies in one region or another. For the solution of tasks we used methods of the system and the economic-statistical analysis, as well as the method of econometric modelling. Calculations were made with the application of mathematical functions of MS Excel. It is considered that the overall behavior of a large number of random variables is often acquiring certain regularities and almost loses a random character. As methods of economic-mathematical modeling we used methods of econometric analysis. Construction of economy-mathematical model in this work is aimed at the detection and analysis of regularities in the economy by collecting and research of statistical data, characterizing the innovation activity in the regions of Russia. On the basis of statistical data of Rosstat (Federal state statistics service) was building a model of multiple regression. The model of multiple regression solves the problem of dependence between one dependent variable (Y) and two or more explanatory variables (X1, X2,..., Xn). The General equation of the model is as follows [1]:

Yi=f(Xi1, Xi2, …, Xin) (1)

The main objective of multiple regression is to build a model with a large number of factors, determining the impact of each of them individually, as well as the cumulative effect of factors on the simulated indicator. Were processed and studied statistical data on 10 indicators: 1) number of employees engaged in the research; 2) the volume of innovative products, works and services; 3) payments for import of technologies to other countries; 4) payments received for the export of technologies to other countries; 5) the costs of organizations of the region on technological innovation; 6) the index of education in the region; (7) the share of

176 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions innovative products, works and services; 8) the number of used advanced technologies; 9) the number of created innovative technologies; 10) inflow of foreign investments. The education index was considered by the author's methodology, performed with the financial support of Russian Fund of fundamental researches [4; 6]. The authors of the project – E.V. Balatsky, N.A. Yeki- mova. The educational potential of the regions was assessed from the point of view of the following indicators: availability of educational services (the number of students of higher educational institutions in the region to 10000 persons of the population); financial security (the ratio of average monthly nominal accrued wages in the sector «Education» in the region with the size of the subsistence minimum of the able-bodied population in the region); scientific performance (the number of post-graduate students per 100,000 population) [6]. As a result of the analysis of statistical indicators of innovation activity we put forward the hypothesis that one of the most important factors by which to assess the innovation of the territorial-economic system, is the number of created advanced technologies for a certain period (for the year). As a dependent variable (Y) has been selected number of advanced technologies. As explanatory variables (X1–X4): the costs of organizations in the region on technological innovation (X1); the index of education in the region (X2); the share of innovative products, works and services (X3); the number of used technologies (X4). These 4 factors have been identified for inclusion in the model on the basis of the results of the analysis of correlations between the variables considered in the work of the factors. The sample is made according to statistical information 32 regions, covering the Volga Federal district (hereinafter – the VFD), the Siberian Federal district (SFD) and the Ural Federal district (UFD). Selected Federal district occupy a similar share in their contribution to the GDP of the country and have a similar structure of the economy. Regions of the Central Federal district and the northwestern Federal district were not included in the sample, because of the existence of cities of Federal significance (Mos- cow and St. Petersburg), which have significantly different from the average values of indicators. In the statistical analysis of such data are the emissions and reduce the information content of the estimated models. The territory of all three Federal districts rich in natural resources. The leading branch of the economy – industry. The share of industrial production of the Volga Federal district of the Russian economy is

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 177

23.9% – this is the highest indicator (on the second place is the Central Federal district). Gross regional product (the GRP) regions of the Volga Federal district is 15.7% of gross regional product for Russia. GRP of regions of the Siberian Federal district – RUR 715.2 billion (11.4% of GRP for Russian Federation). GRP regions of the Ural Federal district is about 13.5% of the gross regional product for the whole of Russia [5]. The most recent period for which statistical data on all of the studied indicators are available at the moment – 2010 [3]. Calculations were based on the basis of empirical data on the regions of the Volga Federal district, Siberian Federal district and the Urals Federal district for one year. All data were divided into two parts: on a subset of the data of regions of Volga Federal district and the Siberian Federal district model was constructed, and in a subset of the data of the regions of the Urals Federal district (the test set) – built model was tested to ensure its verification. Function of the linear multiple regression model on the basis of empirical data on the regions of the Volga Federal district and the Siberian Federal district is as follows:

У= - 4,6111 + 0,000212*х1 + 0,1429*х2 + 0,0019*х3 + 0,000027*х4 (2)

The coefficient of determination (R2=0,79) is the most effective assessment of the adequacy of the regression model – testifies to the high forecast the settlement (as R2>0,7). Statistics Fisher also confirms the quality of the model and the importance included in the calculation of the variables X1–X4. So, F calculated by the model is 19,063 - what is more, than F critical , (found on the table of distribution of Fisher) 2,87. Because we reject the null hypothesis about the signifcance of factors, with the risk of making a mistake is not more than 5% of cases. Thus, with a probability of p=0,95 can be considered that the model is high-quality and on the basis of it is possible to carry out the economic analysis and forecasting. But analysis of importance of the factors on the t-statistics has shown that the factors х1, х3, х4 are not statistically significant. That is, the creation of advanced technology weakly depends on the costs of innovations, the number of used technologies, the weight of innovative products. On the basis of model (2) results for the test set in the data were calculated. Tables 1 and 2 show the deviation value of the number of created advanced technologies in the region (in units) ei, calculated as:

еi = Уфакт. – Умодели (3)

178 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Table 1. The size of the deviations of the number of created advanced technologies (regions of the VFD and SFD) Deviation № VFD regions Deviation еi № SFD regions еi 1 Kirov region –4 1 Zabaykalsky Krai –2 Nizhny Novgorod 2 1 2 Irkutsk region 3 Region 3 Orenburg region 2 3 Kemerovo region 2 4 Penza region 0 4 Krasnoyarsk Krai –4 5 Perm Krai 2 5 Novosibirsk region 12 Republic of 6 –10 6 Omsk region –2 Bashkortostan 7 Republic Mary El –1 7 Republic Altai 0 Republic of Mor- Republic of Bury- 8 2 8 2 dovia atiya Republic of 9 3 9 Republic Tyva 1 Tatarstan Republic 10 Samara region 2 10 0 Khakassia 11 Saratov region 2 12 Udmurt Republic –8 11 Tomsk region –4 13 Ulyanovsk region 1 14 Chuvash Republic 1 Source: calculated by the author.

Table 2.The size of the deviations of the number of created advanced technologies (regions of the UFD)

№ UFD regions Deviation еi 1 Kurgan region –1 2 Sverdlovsk region 18 3 Tyumen region –14 4 Khanty-Mansi region –10 5 Yamalo-Nenets region –8 6 Chelyabinsk region 14 7 Altai Krai 0

Source: calculated by the author.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 179

Data of tables 1 and 2 show that the actual number of created advanced technologies higher than the corresponding values calculated for the model (ei>0), in the regions, which are investment centres. For example, the centers of the Federal districts: the Nizhny Novgorod region, No- vosibirsk region, Sverdlovsk region and/or regions that are actively implementing the policy on the creation of economic clusters: Chelyabinsk region (pharmaceutical cluster, a cluster of electric drives, solar cluster, a cluster of mechanical engineering and metal working), Orenburg region (tourist, machine-building clusters), Perm region, Samara region, Saratov region, etc. The exception was the Tomsk region, where also actively implement the cluster policy: the pharmaceutical cluster, a cluster of «Information technologies», «Solid-state microwave electronics», «Fluoride technologies», «West–Siberian atomic-industrial Alliance», the forest cluster [2]. Also, the study of deviations confirms that the creation and implementation of innovations – not linear process. So, in the Kirov region, the Republic of Mari El, the Baikal region, the Republic of Tyva and Repub- lic of Khakassia – the actual value of the number of created advanced technologies for the 2010 year is equal to zero, according to the FSSS's data. In spite of the fact that the ratio of expenditure on technological innovation carried out. In most of these regions the use of advanced technologies will also less than the sample average. This indirectly confirms fact of the dependence of the innovation potential of the region (under which in this case refers to the ability to create technology which are clas- sified as advanced) from the already achieved level of technological and innovation development (which in this case is characterized by a specific weight of innovative products and the number of used technologies). And points to the positive impact of the developed environment of innovation activity in the territorial-economic systems by the number of generated by innovation. From the results of research, in particular, the following conclusions can be made: 1) as a result of the analysis of statistical indicators of innovation activity the hypothesis that one of the most important factors by which to assess the innovation of the territorial-economic system, is the number of created advanced technologies for a certain period (for the year). 2) the Number of created advanced technologies for the 79% is explained by the values of the indicators of the region on technological innovation (X1); the index of education in the region (X2); the specific

180 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

weight of the innovative goods, works and services (X3); the number of used technologies (X4). Discovered and proved by mathematics, that the quantitative factor X2 have a significant impact on the number of created advanced technologies in the regional economy. Analysis of importance of the factors on the on the t-statistics has shown that the factors х1, х3, х4 are not statistically significant. That is, the creation of advanced technology weakly depends on the costs of innovations, the number of used technologies, the weight of innovative products. 3) increase of the quantitative indicators (X1–X4) a positive effect on the increase in the number of newly established technology, but has a low elasticity, since all of the model coefficients of the variables is less than 1. The larger impact on the level of innovation of the economic system of the region has the quality of education. 4) the Adoption of measures to improve the quality of education has the greatest impact and is one of the key mechanisms for increasing innovativeness of the economic system. 5) built econometric model of multiple regression is of high quality, suitable for economic modelling and forecasting. Accounted for in the model of the factors objectively reflect the real economic processes and allow to estimate the probable value of the number of newly created technologies at the given parameters included in the model of four factors. 6) the results of the model and analysis of deviations, indirectly confirms that the creation of innovation – non-linear process, depending on the combination of the many factors and variables of both quantitative and qualitative. 7) analysis of deviations also allowed to make a conclusion that the actual number of created advanced technologies higher than the corresponding values calculated by the model, in those regions, which are investment centres and/or actively implement policies on the creation of economic clusters. Therefore, of special importance for increasing the innovativeness of the regional economic systems play an organizational innovations. All this allows to speak about the importance of the system of organization of innovation activities and the overall environment in which flows the creation and implementation of innovations. Also, it is necessary to speak about innovation climate as on the institutional conditions of innovative activity and information space and the nature of relations between all the participants of the technological chain of production and commercialization of innovations (enterprises of the industry and sphere of ser-

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 181 vices, public authorities, scientific-educational and scientific-research organizations).

Literature

1. Елисеева И.И., Курышева С.В., Костеева Т.В.и др. / Эконометрика: учеб. 2-е изд. / [Текст] // Издательство: Финансы и статистика. – М., 2005. – 346 с. 2. Жильцова Ю.В. Управление инновационно-ориентированным развитием мезообра- зований в условиях регионализации факторов поступательной экономической динамики: автореф. дис. … д-ра. экон. наук [Текст].– Казань, 2012. – 46 с. 3. Официальный Интернет-сайт Федеральной службы государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: www.gks.ru, свободный. 4. Официальный сайт Рособразования [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http: //www. ed.gov.ru/, свободный. 5. Официальный сайт Секции Международного сотрудничества регионов Сенатор- ского Клуба [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://smsr-senclub.ru/about, свободный. 6. Капитал страны. Федеральное интернет-издание. Информационный партнер ТПП России [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.kapital-rus.ru/articles/article/174270, сво- бодный.

ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL IMPORTANCE OF HEALTH TOURISM

A. Illarionova

National Research Tomsk State University

Recently the economic situation in most countries has been strained due to the crisis tendencies in the world economy. Tourism industry (and its fastest growing sector – health tourism) can help the national economies to overcome the crisis. Health tourism doesn't make large flows, but allows to gain high profits. And it is much more stable than mass tourism. According to the experts, this type of tourism brings the revenue of to 60 billion dollars a year. Health tourism – is a type of tourism that combines health service and tourism, attracting people who are looking for high quality and relatively inexpensive medical services outside their own country or region [3]. According to the definition by Global Spa Summit LLC 2011 [2], health tourism includes medical tourism and wellness tourism. Medical tourism – is a trip for treatment, including the operative treatment.

182 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Wellness tourism – is a resort accommodation with additional services and treatments [ ]. The development of health tourism leads to the creation of the so- called Global Health Care, when the patient has access to high quality health care in any country. The economic consequences of health tourism to the host country are as follows: – the amount of economic profit, which is submitted to health tourism in the gross domestic product, – the value of earnings of doctors and hospitals from health tourists, – the profit of tourist and health institutions, – the number of new jobs. In addition the following factors should also be considered: – Income from the expenses of medical tourists to the needs of their health, which should go to the construction of the country's health facilities and tourism infrastructure. – Taxes on income from medical tourists, which indirectly will support other sectors of the national economy (housing, services and recreation industry). – Revenue increase of GDP, and this will boost the quality of life, including availability and quality of care. At the same time a health tourism product requires more housing, other (non-medical) services, some types of recreation, entertainment and excursions. Thus, the industry of health tourism is growing in scale and cost [4]. The development of health tourism has such social benefits, as: – reducing morbidity (save health care costs, reducing the economic cost of temporary disability); – reducing disability (saving treatment costs, reduced number of inva- lids, reducing the cost of pensions for disability); – mortality reduction (reduction of losses of employment in the economy, especially those of working age) [3]. Health tourism due to market forces (the attempt to buy cheaper and better services), it is actually beyond the control and without an organized national health system. Health tourism can be a product of any country, regardless of its level of economic development – for example, health tourism helped get a $ 25 million a year in Cuba, in India – 1.1 to 2.2 billion dollars in annual income, Thailand received over 50 million dollars

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 183 in revenue in 2002. Singapore plans to get about $ 3 billion in revenue by the end of 2012, adding 1% of GDP, and creating 13 000 new jobs [4]. Independent experts do not predict the development of medical tourism market in Russia. It's a very narrow niche, which business will be very difficult to fit in due to the specific development of the medicine in the country. Another factor that foreign tourists have little trust in the Russian medicine [7]. Health tourism in Russia has a great potential in term of natural resources. According to the World Economic Forum (WEF), Russia ranks the 5th out of 133 countries on the «availability of natural tourist resources of global importance», the 9th place on «a cultural tourist resources of global importance», but only the 59th on the «competitiveness in the tourism sector of the economy» [5]. In fact the existing potential is not used to a full extent or used inefficiently. And to solve this problem without government involvement is impossible. On the other hand, Russia is characterized by a big demand for foreign medical services. In 2011, 88% of tourist trips for the purpose of rehabilitation and recreation Russians made abroad, reports BusinesStat. In 2011 Russian tourists spent 32.5 billion dollars abroad (UNWTO, 2012), thus taking the 7th place in the ranking of the costs of travel all over the world [9]. The main obstacle to the development of health tourism in Russia, and the cause of the growing demand for foreign service, as the experts believe, is the limited public funds in the health sector, in particular, leads to the problem of new technologies, poor infrastructure, and weak legal support [6]. We compared the prices of medical services of different countries using an example of plastic surgery.

Table 1. Average cost of plastic surgery in different countries and regions in 2011 (based on Treatment Abroad PriceWatch) [10] Average cost, th.rub. Service U.S.A. Europe Israel Thailand Russia M oscow Tomsk oblast Mammoplasty 180-240 280-440 121-165 33-90 60-140 132-147 30-50 Rhinoplasty 150-180 69-320 125-195 12-81 20-70 60-100 20-30 Blepharoplasty 120-165 200-360 65-83 30-40 15-60 50-60 20-30

As seen in Table 1, the plastic surgery, even in Moscow prices are much lower than in Europe and the U.S.A. However, the residents of central European areas of Russia still often travel for health to Europe (about

184 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

35% of Russian medical tourists prefer go to Germany, Switzerland, the Czech Republic, Hungary) and Israel (about 28%). From Vladivostok, people prefer to travel to Asia (about 26% prefer go to China, Korea, Thailand) [6]. According NeXeN [6], Russia and CIS countries are already in the top three world's largest consumer of medical services abroad. While Russia gives 71% of the flow, Ukraine – 16%, Kazakhstan – 11.5%, other CIS countries – 1.5%. While in western countries, anyone can get a sanatorium-resort therapy, in Russia within health tourism are issued only to persons with dis- abilities. As a result, wellness tourism options of treatment and health resorts Russian compatriots hardly consider. According to the Public Opinion Foundation (2011), 68% of Russians do not want to relax in the Russian regions. And from the "commercial" tourists traveling to a health resorts do not use more than a half of facilities, due to the lack of information [8].

Table 2. The number of people placed in sanatorium-and-spa institutions in Russia in 2010, thousand people [11]

Including the foreign citizens The number of from the the citizens of placed people states- from the other Russia participants states of CIS 5674 5626 33 15 As it can be seen in Table 2, in 2010 only 4% of the Russians rested in the national sanatorium-and-spa institutions, the proportion of foreigners who rested in Russia is only 0.8%, more than half of them – are the citizens of CIS countries. As for the health resorts of the Siberian Federal District (SFD), in 2010 they accounted for 14% of all holidaymakers in sanatorium-and-spa institutions in Russia. Despite the fact that, in Tomsk region there are 21 sanatorium-and- spa institutions, including the Research Institute of Balneology, rich in mineral water and mud, in 2010 Tomsk region took on the treatment in sanatoriums, only 3% (45 thousand) of resort guests [11] from all placed on the SFD, which is lower than in the neighboring areas (see Chart 1) having a high service (Novosibirsk region), modern technologies, as well

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 185 as an extensive list of indications for treatment (Omsk region). Thus, the Tomsk region has to solve the problem of increasing attractiveness of the health centers and the lack of awareness of potential customers.

Distribution of people, plased in sanatorium-and-spa institutions of the Siberian Federal District in 2010 Respublika Altay Krasnoyarskiy Kray 0,33% 4,71% 2,09% Respublika Buryatiya Irkutsk Oblast 3,53% 19,11% Respublika Tyva Kemerovo Oblast 11,85% Respublika Khakasiya Novosibirsk Oblast 2,95% 2,09% Altayskiy Kray Tomsk Oblast 11,06% Trans-Baikal Krai Omsk Oblast

21,92% 7,59% 12,70% Chart 1 In order to maintain and develop the health resort business in Russia passed the federal law № 26 dated from 23.05.95 «Natural health resources, therapeutic areas and resorts» was adopted. However, was according to the medical statistics, more than 50% of the patients need treatment in the sanatorium stage of its own region, and social structures provide only 10–15% of capacity of sanatoriums. For «commercial» tourists the place for treatment are often picked by managers of travel agencies, but they know little about the diseases of their customers, and only 8% choose resort by the advice of a doctor. As a result, the resort is selected, but the medical factors are not good enough for a person [5]. The decline of the health resort business in Russia has become an important factor in deteriorating of health of the nation. According to the draft State Program «Development of Public Health in the Russian Fed- eration» (2012), health resort business is a recognized part of government policy and an important section of the health system. The main goal of the public policy development of health resort business recognized the creation of modern high efficient resort complex, providing ample capacities to meet the needs of citizens in the sanatorium-resort therapy. For these purposes, the state has already planned to allocate more than 10 billion rubles in 2013 [1]. Only doctors can help keep the 70% of potential users of wellness tourism Russia. If the potential customers are not included in the implementation

186 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions of wellness tourism products, Russian citizens will continue to go abroad for treatment, and return them to the local resorts will be very difficult [5]. Thus, use the available data on the development of health tourism in Russia let us draw the following conclusions: 1. The Russians do not trust the domestic health care system, and prefer treat and spend money abroad, which is disadvantageous to the national economy. 2. The prices of treatment, even in expensive clinics in Russia are lower than in Europe and the U.S.A., and therefore it is a good opportunity to attract foreign customers. However, foreigners do not trust Rus- sian medicine, consequently increasing the number of active patients from abroad, obviously, it is not expected. Therefore, in our opinion, in order to improve the current situation the following measures should be taken: 1. Attention should be paid to the promotion of health holidays in the country: combined medical facilities, that know what and how to treat, travel agencies, which know where to treat, and health centers, that known how to treat, with the support of the state. 2. At the state level, the work on the creation of modern resort and medical complexes, should be done including providing and effective infrastructure, and increasing the availability of health resort treatment for patients. 3. New services should be introduced to enhance the competitiveness of the health centers, such as the opening of SPA and wellness centers, to as they are popular among the Russian population abroad. 4. In Tomsk region attention should be paid to the work to attract the sanatorium organizations of clients from other regions by improving the quality of service, design and implementation of new services, as well as raising the public awareness of existing health centers and their benefits. 5. Medical centers in the region, where visiting medical tourism are quite popular, are recommended to cooperate with the companies coordinators and foreign clinics in which Russian citizens have received treatment and conduct these patients in terms of rehabilitation to avoid complications.

Literature

1. Draft of State Program «Развитие здравоохранения в Российской Федерации» [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.rosminzdrav.ru/docs/doc_projects/874. 2. Defining medical tourism [Electronic resource]. – URL:_http://www.novasans. com/blog/2011/06/defining-medical-tourism/. 3. Джангиров А.П. Массовый туризм как экономический феномен [Electronic resource]: Управление экономическими системами. – 2011. –№ 11. – URL: http://www.uecs.ru/uecs-35- 352011/ item/757-2011-11-07-06-43-10.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 187

4. Джангиров А.П. Экономический эффект оздоровительного туризма [Electronic resource] // Управление экономическими системами. – 2011. – № 11. – URL: http: //www.uecs.ru/ otraslevaya-ekonomika/item/759-2011-11-07-06-51-11. 5. Маньшина Н. Глобальные рынки и тенденции развития оздоровительного туризма в России [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://csr-nw.ru/upload/file_content_490.pdf. 6. Чижкова О. RATA-news: Медицинский туризм в России становится все более популярным [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://euromednews.ru/author/admin/. 7. Бизнес на здоровье [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.bfm.ru/articles/ 2009/01/13/ biznes-na-zdorove.html. 8. Около 1% из всего выездного туризма в России приходится на медицинский туризм [Electronic resource]. –URL: www.prohotel.ru. 9. Российские туристы снова много тратят – UNWTO [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.treatment-abroad.ru/tourism/mednews. 10. Цены на пластическую хирургию [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://medvoyage. info/price/68.html#73. 11. О некоторых аспектах развития туризма в Российской Федерации в 2008-2010 годах [Electronic resource]. – URL: http: //www.gks.ru/bgd/regl/ B11_04/IssWWW.exe/Stg/d08/3-turizm- tab.htm.

LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN THE MANAGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL

E. Kokoulina

National Research Tomsk State University

Researchers, economists recognize that effective modern organizations require responsible and seeking employment personal fulfillment. Individuals who are aware of the meaning of their work can ensure getting good results for their own, and the overall success of the organization. Motives of work behavior of such workers – a problem area of motivational management in modern organizations. Today the model of the modern organization is popularized, the development of which is based on innovation at all levels. A critical factor in this development – personality, motivate and motivation to creativity and innovation. Identity becomes a central factor in the management of different levels: what are the needs and behavioral factors, values and potentials characteristic of such a person? What is the essence of his innovative work? What is the degree of influence of the innovation activity of the organizations on the structure of the labor market? What challenges and opportunities arise for the «Innovator»? What trends are observed in the field of innovation management? Issues are relevant also for the manager. This subject area is versatile and has no simple answers, dead duplicated solutions. In each organization innovative problem has specific

188 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions mechanisms and staging solutions. But for any modern organization, working in one of the national innovation system, is set to a single interrelated and logical categorical apparatus. As a true and innovation manager, aimed at self-improvement, self-knowledge, efficiency you need to understand what kind of knowledge in the innovation economy it will need, the skills and competencies to be learned, etc. In the essay, we will try to follow the simple logic of existence, fix some points of reference in the basic qualification level of innovation manager, who still has hope to rehabilitate his specialty with new solutions (targets and motivation) for the most problematic (long) stage innovative projects – design, assessment and prediction. Innovation management as an object of economic science implies innovative arrangement in the organization and focus of economic initiative of the entrepreneurs and leaders. In such an innovative organization change (challenge) – the norm, not the exception. Here the top management – the main driving force of innovation, which naturally requires a restructuring of relations between management and staff. In the context of the creation of innovation work with the staff in the interests of all parties involved – the process is very labor-intensive and time- consuming. It is no accident that the diagnosable element "frames" can evaluate the condition of the system as a whole [1]. With constant innovation key factors of personnel management are motivated and qualified. This gives rise to new requirements for knowledge workers, his creativity, scholarship, professionalism. The main trend of the development of social work at present is its intellectualization to increase the proportion engaged in mental work, increase the value of intellectual work in the community. The functions of intellectual work require from an employee some respective abilities, a certain level of intelligence, a high level of professional and general knowledge. RV Ulyanov defines the economic content of intelligence as follows: firstly, the intellect – a subsystem of human capital which inalienable from his vehicle, and secondly, intelligence – not only the means of intellectual production, but its result, and thirdly, the intellect is both a means of production, and object of consumption [2]. From the point of view of representatives of foreign business, intellectual capital – is «based on the relationship structured knowledge and ability, with the potential development and value creation» (Daum JH) intellectual capital of the organization – it's skills, experience, motivation, knowledge,

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 189 technology, and communication channels that can create value and provide a competitive advantage in the market organization [3]. Intellectual capital of the organization includes the following resources: 1. human (knowledge, education, skills, methodological base of knowledge, experience, skills, personal contacts and communication); 2. structured (database, the methodological expertise, software, corporate culture, management strategy, network communications, information technology, copyright, information technology, know-how, financial); 3. marketing (brand goods, contracts and agreements, customer loyalty, business cooperation, the order book, the relationship with the financial community, goodwill, brand quality, brand names, franchises, licenses, contracts). Western practices especially emphasize the importance of targeting management of intellectual capital, not limiting their choices and their ability to increase the value. The summation (set) of intellectual capital is seen as a whole, elements of which can be recycled, improve and to use for new purposes [3]. Russian researchers in the development of innovative companies are considering the concept of «intellectual capital», not only as a set of intellectual resources of the organization, but the system of economic relations that reflect the nature and quality of interactions within and outside the organization for the production, exchange, distribution and consumption of intellectual products. Who and how can provide this quality? How much is it with the material and professional point of view? How to create the conditions for bringing together a set of assets and capabilities of each employee, the medium of the unique knowledge? Achieve meaningful revitalization of the employee not only his performing, but also the creativity? Leadership – a new form of communication within the organization. The modern system of human resource management will require the formation of new types of managers and leaders as an alternative to the manager, administrator and charismatic leader. Until recently, the company's success required a strict control and planning, a clear understanding of the success factors, risks and ways to correct them. Manager innovative type – the leader of a new quality. It is different from previous types of managers that seek to change the dynamics of the company, looking for new directions and possibilities of expanding the range of products of the company. He does not project the past into the future by analyzing standard solutions and selecting one of the available

190 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions options, and the formation of new, more complex objectives, risks and generates new solutions. Of course, in a complex modern organization representing the social system of subjective decision factors must be present head of ensuring the preservation of the functional system. But he should not impose replicated (duplicated) external solution, showing a rigid hierarchy, and to find partners and allies to work out coordinated targeted actions [1]. Manager innovative type – a kind unique catalytic system, which, together with the necessary reagents (traditional values, principles, organizational behavior), is able to give more advanced technology, and the impact of the technology, and a new quality that meets the requirements of the time. In innovation-oriented development of the organization to ensure a continuous adaptation to change manager must be a leader. Leadership, is generally regarded as a special quality, a model of human behavior, or companies that provide advanced position. The control system, the leadership should encourage (motivate) innovative behavior of employees, the reproduction of leaders at all organizational levels. For example, the CEO should not command, not to persuade, but to awaken the motives of loyalty to the changes, the reasons the consent and approval of his subordinates, and ideally – allies. In fact it is appropriate to refer to the elements of non-financial incentives. Leadership today offer economists regarded as a source of self- motivation. The fact is that under the present system stimulation and motivation is very difficult to maintain proper innovative behavior of employees, their conscious, voluntary learning, active generation. Thus arises the task of transforming the (education) as many employees into leaders who want to self-development, development of the organization, creating intellectual resources. It is mainly about managers and supervisors, the masses of hundreds of rank and file employees, to change their skills and principles of organizational behavior. It all depends on the abilities and capacities of managers, their relationship to such revolutionary changes of their original motivation for the specific work. The following types of leaders are the line leader in the field, the manager of the internal network or the creator of the community leader. Line managers are mainly formed by the process by which new ideas emerge. General – contribute to the creators and mentors to help line leaders to balance the tactical and strategic objectives. Internal network

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 191 leaders differ in mobility and free movement within the informal networks within organizations. Without their effective operation in the organization of innovation are formed only locally without change throughout the organization. In Russia, with the gradual revival of industrial and commercial sector and increased competition in the possession of skilled workers there are two main categories: strategic, able to assess the prospects of «insiders» and competent, knowledgeable professionals (sales of services of the financial sector, economists, «IT-specialists») [1]. At the macro level, in particular government, the category of «leader» is confirmed by diplomas, certificates, such as the President's program, special local programs such as «Innovative Entrepreneurship», which contain informa-tion leading to a kind of «brain migration» to the innovative way. It must be noted that the domestic business since the beginning of the zero valued leadership as a phenomenon of «team building». The team leader must clearly understand their own expectations of the management of the team, the extent of their responsibility to keep under control the transfer of the share of responsibility for employees. This is important if the liability too high, which may block some initiatives, doubts, sug-gestions from the mines under discussion. On the one hand, the dissenting employees may cause emotional discomfort, and deserve to be chal-lenged, on the other hand, to make good decisions is important to develop critical thinking and skill to share information on the team, to form a unique intellectual edge. Thus, the leading role in the management of intellectual capital is reduced to stimulate innovation and creativity in a number of well- established principles of organizational behavior. How dangerous is this innovative behavior for the organization as a whole, will practice. There is always a place for intensive, natural (revolutionary) development, namely staff, which can simultaneously strengthen and ownership, intolerance to the owners and the need for their own organization, nurtured their modern organization will not need them. However, this problem is more psychological in nature and requires separate consideration. Finally, the conclusion is obvious that the Leadership in innovation development organization is one of the recognized forms to develop new points of economic growth and the systematic consolidation. Leaders and managers of the 21st century will have to rethink the processes of the

192 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions century 20, should show a new mentality, create it in others, to be persistent, to be in constant search of solutions and truth [4]. Literature

1. Зинов В.Г., Лебедева Т.Я., Цыганов С.А. Инновационное развитие компании: управление интелектуальными ресурсами: учеб. пособие. – М.: Дело: АНХ, 2009. – 248 с. 2. Ульянов Р.В. К вопросу об интеллектуальной собственности как экономической категории: материалы к лекции по экономической теории [Текст]. – Волгоград, 2001. 3. Интеллектуальный капитал [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.smart- edu.com/intellektualnyy-kapital/intellektualnyy-kapital.html. 4. Менеджмент 21 века / под ред. С. Чоудхари: пер. с англ. – М.: ИНФРА-М, 2002.

MANAGING THE EMOTIONAL RESOURCES OF THE ORGANIZATION TO INCREASE ITS EFFECTIVENESS

E. Maslina

National Research Tomsk State University

Management experience shows that nowadays the employer’s ability to influence the moral and psychological state of employees is a key factor for achieving good results when working with human resources. During the life of every person both positive and negative emotions take place. The emotional aspect becomes more apparent in production activity of any organization. So due to emotions emotional relationships arise. They significantly impact overall performance. As a result, the emotional environment of the organizations created [1, P. 74]. Applying the technique of emotional management, a manager learns to control and to use his or her emotional capital with the greatest utility, thereby influencing employee. It improves the quality of staff management, emotional management I also developing and the possibility of making administrative blunders reduces. Adoption of emotional management on the enterprise promotes the establishment of proper relations between management and staff. How- ever, to achieve high performance managers need to understand their own emotions and control them. After gaining experience in this sphere he can begin the practice of monitoring and managing people’s emotions. Before working to gain the organization needs to establish partnerships within and outside the organization. The enterprise must be a system of communication between managers and employees, while outside with customers, suppliers and competitors. Everything is based on the fact that for

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 193 reaching stable functioning it is necessary to find the very consumer and explain him importance of a product or service. It is also important to keep mutually beneficial relations with suppliers and to collaborate with competitors. At the same time, in order to achieve this object we need a team of employees that will work effectively with defined groups of people. The foundation of the company consists of high qualified staff. To provide leaders should posses the necessary resources such as knowledge of emotional management and application of new methods of interaction. Many organizations now use work with project aimed at accomplishment of certain goals and objectives within the definite period of time. Some of the projects are on a constant basis and collaborate with the major clients, the others function for preparing temporary and short-term projects to decide present issues. Under the leadership of a manager a team of experts is formed to realize the project. Success depends primarily on the team spirit and the quality of relationships between colleagues. For this sake it is important to create a working environment and climate where knowledge, erudition, creativity, willingness to take risks and readiness to make mistakes are very important. What is more, usage of advanced technologies I welcomed as well as the experiment. The activity of abeam member is supposed to do its share in the solution of various problems. It will facilitate to the stable development and improvement of the organization. Therefore a manager’s functions are not limited by decision-making and staff management. A manager is supposed to create opportunities for self- fulfillment of individuals in the team that will increase the effectiveness. Proper use of social skills such as working with human resources helps to reach the company's goals and leads to the growth of compete- tiveness. These skills can be united into the "emotional intelligence", which is a set of techniques that demonstrate how a person treats him/herself and what are the relationship with the environment. Emotional intelligence is several times more important than general intelligence. If there is such it provides the opportunity to perceive one’s own and extraneous emotional responses as signals. It also controls them and stimulates subordinates to work for improving both personal and company effectiveness. Emotional intelligence is regarded as a leader’s advantage which enables to make significant decisions and efficiently sort out the signals received from external emotional environment.

194 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Emotional intelligence consists of several components: self- awareness, self-control, empathy, and relationship skills. The high degree of self-awareness shows that people understand their emotions, strengths and weaknesses. Due to thin features a person can control his/her emotional attitude and the impact on them. A leader is able to suppress his/her destructive emotions and transfer them on him/herself, directing the energy on the track. Constant control of the emotional environment of the organization, i.e. control of emotions and emotional relationships that occur in the working process plays a great role in management. Emotional intelligence involves a developed system of interaction. In interaction with the environment, especially with the staff, the manager must show empathy. A good understanding of the emotional state of people and the ability to put yourself in their shoes help to establish confiden- tial relations between manager and stuff. This method is especially important in the decision-making process. At the moment, none of the successfully developed company can manage without people of high emotional intelligence. That I why there are many courses and special programs aimed at teaching to emotional leadership that is particularly important to managers. Emotional leadership one can achieve different goals in the organization. If management is based on perception of the emotional signals of the society, the result is enforcement the team, motivation, belief in bright future. If the activity is aimed at disorganization of a command, it is possible to set a destructive emotional domination. Important role of top manager consists in placement of good personnel and keeping it in the organization. As we understand it, there are several types of emotions, so management techniques are also different. In fact, there are 10 basic emotions that are divided into functional emotional responses (FER) and dysfunctional emotional reaction (DER) FER – the interest, satisfaction, surprise, DER – grief, anger, disgust, contempt, fear, shame, sense of guilt. Form of emotional expression is determined by culture of their perception. Positive emotions demonstrate wellbeing, satisfaction in life. Satisfaction is described by the ratio to the previous living standard and concerns the most important display of emotions within working process. Negative emotions express a tendency to anxiety and lower social status. At work there is no place for such emotions. If a person is agitated or upset, he will not be able to evaluate impartially the information, to make decisions,

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 195 to increase production efficiency. Within the work process we can realize whether personal is able to control his/her negative emotions. Emotions reveal the information about people. The emotional state of the stuff shows the level of motivation and performance of employees. Emotions have short-term effects, in contrast to long-term mood. There- fore there is a great deal of sense to introduce the higher values and to set mood of the staff organizations besides the emotional impact of leadership through the basics of corporate culture. There are many emotional leadership training programs aimed at increase of personal efficiency of interaction in business. But neither method works without leader’s desire to develop his/her self-consciousness and elf-control. In the group of people not only the knowledge, ideas and skills take important place but emotions and relationships. Before you start working on the emotional state of the team in the organization it is necessary to make efforts to improve. 1. To learn to understand and to manage properly own emotions; 2. To analyze method of influence and control the staff emotions. For an integrated understanding of emotional management in practice, it is necessary: – To understand the nature of emotions, – To identify the mood and the emotional aspect of the organization, – To identify methods of influence on the emotional climate of the enterprise, – To develop technology for the application of optimal management. We understand that emotion is the external manifestation of the internal state. So the first step to understanding the emotions is to realize what you are feeling at the moment, to find out therefore the essence of the inner intentions. If according to your feelings emotions are of strongly pronounced character, it means a short-term desire of an action. If you get answers which desire you worry about, you'll understand where to direct your actions. The energy of emotions will be followed by concrete measures. There are situations when it is difficult to understand what you are feeling. At this point, the method of observation will help to monitor people who surround you and their reactions to your actions. After receiving the necessary information, you can make some conclusions about the possession of a particular emotion. Any emotion cannot give a chance for impartial assessment of the event. Manifestation of emotional reactions either partially or signifi-

196 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cantly reduces the ability to make the right decision. Strange and uncontrollable emotions reduce the possibility of effective communication and often contribute to breaking of pre-defined plans. Destructive emotional reactions are unpleasant, so one tries to avoid them, or to suppress them. The result of continuous accumulation of such emotions can be health deterioration and emotional break with the more negative effect. Therefore it is necessary to have constructive attitude to understanding and expression of negative emotional outbursts. American psychologist Dr. Holt proved that the inability to express anger leads to further deterioration of health and health status. Permanent restrain of anger (in facial expressions, gestures, words) can contribute to the development of such diseases as hypertension, ulcers, migraine, etc. Therefore, Holt offers to express anger, but do it constructively. He believes it is possible when a person consumed with anger wants to "establish, restore or maintain positive relationships with others. He acts and speaks in such a way as to directly and honestly express their feelings, maintaining sufficient control over their intensity, which is not more than you need to convince others of the truth of their experiences”[2]. There is a practice when people use the current events and try to possess emotions that they like. As a result, reaction to any process or result becomes permanent. Whatever happens people feel anger, sadness or fear, exactly what he/she used to feel. However, unless the event contributes to the emotion, the reason is a person. Therefore, if aggression and anxiety caused by real problems so the main source of the problem indefinite people. In this case, it is more difficult to search methods of emotional management. To increase the flexibility and efficiency in business environment it is important to recognize and understand the origin of emotional habits. Using the basic tips to deal with negative emotions, you will make a significant step towards self-discovery. Firstly, you must learn to expand the range of situations for distribution of emotions. As a result, this will lead to reducing the intensity of emotional perception in each situation. As a rule, the need arises in those who have undergone a process of maximum concentration of excitement and irritants. The inability to share emotions can lead to a significant deterioration of health. Secondly, the concentration should be practiced when the process of an important activity, at a definite moment, requires full centralization of

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 197 thoughts and emotions. In that case, a part of such situations that contribute to unwanted emotions must be excluded from the activity. Thirdly, this method involves the switch of agitation from emotionally- colored situations to loyal ones. If you have negative emotions such as anger, aggression, temporarily you need to replace real situations with less significant, f. ex. using a «method for a scapegoat». Otherwise, if you experience functional emotional reactions, mainly, interest and absorbed by activity that is of a low value for the work process, it is important to switch to a situation of a great social and cultural significance. There are a lot of techniques to control emotions, but taking a step to self-discovery, trying these or those options you can understand which method is more convenient, and how you can quickly make switch in the emotional background for further work.

Literature

1. Dobrusina M.E., Bauer K.V. Emotional and intellectual management: the confrontation and combination // Economics. – 2011. – № 2 (14). – P. 73–77. 2. Golovakha E.I., Panina N.V. Managing emotions [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://psyfactor.org/strah2.html. 3. Gaga V.A., Yaroslavtseva E.N. Problems comparing the performance of subjects in the formal systems of emotional management (SFEM) // Economics. – 2009. – Issue 2 (6). – P. 15–19. 4. Gaga V.A., Yaroslavtseva E.N. The economic basis of emotions // Organizational and economic problems of bank management: collection of articles. – 2010. Issue 6. – P. 46–55. 5. Goleman D., Boyatsis R., Makki E. Emotional Leadership: The art management people based on emotional intelligence. 3 th. ed. – MA: Harvard Business Review, 2008. – 301 p.

SOCIAL AND LABOUR RELATIONS IN IN-HOUSE LABOUR-MARKETS

O. Petrova

National Research Tomsk State University

Social and labour relations are an important part of any organization. Currently, there is a tendency of a significant increase in the mobility of the labor market. Employers display new requirements for potential employees. This aspect creates competition for available jobs. Thus, we see that new approaches to the study of social and labor relations in-house, as well as problems of re-regulation are quite relevant today. According to P Migrom and J. Roberts concept-house labor market «was first developed in the early 1970's. Dorin Peter and Michael Pioro»

198 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

[3. Р. 208]. The authors emphasize that the basis for the development of this concept was to study trends in employment and study of various options for personnel policy. This thesis can be expanded to the need to realize the implementation of social policies and programs to improve the quality of working life at the company, a developer of industrial relations in the direction of their socialization. The labor market is the basic element of a market economy. This is where the buying and selling of labor. As for the concept of intra-firm labor market, in general, it can be characterized as difficult to organize an open system that interacts with the environment, and the subjects of employment is given enough active role, which is due to subjective – the estimated nature of relations between employers and employees [1. Р. 27]. It should be noted that the transition to a market economy was accompanied by a global transformation processes, including those im- pacted both social and labor relations in general, and on intra labor market in particular. Thus, it is clear that in-house market is an open system that is not isolated from external influences global trends, which leads to the conclusion that the problems of intra-functioning markets should be investigated and be regarded to account for this effect. The need to analyze in-house labor market is determined by several factors: 1. It is at the level of organizations formed relationships «employee- employer» major social conflicts are concentrated in the laboring field, manifest positive social and economic effects. 2. In the course of employment implemented personal and laboring potential employees, which are updated by the problems associated with studies of the labor market and developing on their social and labor relations. 3. Labor relations characterize different aspects of the interaction of people and social groups is in the course of employment activity in the organization. As the characteristics of the labor market can be in-house to note the prevalence of the distribution of existing workers. Such processes are noted in several cases: 1. If the organization is focused on long-term development-supported my adaptability and flexibility of staff. 2. In cases where the activity of the enterprise as a whole depends directly on the quality and skills of workers.

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 199

3. With inadequate supply of potential workers in the external labor market, so that the organization is trying to keep the workers' within. Internal market has its own mechanism of functioning of. The specificity of intra-market is defined, above all, a focus on mobility of workers within the organization. The main functions of the internal labor market include social protection of employees, and to balance demand and supply of labor within the organization, providing employment security and time-staff development. Internal labor markets differ significantly from the external them, because any organization – is a relatively isolated system, try to maintain communicate with the environment as needed. Domestic markets, there is a certain logic. Specificity labor relations means limited mobility of workers, at least in terms of transitions from the organization to organization. However, the speed and ease of movement of labor to the places of its most productive use of recently is treated as the most important factor determining the rate of economic development and the level of economic efficiency. There are at least three clearly distinguishable factors that contribute to the effectiveness of long-term employment relationships of the type observed in of internal labor markets. They are: increased opportunities of profitable investment in human capital that is specific to the particular firm, greater efficiency of contracts providing incentive pay for long-term relationships, and increased ability to harass pro-accurate assessment of the employee contribution to the implementation of long-term goals by monitoring results, to work on over a longer period. On the market there is intra-specific with respect to the company human capital – the knowledge, skills, and interpersonal relations that increase the productivity of workers at work in the firm, but become useless in the case of transfer of employees to other firms. All other things being equal, workers who have acquired such human capital, will work in the firm with a higher efficiency than in any other place. Therefore, they will try to maintain relations with the present employer. Long-term labor relations also develop productive specific human capital: long-term employment relationship and investment in particular in relation to human capital firm representation UT a complementary phenomenon. If the firm and its employees working in the key can not expect to continue tying their relations with each other, they have no tangible incentives for expensive investments in the acquisition of new knowledge and skills, special-graphic for the firm. Moreover, even the human capital, which is free «by- product» of the work in the firm, such as interpersonal relationships, fa-

200 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cilitating efficient management of collaborative will be formed only in the case when the relationship between the employee and the employer for the longest period of time. Thus, we see that the internal labor market has by certain characteristics. Knowledge of and ability to use these features can help the organization achieve certain competitive advantages and create attractive, in terms of labor relations, labor markets.

Literature

1. Genkin B.M. Economics and sociology of work: a textbook for schools. – 6th ed., Ext. – Moscow: Norma, 2007. – 486 p. 2. Odegov Yu. Internal labor market in the system of social and labor relations / Yu. Ode- gov, Rudenko / / Problems of Economics. – 2004. – № 3. – S. 105–114. 3. Milgrom P. Economics, Organization and Management. In 2 vols, trans. from English / Roberts J., ed. I.I. Eliseeva, V.L. Tambovtsev Islands. – St. «The School of Economics», 1999. – T. 2. – 422 p. 4. Saprykin N.V. Transformation of labor relations at the enterprise in a market economy (theory and methodology): Author. dis. ... dr. economy science. – Rostov n/D, 2003. – 53 p. 5. Esaulova I.A. Intercompany labor market: theory, methodology, analysis: Author. dis .... Dr. Economics. – M., 2009. – 28 p.

FACTORS OF FORMATION OF INNOVATIVE– ENTERPRISE POTENTIAL OF A SOCIETY

N. Shevchenko, A. Larionova

National Research Tomsk State University

The basic world tendency of forming of a modern society is a transition from a raw and an industrial economy to so-called a «new» economy which is based on intellectual resources, high technologies and information technologies. The human factor becomes the main component of an economic growth, and an increase of a mental potential and a susceptibility of a person to innovations – the basic motive power of an innovative development [6]. Thereupon there is actually a problem of a successful and a demanded person which is connected with a success phenomenon, ways and methods of its achievement. Requirements of a society for the necessity of the development of innovative, non-standard ideas, a search for an effective strategy in the development of all social and economic relations accumulate. Addressing to the experience of advanced foreign enterprises it is important to understand that a mechanic process

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 201 of carrying over of the experience in the Russian validity will not be effective. A creative process of a reconsideration of new knowledge and technologies taking into account a specificity of domestic-owned firms, the Russian economy as a whole is necessary. A special role in the development of an innovative environment on the territory of the Russian Federation is taken away to business that puts before Russian science new tasks in the development of a technology of a management by its innovative-enterprise activity, in particular, through the development of human resources, a potential and professional competences [5]. By the consideration of the subject of an innovative activity it is necessary to consider the system of an influence of factors of an external and an internal environment on the process of a formation of a businessman`s personality according to modern conditions that will allow to predict further development of its innovative-enterprise potential in Russia. During the researches of external factors of the problem influencing the process of a formation of a businessman`s personality it has been carried out: – Conditions of the development of a businessman`s personality – a social environment in which capabilities of a businessman, his educational potential, an interaction and an influence on forming of an enterprise person develop. First, these are conditions which form an internal potential of a businessman (in particular, a family and an inner circle form a personal potential), second, conditions promoting a development of certain professional knowledges, necessary in the course of an entrepreneurial activity realisation (an average and a vocational training), third, a set of individually-psychological features promoting an introduction to an entrepreneurial activity. – A market environment. According to the given parameter such characteristics of an analyzed market, as a competition level, input barriers, an asymmetry of information in a market are pledged. – Possibilities of a realisation of an enterprise potential which include a specificity of a state system characterising principles of a realisation of economic activities in a given country, sample conditions and existing restrictions. As a whole the listed factors determine a general possibility of a person`s transformation into an enterprise person, a possibility of a person`s immanently inherent characteristics realisation stimulating its innovative- enterprise activity [1].

202 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

To the internal factors forming a businessman`s personality it has been carried out: – A self-determination which includes an environmental management or actions directed on a result. Being self-determined, a person acts on the basis of his own choice, instead of obligations or compulsions, and this choice is based on a comprehension of his requirements in comparison with external conditions [2]. Foreign scientists have a wide experience of researches of behavioural and personal features of heads of an average link (managers, businessmen). Theories of self-determination researches of support of an autonomy conducted in frameworks have shown that it is an important factor influencing a satisfaction by work, its efficiency, a labour productivity, and also a psychological well-being of a worker [Baard, Deci, Rajan, 2004]. – Motivation. According to G.D. Kovalyova, a motivational mechanism opens as a set of motives of subjects of an innovation formed under the influence of an interaction in an innovative process. A system character of such mechanism leads to the necessity of a coordination of a purpose of an innovation, i.e. its transformation into significant motivational purposes. The structure of a motivational purpose is capable to specify a motivational complex and to provide its achievement. The process of a promotion along a chain of system elements has an iterative character as motives act as means of a purpose achievement [3]. The set of the motives inducing an innovative activity, form an innovative culture which is an integral part of an innovative potential. In wide understanding of an innovative culture, according to B.K. Lisina and V.N. Fridlyanova, it is possible to characterise as a condition of a susceptibility of innovations a person, a group, a society as a whole, their readiness and capability to a realisation of innovations as innovations. Thus, in the maintenance of an innovative culture a system valuable orientations of a person [4] prevails a motivational component. – System of values. Along with universal values, in public consciousness vital orientations connected with its innovative-enterprise activity, a business and an economic activity, an aspiration to a professional growth and a self-realisation should be generated. – Innovativeness and creativeness. For a creation of an innovative product a creative thinking and peculiar to it not ordinary approach and an ability to find something new in the existing is necessary. So, M. Uest considers that an innovator is a person with a high enough level of both a creativeness, and an innovativeness which is capable not only to produce new original ideas, but to put them into practice. J. Heep makes an original determination of a creativeness as a complex

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 203 of ideas and concepts taking into account that further innovations will be its concrete realisation. P. Titas concerns to a creativeness as a birth of potentially new ideas while only in the imagination of the author [7]. The above listed internal factors characterise whether there are objective preconditions of a concrete person enterprise capabilities realisation and how much a person is inclined to a realisation as a innovative-active businessman. Summarising the aforesaid, it is possible to assert that an innovative development of an economy and a society as a whole assumes the necessity of a formation of an innovative-enterprise potential of a society on the basis of a creation of a certain innovative infrastructure which is based on a creation of an innovative susceptibility of a society, an innovative culture, a value of an entrepreneurial activity, on motivational mechanisms, potential possibilities and creativeness of a persons.

Literature

1. Gornostaeva Z.V., Zabaznova T.A. Studying of the person of the modern businessman with use of a method of the SWOT-analysis // The Economic theory. – 2009. – № 8 (57). – P. 67–73. 2. Dergachev O.E. An autonomy and self-determination in motivation psychology: E.Desi and R. Rajana's theory // Modern psychology of motivation / Under the editorship of D.A. Leon- teva. – М., 2002. – 243 p. 3. Kovalev G.D. Innovative communications. – М., 2000. –284 p. 4. Lisin B.K. Innovations in the CIS // Innovations. – 2002. –№ 7. 5. Pokrovskaja E.M., Smolnikova L.V., Larionova A.V. System integration of students into is innovative-enterprise activity. – Tomsk, 2012. – 200 p. 6. Shevchenko N.A. Objective requirement of transition to a mode of steady economic development // Modern researches of social problems. – 2012. – № 1.1 (09). – P. 200–204. 7. Jagolkovsky S.R. Psychology of innovations: approaches, models, processes. – М., 2011. – 272 p.

THE ENDOWMENT FUND AS ONE OF THE MECHANISMS TO FINANCE A UNIVERSITY

V. Tkacheva

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University

Nowadays, educational sector is one of the priority spheres of the economy which can provide long-term economic growth and competitiveness in the global arena. Significant changes have been made in the Russian education for recent years both in legislation and in practice of operation educational institutions. The main vectors for development of the education system are improving the

204 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions quality of Russian professional education, upgrading financing and management of educational institutions, increasing the investment attractiveness of education, developing the effective education market. In conditions of formation market relations where reducing public funding of educational institutions and increasing competition in the education market there is a need to develop alternative sources of financial revenue. Deficit of financing vocational education, an urgent need of the private sector in the highly skilled personnel is the reason of objective need combining financial and organizational resources of the state and private sector for development of vocational education. The important place among them takes raising charity (fundraising) from several categories of donors, including graduates and their parents, friends and support- ers, founds and companies. So that educational institutions within Russian law are non-profit organizations, then they can use in the financing practice one of the fundraising mechanisms – endowment, which have been working for decades in the West and being the successful co-financing instruments of social and educational spheres. The Federal Law «About the order of forming and using target capital by nonprofit organizations» adopted December 30, 2006 enables forming the endowment fund. Endowment is fund which forms from donations, income from investment of charity. Endowment funds are very popular in international practice, they are major sources of funding for developing education, science, culture, health care, also they are largest institutional investors in the securities market. In foreign literature endowment has the following definitions [2]: 1) assets, funds or property transferred as a gift to the organization, the person or group of persons to serve as a source of income; 2) permanent gift in the form of money or property donated to the Organization for the special purpose; 3) financial endowment – transfer by organization the gift of money or property, which must be invested that the main part remained intact; Endowment fund is established only for formation of the target capital, use, distribution of income from it for other recipients (universities) of income from the endowment. The initiator of the endowment can be educational institution by itself or initiative of private sector subject – legal or natural persons interested in its development. The founders of the fund can be any natural or legal persons both commercial and non-profit organizations. Natural or legal persons who

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 205 is interested in establishment of the endowment fund for university, can be leaders and management, staff, graduates, association (union) of graduates (lecturers and others) major sponsors and partners etc [1]. Endowment fund forms the target capital and transfers it to the management company, receives income from the management of this capital and sent it to needs of the university. How to use the target capital is defined in the statute and financial plan of the fund. Endowment fund is managed by the supreme governing body and the board of trustees, which usually consists of representatives of the higher education institution, main donors and independent individuals (famous representatives of science, education, politics etc.). Main stages of forming the endowment: 1) Development and adoption of the fund concept 2) The registration of a legal entity in the form of a fund 3) Forming the Board of Trustees for endowment fund 4) Development of internal documents of the Fund 5) Forming the primary contributors (achievement fund of 3 million rubles) 6) Transfer the target capital in trust management 7) Providing the marketing campaign for replenish the endowment to the target level 8) Adoption a financial plan for using the income from managing target capital for one year 9) Getting income by university from the trust management

Donors

Cash received on the formation Donations to the formation of the of the target capital target capital

The Management Company Endowment Fund

Income from trust management Income from the target capital of the target capital

University

Fig.1 Scheme of working of the target capital mechanism

206 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The main tasks of this mechanism is creating effective and transparent condition for funding by individuals and businesses in education sphere, expansion of the revenue base of universities and improve their financial stability, development of financial planning due to long-term source of funding. In Russian practice, as opposed to foreign there is absence all kinds of benefits for business refers charity. The positive side of formation funding mechanism as endowment fund: 1. All revenues from trust management of the target capital is not subject to income tax. 2. Financial transparency of spending money for the founders of the fund and any interested persons. 3. Long-term financing In the short and medium term, the absence of tax benefits for donors of education sphere, as well as measures to encourage investment in this sphere can’t predict a significant increasing donations and investment in the field of vocational education. Endowment funds will mainly be created through the federal and national research universities, innovative universities, the largest specialized universities, including regional ones. Furthermore, culture and traditions of charity had underdeveloped character in Russia, which also slows down the spread of the Endowment Fund mechanism as an alternative source of funding.

Literature

1. Endowment funds (endowments) state and municipal educational istitutions: organizing activities, status and prospects: A Practical Guide / Y.M. Mirkin (project manager), K.B. Bahta- raeva, A.V. Levchenko, M.M. Kudinova (feat. T.V. Zhukovoy). – M.: Finance University, 2010. 2. Titov D. Endowment funds in higher education // Endovitsky Higher education in Rus- sia. – 2007. – Number 11. – Р. 9–16. 3. Questions formation endowment fund in education. Pachikova LP Andriyanova EV Bulletin of the chelyabinsk state pedagogical university. – 2012. № 4. – Р. 174–184.

INTERRELATION OF HIGHER EDUCATION AND ECONOMIC GROWTH: THE THEORETICAL ASPECT

L. Kusurgasheva, A. Muromtceva

T.F. Gorbachev Kuzbass State Technical University

No one ever disputed the importance of education and educational sphere as a basis of formation of intellectual potential of the nation. Hence incessant attention appears to this problem, either in the theory or

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 207 in practice. However at the end of XX – the beginning of the XXI centuries its urgency for Russia sharply increased that is defined by several interrelated factors. The main one is that the transition to innovative socially oriented economy is supposed to be carried out in the conditions of low efficiency of domestic education in general and particular in higher education. In general the inefficiency of the higher education, in our opinion, is expressed in impossibility to carry out those functions which are assigned to it by society. The economic value of education was long time beyond the theoretical researches. Although classics admitted the importance of education, but not from the point of view of its influence on economic growth, but from the point of mass awakening of nation’s morality and education loyalty to the government The original idea for an assessment of economic role of education within Marxist political economy is well-known proposition of the labor theory of value by K. Marx: «Relatively complex work means only expo- nentiation or, rather, multiplied simple work, so that the less number of complex work is equal to the major number of the simple»[4, с. 53]. Therefore, economic value of education is that, more educated (qualified) worker creates greater cost in time unit, possesses greater productivity in comparison with less qualified worker, and the result of that is growth of production efficiency and gain of gross aggregate social product. Further, up to the 60th years of the XX century, the economic role of education wasn't subjected to any special research. M.Blaug connects it with the fact that neoclassics (particularly, A. Marshall) overestimated those factors which hold down the freedom of action of market forces (labour supply and demand) and by that they closed for themselves «that line of the analysis which could throw light on difficult relations between education and economic growth» [2, p. 387]. In that way, A. Marshall pointed to features of a human factor of production which unlike material factors isn't on sale and isn't bought. «The worker sells his work, but still he is the owner of the work; those who incurs expenses on its education and training, receive only small part of the price paid for its services in next years» [5, p. 266–267]. Besides, parents from the «lowest» strata of society have no possibility to «invest» in education of their children, and «the capital market for work» is absent. At last, those businessmen who are ready to invest in labor training of their workers, don't receive completely that benefit which it brings [5, p. 266–273].

208 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

It is necessary to note that, in our opinion, underestimation of the economic role of education, typical for theoretical thought before the appearance of the conception of the human capital, was arise not so much from logic reasons to which points M. Blaug as a follower of an absolutist approach to history of economic thought, but first of all from the practice of managing. Besides, the industrial technological structure which has developed during the industrial revolution, is rather stable. «Within industrial technological structure approximately once in half a century technological structure replaced each other leaning on basic innovations: development of an electricity, internal combustion engines, electronics, microelectron- ics, energy of a nuclear kernel, biotechnology» [8, p. 91] (it is allocated by ourselves – L.K., A.M). Accordingly, requirements to general educational and special preparation of workers were also enough certain, stan- darded: compulsory primary education for workers and the higher education for preparation of engineers, constructors and managers. However, scientific and technical revolution developed in the XX century and also demanded revolutionary changes in education which organization system, its scale and quality began to make direct impact on the economic growth, its rates and quality. For post-industrial, informative – communicative and other latest technologies is needed not just highly skilled in a narrow field of knowledge worker, but is needed fully developed and flexible person. In the economy of the developed countries at the end of XX – the beginning of the XXI century occurred serious changes, for example the term «post-industrial society» was replaced more often with others: «society of knowledge», «new economy», etc. Knowledge is the main factor of economic development, which «new» economy brings forward. Hen- ce – sharp increase in scales of the educational sphere, especially in higher education, and increase of the amount of its financing. In two decades – since the beginning of the 1960th to the beginning of the 1980th years – expenses for education (in constant prices) increased in the USA and Great Britain in 3 times, in Germany and Japan – in 4 times, in France – in 5,5 times [9, p. 288]. As a result «as well as in the USA, in many rich European countries in the 1960th years population coverage by the higher education quickly increased. Universities from small elite educational institutions turned in mass» [10, p. 11]. At the end of XX and the beginning of the XXI centuries there was some stabilization of the share of expenses for education in total amount of gross domestic product of the developed countries, and in certain periods in certain countries – its reduction. At the average from 1999 to 2005

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 209 the share of gross domestic product directed by the states of EU on education, made up 5 %, including 1,15 % – on the higher education [11, p. 160, 168–169]. It is necessary to note that the share of expenses in total amount of gross domestic product of the country should not exactly indicate the development of the country, it also can testify general illiteracy of population of the country which government takes active measures for fight against it. Such situation can be observed in some African countries, particularly Lesotho, expenses for education make up 12,4 % of gross domestic product (the 2nd place in a rating of the countries with the highest expenses for education in the world). Also it can indicate small volume of gross domestic product, for example in Moldova. Basic changes in the material basis of modern production and the growth of expenses for education caused by it, actualized the problem of its social and economic efficiency which is inseparably linked with a question of economic value (functions) of education. The great contribution to the solution of this problem was brought by the theory of the human capital. In literature it is noted that «in content relation the theory of human capital allowed not only to explain investment aspects of people’s behavior on the labor market and problems of income distribution, economic inequality, but also to understand the importance of education as in economic growth of society, and the solution of many social and economic problems (for example, poverty)» [13, p. 58]. Higher school in process of forming capacities of personnel and increasing the quality of human capital act as a factor of potential economic growth. Concerning communication between education and economic growth there is no consensus. Let's bring two of them, the most characteristic in this context. The first: «The last decades convincing empirical confirma- tion were obtained in close interrelation between economic growth and development of education that serves as justification of policy of active stimulation of investments into the human capital» [17, p. 344]. The second: «… the majority of econometrics models don't give significant cor- relation of growth and the human capital neither in temporary, nor in an international cut» [14, p. 51]. As we see, two opposite assessment is available. However so contrast points of view don't give the foundation to denial such communication. It is obvious that education and economic growth, though aren't connected by rigid relationships of cause and effect, still have an influence on each other. Influence of education on economic growth is expressed in the following.

210 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The higher education, first of all, forms productive capacity of person, that means it allocates human with such knowledge, skills which do it capable to do a certain work, to be engaged in a certain kind of activity. Secondly, expands and deepens the system of the general fundamental knowledge promoting acquisition of new knowledge in the process of work and providing possibility to change an occupation, to get new information, to adapt flexible and fast in changing conditions. Thirdly, it develops and consolidate such personal qualities as discipline, responsibility, independence, organization and others. It is easy to notice that all this makes possible increase of public productive powers of labor, increase of production efficiency, all this makes higher education to be a factor of potential economic growth. Source of real growth it becomes if there are no technological, macroeconomic, institutional, organizational or social conditions and factors which can prevent complete and effective use of a stock acquired at the higher school of productive capacities. I.Soboleva indicates, particularly, that «a considerable stock of education (educational fund), saved up by nation, can poorly influence on indicators of economic development if it isn't involved fully in productions, for example at a high unemployment rate or inefficient use of the qualified labor» [14, p. 52]. Unlike followers of the theory of the human capital consider education as a growth source. The following arguments are thus put forward:  Education makes workers capable to more difficult and productive work, it means that increases productivity of the worker on his workplace, or makes it capable to such work which results brings great value. In this way the «working» effect of education is expressed.  Education has also «distributive» effect. Besides that education transforms person into more productive worker, it develops «enterprise» abilities, this helps him to be more skillful organizer. «Distributive» efficiency is expressed in such way, that more educated people usually the first begin to master new technologies and products and to introduce them in work and consumer practice. As a result win not only they, but also all society because the way from appearance of innovations to their general application is reduced.  Education acts as the catalyst of scientific and technical progress. Development of a science and technology is impossible without highly educated scientists, engineers and technicians who involves of new ideas. Besides, many discoveries are made exactly in higher school [18, p. 8]. One of characteristic features of market economy is the social and economic differentiation of individuals causing an inequality in distribu-

III Section. Interdisciplinary synthesis of economic science 211 tion of personal income. Higher education might moderate inequality because the process of receiving highest professional training provides individuals from poor stratums of nation a chance to access better paid pro- fessions, improves employment and promotion possibilities. In this sense, we can say that education is «a great equalizer». It is known that a certain degree of an inequality in distribution of the income («an inequality of results») is considered to be justified by economists not only with economic (stimulating effect), but also from the ethical point of view as it is considered that it is caused by difference of individuals abilities, tendencies and preferences. At the same time the inequality caused by unequal distribution of education, this is considered as an obstacle (barrier) in realization of desirable from the economic and ethical point of view of equality of starting possibilities («equal opportunities»). Therefore «the programs directed on granting children from poor families to access education, show one of the major mechanisms which provide more honest competition for the economic status and more equal chances of success» [2, p. 367]. Higher education stimulates employment and reduces unemployment because it is easier for educated experts to get job (filtering function), they are more informed and mobile, it’s easy for them to adapt to work and easier to change place of living. Experience shows that the higher is labor education level, the higher is the level of its employment. In the short-term period higher education can become a mean of youth unemployment reduction. The allocated functions of higher professional education form a theoretic-methodological basis of research of its efficiency and definition of its place and a role in economic system of modern Russian society. It’s necessary to take into account both global universal tendencies, and internal factors which already define the transformation of the higher school.

Literature

1. Smith A. An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations. – М., 2007. 2. Blaug М. The economic thought in retrospect. – М., 1994. 3. Cherkovets V. The category of «human capital» in the overall economic theory: a historical view of a substantive definition of (materials for lectures and seminars) // Russian economic magazine. – 2009. – № 7–8. 4. Karl Marx. Capital. Critique of political economy. T. I. B. I. the Process of capital production. – M., 1978. 5. Marshall A. The principles of economic science. Т. II. – М., 1993. 6. Blaug М. Methodology of economic science, or How economists explain. – М., 2004. 7. Martsinkevich V.I. Education in the United States: the economic value and efficiency. – М., 1967.

212 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

8. Yakovets Y.V. Epochal innovation of the XXI century. – М., 2004. 9. Strategy update. The new social mechanism / under the general editorship of I.A. Glebova, V.G. Marakhova. – М., 1990. 10. Borgans L., Kervers F. Americanization of the European higher education and science // The issues of education. – 2010. – № 2. 11. Public expenditure on education in the countries of the European Union (EU) // The society and the economy. – 2010. – № 2. 12. Education in the Russian Federation: 2007. Statistical collecti-on. – М.: SU – HSE, 2007. 13. Vasilyev V.N., Gurtov V.A., Pitukhin Ye.A. etc. Labor market and educational services market in the constituent entities of the Russian Federation. – М., 2007. 14. Soboleva I. Paradoxes of the measurement of human capital // Issues of economy. – 2009. – № 9. 15. Nureyev R.M. The development of human capital as a real alternative to the raw materials specialization of the country // Economic Bulletin of the Rostov state University. – 2007. Vol. 5, № 3. 16. Nesterov L, Ashirova G. National wealth and human capital // Questions of economy. – 2003. – № 2. 17. Wages in Russia: evolution and differentiation / Under the editorship of Y. Gimpel- sona, R.I. Kapelyushnikova. – M., 2008. 18. Kapelyushnikov R.I. A note on the domestic human capital. Reprint WP3/2008/01. – М., 2008. 19. Fisher S., Dornbush R., Shmalenzi R. Economics. – М., 1993. 20. Aistov A.V. About filtering the role of education in Russia // Economic journal HSE.– 2009. – № 3.

IV S e c t i o n

INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF COUNTRIES, REGIONS AND COMPANIES: MODELS АND MECHANISMS

INTERACTION OF THE SYSTEM 4I (INFORMATION INCUBATOR OF INNOVATIVE IDEAS) AND YOUTH COMPETITION NOVOE ZVENO OF THE RUSSIAN RAILWAYS

D. Grineva, P. Zelensky

Siberian State Aerospace University, Krasnoyarsk

The paper considers of interaction of the system 4I and youth competition Novoe zveno of the Russian Railways, reveals the problem of information leakage and formulate aspect of information security management. Youth policy is the most important area of social development of rail transport. The actuality is increase competition in the labor markets and the prospect of measures for the development of the youth sector of an entire staff, which railway employees take. Implementation of programs for work with youth is a strategic priority of the state and involves syn- ergy with other ongoing national projects. The Novoe zveno – an annual network-wide competition, which aims to attract young people and their involvement in the process of innovation development of the Russian Railways. The main purpose of the program – conditions create for formation of the youth of a new type of employees: leaders, people with a new mentality, progressive-minded, active, and the highest standards of professional competence, striving to develop and build a career. In quantitative terms, this objective can be represented as follows: to increase the proportion of young workers to 25% to reduce the flow of young cadres after employment by at least 50% of young professionals to retain a share of at least 15% of the youth team. The competition is held in the company since 2008. 214 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The competition Novoe zveno is consists of three phases: • First selection (remote) stage is carryout with help of the system 4I - an information system for the collection and processing of projects. • Second qualifying (presentation) phase is part of annual meetings of the youth Russian Railways in format exhibition projects in the stands. • Final step is part of annual meetings of young people Russian Rail- ways. At this stage are presented to the best projects to the Competition Commission and the winners of the competition. The role of the system 4I at the first stage of the competition information innovation incubator of ideas (the system 4I) is intend for the collection, initial processing and selection for proposals full-time employees on a wide range of issues relating to business development. In 2006, the company Tekora has developed a system 4I technology-based activation and use of intellectual potential employees. Development of technology is the result of the compilation and analysis: • Russia's experience of working with ideas like a new kind of life (over 20 years) • International experience and best practices of successful global companies.

IDEA PROJECT RESULT

Team of pro- Competition Organizers and Russian Rail- Novoe zveno participants ways ject System 4I

PROJECT

Figure 1. The role of the system 4I at a first stage of the competition The functionality of the system 4I The functionality of the system 4I allow the organizers to conduct a first phase of the contest Novoe zveno remotely, collecting projects, their

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 215 classification and the formation of the archive, available to employees of the company. Participants of the contest Novoe zveno: • Make a project in universal and comfortable working standard, which simplifies the process of project design and evaluation experts. • To conduct an automated evaluation of projects with parameters: Suitability, Feasibility and Return. • Unload project information in Word and Excel. Thus, the implementation of 4I will: • Simplify procedures of supply, initial treatment and expertise of the organization; • Reduce costs associated with the collection, processing, storage and dissemination of information on competitive innovation projects; • Improve the efficiency of young professionals • Ensure high efficiency of interaction of all user groups and corre- spondence and through brainstorming published projects; • Make a common platform to work with ideas; • Make transparent the whole life cycle; • Motivate branches to learn from each other. The number of projects processed in the system 4I increased from 200 projects in 2009 to 1200 in 2011, and the number of users has exceeded 15 000. The results of using the system 4I received high praise from the youth community and the company's management of the Rus- sian Railways. Interaction of the system 4I and youth competition Novoe zveno has become not only a platform to address current issues and search for tal- ented young professionals, and special training for future leaders. This tandem competition and the system must provide for the future dynamics of the Russian Railways. Despite the numerous benefits, there is a question about the leak of information. Author of this work think, that the company need to protect all projects, and block copying. Currently, the market has several key underlying technologies of detection, including linguistic and contextual analysis, as well as digital prints and labels. Information can be protected in the following ways: 1. Protection at the network level – preventing data leakage through the network (SMTP, HTTP, HTTPS, IM, and network printing). Typi- cally, this monitoring and / or blocking outbound traffic at the Internet

216 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions gateway, but there are attempts to transfer functions to control traffic at the level of the workstations. 2. Endpoint Security – prevention of leakage of information through the connected devices (USB, HDD / CD / DVD, WiFi / Blue- tooth, local printing, etc.). Monitoring and / or blocking attempts to copy information to an external device, the removal of shadow copies «drain» of information. 3. Encryption – an additional level of protection of mobile carriers in the event of loss or theft. Even if the media will get to the attacker, the data on it will be securely encrypted. 4. Management platform, storing information about the incidents and analysis. Security policy management, collection and storage of parts for further analysis incident safety officer or transfer of evidence in court. The methods have been tested in several companies and the results were positive. Leaks of information in the experimental companies almost completely ceased.

Literature

1. Распоряжение и проведении конкурса Новое звено 2012 (2012) [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://privzd.rzd.ru/static/public/privzd?STRUCTURE_ID=4086&. 2. Конкурс «Новое звено» (2012) [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http: //young.rzd.ru/ static/public/ young? STRUCTURE_ID=5586&. 3. История конкурса (2008-2011) [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http:// young.rzd.ru /static/ public/ young? STRUCTURE_ID=5588. 4. Отзывы о системе «4И» (2011) [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://tekora.ru/Products/44i/otzyvy/. 5. Искусство управления информационной безопасностью (2012) [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.iso27000.ru/.

IPO AS AN INNOVATIVE FINANCING TECHNIQUE

E. Bonoeva, O. Belomyttseva

National Research Tomsk State University

What does IPO mean? Sooner or later any company faces a problem of its own internal funds deficit for further development. In this case, an external financing can help.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 217

Due to underdevelopment of the financial market a number of possible foreign loans forms of cash resources are limited for Russian companies. One of the available ways of financing is stock emission. IPO (Initial Public Offering) is an original offering of the company stock for a general public sale. It is understood that a company displays its own shares on the exchange for the first time, suggesting them to the unlimited general public. In the process of IPO realizing, the shares of the extra and/or principal issue are offered to investors. IPO is a process the most of Russian companies face during their development. The analyst of Standard&Poor’s, Oleg Shvyrkov describes this stage in the following way: «The company never bargained, either founders or one big shareholder owned it. And then it became public. Its shares became available for any person on the exchange». Besides, there is a term of SPO (Secondary Public Offering) that is when the capital issues of the principal emission, which belong to current shareholders, are proposed to investors. Furthermore, it’s necessary to differentiate IPO and PO (Public Of- fering), or «follow-on» that is another public offer of the extra stock emission for a general public sale. It means that the company has already realized IPO and (or) its shares are negotiable on the stock exchange. Why IPO? What are the advantages of IPO in comparison with the other ordinary ways of financing? The advantages of IPO are: 1. Procurement of long-term capital which is not necessary to return, on the tax-free base. This improves a financial condition of the company, providing it with resources for further development. 2. Acquisition of market value (capitalization). Only due to output on the public market the company and business can acquire tradable capitalization. The cost of public company is higher than the cost of closed private company, first of all because of present liquidity and oc- currence of quite easily detectable information of the company. 3. Financial improvement of the company. By means of acquisition of income from the stock sale on the company’s account and increase of its stock capital. As a result of IPO there is the enlargement of its own capital either due to the growth of stock funds or due to the added capital from emission income.

218 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

4. Rise of company prestige, improvement of image. The attention which financial community and the press pay to the company realizing IPO, provides it with free advertising thereby it tells on its corporate image positively. 5. Increase of the stock cost. The stock cost can rise considerably in comparison with the price of primary offering. There are, at least, four reasons because of which investors are ready to pay more for the shares of public companies: 1) enlargement of potential investors pool; 2) level of development and expertise usually are associated with the status of public company; 3) information availability of the public company; 4) rise of requirements which are presented by exchanges and other regulatory bodies. 6. Staff retention and motivation with the help of options on the shares. Salary is considered to be less attractive incentive to conscious and sensible work in comparison with a nonrecurrent and big bonus. Assurance in obtaining sound sum of money is one of the most effective motives which make people to work harder. 7. Calling for investments on more beneficial terms in the future. Acquisition of public status usually goes with its growth of net asset value and increase of its own funds that helps to attract cheaper financing in the future. Besides, if the shares are popular the company has an opportunity to bring into action extra emissions on more advantageous terms. 8. Diversification of investment portfolio of shareholders. Acquisi- tion of the status of public company gives an opportunity to the shareholders to diversify their investment portfolios, for example, at the cost of SPO (that is an offering of shares which are held by present stockholders). Summing up the advantages of IPO, it’s possible to divide them in two categories: 1) calling of a long-term capital; 2) the advantages that the company obtains in case of the acquisition of public status. The calling of a long-term capital is not usually an end in realizing IPO itself, more important reason of realizing IPO is the obtaining of public status. The obtaining of public status is the next stage of the company development. There are only 3 disadvantages: 1. Authority partly loses control over the company. It’s the most important reason why founders don’t want to realize IPO in their own companies.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 219

2. «Clarity» of the company (more strict requirements to the disclosure of the information, the company has to lighten all main aspects of its activity, all changes). 3. Considerable expenses (realizing IPO is a very difficult process the company spends a lot of money, time and efforts on). As we can see there are more advantages than disadvantages. Russian Experience The first IPO of the Russian company was in November in 1996. The mobile phone company «VimpelCom» realized it on the New-York stock exchange (NYSE). The first IPO in Russia was in April in 2002 when the «RBK Infor- mation Systems» company placed its shares on Russian exchanges RTS (Russian Trade System) and MICEX (Moscow Interbank Current Ex- change). According to the magazine «Money» these events stopped being single only in the end of 2004, and a year later, in analysts’ opinion created a commotion. The most successful for Russian companies was year 2007. Russia became a European leader considering the amount of finance, got by means of IPO – $21,7 billion. Sberbank and VTB bank became the leaders among companies getting $8,8 billion and $8 billion correspond- ingly. World economic crisis worsened the situation on IPO market significantly: in 2008 the amount of finance, engaged by IPO declined by 3,5 times. In 2009 the situation became even worse – finally only three companies accomplished IPO. In 2010 there was observed some activity – the number of IPO transactions increased by 4 times in comparison with the year 2009. Ac- cording to the information given in «Russian business-newspaper», in 2010 innovative companies became leaders among Russian companies in terms of IPO placement. The biggest deal in 2010 – IPO “RUSAL” company (obtained $1.2 billion). In 2011 the largest Russian search-engine Yandex placed shares and that became the brightest transaction that year. Yandex obtained more than $1,3 billion for 16,3% of nominal capital. During the first day of auction its shares rate increased by more than 55%. Share capital of the company was estimated by more than $8 billion. As an example – share capital of the largest Russian airline company Aeroflot is less than $3 billion.

220 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Yandex IPO amount became the second in size among world internet companies following only Google company. All in all, in 2010, moreover in 2011 we did not even come close to the rates of pre-crisis year 2007. And the readings of 2012 show us that the situation not even improves but also goes down. A considerable number of planned IPO Russian companies in current year will not take place due to unfavorable market conditions. Still only two placements were performed in 2012, the amount of transactions estimated $320 million. It is just 5% from IPO market of BRIC companies, noted the senior analyst of Alfa Bank Angelika Genkel during the conference «IPO-way- out to the European capital markets». Pessimistic assumptions, concerning IPO market in 2011, can be easily referred to the present year as well. Problems in the sphere of IPO and their solution Russia as any other country has its problems, which happen to be the reason of not very high level of IPO development. Such problems include: 1) underdevelopment of corporate law and legislation on paper market; 2) insufficient development of Russian capital market and its infrastructure, which is unprofitable and not effective right now; 3) poor development of Russian institutional investors: pension, unit investment and safety funds. There is a standard banning on investment of pension funds and unit investment funds in IPO; 4) insufficient experience of underwriters in placement of shares; 5) excessive concentration of transaction on Russian paper market. Nowadays about 98% of all transactions on the organized market are performed with blue chips; 6) low free-float of Russian market. In this regard for further development of IPO in Russia it is necessary to carry out the following events: 1. To build up the effective infrastructure of Russian capital market, considering rights on papers and calculation on dealing with them in particular. 2. To contribute to the development of institutional investors – of pension, unit investment and safety funds. Only they store long-term money, suitable for investment in IPO.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 221

3. To accomplish the formation of favorable legal environment of capital market, when the realization of IPO will be effective for issuer and attractive for investors. Having all these measures taken, in 5 years the amount of share placement on domestic market can be $ 5–6 billion a year, according to the prognosis of capital market analysts.

Literature

1. Draho J. The IPO decision: why and how companies go public. – Edward Elgar Pub- lishing, 2006. – 400 p. 2. Лукашов А., Могин А. IPO от I до O. Пособие для финансовых директоров и инве- стиционных аналитиков. – Альпина Паблишер, 2008. – 370 с. 3. Бархатов И.В. Особенности IPO российских компаний на фондовом рынке // Вестник Челябинского государственного университета. – 2012. – № 9. – С. 98–101. 4. Приходина Ю. А. Идеальное IPO: миф или реальность // Банковское право. – 2011. – № 3. – С. 43–46.

TAX POLICY ON THE SAFEGUARDING OF INNOVATIVE ACTIVITY

C. Danchina

National Research Tomsk State University

Taxes are a fine mechanism of regulation of economics which can, both to promote, and to suppress development of social and economic institutes. Developing taxation institute, it is probably and necessary to use tax methods of regulation with the object of stimulation of innovative activity that further will promote a sustainable development of Russia as a whole. Russia, having declared a course on modernization and innovations, tries to lead it in all spheres of society. So, for 2013 and for the planned period of 2014 and 2015 years, the tax incentives of innovative activity is chosen as the No.1 direction of Russian Federation tax policy, as well as during the last period. Tax regulators are most productive from all instruments of the centralized state impact on innovative activity. Experi- ence of the foreign countries which have already settled down to a course of development of innovation, also testifies on it. Despite taken reforms, the Russian businessmen aren't satisfied and complain of an insuperable tax burden. Doesn’t the state follow a course on an innovation?

222 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

From the comparison of standard rates of the main taxes in Europe and in Russia (table 1) follows that in the Russian Federation tax rates are practically at level of the European.

Table 1. Rates of taxes in Europe and Russia, 2000. Type of tax Europe Russia Profit tax (income) from 28 % in Finland to 41 % in Belgium 20% Value added tax from 12 % in Luxembourg to 22 % in 18% Poland Wealth tax from 0,3 % in Switzerland to 2,2 % in 2,2% Greece Rate of social payments from 2 % to 17 %. 34%

However the data of table 1 testify to the general rates of taxes. Within the stimulation of innovative activity amendments are adopted in the Tax code of the Russian Federation and in other normative documents. They are directed on the decrease in tariffs and tax rates, reduction of the list of documents, providing preferences, improvement of amortization policy and the taxation of the organizations as a whole, engaged in priority kinds of activity. Since 2005 special economic zones (OEZ) are functioning in Russia among which are also technical-innovative: Zelenograd, Dubna, St. Pe- tersburg and Tomsk. They are intended for the development of the companies of the innovative sphere, development and introduction of products of scientific activity. The taxation of residents of special economic zones has its own features (the lowered rates of a profit tax, on a transportation tax and insurance fees; tax vacation; mode of a free customs area; guarantees from adverse change in the legislation). Let's consider tax privileges of the innovative enterprise on an example of Tomsk special economic zone. 1. Privileges on a profit tax. The income from technical-innovative activity of residents is assessed on the lowered rate of a profit tax regarding a tax which is subject to transfer in budgets of subjects of the Russian Federation. In Tomsk, as well as in all existing SEZ the lowest rate of a profit tax is applied at the rate of 13,5 %. 2. Tax vacation. The essence of preference is that residents of SEZ from the moment of receiving such status by them receive for a certain period partial or full liberation from payment of the wealth tax, land and transport taxes.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 223

3. Wealth tax. Residents of SEZ are exempt from payment of this tax for a period of 10 years from the moment of the account on balance as fixed assets (movable and real estate). Thus the performance of several conditions is necessary: • fixed assets are created or acquired with a view of conducting activity in SEZ; • are located in SEZ territory; • are used in this territory within agreements on SEZ creation; • are on balance of the resident. But if separate objects of property on balance of the resident are used completely for maintaining other kinds of activity, the taxation of property is made on a rate of 2,2 %. 4. Transportation tax. Residents of SEZ are released from tax payment concerning the vehicles considered on balance (in Tomsk – for the maximum term – 10 years, since the first date of month in which the resident was registered in SEZ territory). 5. Land tax. Residents – legal entities of SEZ are released from payment of a tax of a land tax. Thus the land lot should be settled down in the territory of SEZ and should be belonging to the resident on the proprietary right or on the right of perpetual using, and also to be used by the company for realization of the investment project. The term of a privilege is 5 years since the month of emergence of the proprietary right to each land lot (item 9 of Art. 395 of the Internal Revenue Code of Russian Fed- eration). 6. The privileges connected with payment of insurance fees in the state off-budget funds. Residents technical-innovative SEZ which make payments to the individuals working at this territory, use a rate of 14 % for calculation of insurance fees. Also it is possible to carry to tax preferences the guarantee from adverse change of the legislation on taxes and fees. of The acts of worsen- ing a financial position (by Art. 38 of the Federal law from 22.07.2005 № 116-FZ «About special economic zones in the Russian Federation») aren't applied to the agreement on maintaining technical-innovative activity of the enterprise during the period of its validity. An exception is the taxation of the excisable goods. Defining the main directions of a tax policy, the state defined the main tax expenses of budgets directed on stimulation of economic development. Following the results of 2010 it was counted up, the cost of the tax privileges to the state. Total amount on stimulation of investment and

224 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions innovative activity which budgets have lost, was 366,2 billion rubles [1] (table 2).

Table 2. Stimulation of investment and innovative activity in the Russian Federation Sum, The direction of stimulation billion rubles. Investment activity, including: 354 112  An amortization award on a wealth tax of the organizations at a (wealth tax rate of 10 and 30 % (one-stage reduction of base of a profit tax of the of the organizations prior to the beginning of amortization of fixed assets). organizations)  Tax vacation on a tax on mining for the production companies concerning new fields both to super viscous oil and some other. 176  Granting to separate categories of taxpayers of the lowered rate of a wealth tax of the organizations which are subject to transfer in budg- 51 ets of subjects of the Russian Federation.  The accelerated amortization on a profit tax of the organizations 15 of some types of amortizing property. Innovative activity, including: 12,2  Release from the VAT of operations on realization of exclusive 8,2 rights to results of intellectual activity.  Release from the VAT of operations on performance by organiza- 3,5 tions the research and development.  A deduction of expenses from base of a profit tax of the organiza- 0,5 tions with raising factor 1,5.

However at such expenses the desirable result isn't visible yet. There- fore the authorities carry out work on an assessment of efficiency of privileges with a view of optimization of tax preferences. This work should lead to effective use of provided privileges which will promote fast results from innovative activity. Thus, we consider operating conditions of the taxation favorable for stimulation and development of innovative activity in Russia, and in Tomsk in particular. This institute develops in the necessary direction. Tax preferences provided by the state reduce as much as possible tax burden for the innovative enterprises. For example, at the stage of formation, the resident enterprises technical-innovative zones have obligations to the budget only on a profit tax and the state off-budget funds, rates are thus minimum. And it means that the state for its part expands possibilities for

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 225 development of innovative activity, and the enterprises need only to use them in necessary direction.

Literature

1. Основные направления налоговой политики Российской Федерации на 2013 год и на плановый период 2014 и 2015 годов. 2. Тютюрюков Н.Н. Налоговые системы зарубежных стран. – М., 2009. 3. Российские особые экономические зоны. – 2006–2009. – URL: ROSEZ.RU.

CRITICAL ISSUES IN REGIONAL INNOVATIVE ECOSYSTEM CREATION

S. Khachin

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University

Creation of the Russian innovative ecosystem passes a difficult stage. Modernization of domestic technologies is required, it is necessary to replace considerable part of the worn-out equipment. Still reorganization of process of introduction of innovations, including, revision of all procedures which accompany the innovative project on all its course of life is more necessary. Today in Russia is created, so-called, "rigid" innovative infrastructure in Russia: incubators, centers of a transfer of technologies, etc. However, a big positive effect for stimulation of innovative activity in the country it isn't observed. Bigger value has formation regional innovative ecosystems for the solution of this task. In significant improvement of innovative ecosystems, the maximum use of already having foreign practices in this area, finding of own original decisions in development of ecosystems you can find a secret of sharp increase of productivity of the Russian business incubators, science and technology parks and special economic zones, an exit of the companies to modern levels of efficiency of the activity also is covered. Appeared at the beginning of last decade, in recent years these tendencies considerably became stronger and gained global character. The essence of innovative ecosystems is that scientific development is considered as property of the company in competitive fight which should be placed, protected and developed together with other resources to reach strategic goals of the organization. Process of formation of an ideal innovative ecosystem submits to certain rules, and develops step by step. From this the conclusion follows

226 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions that if these steps are, so on their basis it is possible to construct model of ideal development of an innovative ecosystem. Ideal innovative ecosystem is complex concept including such factors, as innovative infrastructure, innovative policy of the state, the experience which has been saved up in the field of a commoditization of technologies. In other words, steadily functioning system of competent transformation of scientific potential in really operating innovative company of the international level. With the main components of any innovative ecosystem it was decided to allocate 4 factors of success: • The base – material objects of scientific and economic activity and non-material elements of economic system capable to become a basis and part of an innovative ecosystem. • Infrastructure – the objects created within realization of innovative policy of the region (country), aimed at increase of innovative activity (business incubators, science and technology parks, special economic zones, etc.), and also results of their activity. • Environment – the external elements of an innovation ecosystem promoting its functioning and development. These are the state forms of innovations, grants, funds, loans are support, etc. Totally, creation of innovative economy and a control system of it consists in basic restructuring of the directions of the development, new approaches to justification of priorities, considerable modernization of methods and forms of use of resources at all levels of innovative system, radical transformation of interaction «science – business – the power – society». In this context as one of the significant directions of formation of innovative economy its regional aspect acts. Sustainable development of such difficult open social and economic systems as the region, in modern conditions it is impossible without large-scale system use of results of scientific and technical activity, a support on an innovation. That these results found application, the adequate organization of innovative processes is necessary. And it, in turn, demands creation of the corresponding control system, capable to assume performance of the designated functions. Now value of an innovative factor in national economy amplifies. In modern conditions development of science becomes an indispensable condition of creation of preconditions of sustainable spiritual, intellectual, scientific and technical and social and economic development of society and the state. High technologies is that sphere which can solve the most ambitious problems in social and economic development of any state.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 227

They are powerful lever by means of which many countries not only overcome recession in economy, but also provide its restructuring and sate the market with various competitive production. In Russia the ecosystem only is formed, including, in the last four- five years, with the most active participation of the state institutes of development. Concern of the state is clear: without system work in this direction the country is doomed to that emergence of the innovative companies with breakthrough technologies and will remain from now on rather single stories of success, than the mass phenomenon. Meanwhile evolutionary market process of emergence of an ecosystem of innovations proceeds quite slowly. While in the Russian innovative system, anyway, the set of subquality work is found: • Dissociation of the key communities concerning innovative process: carriers of scientific and technical examination, developers, businessmen with experience of implementation of innovative and technological projects, venture investors, representatives of large corporations, as potential consumers of high technologies, etc. Due to the lack of cross communications participants innovative constantly have a feeling of deficiency of ideas, projects, business competences, examinations, infrastructure or investments, even in cases when actually such deficiency doesn't exist. It is pleasant, nevertheless, that in separate branches of the Russian economy self-organization of innovative community after all happened. For example, in IT sector and biopharmaceutics. At supranational level insufficient integration of the Russian innovative ecosystem in world is noticeable that complicates transformation of domestic venture projects into global businesses. • Lack of the infrastructure supporting the small innovative enterprises which is observed in spite of the fact that almost all infrastructure elements what only are thought up in the world, for the last fifteen years appeared and in Russia: business incubators, science and technology parks, educational and business and the technology development centers, etc. Today in Russia over hundred business incubators, and more than 60 science and technology parks work. However, real estate objects and preferential rates of rent in itself aren't capable to provide successful development of the innovative resident companies. Insufficient efficiency of business incubators and science and technology parks is result of that it in most cases isn't possible to turn into a convenient platform on which all key communities being part of an ecosystem of innovations could de-

228 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions velop the activity. In addition, there is an obvious deficiency of the universal and industry service companies rendering specialized services for the innovative enterprises. • Absence of sufficient number of the innovative projects attractive to investors, especially at an early stage. Substantially is caused by shortage at developers of the business competences, allowing bringing projects to a condition of investment appeal, and also experiencing of interaction with representatives of the venture capital. • Introduction in a civil turn of intellectual property which is available at the disposal of establishments of science and education is complicated and is created on budgetary funds. The situation changed with adoption of the federal law «about modification of separate acts of the Russian Fed- eration concerning creation by the budgetary scientific and educational institutions of economic societies for practical application (introduction) of results of intellectual activity» (217 Federal law) in July, 2009. The law consolidated the right of scientific and educational institutions to create economic societies, to bring in their authorized capitals of a right to use intellectual property and to attract the third-party organizations as cofounders. However 217 FL establishes also a number of restrictions which interfere with active participation of the venture capital in creation of the similar companies. • Absence of the expressed interest in the market of innovative technologies and production from large Russian business, as main customer. Even available demand for innovations from real sector often badly is articulated. To large business is more habitual if to be engaged in innovations, to generate them inside, and from the outside to take just reliable and approved that already in a root there doesn't correspond to definition «Innovation». Small innovative firms hardly find the consumer in Russia for the technologies among the large companies as the last often have no mechanisms for integration of the innovations created outside. One of consequences is a leakage of the technologies created by the Russian startups abroad. • Legislative discomfort in activity of funds of direct and venture investments and information startups. Analogs of the organizational and legal forms which are widely used by the foreign venture industry, in Russia are absent, and existing forms nonflexible and don't consider specifics of a venture; sufficient level of protection of interests of investors isn't provided; features of currency and customs control complicate foreign economic activity of the innovative companies. All this leads to that

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 229 in the conditions of the global competition of jurisdictions many high- tech businesses and carriers of innovative ideas are anyway washed away from Russia and move to jurisdictions with conditions, more optimum for development. In global sense absence of fully functioning ecosystem of innovations puts Russia in the least advantageous situation at the very beginning of a world chain of innovative repartition of knowledge. It reduces our country to the status of the supplier of innovative raw materials such as ideas and brains, on the basis of which the countries with more developed economy build effective businesses and an advanced science.

INNOVATIONS IN THE SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT PURCHASES IN FRANCE

A. Nalbandyan

Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia

En train de l'activité les pouvoirs réalisent la multitude des fonctions liées à la garantie de la capacité défensive et le droit juridique, le dé- veloppement stable des branches de l'économie et la sphère sociale, la protection de la nature, l'exécution des obligations internationales et d'autres directions du développement de l'État. Pour la réalisation de ces fonctions l'État et les administrations publiques font les achats publics. Les achats produits sont réglés aux frais des moyens des budgets, ainsi que les sources hors-budget. C'est pourquoi la qualité de l'exécution des fonctions d'État dépend à un fort degré de l’organisation effective des achats publics. L'acquisition des caractéristiques semblables est possible par la garantie de la transparence d'information, l'accessibilité de la participation au procès de la sélection des fournisseurs et l'utilisation principale des procédures concurrentielles dans le placement des commandes. Dans la loi sur les achats d'État, accepté en 2006, le Gouvernement de la France examine la question sur l'observation des principes essentiels du travail de l'institut des achats publics. Les principes donnés sont insérés dans la législation de l’UE, et en cas de leur violation le client assume la responsabilité en forme des amendes. Ce n'est pas accidentel, puisque le client est le moteur dans l'économie et dirige l'activité des fournisseurs. L'institut de la commande d'État, en premier lieu, était créé pour la satisfaction des besoins du secteur public. Cependant la procédure de la

230 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions conclusion des contrats d'État doit être nettement réglementée et systéma- tisée pour le maintien dans le pays des relations effectives commerciales entre tous les sujets économiques. Pour cela dans une nouvelle loi on insère les points comment il faut passer les contrats, ainsi que l'on prescrit les procédures de la tenue des ventes se distinguant des propositions ordinaires sur l'octroi des demandes. D'autre part, dans la loi on stipule la légalité de l'annonce de n'importe quelles ventes, i.e. quelles conditions impératives (y compris préalable) le client doit respecter à la publication de la commande. Il faut marquer que ces innovations, premièrement, permettent d'estimer la participation de l'organisation-client au développement de la compétition au pays. Deuxièmement, dans la perspective à long terme le client optimise ainsi les relations économiques avec le marché, i.e. avec les fournisseurs. En fin de compte, une telle pratique de la coopération effectivement construite passera et au business privé. Un de principaux outils de l'optimisation des relations entre le client et le fournisseur est l'accord-cadre. L'accord-cadre est un outil important et souple inséré dans la législa- tion de la France sur les achats d'État, qui permet à l'acheteur de passer dans les délais les plus courts de contrat avec le fournisseur. En France l'outil des accords-cadres est considéré principalement nouveau et agit dès le 1 septembre 2006. Cependant un tel outil est mentionné aussi dans les directives de la Communauté Européenne. En fait, les accords-cadres utilisés dans le cadre d'un pays ou du niveau international, simplifient considérablement aux clients la rédaction et la signature ultérieure des contrats sur les commandes se répétant pour la livraison des marchandises, l'exécution des travaux ou la prestation de services. Vers tels projets on peut porter les commandes annuelles ou tri- mestrielles. Le besoin constant dans un tel type les marchandises permet de standardiser les conditions de la commande. Dans le cadre de l’ Organisation mondiale du commerce en 1994 l’Accord sur les marchés publics (AMP) était créé. Son but principal était l'établissement du principe de la nondiscrimination entre les fournisseurs nationaux et étrangers. Avec cela, dans l'accord on soulignait l'importance des actions dirigées sur la garantie de la transparence de la tenue des ventes et la garantie de la compétition consciencieuse. À AMP on amène une telle définition des accords-cadres – les contrats conclus sur les commandes, répété pendant la période définie du temps et par cela, permettant d'établir les conditions standard de l'exécu-

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 231 tion de la commande. Ainsi, les accords-cadres sont utilisés alors, quand les clients demandent les marchandises ou les services sur le délai défini, mais la quantité ne peut pas être définie exactement en rapport avec la nature de la commande et l'ignorance de ce moment, quand la marchandise il faut. Pour la première fois un tel type de l'accord étaient utilisés dans les sphères de l'approvisionnement en eau, l'énergétique, le transport et les télécommunications. Ils ont aidé à adapter ces sphères en conséquence aux marchés des marchandises, les travaux et les services. Donc, la 2006 année en France on élaborait une nouvelle réforme dans la sphère des achats d'État. Les nouvelles lois comprennent deux parties : premier comprend les lois concernant les responsabilités des personnes, passant les enchères publics, а deuxième se rapporte directement à la procédure des ventes. Chacune de ces parties comprend les points réglant les accords-cadres. Les accords-cadres peuvent être de deux types : – les contrats-cadres. – les accords-cadres strictо sensu. Le contrat d'entreprise est défini comme le contrat d'État, dans qui toutes les conditions sont d'avance stipulées en ordre rigide et ne peuvent pas par la suite être changés au cours des négociations, même en cas de besoin du chargement supplémentaire. Et vice versa, dans les accords simples de cadre de la condition de la livraison de la marchandise, l'acheminement, l'exécution des travaux, les prestations de services, les délais ne se font pas enregistrer etc. dans le contrat jusqu'à la conclusion. Ils se précisent après la définition du fournisseur pendant les négociations entre le fournisseur et le client. Ainsi, un principal problème: si un nouvel outil répond aux attentes des clients. Des bons côtés l'introduction de l'outil donne la possibilité de prendre en considération le facteur temps et éviter les inexactitudes en quantité, lié avec les commandes. En effet, la possibilité de distribuer la livraison de la marchandise selon les partis dans le temps permet au fournisseur plus vite d'accomplir les commandes d'État grâce à plus petits volumes et tranquillement fermer toutes les obligations sur le contrat. D'autre part, les accords-cadres sont l'outil assez souple. Ils permettent aux clients de distribuer dans le temps la livraison de la marchandise, l'exécution des travaux ou la prestation de services, i.e. en tout la commande que décide automatiquement les problèmes avec la conservation et

232 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions le contenu de la marchandise, qui être nécessaire dans quelque temps, et non à la fois. Cependant plus important plus de tels accords est ce que les achats se réalisent dans les délais les plus courts et aux prix satisfaisant les clients. De plus, le prix de la marchandise ne change pas, puisque il est fixé pendant la conclusion du contrat, même si la livraison se réalisera par les partis au cours d'une année ou plus. Grâce à cela le client affermit la sécurité juridique, puisque fixe d'avance toutes les conditions signifiantes pour, а le fournisseur sort sur les ventes, en ayant pris connaissance déjà, i.e. il consent. Cependant tous ces avantages des accords-cadres pour les clients leur demandent la compréhension de la responsabilité et un haut niveau de la compétence en la sphère des achats d'État. En effet, la tâche principale des auteurs des nouvelles lois 2006 sur les achats d'État - ne pas décliner toute la responsabilité et le contrôle des clients d'État, mais créer le sys- tème logiquement construit et simple des achats d'État. L'exemple réel de la conclusion du contrat à la base de l'accords- cadres est le contrat conclu entre la Chine et Airbus en 2007. La Chine a signé l'accord-cadre avec l'aéroconstructeur français Airbus sur l'achat de 110 liners A320 et 50 liners A330. Le coût approximatif du marché a fait 17 milliards de dollar. Avec le développement des technologies les moyens de la conclusion des contrats d'État se développent. Ainsi, il y avait une telle notion comme l‘achat électronique à 21 siècle. L’ achat électronique est le nouveau système d'information créé à la base des technologies existant, qui permet au secteur public de trouver les fournisseurs et acquérir les biens et services avec l'aide des Ressources Internet. Les nouvelles technologies donnent la possibilité de recevoir plus d'information, réduire les frais gén- éraux et industriels, alors faire l'achat plus effectif. En France l’achat électronique fait partie de la politique de la déma- térialisation et la modernisation de l'institut des achats d'État. La politique donnée était commencée par le Gouvernement en 2001, mais l’ achat électronique est appliquées dès 2005. En étant un de 140 moyens du programme d'État de l'introduction de la gestion électronique, l’achat élec- tronique étaiet introduite pour le perfectionnement des procédures du traitement des demandes, la publication des commandes, l'échange d'information entre les agents économiques sans utilisation des porteurs en papier.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 233

L’E-ACHAT.

Cependant, malgré l'introduction de l’achat électronique et la simplification des procédures, la dématérialisation cela ne signifie pas le non- respect des règles et des principes de la conclusion des contrats d'État. Grâce au travail fait on peut faire les conclusions suivantes : – Les innovations à la législation sur les achats d'État en France sont fondées sur les principes de l'ouverture (publicité), l'égalité des candidats, l'efficacité des marchés conclus, la responsabilité des parties – les participants du contrat et la transparence de la conclusion des contrats. Ainsi, le client est engagé à effectuer les ventes en respectant strictement les principes donnés. – L'introduction des procédures correspondantes permet d'estimer la réalité économique et recevoir l'accès aux agents économiques. Les accords-cadres – une principale innovation introduite dans le sys- tème des achats d'État en 2006 en France. Ils sont pointés vers la recher- che de la balance entre l'efficacité économique et les règles rigides de la tenue des achats d'État.

234 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

– Les accords-cadres donnent la possibilité de produire les commandes d'État dans de différentes sphères de l'économie, en stimulant alors n'importe quelle branche. – Le système de l’achat électronique simplifie considérablement la tenue des procédures des commandes d'État et réduit les délais d'em- prisonnement du contrat entre le client d'État et le fournisseur gagnant. Aussi les terrains électroniques commerciaux sont un pas grand et fruc- tueux à l'écart de la dématérialisation et la modernisation des achats d'État. Mais d'autre part, le perfectionnement du système donné, puisque les ventes aux enchères classiques (avec l'aide des porteurs en papier) existent encore aujourd'hui dans certaines branches de l'économie encore est prévu.

Litérature

1. Pichon Frédériс. Le développement durable dans les marchés publics, une évolution complexe, 2007. – 106 с. 2. Younès Boughzala. Aspects collaboratifs dans la dématérialisation des achats publics en France, 2011. – 18 с. 3. Younès Boughzala. L’implémentation de l’e-achat dans le secteur public français: les constats d’une observation participante, 2011. – 15 с.

DIE STEUERERMÄSSIGUNGEN WIE DIE WEISE DER STIMULIERUNG DER INNOVATIVEN TÄTIGKEIT

Y. Ryumina

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Einer der offensichtlichen Faktoren «die Reichtümer der Völker» in der modernen Welt ist eine innovative Aktivität. Ohne Anwendung der Innova- tionen ist es unmöglich, die konkurrenzfähige Produktion tatsächlich zu schaffen, die die hohe Stufe der Wissenschaftlichkeit und der Neuheit hat. Die Innovationen stellen das wirksame Mittel des Konkurrenzkampfes dar, da zur Bildung der neuen Bedürfnisse, zur Selbstkostenverringerung der Produktion, zum Nebenfluss der Investitionen, zur Erhöhung des Images des Produzenten der neuen Lebensmittel, zur Eröffnung und der Ergreifung der neuen Märkte führen. Die wachsende Rolle der Innovationen in der Russischen Föderation ist bedingt, erstens von der Natur der Marktbeziehungen, zweitens von der Not-

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 235 wendigkeit der tiefen qualitativen Umgestaltungen in der Wirtschaft Russ- lands zwecks der Überwindung der Krise und des Ausgangs auf die Bahn der standfesten Größe. Die Stimulierung der Entwicklung der Technologien, wie die weltweite Erfahrung vorführt, ist ohne staatliche Einmischung unmög- lich. Die Haupteinwirkung, die der Staat auf die wissenschaftlich-technischen und innovativen Sphären stützt, trägt den indirekten Charakter. Die indirekten Methoden der Regulierung der innovativen Tätigkeit sind, einerseits, auf die Stimulierung der innovativen Prozesse, und mit anderem – auf die Bildung der günstigen Wirtschaftsbedingungen und des sozialen-politischen Klimas für die wissenschaftlich-technische Entwicklung gerichtet. Die Bedeutung der indirekten Methoden der staatlichen Unterstützung der Innovationen klärt sich vor allem davon, dass die vermittelte Stimu- lierung wesentlich die kleineren Haushalts-Aufwände im Vergleich zur geraden Finanzierung fordert, von ihm kann viel больший der Kreis der innovativen Subjekte erfasst sein. In der ganzen Welt wird die innovative Aktivität von verschiedenen Er- mäßigungen und den Präferenzen gefördert, die ganz notwendig bei der An- eignung der forschungsintensiven Produktion sind. Die Formen und die Me- thoden der staatlichen Unterstützung sind sehr vielfältig und erfassen tatsäch- lich alle Seiten der Unternehmertätigkeit. Unter den Maßen der indirekten Regulierung werden wir die Steuerermäßigungen vor allem bemerken. Die privilegierte Besteuerung des Gewinns wird wie mittels der Kürzung der steuerlichen Basis, als auch mittels der Verkleinerung der Steuersätze, den Abzügen aus den Steuerzahlungen realisiert. In der weltweiten Praxis werden die folgenden Arten der Steuerermä- ßigungen, die die innovative Tätigkeit fördern verwendet: • die Überlassung des Forschungs – und Anlagesteuerkredites, d.h. der Aufschub der Steuerzahlungen im Teil der Aufwände aus dem Ge- winn auf die innovativen Ziele; • «die Steuerferien» im Laufe von einigen Jahren auf den Gewinn, der von der Realisierung der innovativen Projekte bekommen ist; • die Senkung der Sätze der Steuer auf den Gewinn, der auf bestellten und gemeinsamen Forschungsentwicklungen gerichtet ist; • die privilegierte Besteuerung des Gewinns, der infolge der Nutzung der Patente bekommen ist, der Lizenzen, das Know-How u.a. der immate- riellen Aktiva, die das geistige Eigentum bilden; • die Verkleinerung des steuerlichen Gewinns auf die Summe des Wertes der Geräte und der Ausrüstung, übergeben den Hochschulen, das Forschungsinstitut und anderen innovativen Organisationen;

236 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

• der Abzug aus dem steuerlichen Gewinn der Beiträge zu den Wohl- tätigkeitsfonds, deren Tätigkeit mit der Finanzierung der Innovationen verbunden ist; • die Aufnahme des Teiles des Gewinns der innovativen Organisation auf die speziellen Rechnungen mit der nachfolgenden privilegierten Be- steuerung im Falle der Nutzung auf die innovativen Ziele. Ungeachtet, auf die ganze Mannigfaltigkeit des nationalen Herangehens an die Konstruktion der Steuersysteme für die innovative Sphäre, man kann darüber sagen, was die Hauptrolle sie die Senkung der Steuer auf den Ge- winn (das Einkommen) der industriellen Firmen spielt. Dabei wird die Sen- kung der Steuer auf den Gewinn mit dem von den Unternehmen erreichten Niveau der innovativen Aufnahmefähigkeit eng koordiniert. Je höher dieses Niveau, desto es gibt als mehrere Steuerermäßigungen kann das entsprechen- de Unternehmen, aber nur bekommen unter der Bedingung, dass letzten En- des nach der erfolgreichen Kommerzialisierung der Ergebnisse der For- schungsentwicklungen streben wird und wird beginnen, davon den ausrei- chenden Vorteil zu haben. Darauf stützt sich die Idee der indirekten Steuerstimulierung, die in zwei letzten Jahrzehnte die immer größere Popularität in den industriell entwickel- ten Ländern mit der Marktwirtschaft erwirbt. Der Staat bestimmt vor dem privaten Sektor ein bestimmtes Ziel und wählt die Finanzmittel auf ihre Er- rungenschaft. Jedoch werden diese Ressourcen direkt zwischen den konkreten Firmen nicht verteilt, und werden allen potentiellen Bewerbern in Form von den Ermäßigungen nach der Bezahlung der Steuer auf den Gewinn an- geboten. Die Steuerermäßigungen in der Praxis ausnutzen können nur jener von ihnen, die selbst streben und sind fähig, in der vom Staat angegebenen Richtung zu gelten. Das Niveau der Steuerermäßigungen in der Russischen Föderation zieht bis zum Niveau des Auslands weder nach den qualitativen Kennziffern, noch nach den Qualitativen wesentlich nicht. Ein wesentlicher Unterschied ist auch die Tatsache, dass in der Russischen Föderation die Mehrheit der Ermäßi- gungen den Organisationen, nur gewährt werden wenn sie die Residenten der besonderen wirtschaftlichen Zonen sind, das heißt ist es diese Ermäßigungen praktisch tragen den lokalen Punktcharakter. In der geltenden Steuergesetz- gebung der Russischen Föderation fehlt das Einheitssystem der Steuerein- wirkung auf die innovative Tätigkeit. Deshalb trennt sich zur Zeit die Steuer- politik der russischen Regierung von der weltweiten Praxis in der Stimulie- rung der Anlage- und innovativen Tätigkeit.In der gegebenen Etappe ein Ziel der Vervollkommnung des Steuersystems der Russischen Föderation soll die

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 237

Bildung der vorteilhaften Bedingungen für die Führung der innovativen Tä- tigkeit von allen Subjekten unabhängig von den Eigentumsformen und den Arten der Finanzierung werden. In den modernen Wirtschaftsbedingungen soll die Rede über die Präzisierung der steuerlichen Basis und die Entwick- lung der Mechanismen der Beitreibung der Steuern, die Veränderung der Amortisationspolitik zwecks der Versorgung der Möglichkeit den Organisa- tionen gehen, die Amortisationsfonds als Quelle der Investitionen in der In- novation zu vergrössern. Die Steuerermäßigungen ist man notwendig vor allem, mit der Beschleunigung des wissenschaftlich-technischen Fortschritts zu koordinieren. Die Steuer soll sich je nach dem Umfang der Kosten für die Entwicklung und die Aneignung der neuen hocheffektiven Produktion ver- ringern. So wird die Annahme des Komplexes der Maße, die auf die Ver- vollkommnung des Steuersystems auf dem Gebiet der Regulierung der innovativen Tätigkeit gerichtet sind gefordert.

Literature

1. Die ausländische Erfahrung der staatlichen Regulierung der innovativen Tätigkeit. [Die elektronische Ressource] // Regime des Zuganges: http: // economyinnovation. ru/zarubejnyy_opyt_gosudarstvennogo_regulirovaniya_innova tsionnoy_deyatelnosti.html. 2. Die Steuerermäßigungen für die innovativen Gesellschaften. [Die elektronische Ressour- ce] // Regime des Zuganges: http://www.innocom.ru/articles/tax-allowance. html. 3. Über die Stimulierung der innovativen Tätigkeit. [Die elektronische Ressource] // Re- gime des Zuganges: http://dpr.ru/journal/journal_8_7.htm. 4. Die Regierung hat die Steuerermäßigungen für die innovativen Gesellschaften vorberei- tet. [Die elektronische Ressource] // Regime des Zuganges: http://www.audit-it.ru/news/ account/ 207291 .html.

FINANCING VEHICLES OF INNOVATION IN RUSSIA AND PROBLEMS OF EFFICIENCY

N. Shimshirt

National Research Tomsk State University

Abstract The article is devoted to the problems of financing vehicles of innovation. The place and role of economic development in innovation is determined. Current problems of efficiency enhancement of innovation activity in Rus- sia are envisaged.

The innovative way of economic development is today unique for Rus- sia. The overcoming of negative consequences of prolonged modernization

238 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions and providing a long-term sustainable development requires multiple ex- pansions of R & D costs, which will improve financing and stimulation of innovative processes in the country. Analysis of the innovation process in Russia will place the question about the influence of evolutionary system on supplying business solvency of economy and the budget system in the long run. The lack of clear program and the system of interrelation of the allocated financing with results of future condition is presented. The rate of innovative activity is constantly increasing in the world. This process comprises a growing number of countries. Yesterday technologies which were widely used in the developing countries are no longer operating. All fast-growing countries focus on the development of industries that are aimed at the breakthrough. The main Russia's GDP growth in 2011 was due to agriculture and natural resources sector. The finance system of innovation is a complex interweaving of forms and sources. Until 1991, financing of innovation in Russia was based mainly on the budget appropriations. Financing vehicles of the implementation of the state innovation policy now is a system of supplying the innovation cycle with resources. Currently, you we can use the following classification of innovation sources of funds: According to ownership: State, Private, Public-private. By source of funds:  own budget and extra-budgetary funds, budget appropriation, by which the following target complex programs and state priority projects are carried out (for example, RFBR)  loan and insurance funding,  loan proceeds in the form of external (international loans) and domestic debt of the state (government bonds, debt and other loans)  internal funds of economic entities (profit, depreciation charges, insurance indemnity, immobilize surplus of intangible asset, fixed and basic and current assets, etc.);  funds received from stock trading, as well as contributions, special- purpose receipts, etc.;  loan proceeds of economic entities in the form of bank and commercial loans,  funds from a public-private partnership. The organizational forms of innovation financing are:  deficit spending

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 239

 Equity (corporate) finance  Project Finance [1]: Turn to the analysis of funding models that exist in modern states of the world. The basic model of financing of innovation is based on the stock market and called the market. The market model is characteristic for the U.S., UK and Canada. In the last few decades it has been extended in Israel, as well as many countries in continental Europe. In particular, during the second half of the 1990s, Belgium and the Scandinavian countries increasingly trended to this model, especially Sweden and Finland, but this model is still called the American, British-American or stock model [2. Р. 62; 3. Р. 27; 4. Р. 30]. A classic example of successful stock market participation in the financing of innovation is the activity of the American National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ). This area has become the most reliable and widely used channel for further development of venture capital in the USA. A liquid market allows venture investors and business angels to sell their shares in the funded companies, without causing a significant decline in stock prices of these companies. Liquidity of the stock market is determined by its size, which in turn depends on the number of listed securities, as well as investment banks and companies providing financial services to private and institutional investors. An important condition for achieving an adequate level of liquidity of the stock market is high entrepreneurial activity in the country. Thus, the business venture was formed as a branch of the U.S. business in the period of rapid development of computer technology and gave a powerful impulse for the successful development of this field. The main drawback of the market model is its instability, manifested primarily in the fact that this model creates an environment conducive to the formation of bubbles on the stock market. The problem of financial bubbles is constantly discussed in the scientific literature. The most comprehensive relationship of crisis with the formation of new technological mode in the economy is presented in the research of S. Glazev and A. Ro- manov [5, 6]. It is believed that the «overheating pressures» of the stock market and the subsequent formation of the bubble is an essential element of any significant stage of the innovation development (technological revolution). The well-known expert in the field of technological development K. Perez follows describes the process of the financial capital in the technological revolution: «One gets the money in new industries, and the other is directed

240 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions to the development of new infrastructure, and the third for the modernization of existing industries, but most part of the money spinning frantically in the market, making new money, which leads to asset price bubbles, and creates an atmosphere of excitement in the ever-growing bubble. As a result, it has to burst, but when it happens, the changes have occurred. The new industries have grown; the new infrastructure has appeared...» [7. Р. 25]. A.A. Suetin explains the emergence of financial bubbles by trading large facilities at a price that are significantly different from the true ones. [8, p. 14]: There are hypotheses that consider as a cause of financial bubbles, the systematic deviation of the market price of financial assets from their real value, speculation, irrational behavior of institutional investors. The stock market, which underlies the market model, allows innovative companies to gain the access to the additional capital and to carry out a profitable exit from the investment for venture investors and business angels. At the same time, the market model is not functioning successfully in all countries. The ability of the securities market to promote the development of innovative business is largely determined by the law and the level of market liquidity. Where the economic environment is inadequate, stock prices are volatile, and the markets themselves more conducive to financial speculation rather than long-term investment. It is difficult to talk about financial stability in this situation. The features of a distinct element of economic structures are a peculiarity of the business venture. Moreover, the largest independent venture capital firms are in the United States, developing on the basis of external ventures and the lowest - in Japan, existing in domestic venture capital divisions of large industrial companies. But regardless of the organizational form, they are flexible and mobile structures and are characterized by extremely high and purposeful activity of the employees and their partners of the venture business in the successful commercialization of early ideas, technologies, object of the invention, and with minimal effort. The emergence of risk form of financing is inextricably linked with the growing difficulties of introducing scientific achievements in production, mass emergence of the research enterprise and the high demand for the capital, inability to meet the traditional banking institutions. Greater risk stands up the possibility of passing go many times the one that you can get by placing their capital (cumulative preference) in government securities, shares of industrial companies and banks or, stag.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 241

In October 2011, the Federal Government approved the Concept of creation the Center of education, research and development in Tomsk region. The project includes two stages till 2020. The first stage – 2011–2015 – suggests the involvement and development of investments, including the development of research and education park, university campus, innovation infrastructure, accompanied by transport and social infrastructure, the strengthening of institutions with innovative orientation, including the involvement of large companies into the region, the development of research and education complex, continuous and multi-level education and innovative entrepreneurship. The second stage – 2016–2020 years – to achieve innovation and technology leadership in priority areas of modernization of the Russian economy and the key project results is scheduled. Preliminary funding of the project for 2011–2013 from all sources of funding is 39 922.1 million rubles. 45.8% – off-budget funds, 54.2% – on account of budget. Budgetary funds – 75.2% (16,250.2 million) from federal budget and 24.8% or 5370.5 million rubles from regional budget [9]. The main indirect way of improving innovative activity is tax credits and promotional taxation for corporations that own or public R & D programs. These measures are sometimes referred to as «tax expenditures». In some countries (Canada, Australia, Ireland, the Netherlands, Belgium, etc.) «tax expenditures» on research and development exceeds the budget. To encourage investment in R & D by the private business tax tools are directly related to the income tax and are divided into two categories: • tax bonanza – in this case, firms which invest in the research and development, are allowed to deduct these expenses from taxable income or income spent on R & D, for example in Russia, a so-called «bonus depreciation» as a tax expense; • tax credit – in this case, firms which invest in research and development are allowed to deduct a specified percentage of R & D expenditure from taxable income or income tax credit is granted to Russia in the amount of taxes paid is not intended for investment. Recently, there was a noticeable shift in emphasis from the use of tax concessions to the tax credit in the practice of tax incentives for R & D in the OECD countries. [10] In France, since 2005, the amount of finance, allocated to French companies on the basis of tax research credit, is being started to exceed the value of direct government support of high-tech businesses. In the tax systems of most OECD countries, including the United States, the costs on research and development are regarded either as an in-

242 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions vestment expenditures and are depreciated over 5 years from the date of implementation, or as business costs and being tax deductible in the current period. The choice of method of writing off the costs for R & D is up by the entrepreneur. In the U.S., the tax credit for research and development allows to return an amount of finance equal to 20% of incremental R & D expenditure from already paid taxes during the current year. This concession is applied only to the research and development activity carried out in the U.S. The tax credit has a powerful stimulating influence on the effective implementation of the long-term research by companies, emergently important for a new economy. Such credits have a positive impact at the early stages of the development of firms and are especially effective in small businesses [11]. In summary, there are three main groups of tax tools to encourage innovation: – Tax exemption of public and private non-profit organizations (value- added taxes, wealth tax, land tax, and the elimination of customs duties on import of scientific equipment, etc.); – Tax concessions that encourage companies to spend more money on research and development; – Tax concessions for start-up companies at the early stages of their activity. Experience shows that the tax concessions included in the first group do not provide any significant incentive to make additional investment in research and development. If the public and private non-profit organizations are forced to pay all the legal taxes, the Government should compensate these costs by increasing in the level of funding. The only advantage of this group of tax concessions is that the overall cost structure of state organizations will be relatively lower than other organizations have. It will lead to their competitive growth. As in many other countries, the Russian State research and development institutes and universities are free of value added tax. This applies to research work funding by the Government, as well as research performed under contracts with the business. Tax concessions on income do not apply to public research institutions and universities, as the purpose of their work is making a profit. A. Chubais said at the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum, that 13 new plants of nanotechnology put into operation in 2011, and another 16 are planned to set in operation in 2012. In the long term 60 plants will be opened in the future. All these plants are now combined into 14

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 243 clusters from metalwork and polymers to medical cluster, which includes the treatment, diagnosis, surgery [12]. The statement of the President Vladimir Putin at a meeting of Presiden- tial Council for economic modernization and innovative development of Russia in June 2012 runs that Russia has a whole system of development institutions: the Russian Venture Company, Rusnano, the Russian Fund for Technological Development, Skolkovo, the Fund for Assistance to Small Innovative Enterprises in science and technology. Besides, much is being done to use the modern tools of innovation policy: tax concessions for innovative companies, possibility to create small innovative enterprises at the universities and research institutes, an application of a significant promotional rate of insurance payment – 14%. 1 715 new innovative enterprises are running in Russia today. Global experience has shown that small innovative business tends to develop and introduce innovations. More than half of innovative products are created in this sector. 115 technology transfer centers and 177 business incubators were created, 25 innovative regional clusters were selected, where the programs will be implemented with the government support. Tomsk Region is included into a cluster «harmaceutics, medical technology and information technology of Tomsk region» specialization «edicine and pharmaceutics, IT, electronics», hich is quite legal. Desire to develop Nano sector is very useful, but at the same time it is necessary to put the issue of assessing the effectiveness of the investment. Clearly, this is an area of high-risk investments; this efficiency cannot be instantaneous. The Court of Accounts of the Russian Federation on the basis of analysis of the effective application by economic entities with state participation and public corporations of funds for investment purposes has concluded that 9 large joint-stock companies with state participation (PLC «Gazprom», PLC «Oil Company Rosneft», PLC «Federal Grid Company of United Energy System», PLC «INTER RAOUES», PLC «Russian Railways» PLC «Svyazinvest», PLC «Aeroflot», PLC «Sovcom- flot», PLC «Special Economic Zones») do not fully implement investment programs, plans for capital construction and putting into operation. This situation leads to an increase of constructions in progress, increase the cost of construction, with import machinery purchased mainly (PLC «Aeroflot», PLC «Sovcomflot»), there is no proper control over the achievement of economic efficiency, taken into account the decision of including objects of construction into the investment program [13]. Only 67% of the 15 reviewed organizations adopted a strategy (program) of its activities. With a

244 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions total investment of these companies in 2009–2010, more than 3.7 trillion rubles (more than 400 billion rubles are derived from the federal budget) are used ineffectively, and in some cases with a low efficiency. Auditors see the reason in the absence of a clear research focus and general imbalance of innovation system. According to their views, the increase in R & D expenses by 15% should bring an additional 1% to growth of GDP. How- ever, this trend is not observed in Russia: from 2002 to 2010, funding for scientific research has increased by six times, but the corresponding increase in GDP was not occurred, the number of patents has not been yet grown up this time. Due to the Research Institute of Battelle Memorial Institute, Russia's expenses on R & D amounted to 1% of GDP in 2011, or 23.1 billion dollars. Russian indicators look more considerable among countries - neighbors of the BRICs: China spent on innovation 153 700 000 000 dollars last year, or 1.4% of GDP, India. 36.1 billion, or 0.9% of GDP, Brazil – 19.4 billion, or 0.9% of GDP. Last year the growth of GDP in Russia, according to preliminary data, was 4.3%. Over the next ten years Russia will increase R & D funding by more than half, to 2.5–3% of GDP [14]. Alongside the improvement of the institutional environment the Gov- ernment supported pointed innovative projects within five priority areas of technological development. A total number is 37 projects; with a financial support about 100 billion from the federal budget for 2010–2012 [15]. Thus, challenging questions of nanotechnology development and policy of modernization of the Russian economy has been justified over the next ten years. However, it is important to increase the responsibility for the efficiency of large amounts of funding. Now the speed of implementation of economic development programs is insufficient.

Literature

1. Bondarenko N.E. Sources of innovation financing in Russia – sdo.rea.ru / cde / conference (date of access: 20.10.2012). 2. Mikhalevsky V.L. Financial mechanism of innovation development: Dis. ... KE. n. – M., 2007. 3. Yudanov Yu. Variety of European business models // Global Economy and International Re- lations. – 2003. – № 12. – S. 26–34. 4. Paradise N., Sergienko J.B., Frenkel A. The stock market in the system of financial investment and innovation / / Global Economy and International Relations. – 2007. – № 11. – S. 30. 5. Glazyev S.Y. Strategy of priority development of Russia in the global crisis. – Moscow: Economics, 2010. 6. Romanov A. The market model of innovation financing: a descriptive analysis / / Journal of Finance / Financial journal. – 2012. – №. 1. – P. 79–86.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 245

7. Perez K. Technological revolutions and financial capital. Dynamics of bubbles and periods of prosperity / Carlota Perez, trans. from English. F. V. Majewski. – Moscow: Publishing House of the "Delo" ANX, 2011. 8. Suetin A.A. Financial economics: growth, stability and decline. – Moscow: Alpha M: INFRA-M, 2011. 9. The concept of creation Center of Education in Tomsk, Research and Development (approved by the Federal Government on October 6, 2011 № 756-r) // Garant (date of access: 15.10.2012). 10. OECD. Tax concessions for research and development: Trends and issues. – Paris: OECD, 2002. 11. Tax concessions for innovation / Ed. N.I. Ivanova. – M.: IMEMO, 2009. 12. Chubais’s speech at the International Economic Forum in St. Petersburg in June 2012 – Access mode. – http // 2012.forumspb.com/ru (date of access: 10.28.2012). 13. Financing innovation in large Russian companies with state participation is lower than foreign ones. – Access mode – http://www.garant.ru/ news/ (date of access: 10.28.2012). 14. Reznikova A., Petlevoy B. Financing innovation didn’t pay off the economy. Free-access mode. – http://www.rbcdaily.ru/2012/02/09/focus/ (date of access: 10.27.2012) 15. Council meeting on economic modernization and innovative development. – Free access mode. – http://www.kremlin.ru/news/16708 (date of access: 27.10.2012).

DIE WECHSELWIRKUNG DER NATIONALEN FORSCHUNGSUNIVERSITÄTEN MIT KLEINEN INNOVATIONSUNTERNEHMEN (AM BEISPIEL DER TOMSKER STAATSUNIVERSITÄT UND DER GESELLSCHAFT MIT BEGRENZTER HAFTUNG “KOMPACHIM”)

T. Yanshina

Staatliche Universität Tomsk

Die Sucht nach den Möglichkeit des Abgans von der Rohstoffab- hängigkeit der nationalen Ökonomik von Russland im Laufe von den letzten Jachren brachte zur Wahl der Innovationsmodells der Entwicklung des Landes. In diesem Zusammenhang wird die Frage der Entwicklung der kleinen Unternehmen in der Innovationssphäre aktiver. Indem solche Unternehmen die langjährigen Ausarbeitungen der Hochschulwissen- schaft ausnutzen, indem sie auf ihrer Basis neue Produkte und Technolo- gien herausarbeiten, werden sie das Bindungsglied zwischen Wissen- schaft und Unternehmen. Für die Schaffung der Bedingungen der Innova- tionsökonomik wurde das föderative Gesetz Nummer 217 beschlossen, das auf die effektive Entwicklung des kleinen und des mittleren Unter- nehmens bei der Unterstützung der Hochschulwissenschaft gerichtet

246 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions wurde [1]. Universitäten und Institute bekamen das Recht, kleine Innova- tionsunternehmen für die praktische Einführung der Resultate ihrer intellektuellen Tätigkeit selbständig zu schaffen. Gemäß den Angaben des Departemens der wissenschaftlich-technischen und Staatsinnovations- politik des Ministeriums des Bildungswesens und der Wissenschaft von Russland wurden von den Hochschulen 1620 kleine Innovationsunter- nehmen entsprechend dem föderatiren Gesetz 217 (nach dem Stand vom 28-sten September 2012) geschaffen [2]. Die meisten von ihnen funk- tionieren erfolgreich. Das Ministerium für Wissenschaft von Russland ist an der weiteren Aktivisierung der Tätigkeit in dieser Richtung interessiert. Zum Zweck der Schaffung des günstigen Miliens für die Entwicklung der kleinen Innovationsunternehmen wurde eine Reihe von Veränderungen in die gesetzgebenden Akten der Russischen Föderation eingetragen, die die Steuerlast für die kleinen Innovationsunternehmen wesentlich senken. Heutzutage werden vom Ministeriun zusätzliche Maßnahmen zum Zweck der Schaffung noch günstigerer Bedingungen für die Kommerzialisierung der Ergebnisse der intellektuellen Tätigkeit ergriffen. Heute gibt es kein erfolgreiches Innovationsmodell der Entwicklung der Ökonomik, das ohne gerade Staatsteilnahme entstanden ist und das existiert. In der Russischen Föderation ist wie zuvor die Hauptquelle der Finanzierung der Erforschungen und Ausarbeitungen der föderative Haushaltsplan. Und ungeachtet dessen, dass heute die Privatpersonen den größten Teil des nationalen Reichtums beherrschen. Die Hauptquelle der Staatsfinanzierung der kleinen Innovationsunternehmen sind die Budgets- fonds, darunter der Russische Fonds der fundamentalen Erforschungen, der Fonds der Zielprogramme, das Innovationszentrum «Skolkowo», der Fonds der Förderung der Entwicklung der kleinen und mittleren Unter- nehmen in der wissenschaftlich-technischen Sphäre (der Fonds von Bortnik) und andere. «Das wichtigste Instrument der Entwicklung der kleinen und mittleren Unternehmen ist der Fonds der Förderung der Entwicklung der kleinen Unternehmen in der wissenschaftlich-technischen Sphäre, die die finanzielle Unterstützung den hocheffektiven Entwürfen erweisen, die die kleinen Unternehmen ausarbeiten» [2]. Darunter auch wurden speziell für die Unterstützung der Enturicklung der kleinen Unternehmen im Rahmen des Fonds solche Programme wie «Start-nauka» und «Start» ausgearbeitet. Im Dezember 2009 wurde auf der Basis der Tomsker Staatsuniversi- tät im Rahmen des föderativen Gesetzes Nummer 217 der kleine Innova- tionsunternehmen für die Herstellung der Modifikatoren für die Hüttenin- dustrie auf der Grundlage der neuesten Erforschungen der Wissenschaft-

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 247 ler der Universität geschaffen. Im Jahre 2010 hat das Unternehmen den Grand des Fonds von Bortnik im Rahmen des Programms «Start» ge- wonnen. Das förderte den Beginn der praktischen Arbeit. In den nächsten Jahren wurde ein großer Komplex der Erforschungen und Versuche im Rahmen dieser Aufgabe durchgeführt. Aber die Zusammenarbeit des kleinen Unternehmens und der Universität wurde mit der Realisierung des Staatsvertrags nach diesem Grand nicht begrenzt. Das Kollektiv des Unternehmens hat zusammen mit dem Kollektiv des Laboratoriums der Katalitischen Erforschungen der Tomsker Staatsuniversität einen großen Komplex der Arbeiten auf dem Gebiet der Erforschung des Einflusses der modifizierenden Zugaben auf verschedene Legierungen durchgeführt. Diese Aufgaben werden auch heute fortgesetzt. Das Unternehmen hat auch eine Reihe von Arbeiten nach dem Vertrag der Tomsker Staatsuni- versität erfüllt. Zwischen ihnen wurden die Verträge auf die Erfüllung der wissenschaftlichen Erforschungsarbeiten abgeschlossen. Das wissenschaftliche Potential wird aktiv ausgenutzt. Das alles förderte dazu, Erfor- schungsindustrielle Unternehmen zu schaffen, eine Rheie der erforlgrei- chen Erforschungen der Produktion in verschiedenen Hüttenbetrieben durchzuführen. Heutzutage ist von Gesellschaft mit begrenzter Haftung «Kompachim» eine Rheie der Verträgen über die Lieferung ihrer Produk- tion abgeschlossen. An diesem Beispiel sehen wir praktische Realisierung des föderativen Gesetzes Nummer 217 und des Systems der föderativen Unterstützung der kleinen Innovationsunternehmen. Woraus folgt diese Unterstützung? Erstens: Das föderative Gesetz funktioniert wirklich und lässt auf der Grundlage der Universitäten kleine Innovationsunternehmen schaffen, die Ergebnisse der Erforschungen der Wissenschaftler der Universität ihnen übergeben, die Erforschungen auf der Basis der Universitätslaboratorien durchführen und wesentliche Hilfe in der Sphäre der Wechselbeziehun- gen mit den Staatsorganen leisten. Zweitens: Gemäß dem föderativen Gesetz Nummer 310 [3] dürfen die Unternehmen, die nach dem Gesetz 217 geschaffen wurden, das vere- infachte System der Steuerbelegung ohne Begrenzungen anwenden. Das bedeutet, dass die Steuern auf den Mehrwert bei diesen Unternehmen ungeachtet des Umsatzes völlig fehlen und der gesenkte Tarif bei Steuern angewandt wird. Laut dem föderativen Gesetz Nummer 272 beträgt der allgemeine Tarif bei Steuern nur 14% (indem die anderen Organisationen 34% haben) [4]. Das föderative Gesetz Nummer 22 läßt die Verträge der Pacht hinsichtlich des Staats – oder Munizipalvermögens der Staatsinsti-

248 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tutionen ohne Wettbewerbe oder Auktionen abschließen. Das erleichtert dem Unternehmen die Räume in seiner Hochschule oder in den wissenschaftlichen Erforschungsinstituten in Pacht zu nehmen. Dabei zahlt das kleine Unternehmen in dem ersten Jahr der Pacht nur 40% der festgestellten Pachtsumme, und nur im vierten Jahr zahlt es die volle Pachtsumme [5]. Drittens: Die kleinen Innovationsunternehmen haben die Möglichkeit, die Finanzierung aus dem Budget zu bekommen (sowohl aus den födera- tiven Budgets als auch aus dem örtlichen Budget) Zum Beispiel: der Fonds von Bortnik leistet jährlich die finanzielle Hilfe mehr als 1500 kleinen Innovationsunternehmen in mehr als 150 Städten der Russischen Föderation. Nur im Jahre 2009 unterstützte der Fonds von Bortnik die Tomsker Innovationsunternehmen nach ihren Programmen auf die Summe mehr als 70 Millionen Rubel. Im großen und ganzen wurden 98 kleine Innovationsunternehmen mit Hilfe der Programme des Fonds im Tomsker Gebiet geschaffen [6]. Auf solche Weise sind in dem heutigen Russland alle Bedingungen für einen erfolgreichen Start des Innovationsbusines, für die Entwicklung der Wissenschaft und der allgemeinen Einführung der neuen Ausarbei- tungen geschaffen. Praktische Realisierung der geschaffenen Bedingun- gen kann man am Beispiel der kleinen Innovationsunternehmen an der Tomsker Staatsuniversität sehen, insbesondere am Beispiel der Gesell- schaft mit begrenzter Haftung «Kompachim», die im Laufe von 3 Jahren ihres Bestehens dank der Unterstützung der Tomsker Staatsuniversität und des Fonds von Bortnik die Technologie ausarbeiten konnte, die einen vollen Zyklus von Versuchs- und Industrie- Erforschungen durchgeführt und den Versuchsproduktionsprozess in Gang gesetzt hat. Vor dem Unternehmen stehen jetzt neue Aufgaben, die die Gesetze der Marktwirtschaft diktieren: auf das Minimalniveau den Verkauf der Produktion herauszugehen, wo die Ausgaben durch die eigenen Einnah- men gedeckt werden, den Selbstkostenpreis der Produktion bis zum allen Bedingungen genügenden Niveau in der Hüttenindustrie zu senken, die Versuchsproduktion auf die industrielle Grundlage zu überführen, die Gefahren bei der Lieferung der Rohstoffe zu senken. Dem kleinen Inno- vationsunternehmen, das für die Realisierung der wissenschaftlichen Technologien geschaffen wurde, ist es sehr schwer, den Komplex dieser Aufgaben ohne Staatsunterstützung zu lösen. Eine wesentliche Hilfe bei ihrer Lösung kann der Fonds «Skolkowo» leisten, der sowohl das zusätzliche System der Privilegen für die wissenschaftlichen Unterneh- men als auch die für sie notwendigen Hilfsquellen zur Verfügung stellt,

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 249 aber schon unter Bedingungen der Mitfinanzierung, insofern das Unternehmen schon auf dieser Etappe für die Investitionen anziehend sein soll. Und das gilt als richtige Lösung, denn der Auftrag des Fonds «Skolkowo» ist das Schaffen des Eccosystems, die Bildung der günstigen Bedingungen für den Innovationsprozess: Wissenschaftler, Konstruk- teure, Ingenieure und Businesmänner arbeiten mit den Teilnehmern der Bildungsprozesse im Rahmen des Programms des Fonds an der Bildung der wettbewerbsfähigen wissenschaftlichen Ausarbeitungen des Welt- niveaus in 5 Prioritätsrichtungen zusammen: Energieeffektivität und En- ergieersparnisse, Kerntechnologien, kosmische Technologien und Fern- sehkommunikationen, biomedizinische Technologien, strategische Com- puterstechnologien und Programmsversorgung. Zur Zeit hat die Anmeldung der Gesellschaft mit begrenzter Haftung zum Grand des Fonds «Skolkowo» nach der Prioritätsrichtung, «Ener- gieeffektivität und Energieersparnisse» die Etappe des vorangehenden Gutachtens erfolgreich zurückgelegt. Sie befindet sich jetzt auf dem Sta- dium des endgültigen Einschätzens. Die Erhaltung des Grandes bestimmt das Schaffen des Produktionsprozesses, der den Bedarf des Markts von Russland und den nächsten Nachbarn mit dem daraus folgenden Auftritt auf den Weltmarkt befriedigt. Daraus kann man folgende Schlussfolgerungen ziehen. Die Innova- tionspolitik von Russland stimuliert im großen und ganzen die Innova- tionstätigkeit und koordiniert dabei die Ausarbeitungs- und Realisierung- sprozesse der Innovationsentwürfe. Bei Werden und Entwicklung des kleinen Busines in der Innovationssphäre spielen die wichtigste Rolle verschiedene Formen der Staatsunterstützung. In der Regel ist die Effek- tivität der kleinen Innovationsunternehmen höher als die Effektivität der großen Firmen wegen ihrer Besonderheiten: des Enthusiasmuses, der Geschlossenheit, der Initiative aller Mitglieder des Kollektivs ohne Aus- nahme, des Persönlichen Beispiels der Leitung, hinsichtlich der unbedeu- tenden Kapitalgeräumigkeit, des Minimums des Bürokratismuses, des Vorhabens des Unternehmensgeistes und der Tätigkeit zu riskieren, der schnellen Reaktion sowohl auf die inneren Probleme als auch auf die Ve- ränderung des Angebots. Namentlich sie sind fähig, die vorhandenen Disbilanzen durch die Einführung der neuen Technologien und Produkte zu beseitigen, durch die Einbeziehung der wissenschaftlichtechnischen Fachleute, durch fundamentale und technologische wissenschaftliche Unternehmen. Es existiert aber auch eine seltene wissenschaftliche Produk- tionsbasis. Und namentlich effektive Anwendung dieser Faktoren läßt unter

250 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions kluger Unterstützung des Staates das intellektuelle und technologische Poten- tial des Landes erhöhen, die Weltpositionen unserer Wissenschaft stärken und ernste Erfolge auf dem Wege zum Aufbau des starken und blühenden Russlands erreichen.

Literature

1. Федеральный закон РФ от 02.08.2009 г. №217-ФЗ «О внесении изменений в от- дельные законодательные акты Российской Федерации по вопросам создания бюджетны- ми научными и образовательными учреждениями хозяйственных обществ в целях практи- ческого применения (внедрения) результатов интеллектуальной деятельности» // Россий- ская газета. – № 4966. – 2009. – 4 августа. – С. 15. 2. Для информации о дополнительных мерах стимулирования создания малых инно- вационных предприятий. Об участии созданных МИП в конкурсе [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.uni-dubna.ru/images/data/gallery/340_7636_323_121018.pdf. 3. Федеральный закон РФ от 27.11.2010 г. №310-ФЗ «О внесении изменений в статью 346.12 части второй Налогового кодекса Российской Федерации» // Российская газета. – № 5348. – 2010. – 29 ноября. – С. 32. 4. Федеральный закон РФ от 16.10.2010 г. № 272-ФЗ «О внесении изменений в Феде- ральный закон «О страховых взносах в Пенсионный фонд Российской Федерации, Фонд социального страхования Российской Федерации, Федеральный фонд обязательного ме- дицинского страхования и территориальные фонды обязательного медицинского страхо- вания» и статью 33 Федерального закона «Об обязательном пенсионном страховании в Российской Федерации» // Российская газета. – № 5315. – 2010. – 19 октября. – С. 13. 5. Федеральный закон РФ от 01.03.2011 г. № 22-ФЗ «О внесении изменений в статью 5 Федерального закона «О науке и государственной научно-технической политике» и статью 17.1 Федерального закона «О защите конкуренции» // Российская газета. – 2011. – № 5420. – 3 марта. – С. 4. 6. Фонд содействия развитию малых форм предприятий в научно-технической сфере [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://fasie.ru/spisok-predstavitelstv/91-tomsk-fond.

THE STATE SUPPORT FOR INNOVATIVE PROJECTS IN TOMSK REGION

P. Yarkovskii

National Research Tomsk State University

Innovations are defined as the novelties in such spheres as engineering, technology, labour management or management in general relying on the usage of advanced experience and achievements of science. From the point of view of economics of enterprise, innovation is «a process of transformation of production costs with a view to switching to production which is characterized by a higher quality and lower expenses than before» [2, p. 42].

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 251

The necessity to turn Russia towards the innovative way of development and to eliminate the technological gap between Russia and industri- ally developed countries has long been discussed on the governmental and international levels. The global financial and economic crisis of 2008–2009 interfered with the implementation of the state support programs. By now, many issues related to the development and implementation of new engineering solutions and technologies have not been solved. The task of investing in innovations should become of top priority for businesses, and the current technical and technological backwardness of Russian enterprises must be eliminated. The Russian Federation is constantly improving its legislation in the innovation sphere, setting up business incubators and technology development zones (TDZs) as well as facilities for exchanging information about scientific achievements. Tomsk region takes an active part in solving economical problems of Russia, rejecting the raw material economy pattern and in creating the competitive industrial environment. It appears reasonable to use Tomsk region as an example to demonstrate the implementation of the state policy in the sphere of innovations. Tomsk is justly considered to be the centre of science, education and innovation. The innovation sector of Tomsk region consists of 450 enterprises. The TDZs have launched their unique productions, Tomsk universities have initiated dozens of small innovative enterprises, Russia’s first students’ business incubators and technology transfer offices have started their work. In 2008 the Law «On Innovative Activity in Tomsk Region» was en- acted, introducing definitions and setting goals, principles of innovative activity, and powers of the regional government and the executive authorities in the sphere of innovative activity. The implemented measures of the regional target-oriented program «Development of the innovative activity in Tomsk region in 2009–2010» have increased the percentage of organizations putting into practice technological innovations in the sphere of industrial production to 17% by 2011 (exclusively of small-scale businesses), have resulted in 25–30% of the annual growth of innovative production and in the establishment of 30–35 new small-scale innovative companies a year, and have increased the number of residents of Tomsk Special Economic Zone of Technology Development Type up to 60 organizations. The successful implementation of such programs has made it possible to develop major components of the regional innovative system and to obtain the following results:

252 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

 The legislative basis for the development of innovative activity was created. At the present time, the following regulations are considered to be basic for the participants of the regional innovative economy: 1) Tomsk regional law № 56-O3 «On Scientific Activity and Scien- tific and Technological Policy of Tomsk Region» of the 1st of December 2000. 2) Tomsk regional law No.186-O3 «On Innovative Activity in Tomsk Region» of the 4th of September 2008.  Two universities (Tomsk Polytechnic University and Tomsk State University) have received the status of a «National research university». Three universities (Tomsk State University, Tomsk State University of Control Systems and Radio Electronics, and Tomsk Polytechnic Univer- sity) have been the awarded in the federal contest for higher educational institutions implementing innovative educational programs.  Innovative infrastructure has been created, aimed at the commer- cialisation of scientific projects. The new target-oriented program «Development of Innovative Activ- ity in 2011–2014» has been formulated. It is aimed at the implementation of the following tasks: 1) outpacing growth of the number of innovative organizations in high-priority sectors of economic activity; 2) increase of the efficiency of the innovative infrastructure, involving the resources of Tomsk Special Economic Zone of Technology De- velopment Type; 3) development of interregional and international cooperation in the sphere of innovations; 4) development of the innovative environment and information support of the innovative activity in the region; 5) creation of a web-oriented infrastructure for the informational and technological support of the regional innovative system. Implementation of the program activities will provide the following opportunities: 1) increasing the volume of innovative production by 75% by the end of 2014 as compared to 2010; 2) ensuring a 10–20% annual growth in expenditure on technological innovations as compared to the previous year; 3) ensuring the appearance of 250 new jobs in the innovative sector of the economic sector of Tomsk region each year;

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 253

4) ensuring the outpacing growth of salaries in the innovative sector of the economy of Tomsk region in 2011–2014 as compared to the manufacturing sector. In June-August 2012, Tomsk region was rated first among innova- tively active Russian regions, coming to the top of the rating from the fourth place it occupied in the spring 2012. Financial support is a key element in stimulating the innovative activity in Tomsk region. The feature that distinguishes the financial management of the innovative activity in the region is the big number of financing sources and the wide coverage of various directions of the innovative process in general and of its separate objects. The growth of the financial gain from the implemented innovative projects is an important indicator which determines the ultimate results of the innovative activity and the effectiveness of the financial policy carried out by business entities and by the government. However, it should be mentioned that, at present, financial and credit mechanisms created at the federal level are not used sufficiently in Tomsk region. A potentially efficient method of financing innovative projects in Tomsk region is combined investment from such sources as the regional budget, federal and regional funds (at a lower credit interest), commercial banks, and other investors (at a present credit interest). The total volume of financing the program in 2011–2014 is planned to be 27 734,701 million roubles.

Table 1. The volume and sources of innovative activity financing, in million roubles 2012 (plan) 2013 (plan) 2014 (plan) Total, including 4 985,748 6 306,32 9 497,37 federal budget (subject 3 421,22 4 430,72 2 047,67 an approval) regional budget 621,168 229,2 295,0 local budgets (subject to 11,0 76,66 11,0 an approval) sources surplus to the budget (subject to an 866,7 1 635,4 7 143,7 approval) The sources surplus to the budget are sources of private foreign and local investors, international programs and grants, and own funds of organizations of Tomsk region assigned for the development of innovative activity.

254 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

In conclusion, it should be noted that Tomsk region has formed profitable conditions for investments and for the innovative business. They appeared is a result of the following factors: 1) the developed innovative infrastructure; 2) the support for innovative business provided by local authorities; 3) tax incentives and state guarantees; 4) various financing mechanisms for innovative projects.

Literature

1. Regulation №.65a “On Approval of a Long-term Target-oriented Program “Develop- ment of Innovative Activity in Tomsk Region in 2011–2014” of 10th of March 2011 // Konsultant Plus [Electronic resource]: legal reference system. – Prof. Version, network. – Electronic data. – M.: Konsultant Plus, 2012. – Access mode: Computer network of the Research Library of Tomsk State University, free. 2. Vishnevskiy V., Dementyev V. Innovations, Institutes, and Evolution // Matters of Econ- omy. – 2010. – № 9. – Р. 41–62. 3. Zhdankin N.A. What Innovations Does Russia Need Today // Management Today. – 2012. – № 3. – Р. 138–148. 4. Shmelyova A.N. State Support for Innovative Projects at the Regional Level (as Exem- plified by Penza Region) // Management of Innovations. – 2012. – № 3. – Р. 172–193.

INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EU

S. Bolunova, V. Shendel

National Research Tomsk State University

Throughout the world, governments are seeking to speed the recovery after one of the worst economic crises in recent history. Innovative development is the main way to achieve economic growth and competitiveness in all regions. European Union recognizes the need to accelerate development to restore competitiveness. In the last two decades Europe is behind other regions on indicators such as economic growth and competitiveness. At the same time there is an acceleration of innovation in the previously lagging economies such as the BRIC countries, and we can assume that in a few years they will overtake the EU. This is not only a sign of Europe losing their positions, but also highly undesirable from the point of view of sustainable development, the welfare of European countries and the European business success in the future. The report of the European Commission «The World in 2025» predicted that «when

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 255 saving the current trends, by 2025, the U.S. and European countries will lose the scientific, technical and technological leadership, giving him the Asian countries». In particular, the U.S. and Europe will lose leadership on such indicators as investment in R & D – the share of China and India in the total global investment of 20%. China will overtake the U.S. in terms of investment in R & D in 2014. The overall picture is even more dismal for European countries, if we trace the evolution of the key indicators of innovative development, as trends in university education and patent law. If among the 500 best universities in the so-called Shanghai list (Shanghai ranking) the share of European universities is approaching 40%, in the first twenty-dominated U.S. universities (17 of 20) In addition to the adverse trends in the formation and registration of patents, the weak link in a long chain of elements that contribute to the development of innovation in Europe, are the private sector spending on research and development. European countries, USA, Japan and China emit a comparable share of GDP on R & D budget, but in private sector spending on R & D are huge differences between them. In Europe, there are several reasons that limit private investment in research and development. This lack of development of venture capital markets, the differences of national laws that prevent the growth of foreign investment in the EU, the lack of regulations governing the scale and the minimum value of innovative projects, high tax rates and the difficulty in recruiting talent, continued concerns related to the registration of patents, and more. In addition, legal uncertainty, with which the exchange of technology and expertise between universities and industry, has led to a situation in which basic research in Europe in many traditional areas still remain competitive in comparison with the rest of the world. However, when it comes to the removal of innovation to the market, the European countries are far behind its main competitors from other regions. In recent years, European countries have no shortage of new initiatives in the area of innovation policy. After a ten-year period, during which the main focus was on the implementation of the Lisbon Treaty, R & D framework programs, long-term program to promote SME framework to stimulate competitiveness and innovation (CIP), and the program for the use of structural funds integration, i2010, and a number of other initiatives, heads of institutions EU realized that the set in

256 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

2000 ambitious goals could be reached, and decided in the future to make an even greater emphasis on innovation within the EU policy. We can assume that the cause of this undesirable result was a combination of several factors: First, the authorities in the field of innovation policy irrationally distributed between Brussels and the capitals of the EU countries. In several key areas that require coordinated, and, moreover, a common approach at EU level (for example, the policy of forming clusters (development centers) or to stimulate venture capital and investment in R & D), public institutions of individual countries retain the exclusive rights Second, regional policy, financed from the EU budget does not fully take into account the problems of innovative development. The European Commission has undertaken at least little effort to coordinate regional policy in line with the focus of R & D and innovation policy development. Third, even in the framework of the European Commission's powers in the field of innovation policy are distributed between several Director- ates-General and departments. Fourth, such a distribution of authority is reflected in a set of budgetary mechanisms used to finance innovation. Innovation funding programs are so diverse and numerous that interested companies is not easy to understand, in which structural unit should be handled and what part of the budget request financial assistance. Duplication budgetary mechanisms managed different departments, and sometimes in different EU institutions, leading to subadditivity, ie, to a state in which the unit has less value than its components. EU innovation policy requires amendment to allow for the initial development phase of its elements to take full account of the needs of industry and the evolution of market conditions. Give a description of the possible means to help achieve this goal. 1. Providing a solid platform for continued consultation on industrial issues with stakeholders. To conduct regular consultations can apply new technologies, namely the formation of the expert working groups and so- called vikipravitelstva (ie, government created, managed and modifiable by the citizens through Internet technology VEB 2.0.), Public markets, clearing houses and forecasts . Implementation of these initiatives would help decision-makers identify those policies, the timing of interventions and other activities under the industrial policy in order to achieve the best results. Modern complex concepts, such as the most important break-

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 257 through technology (key enabling technologies or KETs), could eventually be adapted to such information exchange. In general, decision- makers, the person would be able to combine the advantages, such as speed and control, thanks to the ability to adjust policies in response to changes in market conditions and to determine the target of the event. This will avoid inefficient budget spending or implement budget financing of those areas in which the attraction of private investment is the most likely. 2. Improving the efficiency of technology transfer in Europe. Before the governments of the EU countries is a more general problem of an environment conducive to the speedy and hassle-free exchange of technology and information, for example on the basis of the maximum possible reduction in transaction costs, and the sharing of intellectual property and technology. 3. The use of network capacity. According to scholars such as Harvard University (USA), Yochai Benkler, in many industries the use of networks has become the main method of innovation. In this case, creativity and cooperation as a factor of innovation development are more important than the capital markets and competition. Currently, the EU innovation policy is not based on the concept of network capabilities, and the financial support of the clusters (development centers), concentrated in a few regions. Along with this information revolution against the concept of clusters, apparently, gives way to a larger model based on the formation of a network of clusters or networks of innovators 4. Investment in innovative platforms of innovation policy can combine with industrial policy in an integrated approach to the formation of a new platform development, and investment in the creation of such a platform start with a strategy. The growing importance of markets with network effects in industries characterized by a high degree of standardization, says that the winner will be the one who can solve the dilemma of the chicken and egg, typical for these markets. Before proceeding to the regulation of markets or conduct non-target event responsible for the decision makers should consider the distinctive features of their economy. 5. Support the process of collaborative innovation. The concept of «collaborative innovation» was the result of the desire to enhance the scale and scope of external partnerships and alliances to gain access to new technologies, knowledge and markets. More recently, the term is also used to refer to clients' participation in the development of inno-

258 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions vation, information about their needs and specific requests so that they can be taken into account in the initial stages of research and development. 6. Development of policy guidelines based on the demand the State should cease to be an obstacle in the way of innovation. Governments can use various incentives innovation development, thus opening up unprecedented opportunities in European markets. Among them should be made such an important stimulus, as public procurement prior to commercialization (innovative products or services) or in the initial stages. This will maximize the public procurement sector, constituting 17% of the EU economy. Examples of the U.S. and Japan suggests that the effective use based on demand policies can accelerate the development of innovations. 7. Innovative financial instruments. For example, the expansion of the list of available financial instruments - from loan guarantees to the RSFF (mechanism equity financing and risk sharing) and private equity funds - has not yet led to the disclosure of the potential of innovative development in Europe. It appears that critical in this area will be targeted funding mechanisms, including the maintenance of objects of intellectual property, as well as cooperation between government agencies and commercial lenders in the development of standards governing the use of intangible assets as collateral. Permission to use intellectual property rights as collateral will greatly expand the list of such assets from the companies in the high technology sector. 8. Unlocking the potential of PPP experience projects through public- private partnerships in Europe reflects both the benefits of such cooperation and about the associated risks. Variety of contractual conditions and models of management leads to an inefficient allocation of risk and investment budget in cases where you can get private investment. That PPPs are necessary for the development of breakthrough technologies to create network features that are beyond the capacity of the private investor. 9. Rethinking the subsidiarity principle in the context of globalization, when the major countries claim to join forces to achieve common goals, the preferred orientation of innovation policy to the interests of individual countries is causing more problems. While companies from the U.S., China and India join forces for research and the creation of breakthrough products, the European Commission continues to fight for the preservation of some of the powers in the development of clusters or stimulate innovation networks. In most cases the only pan-European

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 259 institution may contribute to the spread of best practices and, of course, to provide funding. Improving the management of innovation in the EU. Last, but not least important is the fact that EU innovation policy needs careful analysis and revision. European Commission under the direction of the second convocation Barroso takes measures aimed at improving the management of the EU. However, the European Union is likely to remain areas in which significant improvements are possible in the area not only subsidiarity and sequenced at the EU level solutions to the coherence of activities aimed at promoting innovation.

Literature

1. Paul Krugman. The Age of Diminishing Expectations. – MIT Press, Cambridge (MA), 1994. 2. The World in 2025: Rising Asia and Socio-Ecological Transition. – URL: http://ec.europa.eu/research/social-sciences/pdf/the-world-in-2025-report-in-2025-report_en.pdf. 3. European Commission, Background Information for the European Council, 2011. – URL: http://ec.europa.eu/europe2020/pdf/innovation_background_en.pdf. 4. Veugeler R., Cincera M. Europe’s Missing Yollies, Bruegel Policy Brief 2010/06, 2010.

THE FORECAST OF THE HORTICULTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PSKOV REGION

I. Voiku

Pskov State University

Economic changes, industry structural changes caused the crisis in agriculture in general and in horticulture in particular. The result of the horticulture crisis was the reduction in acreage, as well as in yields of agricultural structures, and, as a consequence, the reduction of gross yield of all crop production. However, it should be noted that the level of development of the horticulture largely depends not only on the level of livestock development, but on the state of a number of processing industries in agriculture and the welfare of the population in many rural areas. Horticulture system is a complex of inter-related material, technical, technological and organizational activities aimed at the increase in yields, reduction of the cost of production, improvement of its quality.

260 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The dynamics of the main production indicators of cultivated crops in the Pskov region confirms the crisis in the industry (Table №1).

Table 1. The dynamics of the main production indicators of the horticulture of the Pskov region (2005–2011 years).

Indicator 2005 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Grain production Crop acreage, thousand ha. 31,7 20 24,1 23,3 11,7 11,2 Yield, hundredweight/ha 10,2 12,3 14,5 15,6 13 10,4 Gross yield, thousand ton 32,5 24,9 31 35,3 22,6 26,4 Potato production Crop acreage, thousand ha. 16,7 11,5 10,9 11 10,9 8,6 Yield, hundredweight/ha 79,3 102,9 105,4 86,9 101,6 103,8 Gross yield, thousand ton 132,1 118,6 113 95,6 111 94,5 Vegetables production Crop acreage, thousand ha. 3,3 2,5 2,3 2,4 2,6 2,2 Yield, hundredweight/ha 132,9 134,6 184,7 172,9 147,6 174,9 Gross yield, thousand ton 46,6 37,4 44,9 45,2 40,7 41,8

Despite the positive trend of the annual average yield of major crops of the Pskov region (4.37% – for vegetables, 7.89% – for potatoes and 7.35% – for grain crops), the dynamics of gross yield of these crops is negative. The average annual rate of decline of the gross yield of vegetables during the analyzed period is 2.24%, potatoes – 3.56%, and cereals – 5.25%. Negative dynamics is mainly a consequence of the reduction of crop acreage of analyzed crops. Thus, the average rate of decline of acreage for vegetables is – 4.89%, for potatoes – 9.09%, and for grain crops – 17.38%. The worst results observed for grain crops, which is the main crop of the Pskov region and the fodder base for the local livestock. By analyzing and trending of the dynamic series of the production output and yield of crop products in all categories of farms in 2010– 2011 years, the forecast of the horticulture development of the Pskov region in the long term has been developed. The results of the forecast calculations of cultivation of the main crops in Pskov region are shown in Table. 2.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 261

Table 2. Forecasted values of cultivation of the main crops in Pskov region

Indicators 2012 2020 Crop acreage, thousand ha. 10,7 6,7 Grain production Yield, hundredweight/ha 11,6 7,3 Gross yield, thousand ton 25,5 17,9 Crop acreage, thousand ha. 8,8 4,2 Potato production Yield, hundredweight/ha 99,5 97,9 Gross yield, thousand ton 91,5 51,3 Crop acreage, thousand ha. 2,3 2,1 Vegetables Yield, hundredweight/ha 167,1 175,1 production Gross yield, thousand ton 43,4 47,1

Possible reductions in acreage and yield of grain crops may reduce gross yield of almost 30%. Despite the stabilization of crop yields of potatoes, halved acreage of this crop will lead to a sharp 44% reduction in gross yield. Slight reduction of acreage of vegetables can be offset by projected growth in crop yields. Overall, the forecast shows already folded industry trends. Projected inertial development of crop production of Pskov region goes against basic provisions of The Concept of long-term socio- economic development of the Russian Federation up to 2020 approved by the Government of the Russian Federation in October 15, 2008. The application of innovative technologies of cultivation, new varieties, fertilizers and crop protection, an essential modernization of equipment should become the significant factor in changing conditions and forecast indicators of crop production’s inertial development. All the necessary conditions for a wide spread of new crops (new varieties of wheat (Corundum, Moskovskaya 56, Galina), barley (Sun- shine, Gonar), rye (hybrid Picasso), triticale (Nemchinovskaya 56), new varieties of vegetables and potatoes), new types of fertilizers (diammophoska, potassium and phosphorus fertilizers) and crop protection (Prestige, Revue, hurricane-Forte, Lintur, Ka-rate, new seed disinfectants) should be created. The replacement of outdated equipment and machinery for the tractors and attached implements of American, German and Belarusian producers (JCB FasTrak, John Deere, MT3), and other technical and technological innovations, accompanied by measures of the state support should also become contributing factors to the transition from the inertial way of development the industry.

262 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The conducted research shows the need to create organizational and economic mechanism of innovation processes’ development. The successful adaptation of this mechanism will provide the integrated effect of the implementation of «The State program of the agricultural development and the regulation of the markets of agricultural products, materials and feeding for the 2013–2020 years». All the above mentioned, as well as the improvement of the regulatory framework and strengthening its catalytic role, creation of the infrastructure to support innovations and effective mechanisms of its functioning, will help the horticulture to emerge from a long crisis and transform it into highly profitable and investment-attractive industry.

SHORT CHARACTERISTIC OF FINANCIAL PYRAMIDS

D. Galitskaia, A. Leonidova

Siberian State Aerospace University, Krasnoyarsk

Financial pyramid (investment pyramid) – a way of providing the income to participants of structure at the expense of continuous attraction of money. The income is paid to the first participants of a pyramid for the account of deposits of the subsequent [1]. Fundamental difference of a financial pyramid from real business – the project is a source of payment of the income. The main feature of financial pyramids is that during their work monetary deposits of participants are simply redistributed. Financial pyramids are illegal and directly forbidden in many countries, but in Russia, unlike the above countries, there is no direct ban on such activity. Usually similar activity gets under action of articles about fraud, illegal business [2]. The general principle of financial pyramids – the «bag» game. When the number of participants of a pyramid starts increasing, expectation of risk of investors starts growing too. So, the financial pyramid becomes more unstable, sensitive to any gossip. When the gossip is spreaded, investors start to worry, and begin mass presentation of requirements about return of money and the promised income. Natural outcome of such situation is crash of a financial pyramid as a result of which investors (participants) of financial pyramids to remain with anything and bear all weight

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 263 of monetary losses [3]. All financial pyramids can be divided into 2 types: Multilevel pyramid Ponti's scheme Let's consider in more detail each type. Multilevel pyramid This scheme is based on the fact that each new participant of a pyramid at first makes contribution when he enters the scheme. This contribution is divided at once between the participant who has invited the beginner, and between earlier participants of a pyramid. After an entrance fee, the beginner has to invite two or more people payments of which go to its advantage and in favor of earlier participants. So the revenue increases. But any «bag» game comes to an end sooner or later. The reason for which the multilevel pyramid falls, is that the number of participants of the scheme for its work has to grow very quickly. At such fast rates often even all population of the country doesn't suffice to provide the first 10– 15 stages of new participants. As a result peoples who brought the entrance fee, but haven’t found new participants don’t get any income. The percent of participants who lose their money is 80–90%. 2) Ponti's scheme Essence of this version of the «bag» game that its organizer invites participants to invest money and thus promises very high and often «guaranteed» income after a short term. Thus it isn't necessary to attract new participants – it is necessary simply to wait. The organizer pays to the first few participants high percent of the income from the personal pocket then usually rumors about the «working» scheme with excellent profitability are spread, and new investors come themselves to the organizer. Further the organizer simply pays of old investors with funds which arrive from new participants of a pyramid. It is clear that the first participants really get promised income, the quantity of the wishing grows, but also old participants do reinvestment. Profit of organizer is growing fast. The financial pyramid according to Ponti's scheme comes to an end for the simple reason: each investor expects to receive more, than he enclosed while other income, except these deposits, the organizer doesn't receive – thus the scheme is doomed to crash [2]. Comparison of the scheme of Ponti and multilevel pyramid is given in The Table1:

264 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

The Table1 Multilevel pyramid Ponti's Scheme Decentralized: Centralized: Center of interaction is The organizer is the center of Architecture of the scheme missing. Each participant the interaction interacts with «neighboring» levels Income new participants a «profitable» business Short Long: The number of participants For example, if the organizer Life expectancy of the in the scheme is growing convince large players con- scheme rapidly – the limit is stantly reinvest reached quickly

In the present one knows curious scheme of Ponti in which participants were offered to invest money not in magic funds or projects, and it is simple to grow up unique flowers. Potential participants of system told that certain scientists developed surprising flowers which help with treatment of serious diseases. Today there are very few such flowers and so they are very expensive. Unique opportunity to grow up such flowers of the house was offered participants Each participant had to buy seeds from firm organizer at the price of $500 apiece then to put houses a flower which in 3 months grew, and the firm organizer was ready to buy it back at the price of $1000. Information on wonderful flowers and the income from their cultivation get wind very quickly and many peoples stood in queues for seeds for $500. It is clear that the firm organizer paid to the first participants from the means received from sale of seeds to new fans of flowers. At some instant organizers felt that «boom» of new participants passed and soon will came participants with sprouted seeds and will have to pay them. Organ- izers decided to maximize profit and disappeared. Today examples of the financial structures having signs of investment pyramids in Russia, in particular in Krasnoyarsk Krai are: 2. MMM-2012 3. Volkswagen Pyramid 4. LBM-partner 5. Give1Get4 (G1g4) In each of the above structures participants are offered to make a contribution of the fixed or free sum, thus that upon termination of a certain period (if Ponti's scheme undertakes a basis), or in case of involvement of new participants (a multilevel pyramid), the investor

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 265 receives back the contribution and the promised profit which, on the average, is equal 30% a month from the enclosed initial sum and it is considered an accruing result. But how experiment of previous years shows, participants of financial pyramids in our region even more often lose from participation in these projects (the percent of the deceived investors makes 80– 85%). Participant of the pyramids are divided into three categories. The first are the people who invested in the financial pyramid, hoping to get from it the promised profit and in time to leave it. The second category – the people who don't have any idea about where the money comes from. So to make a contribution they take the credit in banks, expecting that to extinguish it at the expense of the income received from participation in a pyramid. And the third group – the most de- fenseless and trustful category – pensioners, disabled people, veterans of the Second World War who bear the last money in hope to increase it greatly [3]. Reasons (one of the main) for the collapse of pyramid schemes were discussed above. And it is difficult to change. Eternal desire of people quickly and easily to grow rich and elementary financial illiteracy leads to negative consequences. Besides, illusion of investment appeal of financial pyramids create neu- tral reactions of the state institutes, namely absence of strictly certain laws which would regulate activity of financial pyramids in the Russian market. To consider financial pyramids as an object of fraud or as a quick way to increase greatly the capital – a choice of everyone. But we all need to realize that a pyramid – quite dangerous model which creates economic and social danger. When the pyramid collapses confidence of people in the financial sector decreases, savings activity of the population decreases that finally leads to decrease in the volume of investment, playing an important role in economy of any country.

Literature

1. Financial pyramid [Electronic resource]: Wikipedia: free encyclopedia. – URL: hpp://wikipedia.org/wiki/Finansovaya_piramida. 2. How financial pyramids work? [Electronic resource]: Exchange articles. 2012. – URL: http://fortrader.ru/articles_forex/finansovye-piramidy-kak-oni-rabotayut. 3. Vavulin D.A., Fedotov N.V. Financial pyramids: concept, the functioning mechanism, examples from world and domestic practice, transformation in the conditions of financial crisis // Finance and the Credit. – 2009. – № 29. – P. 6–19. 4. Zakharov A.R. «Financial pyramid»: how it becomes? // Problems of modern economy. – 2010. – № 2.

266 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

THE IPO OF FACEBOOK INC: THE REASONS FOR ITS FAILURE

I. Kuznetsov, N. Sosnin

National Research Tomsk State University

Facebook is the most popular social network in the world, there are over 900 million people using it. Facebook was founded by Mark Zuckerberg in 2003 as a student project. The company's headquarters is located in Menlo Park (California). The number of its active users, who at least once a month visit their account is more than 845 million people. It is expected that the number of active Facebook users will exceed 1 billion soon. Net income in the first quarter of 2012 decreased by 12% – to $ 205 million against $ 233 million received in the I quarter of 2011. The revenue for the II quarter increased by 45% – up to $ 1,058 million compared to $ 731 million, received in the II quarter of 2011. Net loss of Facebook was $ 157 million in the II quarter of 2012. Facebook filed their S1 document with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on February 1, 2012. The company filed for a US$5 billion initial public offering (IPO), making it one of the biggest in tech history and the biggest in Internet history. Facebook valued its stock at $38 a share, pricing the company at $104 billion, the largest valuation to date for a newly public company. The IPO raised $16 billion, making it the third largest in U.S. history. Facebook debuted on NASDAQ, bringing down a surprise attack on the American Stock Exchange stocks. Its initial public offering of $ 16 billion was affected by delays of processing transactions, incorrect quotes and price shocks. Price of the first transaction was formed for half an hour longer than NASDAQ planned. 30 minutes later, the second-largest U.S. exchange operator reported about a problem with processing of transactions by brokers, who provided access to the purchase of shares of Facebook Inc. A little later, NASDAQ launched the appeal process for the investors whose transactions were not completed on- time. After the start Facebook shares were worth just over $ 33. Inves- tors who purchased these securities at the offering price – 38 dollars – had lost much of the invested money. Social network, with over 900

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 267 million members worldwide, had already made history because of the worst start on the stock exchange over the last few years. Since 2007, 24 U.S. companies managed to raise more than one billion dollars in the IPO. Only in eight cases, the shares were in the red after three days. And none of these companies became cheaper in the first three days as rapidly as Facebook, – Wall Street Journal published such an information of the consulting company Dealogic. At the epicenter of the critics there were the main organizers of the IPO – Investment bank Morgan Stanley and its partners. Leading underwriters have decided to increase the amount of accommodation, clearly overestimated the demand for the shares of Facebook – this is the main accusation against them. During the first day of trading IPO organizers tried to prevent a drop in prices. They bought shares in an effort to stabilize their course at least at the offering price. «There is nothing extraordinary in this approach», Robert Halver, main analyst at Baader Bank said. Accord- ing to him, if the underwriters do not like the stock, they tend to support it. Halver was sure that for potential investors interested in Face- book it is better to wait. «It was not our finest hour» – the head of the exchange NASDAQ, chosen as the site for IPO Facebook, had to admit. Because of a failure in the system, investors in a few hours could not understand whether their applications are executed. To get information about the stock price was impossible. «This is a classic example of a poor start», – said Robert Halver. According to him, such a situation can not be allowed. It is possible that the computer system NASDAQ simply did not cope with the enormous flow of applications. Investors had nothing left to do but to wait. Some of them were ready to bring class actions listed. So, one of the main reasons for the launch IPO Facebook is over- valued shares of social network by underwriters. In a case like IPO, it should be reasonable and rational approach to calculate all the indicators of accommodation; to be guided not by greed and avarice but by the common sense. IPO organizers hoped to the excessive popularity of social networks. As a result Facebook had to introduce a period of restrictions on the sale of shares by investors, financed its business in the early stages of development, as well as the employees who received the securities in the form of interest.

268 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

On Thursday, August 16, the moratorium on the free market of about 271 million shares expired. This helped to increase in the volume of shares that may be involved in the transactions by 60%. The current state of stocks is as follows: on November 14, they went up by 10 percent immediately and evaluated by investors of almost $ 22 per share. The volume of trading in securities had increased many times. On November 14 the period, during which many members of social networks did not have the right to sell their shares, had expired. Despite the significant increase in early trading on November 14, Facebook shares are still well below the offering price in the IPO. This brief analysis shows that the meaning of the IPO such as the one we just witnessed mainly consists in one thing – firstly they satisfy the greed of the owners, investment bankers and stockbrokers. In general it doesn’t matter if they help the further growth of the company, which became public. This is just a side thing. When dealing with such cases, private investors should recognize that their interests and expectations do not always coincide with the interests and expectations of those who organize and display IPO shares on the market. This brings us back to the old proven principle – «let the buyer be cautious».

Literature

1. Основатель Facebook продал акции соцсети на $17,5 млн [Электронный ресурс] / ФГУП РАМИ «РИА Новости». – URL: http://ria.ru/economy/20120825/730528924.html (дата обращения: 19.11.2012). 2. Почему IPO Facebook называют биржевым провалом года [Электронный ресурс] / Finance.UA. – URL: http://news.finance.ua/ru/~/2/0/all/2012/05/26/280161 (дата обращения: 19.11.2012). 3. Семенов А. IPO Facebook: сравнение [Электронный ресурс] / IDTrader – интрадей, арбитраж, опционы, 2012. – URL: http://idtrader.ru/2012/07/ipo-facebook/ (дата обращения: 19.11.2012). 4. Beat J. Guldimann. Facebook — Not a Disaster, Just a Tale of Old-Fashioned Greed [Электронный ресурс] / The globalist – the daily online magazine of the global economy, politics and culture. – URL: http://www.theglobalist.com/StoryId.aspx?StoryId=9636 (дата обра- щения: 19.11.2012). 5. Выход акций Facebook на IPO [Электронный ресурс] / SDG·TRADE Ltd. – URL: http://www.sdg-trade.com/podgotovka-k-torgam/komentarii-i-analitika/vyixod-akczij-facebook- na-ipo/ (дата обращения: 19.11.2012).

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 269

GOVERNMENT AND CORPORATIONS: COOPERATION IN THE PROCESS OF INNOVATION DEVELOPMENT

I. Petinenko, N. Redchikova

National Research Tomsk State University

There are a lot of far-going changes of national socio-economic systems at the turn of the century, but there are still contradictions between poor and rich states, companies, families, disabled persons. The aim of every economic subject is an urge towards making standard of well-being higher. Just achievement of this goal makes each of them take out new achievements or try to save attained level of life-activity. Especial roles play innovations, which are realized by firms while production. Neverthe- less innovations are connected with human activity as one generates new ideas and can realize them in production. Each of us has creativity. Researchers pay especial attention to its realization. Firstly, it is considered that creativity is acquired by inheritance. Sec- ondly, it is developing during the process of family life-activity. Thirdly, creativity can be changed by means of taking part in activity of community. Individuality of creativities and degree of its development bring forth a problem in front of companies and states. And first of all which way effectiveness of its realization should be increased under such conditions when on the one hand inner nature of human is constantly changing, and on the other hand there is instability of environment which is considered to be increasing. Only the state, which due to its status is able to form innovative system, can take into account all these circumstances. Dr. Sven-Thore Holm – general director of Lundavision AB (Sweden) – answering the question «What are the links of this system»? gives a snapshot of innovative system: «The first link are state initiatives of the national, regional and local levels, behind which full understanding of innovative system is staying. People that are deciding should know it. The second link includes people and educational establishments. The third link is business structure. After government understands what innovative system consists of, it would need invention, scientific discoveries which are potentially of commercial value. State would have to teach researches how to evaluate things that they are doing properly» [1. P 13]. The analysis of national states practice shows that in a varying degree it has never left new products and technologies without attention. Of course,

270 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions aims were different (want satisfaction of elites, organization of state safety, extra income in budget and etc.). Nevertheless only now at the turn of century researches and practitioners can evaluate effectiveness of functioning of national innovative systems in developed countries and peculiarities of heir formation in such countries as Brazil, Russia, India and China in other fast- developing governments. The most important thing in working innovative systems is orientation on creative person, whose free mind can generate new ideas, realize them assuring their families with wealth. Every government chooses the moment, when it is necessary to pass to innovative model of development. But environment can hasten this process. Nowadays there a lot of factors inciting states to innovative way. In particular the necessity of increasing of national well-being, globalization, regionalization change of national states statuses are being analyzed. Scientific and technological advance which is bringing new technologies and products is considered to be not less important. A human status in modern production process is changing, his creativities are needed. The especial role played global economic crisis which revealed all the problems and contradictions in development of national states the last years. Transition to innovative system assumes an estimation of those resources which the country possesses and which will be used in the course of the further development. For example, B.N. Kuzyk notices that Russia has real preconditions for realization of innovative breakthrough strategy. Firstly, while the powerful, many-sided intellectual, scientific and technical potential inherited from the previous generations is preserved. Sec- ondly, the educational potential allows preparing personnel for the work in the innovative direction. Thirdly, it is high level of economic provision with various natural resources. Fourthly, Russia occupies beneficial geo- strategic position [2. P. 355–359]. Russia has passed the big and difficult formation way of creative person and institutes capable to organize his activity in the scientific direction. However, nowadays it is considered that functioning efficiency of the modern innovative chain is insignificant. There are a lot of reasons but only main of them are worth mentioning. The state does not manage to organize itself yet: the whole chain of command does not function as a single unit taking into account an innovative component. Especially it is noticeable at regional and local levels of the power. The state has not arranged clearly its demand for innovations: what technologies and products are necessary for the its further development, for what organizations and etc. In this case it is a question of the state order. It is important to

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 271 create legislative field for innovative system with consideration for a principle of punishment inevitability. Practice shows that the state has arranged legality of intellectual property that is extremely necessary for creative person. Enactment process that reacts to economic changes was accelerated. The electronic government is creating. The public opinion in decision-making process is beginning to be taken into account. But these processes are needed to be further carried on. At the same time it is necessary to pay attention to other circumstances. Innovative development of economy assumes change of the creative person position in the society, in firm activity. Dr. Sven-Tor Holm, general director Lundavision AB (Sweden), says that «the innovative system begins with people motivation. You won't go very far without right man. You can buy highest technologies, but without people who can use and develop them nothing would work» [1. P. 13]. This remark is known today to all participants of the innovative chain, but in the Russian economy still there is a discrepancy between qualification of the creative specialist and his income. It is our national tradition: to break this conformity. But now it leads to social contradictions and considerably constrains development of social and economic system. In innovative system the behavior of the Russian business is especially contradictory. It is impossible to deny that there is no innovative component in its activity. One can note activity of so-called «gazelles» – quickly developing firms in different spheres of economy. But as a whole, demand for innovations at the Russian business is still low and global economic crisis constrains its increase. Researchers notice (for example, V.Polterovich, the aca- demician of the Russian Academy of Sciences, a member of Executive committee of the International Economic Association, the editor-in-chief of «Magazine of New Economic Association») that there are advanced production technologies which are in essence new and especially new to Russia. In essence new technologies are created for the first time and do not have proto- types in the world. While new technologies to Russia are actually borrowed from other countries. In 2007 Russia borrowed for the first time 653 high technologies, and in essence new technologies was created only 75 [3. P. 1]. One can see that for the present the Russian business prefers a transfer of technologies from other countries. Many years activity of the Russian business was based on short-term decisions. They do not assume formation of long-term investment programs of research and experimental developments. It is not less important that Russian firms’ leadership has not realized yet the value of workers creative potential,

272 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions their development and use. It is necessary to notice that our managers should learn to buy and sell innovative products. In this case, there are special laws of commercial transactions. Transition to the innovative way of development requires a change in mentality of owners and managers, it is difficult to implement quickly. Owners of the companies of all developing countries, especially of the BRICS countries, need to study hard. BRICS countries try to file patents in many areas of technology. But at the same time they actively take up licenses from foreign corporations. World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), dealing with issues of intellectual property, collects information on the countries from the applications for filling patents. Information on existing patents in the BRICS countries on those areas of technology in which there is the greatest number of applications attracts more interest (Table 1).

Table 1. Patent Applications by Top Fields of Technology (1996 - 2010) (based on 4)

Field of Technology Share

1 2 Brazil Civil engineering 7,36 Transport 6,75 Other special machines 6,39 Furniture, games 6,28 Handling 6,23 Medical technology 5,73 Other consumer goods 5,58 Electrical machinery, apparatus, energy 4,74 Mechanical elements 3,96 Engines, pumps, turbines 3,77 Others 43,21 Russia Food chemistry 8,97 Medical technology 8,63 Civil engineering 7,10 Measurement 6,95 Materials, metallurgy 6,37 Other special machines 6,22 Engines, pumps, turbines 4,79 Machine tools 4,24 Chemical engineering 4,22 Transport 4,19 Others 38,32

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 273

Continuation o thef Table 1 1 2 India Pharmaceuticals 24,24 Organic fine chemistry 23,34 Biotechnology 6,17 Computer technology 5,3 Basic materials chemistry 4,65 Materials, metallurgy 3,09 Food chemistry 3,03 Chemical engineering 2,54 Medical technology 2,03 Macromolecular chemistry, polymers 1,96 Others 23,65 China Pharmaceuticals 7,81 Digital communication 7,33 Computer technology 6,06 Electrical machinery, apparatus, energy 5,57 Measurement 4,65 Materials, metallurgy 4,61 Basic materials chemistry 4,53 Telecommunications 4,18 Food chemistry 4,00 Audio-visual technology 3,58 Others 47,68 South Africa Civil engineering 7,53 Materials, metallurgy 6,64 Chemical engineering 6,48 Basic materials chemistry 6,12 Medical technology 5,53 Handling 5,07 Other special machines 4,84 Furniture, games 4,68 Transport 4,02 Electrical machinery, apparatus, energy 3,75 Others 45,34

There are areas where there are four countries in the group, i.e., in each country, this area of technology is in the number of filed patent applications top ten. Here belong: medical technology (Brazil, Russia, India, South Africa), materials, metallurgy (Russia, India, China, South Africa). In many areas, there are three BRICS countries. Here can be distinguished: transport; other special machines; civil engineering; (Brazil, Russia, South Africa), electrical machinery, apparatus, energy (Brazil, China, South Africa), food chemistry (Russia, India, China),

274 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions chemical engineering (Russia, India, South Africa). At the same time, in China and India there are a lot of technologies which are the patent applications leaders in these countries, but they are not established in other BRICS countries. For example, organic fine chemistry; biotechnology; macromolecular chemistry, polymers (India) and digital communication; telecommunications; audio-visual technology (China). In Russia, unfortunately, machine tools is the only area of technology, which is in the number of filed patent applications top ten. In the other BRICS countries this area has much less applications or does not have them at all. National companies of BRICS countries actively come in the market of licenses to provide access to modern technology. Being the customers of licensed products, BRICS countries companies are in a certain dependence on multinational companies of developed countries, which are the major sellers of licenses. If the later save on the organization of production and sales of the product abroad, BRICS national companies and the companies of other countries save on costs for research and development, market research, etc. But the relationships of the contracting parties are limited to certain terms of the contracts. Will the contracts be renewed and on what terms depends on many objective and subjective reasons [5. Р. 77]. These factors, in many cases, depend on the activity of the state, which in the first place through legislation creates the conditions for the continued functioning of domestic and foreign corporations. Thus, it can be noted that the organization of a well-functioning innovation chain requires heavy expenses from each party. The chain should provide income for all subjects. Otherwise a person, a company, the government will not find the sense to participate in the innovation process. Gradually comes the understanding that the founder of everything new is a creative person. It is necessary to build around him all the structures thatwill help him in his inventions.

The reported study was partially supported by RFBR, research project № 12-06-33026-mol_a_ved.

Literature

1. Sven-Thore Holm Innovation Chain: Searching for a Missing Link of Russian Innovation System [Electronic source]: Institute for Public Planning. Newsletter Innovation trends. – 2010. – № 1. – P. 12–14. – URL: http://www.inop.ru/files/innovacionnie_trendi_ru_1.pdf (date accessed: 30.10.2012). 2. Kuzyk B.N. Russia in Civilized Dimension: Fundamentals of Innovative Development Strategy. – M. : Institute of Economic Strategy, 2008. – 864 p.

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 275

3. Polterovich V. Innovation Approach needed to Create Unconventional Institu- tions. [Electronic source]: Institute for Public Planning. Newsletter Innovation trends. – 2010. – № 1. – P. 12–14. – URL: http://www.inop.ru/files/innovacionnie_trendi_ru_1.pdf (date accessed: 28.10. 2012). 4. Statistical country profiles [Electronic source] // World Intellectual Property Organiza- tion: communication web portal. Electronic data. Geneva. 2012. – URL: http: //www.wipo.int/ipstats/en/statistics/country_profile (date accessed: 28.10.2012). 5. Petinenko I.A. Pricing in Conditions of Globalization: the Peculiarities Realizing. – Tomsk: Tomsk University publishing house, 2012. – 206 p.

INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RUSSIAN AGRICULTURAL SECTOR

M. Chernyshov, A. Turlov

National Research Tomsk State University

The most important task at the current stage of development of Russia is overcoming the economic and investment crisis and a substantial increase of investment to technological innovation and innovative development of the national economy. After all, it is no secret that the old technology is perhaps the most important factor that reduces the competitiveness of Russian companies. This is especially noticeable in the agricultural enterprises. Agriculture (CAP) is a vital component of each national economy. The national food security depends on the functioning of national agriculture. But his role is much broader than just the provision of food: it is employment, and high quality raw materials for industry. For example, in agriculture employs about 30% of the economically active population (including 9% in agriculture). The rural population comprises 26.3% of the Russian population. Gross agricultural output in 2011 amounted to 3,451.3 billion rubles. (6.3% of GDP) [1, p. 11]. The current state of Russian agriculture is significantly different from that of the agricultural sector in the advanced economies, located in similar agro-climatic conditions. The main problems of AIC of Russia are the following: – Stagnation engineering for agriculture and food industry, which explains the market dominance of imported machinery and equipment; – The orientation of policies (especially the budget) state in world prices for energy and other means of production, failure of effective regu-

276 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions lation of the market and the monopoly producer of resources and associated few managed growth domestic prices; – Impairment of agricultural labor, the increase in the unemployment rate, the development of depopulation processes, socially dangerous increase in poverty and a decline in food consumption; – Limited access to the market of agricultural producers in the imperfections of its infrastructure, increasing monopolization of trade networks, the weak development of cooperation in the production and marketing of agricultural products; – The slow pace of social development of rural areas, the decline in employment in the rural poor development of alternative activities, poor public perception of agricultural labor, inadequate provision of resources for all levels of funding. – Another problem is related to objective reasons: the climatic conditions of agricultural production, it is possible disasters, recurrent drought in large parts of the territory. The agricultural sector of the Russian economy faced a system call, determined by the need of updating scientific information, technical and technological base of agriculture on a new basis, the inevitable transition to innovative development. The nature and quality of the system call, determined by a combination of external and internal factors: increasing global competition in world food markets, low competitiveness of Russian producers of agricultural products, low compared with developed countries, labor productivity, inefficient use of other factors of production in the agricultural sector of the Russian economy, insufficient development of human capital in rural areas, insufficient to address the problem of food security in the country and the level of growth in the agricultural sector. Innovative development of agriculture is a comprehensive high-tech use of factors of production in the technological, organizational, economic and management to ensure sustainable high competitiveness of agricultural products in domestic and international markets. Center for Agricultural Markets VIAPI suggested classification of innovation, reflecting features of the agrarian sector: Breeding and genetics, production, technology, organizational, management, socio-economic and environmental. The first group of scientists of the center develop new varieties and hybrids of crops, new animal breeds and crosses of birds, breeding of plants and animals resistant to diseases and pests, and adverse envi-

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 277 ronmental factors. Production and technology – new technology, new technology of crops, industrial technologies in animal breeding, new fertilizers, plant protection, resource-saving technologies of production and storage of food. Institutional innovations in the formation of innovative organizational and legal structures, the creation of information and consulting, marketing and other systems, methods of production and motivation are the organizational and managerial innovations. Economic and socio-ecological group are innovations in the economic, social relationships and the maintenance of ecological balance, improving working conditions, health issues, education, culture and rural workers, health improvement and reducing the burden on the environment, provision of favorable environmental conditions for life, work and recreation. Innovation in agriculture has its own specifications. They are distinguished by a variety of regional, sectoral, functional, technological and organizational features. One of the features of agriculture is that here, along with industrial production means active participation in the production process take living organisms – animals and plants. Their development is subject to the action of natural laws, and depends on such natural factors such as climate, weather, heat, moisture, light, and others scaled up in agriculture occurs in the interaction of economic and natural processes. Therefore, the management of innovation is required to consider not only the requirements of economic laws, but the laws of nature. The least-developed agricultural sector of Russia is its core – agriculture. Agriculture is at the periphery of scientific and technological progress, often deprived not only a source for simple reproduction, but sources to cover the costs of production. There is technical and technological backwardness of the Russian agriculture from developed countries. The degree of depreciation of fixed assets as a result of agricultural enterprises in 2011 amounted to 42.2%. These funds are needed not only in the repair and reconstruction, as in the replacement and modernization [2]. In this situation, any agricultural enterprise thinks about increasing productivity, crop yields and livestock productivity. This leads to low innovation activity of enterprises of agriculture and hinders the development of agro-industrial enterprises as a whole. According to the departmental statistical reports, currently advanced equipment and technology, there are about 1.5% of major agri-

278 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cultural organizations and 0.5% of the peasant (farm), using, for the most part, modern foreign equipment and technology, including seed. The weak link in the development of innovative activity is underdeveloped market innovative products, the lack of effective organization of the economic mechanism of management of innovation processes. Scientific and technological developments are not necessarily product ready for effective implementation in agricultural production. No structures, studying the demand for innovation. In the selection of innovative projects are not carried out their economic expertise, are not considered performance indicators of development and working out mechanisms to promote the results to production. In this regard, there is a need for the development of agricultural counseling, which in turn are part of the innovation infrastructure. This system is a set of organizations of various legal forms of ownership, designed to meet the challenges to advise agricultural producers and rural communities. The basis of this system are common agricultural counseling centers at the federal, regional and district (district) levels. The subjects of the system of agricultural advisory perform counseling, information and education functions. It should be noted that the complexity and characteristics of agricultural production is characterized by high-risk innovation. Risk financing scientific and industrial results, the risk of time-lag between inputs and outputs, the uncertainty of demand for innovative products is not to interest private investors to invest in agriculture. In solving the problems of agrarian sector of the important role belongs investment activity and its focus on the development of innovations that can provide continuous updating of technical, technological, organizational basis of agricultural production and the acquisition of new competitive products. Obviously, without scientifically sound and balanced public investment policy and system mechanisms to ensure investment and scientific and technical support for production, it is impossible to turn the Agrarian economy in a dynamic and well- functioning industry. But apart from the issue of state funding of innovation can solve venture funds – are commercial organizations involved in the so- called risky financing. They select promising innovative projects and ensure their implementation and further commercialization. When the project starts to make a profit, the fund receives a portion of the proceeds. These venture capital funds have a long and successful work in

IV Section. Innovative development of countries, regions and companies 279 the world, and in recent years there are in Russia. Capital inflows can run many potentially profitable projects. In world practice, along with the state and venture companies a significant role in the financing of research and development (R & D) play multinational companies (MNCs). On the one hand, access to financial resources TNC is much simpler than for government agencies, on the other hand, R & D is, of course, very important but not the only or the main area of activity is the risk of financial loss to the TNC is much less than for venture companies. As a result, in the early 1990s, the proportion of money spent on R & D 400-E major TNCs, was about 23% of world R & D spending, and by 2009 it had reached 30–32%. Moreover, the share of TNCs in the world production of innovations coming variously estimated to 40–50% [3, p. 2]. For example, one of the world's leading manufacturers of food and beverage company PepsiCo in 2013 to invest in the development of Agriculture $ 70 million, or 2.1 billion rubles. The funds will be used for long-term support of farmers – partners. In particular, loans to potato-growing and livestock (milk producers), providing them with seed, fertilizer, and agricultural equipment. PepsiCo works with 47 farms in Russia, buying them more than 210 tons of potatoes a year. Potato Chips (brand «Lay's») in the company produced at two sites – in Azov and Kashira near Moscow [4]. French company Danone invests in the training of agricultural workers. In 2012, the company has allocated 50 million rubles for the development of new educational project «Dairy Business Academy». Through this program provider «Danone–Unimilk» had access to the upgraded technology of milk production [5]. TNC investment in agriculture contribute to the implementation of new technologies in the domestic production, improve the quality and increase the volume of agricultural production, create more competitive producers, create new jobs and develop infrastructure. Be that as it may, only TNC participation and venture capital companies in the development of Russian agriculture is not enough. A significant role is played by the state from which are waiting for well-designed program of innovative development of the country (including APC). To achieve the goals of the state innovation policy in agriculture is necessary to solve the following tasks: to generate innovation priorities, improve legal regulation of innovation, to create the conditions for the revitalization of the agricultural science, a system of training and retrain-

280 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ing of scientific and pedagogical staff and specialists in all spheres of agriculture commercialization of innovations and innovative project management, to ensure co-operation and integration of scientific, educational and industrial activities; ensure the unity of the state agrarian, scientific, technological and innovation policies to increase agricultural production in demand for scientific and technical achievements. From our point of view, it is government policy and the full support and encouragement of innovation activity of domestic enterprises will be able to make the transition the economy to innovation development, improve the competitiveness of agricultural enterprises and the national economy as a whole. The research was supported by RFBR under the scientific project № 12-06-33026-мол_а_вед.

Literature

1. Россия 2012: Стат. справочник/ Росстат. – М., 2012. 2. Инновации в АПК России: поиск вариантов развития [Электронный ресурс] / Портал webeconomy.ru. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.webeconomy.ru /index.php?page=cat&cat=mcat&mcat=192&type=news&p=1&newsid=1052 (дата обращения: 13.11.2012). 3. Антонов Я.В. Транснациональные компании России: типология и потенциал инно- вационного развития [Электронный ресурс] // Управление общественными и экономиче- скими системами. – 2010. – № 1. – С. 1–13. – Электрон. журн. – Орел: ОрелГТУ, 2003– 2012. – URL: http://umc.gu-unpk.ru/umc/arhiv/2010/1/antonov.pdf (дата обращения: 13.11.2012). 4. PepsiCo намерена в будущем году вложить 2,1 млрд. руб. в сельское хозяйство в России [Электронный ресурс] // Агроперспектива. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.agroperspectiva.com/ru/news/87785 (дата обращения: 17.10.2012). 5. Выгодные инвестиции: PepsiCo вкладывает в сельское хозяйство РФ 70 млн. дол- ларов [Электронный ресурс] // Биржевой лидер. – Электрон. дан. – URL: http://www.profi- forex.org/forex/invest-fondy/entry1008138679.html (дата обращения 05.11.2012).

V S e c t i o n

RUSSIAN ECONOMICS IN THE CONTEXT ОF GLOBAL TENDENCIES

ALTERNATIVE TO BANKS: INTERNET SERVICES OF THE NON-BANK FINANCIAL ORGANIZATIONS IN RUSSIA

C. Bolat-ool

National Research Tomsk State University

Now such direction in bank activity as remote banking services, in particular the Internet – banking is a rapidly developing and well – studied. It is due to its advantages (for example, efficiency of carrying out operations, non-stop access to many transactions without visiting a bank office, tracking of operations with plastic cards, round–the–clock control of accounts). Internet banking is directed on improvement of quality of customer service and, as a rule, gives them the following services: – Implementation of clearing settlements on behalf of individuals and businesses on their accounts (buy online – shops, utilities and accounts of mobile operators, intra-and inter-bank transfers), – Opening and maintaining bank accounts (including transactions with bank cards), – Getting information on loans and their repayment, – To provide statements of accounts, access to payment history, refill card accounts, – The purchase and sale of foreign currency to cashless, – Other information and advisory services. At the same time, the provision of services via the Internet by non- bank financial institutions has been little studied. In the context of competition, banking and non-banking areas of greatest interest is an innovative financial services that have in recent years mass distribution. Therefore, the aim of this article is to study Internet – services (similar to a bank) provided by non-bank institutions. The goal defined tasks: 1. To study of non-bank organizations; 282 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

2. To study of the services they provide through the Internet; 3. To analyze of the current state of the sector Internet – services provided by non-bank financial institutions. The current Russian legislation provides a variety of tools (commercial and non-profit organizations of various legal forms) that are allowed to make economic analogue of deposit and credit operations of banks. This credit cooperatives citizens, agricultural credit consumer cooperatives that can receive personal savings (economic analogue deposits) and lend their shareholders, pawnshops give percentage loans secured by highly liquid assets, microfinance institutions, etc. According to the Federal Financial Markets Service (FFMS) on 1.10.2012, there were 2,321 MFIs. In this case, an individual's credit rating by the National Rating Agency assigned only two of them. In our opinion this is due to non-submission of bids by the organizations themselves on credit ratings.

Table 1. Individual credit rating of microfinance institutions

Date of assignment / confir- Name of a company City Group mation of a rating

Group aa (very Smolensk regional fund high credit Smolensk 15.08.2012 of support of business quality, the third level)

Group a-(high Fund of assistance to Sakhalin 30.10.2012 credit, third business development region level)

However, this segment of the savings and loan activity is usually has micro financial character and do not offer financial internet services due to their specific. Another participant of the market of the Internet – services are non- banking credit organizations. Non-bank credit organization (NCO) according to the Federal Law of 02.12.1990, recognized credit institution having the right to money transfers without opening bank accounts and related bank operations or other right to perform certain bank operations stipulated by federal law. Permitted combinations of banking operations for such NCOs are established by the Bank of Russia.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 283

For October first of the credit organizations in our country was 1098, from them operating banks – 900. Number of the non-bank credit organizations – 62. In general, the non-bank credit organizations can be divided into three main types: 1. Settlement NCOs (SNCO) have no right to attract deposits and make loans, provide a system of payments and transfers. This clearing organizations (such as JSC «Clearing House»), settlement centers on the stock market (for example, the NCO «RTS Clearing House»), clearing houses, provides services to legal entities (National Settlement Depository) design organizations active in the interbank market (NCO «Payment center»); settlement organizations that specialize in transferring funds nat. people without bank accounts («Western Union DP Vostok», NCO «Rapid»). 2. Payment of NCOs (PNCO) have the right to transfer funds without bank accounts and other related banking transactions. This type of NGO appeared with the law «On the national payment system». Com- pared with RNCO allowed a narrower range of operations. PNCO must provide a risk-free transfer system within the organization instant, electronic, mobile payments. (RBK Money, YandexDengi). 3. Non-bank deposit-credit organizations (NDCO) may not carry out payment transactions, but can carry out certain loans and deposits (currently none). Among the NCOs seriously compete banking sector n the market of electronic payment services today are electronic payment systems, designed primarily for Internet payments. According to the Association «Electronic Money» the volume of replenishment of electronic purse in 2011 was $ 125 billion, an increase of almost 80%. Banks have been detached from the electronic payment systems, because until recently, convincing legal basis for EPS in whatever format that may be non-existent. Non-bank institutions, whose activities are governed by the more liberal (compared to bank), civil law, it was possible at one time to create some legal structures: the right to demand and promissory notes in electronic form, title marks, calculations and checks, etc. In the company's projects Paycash (including «Yandex») used a prepaid financial product, which produces emission bank «Таврический» on the basis of the registration cer- tificate of the Central Bank. In addition to the legal side of the issue, there is marketing version of passivity banks for e-commerce. First, only the turnover of electronic money now reached such a volume to cause a substantive interest in the

284 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions bank. Second, the more logical interest of credit institutions in activation Internet transactions through its traditional product – credit card, including the use of special technology online payments.

Table 2. Leaders of non-bank credit organizations by total turnover as at 01.01.2012

Turnover of Turnover of NCOs in IV NCOs in the Chang № Name Age quarter 2011, III quarter of e, % th.rub. 2011, th.rub.

1 NSD 15,5 166 675 262 548 92 577 289 879 80,0

2 RTS 13,0 6 445 230 256 5 991 302 723 7,6 Clearing House

3 PETERSBU 15,1 2 991 578 983 2 290 024 706 30,6 RG ESIGN CENTER

4 RAPIDA 10,7 157 545 007 119 761 508 31,5

5 Interbank 9,8 119 652 451 77 648 901 54,1 settlement center

6 BRINKS 3,5 96 947 471 97 253 915 -0,3

7 MOSCOW 19,5 93 659 268 85 893 235 9,0 CLEARIN G HOUSE

8 Interbank 18,4 90 929 755 87 171 274 4,3 Settlement Center

9 United 12,4 86 459 016 66 033 441 30,9 Settlement System

10 RP CVMB 14,0 46 868 533 40 758 837 15,0

Closely related to the electronic money market is the market for instant payment, in which banks are also concede. Markets instant payments and electronic money is not just related, and interpenetrating. For example, 11% of the turnover of EPS payment of telecommunication services, inevitably passes through aggregators. In turn, in the total amount of instant payments of about 2% is electronic purse. Large aggregator Qiwi also actively developing its own payment system «Qiwi-purse».

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 285

According to the National Association of Electronic Commerce (NAUET), turnover of instant payments increased in 2011 by 15% to $ 892 billion. Indus- try leaders – companies QIWI, «CyberPlat», «JCB» (with fractions, respectively 42, 18 and 6%). Note, however, that these aggregators concentrate cash flows that are directly from clients receiving partner companies – net payment kiosks, electronic payment systems, credit institutions, etc. Interpenetrating to the markets of electronic money and instant payment is also a turn on bank cards, some of which goes to pay for services, electronic purse. In 2011, the total turnover of bank card payment in shops exceeded $ 2 trillion. rubles, of which about 100 billion rubles had to pay for the internet. But in Russia, cooperation with banks payment system is developed, is a forced, each participant seeks to close the customer service itself. Payment systems are popular name such as standalone e-wallet. Banks, in turn, develop a remote service and payments online maps. Providers of Internet payments (ChronoPay, Assist, RBK Money, and others) are trying to create users and private offices on payment instruments, but very popular, they do not enjoy. Some banks also offer remote services within our clients services of Inter- net trading. In this case, banks are also inferior to specialized organizations. According to the rating agency «RBC» largest brokers in the first quarter are the brokerage and investment companies (ranking compiled by total transactions in shares concluded on MICEX in the main trading mode and negotiated deals mode for the reporting period).

Table 3. The largest Russian broker by trading volume in Q1 2012

Broker Trading volume in Trading volume in Change (%) the I quarter of the I quarter of № 2012 (million ru- 2011 (million bles) rubles) 1 Opening 870 295.07 546 160.24 59.35 2 Finam 745 391.26 1 007 805.70 -26.04 3 BrokerCreditService 673 082.14 817 747.98 -17.69 4 Troika Dialog 583 976.39 509 799.03 14.55 5 GC ALOR 383 734.74 588 400.13 -34.78 6 Renaissance Capital 361 531.58 233 611.55 54.76 7 VTB 24 267 757.72 365 892.51 -26.82 Zerich Capital 8 257 021.56 369 403.18 -30.42 Management 9 Deutsche Bank 202 841.12 182 505.11 11.14 10 ATON 196 225.14 239 328.63 -18.01

286 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Leadership of brokerage and investment firms was initial and, in our opinion, banks cannot create serious competition. For banks broker service isn’t main activity, the majority of them go for the provision of such non-core services to support a wide range of products to its customers. Thus, banks are trying to keep the existing customer base, offering a complex service. Note, however, that the brokerage and investment companies are often in the financial group in structure with their banks, whose role is more support, not primary (the exception is the investment company «Troika Dialog», which was acquired by OAO «Sberbank» January 23, 2012). For example, the bank «ZERICH», «BCS – the investment bank». Some of them are appeared relatively recently, such as JSC «Alor Bank» (the deal was finalized February 8, 2012). Conclusions: 1. Non-bank financial institutions that provide similar banking services through the Internet, can be divided into three categories: – Consumer cooperatives, microfinance institutions, pawnshops, – Electronic payment systems, clearing and settlement organizations, – Brokerage and investment companies. 2. Above listed financial institutions provide the following online services: – Consumer cooperatives, microfinance institutions, pawnshops - savings and credit services, – Electronic payment systems, clearing and settlement organizations - payment, settlement services, - Brokerage and investment companies – online trading services. 3. Activities of organizations that provide economic analog deposit and credit operations of banks (pawnshops, consumer cooperatives, etc.), based mainly on providing microfinance loans and customer service in the «off-line». Their client base is often limited to the territory of the region. Owing to the specifics they do not provide services through the Internet that is not an alternative to online banking. Thus, it is in loan- and-savings services it is almost no competition to online banking. In the field of internet – payment, transfers, payments to the bank, however, inferior to payment and settlement organizations. Thanks to the law on NPC money transfer market is regulated, concerning introduced banking model, electronic payment systems acquire the status of NCOs, for them a simplified model, simplify licensing and reporting. Also in 2014, will come into force provision of the law requiring the banks when transferring money within the payment system operators to attract ser-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 287

vices payment infrastructure in the territory of the Russian Federation. Banks will be able to provide service only to transfer funds, and non- banks or payment operators – to receive payments. Thus, in online payments the participants will remain non-banks. Banks are still trying to retain customers, not cooperating with payment systems, developing calculations online by maps. There are exceptions, for example, cobrands card of payment system WebMoney and bank «Opening», which allows in-line mode transfer funds between card accounts and WM-purse. To provide online trading services banks are also inferior to specialized companies. Unlike, for example, from the U.S.A. in Russia cooperation between banks and brokerage companies are not as developed. Typi- cally, brokers are part of financial groups and corporations together with their banks. And banks offer online trading services, without involving specialized companies. Thus, banks and brokerage firms trying to keep the existing customer base, offering a complex service. In the U.S.A., however, such cooperation is well developed. For example, E * Trade Group, one of the leading online brokers USA, offers its customers online banking services through E * Trade Bank, created by the merger to virtual bank Telebank. Company Bessemer Trust Co, which has for more than 90 years, takes in trust funds of wealthy clients together with the division of on-line trading of investment bank Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette enables clients to trade securities on the Internet.

Table 4. Comparison of Internet services of financial institutions

Internet banking Internet services are non-bank financial Leader in services institutions providing Service Non-bank institutions On-cash transfers, On-cash transfers, Payment and settle- Payment and settle- payments, calcula- payments, calcula- ment of NCOs ment of NCOs (espe- tions tions cially electronic payment systems) Opening and main- Not available Banks taining bank accounts, (Consumer cooperatives, microfinance insti- Get information on tutions, pawnshops provide savings, make loans and their re- loans, but not through the internet) payment Online Trading Online Trading Brokerage and Brokerage and investment investment companies companies

288 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Summarizing all the above, I would like to emphasize once again that the banks will not be able to compete in the provision of additional services (e-payments, transfers, trading) with specialized companies. There- fore, in our opinion, the banks will have to cooperate with these organizations in order to attract and retain customers, create joint projects, such as, for example, «Yandex Money and Alfa-Bank (A to Y)». And to provide deposit and credit services online banks will always be leaders, so they focus on their cost, increasing security, ease of use and functionality of the system interfaces online service.

Literature

1. On banks and banking [Еlectronic resource]: federal. Law of 02.12.1990 N 395-1 / / Consultant: Right. legal system. Professional version. – M., 2012. – Access from the local network Sci. b-ki Vol. State. University. 2. On the national payment system [Electronic resource]: federal. Law of 27.06.2011 N 161 / / Consultant: Right. legal system. Professional version. – M., 2012. – Access from the local network Sci. b-ki Vol. State. University. 3. FFMS [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.ffms.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 4. Rossiyskaya Gazeta [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.rg.ru/2012/07/03/platezi. html (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 5. NAUET [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.nauet.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 6. Association of «Electronic money» [electronic resource]. – URL: http://npaed.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 7. National Rating Agency [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.ra-national.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 8. Rating Agency «RBC» [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://rating.rbc.ru/article.shtml? 2012/04/17/33624334 (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 9. Finam [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.finam.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 10. Troika Dialog [Electronic resource]. –URL: http://www.troika.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.2012). 11. BCS [Electronic resource]. – URL: http://bcs.ru/ (date accessed: 11.11.–2012).

BRANDING IN RUSSIA

A. Farzalibeyli, L. Klimina

National Research Tomsk State University

What is branding? The activities of making a long-term preference for a product, based on the combination of intensified effect of the trademark, package, advertising statements and other elements of promotion on the consumers are called branding. These elements are united with the

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 289

idea and the distinctive unified design that create the image and highlight the product among rivals. A company’s brand includes all differential factors of the product: it’s quality, simplicity and comfort of usage, availability, geographic location, quality of service and advertising campaign. Many present-day economists claim economical struggle to be the war of brands. We cannot disagree with the fact, that it is one of the main tendencies in market development. But Russia has just started to move in this direction. Lately specialists note that the major changes in the attitude towards brand-building and promotion. In the past, promotion expenses were considered as a waste of money, nowadays advertising is an investment that leads to profit. A strong brand gives huge priority on the market: • It gives people the direction in the flow of information, fastens the search of a product of a certain company that already gained consumer’s preference; • It helps the company to launch new products with lower expenses; • It leads to increase of efficiency in advertising; • And due to that cuts the expenses on PR; • It helps combine all types of marketing, like advertising, commercial propaganda as press-conferences, publishing prestigious prospects and so on; • It intensifies the corporate spirit, unites staff and makes them feel relevant in the process; • Has positive effect on the company’s image, visual esthetics. Advertising is the basic method of brand’s promotion and development. Advertising is the most important element in marketing, because the sphere of marketing covers all sides of all developed countries’ modern economy and also every step of marketing has either direct or indirect connection with promotion activities in this country. Modern advertising is a logical element of marketing system and its distinctive feature is that advertisements don’t only provoke the demand, but also manipulate it inside the chosen group of consumers. The main aim is to enter and rule the chosen segment and not spread efforts on all market. Firstly, it is possible to almost precisely measure the demand modifications which are taken as a base for product differentiation and, of course, its promotion. This differentiation much simplifies the promotion activities and makes it more productive. The profit and the promotion expenses usually depend on the level of differentiation.

290 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Branding itself consists of an advertiser, selling organization and advertising agency united together to create and inculcate in the masses a personalized brand-image. Let’s talk about examples of different positioning of the Russian brands: Recently Russia has begun to work on the creation of strong, sustainable brands, because our consumers haven’t confidence and affection in domestic brands. And Russian companies often have to «pretend» to be foreign in order to draw attention to them. Everyone used to think that the best shoes were made in Italy, the household appliances – in Germany, cosmetics - in France, the best tea-in England and the clothes are much better if European. Russian manufacturers have to change these and many other stereotypes. For the «German» name of Ralf Ringer has hidden one of the largest members of the Russian footwear industry. The company was founded by Andrei Berechnyi, which began production of footwear in 1995 at the Moscow factory «Burevestnik.The fact is that the German name was chosen deliberately. «Ralf is a sonorous male name that evokes associations with European, especially German shoes, and then the Ringer – in Ger- man «fighter, boxer», which adds to the image of masculinity» – he said on company’s website. One of the fastest growing networks InCity was founded in 2005, today it consists of more than 300 stores in Russia and in C.I.S. The well- chosen name plays a significant role in fashion-brand positioning and promoting the network: unlike most Russian manufacturers focusing on casual style, InCity positions itself as a brand-glamorous fashion women's clothing, and therefore looks even less Russian. O'stin brand has introduced a group of companies «Sportmaster», developing a network of the same name, reasoning that if the sport Multi- brand can have a Russian name, the clothes need to have a foreign name. There are many brands of «imported» home appliances that are actually the brainchild of Russian entrepreneurs. For example, Rolsen, Scarlett, Vitek, and many others. Most of these items are made atfactories near Moscow from parts which are imported from Southeast Asia. And some of these companies are so successful in positioning themselves as a foreign brand; they can require a higher price for technology which is supposedly German. For example such a company is Bork. With its attractive design and high price (compared to the three above mentioned companies, they are in a cheap price range), the company takes a considerable place in the market. In fact, the qualityof Bork production isn`tworse than other brands, but after learning that

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 291

it is Russian, most buyers would not dare take it. In this situation, a simply- designed brand is vital to sell. So, owners of a strong, popular brand, using their advantage, can charge higher prices so the market dictates their terms. And we, the consumers are ready to pay more for some goods, in order to preserve diversity in the market as a whole. But a famous brand can both help and hinder sales. Once faced with substandard products of one brand, we will likely never return to it again. But even if you have created a successful brand and have an impressive segment of the market, it does not mean that you cannot go out of business. You need to constantly monitor the market, the state of the competition, the emergence of new technologies. You cannot stop, you should always give your customers a reason to buy your product, and you need to give a reason to keep them loyal.

RUSSIA’S PRODUCTIVITY CHALLENGE

A. Golovanov

National Research Tomsk State University

Lately, Russia experienced an overall dramatic economic turnaround: GDP grew at an average annual rate of 7 percent between 1998 and 2010, vaulting the country to 53rd (from 72nd) in the world rankings of wealth. Wages increased strongly as well, with disposable income rising 26 percent a year in nominal terms. During these years, economy-wide labor productivity increased to 31 percent of US levels, from 22 percent [1, P. 51]. To make another leap in productivity and economic performance, Russia must tackle deep structural challenges, such as boosting its competitive intensity, making nuts-and-bolts improvements in operations and business processes, simplifying and clarifying regulations (including those for urban planning and permissions), and allocating financial capital more efficiently. There’s also a human dimension: raising productivity will require a more skilled and mobile workforce. But Russia has some advantages. It can grow robustly without the need for rapid urbanization and social transformation-needs that are so acute in other emerging markets, notably China and India, countries whose productivity lags behind Russia’s significantly. And there’s a sil- ver lining to Russia’s massive investment requirements: as demand for

292 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions capital outstrips domestic supply, competition for foreign funds will probably make it necessary to speed up the implementation of Russia’s productivity agenda. Finally, the country’s government, which must play a critical role, has a powerful incentive to move quickly. In recent years, oil-related taxes represented a third to half of federal revenues. If these receipts shrink, Russia will need new ones. Broad-based, productivity-led growth, while far from easy to realize, is an achievable way to create new revenue sources while improving the lives of Russia’s people. Our research is grounded in an analysis of five important sectors: electric power, retailing, steel, residential construction, and retail banking. Three shortcomings are common to all of these sectors: inefficient business processes, obsolete capacity and production methods, and structural problems attributable to economy-wide factors, such as income levels that are lower than those prevailing in advanced economies. Depending on the sector, inefficient processes account for 30 to 80 percent of the labor productivity gap with the United States, outdated capacity for 20 to 60 percent, and structural factors for 5 to 15 percent [2]. The underlying causes of these shortcomings are diverse. Differing levels of competition within sectors clearly play a role: retailing and steel are the most productive and competitive of the five sectors we studied, while electric power and construction are among the least on both fronts. Regulatory procedures and processes may obstruct operational improvements. Complex, opaque rules for planning and permissions make development projects riskier, and the absence of a comprehensive financial infrastructure hampers the efficient raising and allocation of capital. These challenges cut across each sector we studied, but to make them – and the potential solutions – more tangible, we address them in the context of individual economic sectors. Electric power. Russia’s electric-power sector, a monopoly until 2008, is a poster child for the inefficiencies arising in the absence of vigorous competition. Although the sector is the world’s fourth largest, its labor productivity is just 15 percent of the US level. The end, last year, of the electric-power monopoly could stimulate productivity growth, but only if real market-based price competition emerges. The industry’s central challenge is that Russia must replace much of its aging capacity, but electricity prices don’t cover the full cost of investments in new plants. Without price liberalization, private power companies have little reason to invest in new generating capacity – and the government has historically favored low prices as a social good.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 293

The sector itself can do much to boost the efficiency of existing operations. Russia’s coal-fired plants are 8 percent less fuel efficient than European ones, and its gas-powered plants are 6 percent less fuel efficient. The low density and long distances of Russia’s high-voltage transmission lines raise technical «leakages» to almost twice the US level. Commercial transmission losses are four times higher because of electricity «theft» – the nonpayment of bills and inaccurate metering. Tackling these problems will make a difference. Nonetheless, productivity won’t leap ahead until competitive pricing gives the sector financial incentives to replace obsolete generating capacity and to reduce operating costs in existing plants [3. P. 63]. Steel. Russia has traditionally had a strong, globally competitive steel industry, which accounts for 3 percent of the country’s GDP and 6 percent of its exports and employs more than a million people. The industry’s productivity has risen sharply since 1997, but almost entirely on the back of higher capacity utilization, not improved efficiency. Outdated, subscale steelmaking technology is a major cause of the industry’s low productivity in Russia: it still produces 16 percent of its steel in open-hearth rather than basic oxygen furnaces, which are 50 percent more labor efficient. The other reason for the low productivity is inefficient business processes. Russian steelmakers employ 60 to 100 percent more administrative workers than best-practice companies do [2]. Higher productivity is achievable – already, the top three plants in Russia operate at 77 percent of US levels, more than three times the productivity of the country’s smaller, older plants. Significant opportunities remain to boost the industry’s productivity through automation, IT investments, and improved work organization. The government can lend support by emulating the European Union’s approach to rationalizing its steel industry: job creation, retraining, and outsourcing and subcontracting programs [4]. Retailing. Despite this progress, modern formats account for just 11 percent of retail employment and 35 percent of sales in Russia, compared with 82 and 86 percent of retail turnover in France and Germany, respectively. Overall, the low share of modern formats in Russian retailing accounts for three-quarters of the productivity gap with the United States; the rest is due to inefficient processes. The country’s network of roads is congested and underdeveloped, lengthening delivery times and increasing transport costs. The domination of logistics networks by small regional providers means that supply chains tend to be fragmented and therefore unreli- able. Russian stores also don’t exploit IT sufficiently and use part-time labor

294 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions much less than their counterparts in other markets do, so they are overstaffed during low-traffic periods and understaffed during peak ones [2]. Upgrading these operating practices represents an enormous opportunity for Russian retailers, which should start now to centralize their administrative functions, optimize staffing, and improve processes. The current economic squeeze also gives retailers an opportunity to acquire new sites at lower prices and to consolidate smaller and poorly performing players. The government can help by streamlining regulations in order to accelerate the construction of new commercial real-estate projects, which are often dramatically more expensive than they are in developed countries, and by improving the transport and utility infrastructure. Residential construction. A lack of effective planning increases the uncertainty and risks of development projects in every sector we studied. But its impact is particularly pronounced in residential construction, which accounts for 6 percent of Russia’s GDP and 8 percent of official employment. Just before the crisis, Russia’s government committed itself to increasing per capita housing space to 33 square meters, from 21, by 2020, in line with EU levels. This standard would require average yearly residential construction at more than twice its historic peak. Improving the sector’s productivity – now 21 percent of the US level – is vital to spur the supply of new housing [5]. It takes, on average, 700 days to get a construction permit in Russia - significantly longer than in Brazil, China, and India, and six times longer than in Sweden. Extended project cycles make planning less effective and create supply chain and financing problems; bank financing is virtually unobtainable for small and medium-sized developers. The risk and uncertainty for both them and investors is all the greater because two-thirds of Russia’s cities haven’t approved the master plans required by the country’s city building codes. Developing and ensuring the effective implementation of such plans for cities and regions, along with creating a unified database of land plots, would make construction more productive by minimizing the time required to obtain permits and approvals. When Rus- sia took such steps for construction projects related to the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, approval times fell to six months, from three years. Banking and financial system. The restructuring and resource reallocation needed throughout Russia’s economy will be possible only with a comprehensive financial infrastructure. To create one, the country needs credible rating agencies, better-developed financial instruments, and a bigger pool of long-term savings, as well as a banking

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 295

sector that can pool domestic capital resources effectively and allocate them efficiently. Yet most of Russia’s 1,000-plus banks lack the financial or physical scale to operate efficiently. The government could foster consolidation effectively by gradually tightening capital and reporting requirements and risk-management standards - moves now being implemented with much caution. Restructuring of this sort would also increase productivity, now 23 percent of US levels after adjusting for differences in incomes and ten times lower when measured by physical transactions per employee [4]. Russian banks must fill in large numbers of forms. One directive requires the regular submission of some 74 different reports to the central bank, compared with 1 report US banks submit every 15 days to the Federal Reserve System. Russian bank branches require up to three people, compared with one in the United States, to execute a single cash withdrawal. As a result, making a withdrawal, a deposit, or a payment from an account takes between two and five times as long as it does at US banks. Only about one-third of payment transactions in Russia are automated, compared with 70 percent in the United States and 90 percent in the Netherlands. Nonautomated transactions are on average 12 times more labor intensive than electronic ones [2]. In conclusion, labor productivity improves only when work changes – because people undertake their current jobs more efficiently or move to other, more productive roles. To realize both possibilities, Russia must improve the way it educates and trains professionals and make it easier for workers to move around the economy and the country. Despite high literacy rates and excellent technical education, Rus- sia lacks key skills. By far the largest gaps, evident in all five sectors we studied, are in project management, largely as a result of 20 years of underinvestment and the resulting inexperience of managing large capital projects. The electric-power sector also doesn’t have enough people with plant design and construction know-how, and it is difficult to fill these gaps on a short-term basis by engaging engineers who have experience in construction contracting, since there are so few of them and the market is only emerging. In steel, even recent graduates tend to lack the project-management, teamwork, leadership, and foreign-language

296 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions skills needed to oversee technological-modernization projects [6. P. 67–70]. Upgrading outdated educational programs will help address this shortfall. Many design-management students in residential construction, for instance, still use equipment dating back to the 1950s. Topics such as designing to cost are often covered by antiquated curriculums. Adjusting them to global best-practice standards, as well as increasing the practical component in relevant courses, would raise skill levels throughout the economy. Russia can achieve its potential only if it promotes labor mobility among geographic regions and industry sectors. Historically, rapid per capita GDP growth has almost invariably been accompanied by such a shift in employment – first, from agriculture to manufacturing and, more recently, from manufacturing to financial, business, and trade services. In Russia, however, housing, infrastructure, legal, and cultural barriers hinder labor mobility. Russia’s federal and local governments, as well as its businesses, can facilitate the reallocation of labor by focusing on regional economic- development initiatives that create new jobs. Enhanced job-placement services and improved social programs will also help the country’s workers become more mobile [7. P. 88–90]. Russia’s economy has made enormous strides over the past decade, but the forces behind its recent growth are weakening. By boosting productivity in the years ahead, the country can make its economy more competitive and improve the lives of its people.

Literature

1. Солженицын Е., Швакман И. Производительность труда в России: как добиться прорыва // Harvard Business Review Россия. – 2010. – № 6. – С. 48–56. 2. Эффективная Россия. Производительность как фундамент роста // McKinsey Global Institute, 2009. – URL: – http://www.mckinsey.com/global_locations/ europe_and_middleeast/ russia/ru/latest_thinking. 3. Шварц Т. Парадокс эффективности // Harvard Business Review Россия. – 2010. – № 6. – С. 58–64. 4. Производительность труда как национальный приоритет // Вестник Mckinsey, 2010. – URL: – ttp://www.mckinsey.com/russianquarterly/articles/Transformation/06_0310.aspx?tid=27. 5. Производительность бизнеса: до и после кризиса // Вестник Mckinsey, 2010. – URL: http://www.mckinsey.com/russianquarterly/articles/Transformation/01_0310.aspx?tid=27. 6. Капелюшников Р. Производительность труда и стоимость рабочей силы: как рож- даются статистические иллюзии // Вопросы экономики. – 2009. – № 4. – С. 59–79. 7. Бухалков М. Система управления производительностью труда и эффективностью производства // Организатор производства. – 2008. – С. 87–93.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 297

TAX STIMULATION OF SMALL INNOVATIVE BUSINESS IN RUSSIAN FEDERATION

A. Grinkevich

National Research Tomsk State University

Tax incentives as a tool to stimulate innovation development are used by more and more countries around the world. In 1996, this form of stimulation was used by twelve, in 2006 – already by nineteen OECD countries and by a number of fast-growing developing countries, including China [1]. At the present stage in almost all industrialized countries, there are special incentives to encourage innovative small businesses, which is explained as follows: 1) Small firms have an ability to implement the innovative ideas quicker than the large ones; 2) Greater initiative of staff; 3) Lower capital intensity; 4) Efficiency in adoption and implementation of the decisions taken; 5) Small companies are the link between science and big business. Let’s give examples of tax incentives provided to small innovative businesses in developed countries. Thus, in France, for newly established small and medium-research firms a temporary reduction or elimination of corporation tax ("tax holidays") is applied. In the UK the corporation tax rate for innovative start-ups is reduced from 20% to 1%. The ceiling of tax-free investments for such companies is increased by 50% – up to 150 thousand pounds. The capital gains tax on long-term investments in innovative start-ups is reduced and the tax on reinvesting in such companies is removed. Ex- isting tax incentives for small and medium-sized businesses allow to reduce taxable income by 20% in the case the previous maximal level of spending on R&D is exceeded, or to reduce tax payments for 6% of the R&D cost [1]. In China, small companies engaged in the development of new technologies have an exemption from income tax. In Japan, on small and medium-sized firms (with a capital of less than 100 million yen) spreads the tax credit’s rate of 12% of the total investments in science. In addition, 12% of their allocation in R&D are de- ducted from the tax base for local taxes.

298 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

In Norway, small innovative companies receive more generous R&D tax incentives. The main tax incentive to encourage R&D in the Netherlands is the R&D wage tax credit. An employer resident in the Netherlands and performing qualifying R&D activities is allowed a reduction on the wage tax payable for the salaries of all employees performing R&D activities. De- spite all companies can use such incentive more than 70% of government expenditures on R&D wage tax credit are accounted for small and medium enterprises [2]. Note that international practice has developed two approaches for provision of tax incentives for small businesses: a) The introduction of a special simplified tax system for micro and small enterprises; b) The introduction of special tax incentives for micro and small enterprises under the common tax regime. Russia has chosen the first opportunity. The introduction of simplified tax regimes for small businesses in the Russian Federation pursued the following objectives:  To reduce the tax burden;  To increase the business activity;  To increase the investments;  To simplify the tax administration of small business. However, the current edition of the unified tax on imputed income and simplified tax system, along with the benefits of has a number of disadvantages: – Inefficient fiscal control; – Small business is often used by large and medium businesses in various schemes of tax evasion; – Low level of tax revenue from small businesses; – Small businesses operate mainly in service sector (wholesale and retail trade, personal services sector, real estate, hotel and catering), rather than in priority sectors; – The lack of special tax incentives for small innovative businesses. Note also the challenges faced by small innovative businesses in Russia: 1. Lack of financial resources; 2. High risks; 3. The lack of special tax incentives for small innovative businesses; 4. There are no tax incentives that encourage small business growth in general and small innovative in particular.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 299

5. Comparatively high rates of payments to state extra-budgetary funds for small innovative companies; 6. Lack of incentives s to invest in high-risk small innovative business. Based on international experience and taking into account the features of the Russian tax system, the author proposes: 1. To stimulate reinvestment in small innovative businesses; 2. To establish the differentiation in tax rates within the current simplified taxation regimes depending on the level of innovation and social importance of small businesses. 3. To stimulate the growth of small innovative companies, by limiting the period of application of the special tax regime and by c and the establishment of a gradual increase in the level of the tax burden during the transition from the simplified to the common tax regime; 4. To introduce the preferential rates on payments to state extra- budgetary funds for small innovative businesses; 5. To introduce the method of immediate monetary compensation for non-profit small innovative companies.

Literature

1. Musayeva H.M., Imanshapieva M.M. Tax systems for small businesses: the experience of industrialized countries and the possibility of its use in the Russian Federation / / Taxes and Taxation. – 2011. № 8. – P. 19–26. 2. Tax incitement for innovations. – Moscow: IMEMO RAS, 2009. – P. 160.

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: PROSPECTS FOR RUSSIA

K. Grishina

National Research Tomsk State University

One of the key trends of the Russian business in the XXI century is active foreign expansion of Russian companies in the world market. However, as they are released to the international level, more stringent requirements and standards are imposed upon them, which, coupled with increasing levels of competition in the domestic and international markets compels Russian company to vigorous activity in optimizing internal and external organizational environment to maximize the use of their oppor-

300 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tunities and minimize threats. Much of the success of this process depends on the effectiveness of interaction between the company and its internal and external stakeholders that affect the company's operations or have its effect on them. In this regard, corporate social responsibility (CSR) naturally becomes one of the most important institutions of a modern market economy. As a consequence, the Russian companies, in response to new challenges, are to take into account in their work the requirements of social and environmental issues on the part of stakeholders besides the traditional economic perspective. Currently, corporate social responsibility is one of the most important tools to increase the capitalization of the company, prevent non- commercial risks, provide access to a wide range of investment resources and help to ensure the sustainable development of the three focal areas (environmental, economic and social). Thus, in the Ernst & Young Busi- ness Risk Report : the top 10 risks for business (2010)1, 4 out of 10 described risks fall into the scope of corporate social responsibility. CSR indexes, such as, Dow Jones Sustainability Indexes2 and FTSE4Good3 index are gaining widespread popularity, drawing, among others, special attention of investors. The ongoing consumers’ revitalization and expansion of public access to information lead naturally to the rise in expectations for business transparency. The development of corporate social responsibility practice also contributes to the financial stability of companies, which is essential in a dynamic world economy. This trend is supported, e.g., by the research held by consulting firm AT Kearney between May and November 2008.4 The results of the study showed that in 16 out of 18 industries taken into scope the companies with strong commitment to sustainable development and effective risk management brought to their shareholders $ 650 million more (in terms of market capitalization) than their competitors which did not pay attention to CSR. As for the funding of activities related to CSR and sustainable development, in the case of reduction the proportion of changes in their financing was comparable to changes of the financing of other areas. Meanwhile, not all Russian companies understand the value of stake- holder engagement, improving the transparency of its business, and the

1 t The Erns& Young Business Risk Report 2010. The top 10 risks for business. 2 http://www.sustainability-index.com/ 3 http://www.ftse.com/Indices/FTSE4Good_Index_Series/index.jsp 4 http://www.atkearney.com/documents/10192/6972076a-9cdc-4b20-bc3a-d2a4c43c9c21

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 301

use of modern approaches to management, which in addition to the promotion of short-term profit goals form the basis for long-term development of the organization. Many of the executives who share the idea of CSR in Russia often treat these activities from the perspective of their own experience and level of understanding, not always the case, which ultimately leads to a distorted perception of the process by involved parties. This results not only in the failure of companies to use advanced management practices, but also in the discredit of the CSR concept in the widest circles of society. According to the research of The Economist Intelligence Unit agency held in 2008 among the Russian companies elaborating the practice of CSR, the main barriers to the development of this practice is the uncertainty of the state policy in this area, the lack of qualified staff and concerns about the high costs required to maintain the CSR. Another serious problem for Russian companies is the lack of clear responsibilities in the field of CSR and sustainable development at the board level, which is reported by one in four of the executives surveyed. Less obvious, but important limiting factor is the role of the media. While in the West the press is a powerful force that encourages social activity of companies, in Russia there is no pressure to the company neither by the media nor from the law and civil society. The next barrier is business relationship with non-profit organizations. While many executives say that they appreciate the cooperation with non-profit organizations, or NGOs, The Economist Intelligence Unit research shows that NGOs do not have a material impact on the company. Finally, the active dissemination of CSR is detained by the lack of the state support. Thus, managers of Russian companies claim that their social projects often have no support by the local authorities. 1 At present, the model of CSR in Russia is characterized by such features as a focus on improvements within the company (working conditions for personnel, the development of employees potential, etc.), as well as the reproduction of human capital measures (especially for urban development enterprises) and aligning activities with international standards in the field of quality and environmental protection (ISO-9001, ISO- 14001, etc.). In addition, Russian companies are mostly characterized by

1 From Russia with love. National contribution to global CSR context. The research by The Economist Intelligence Unit agency, 2008. P. 15–20.

302 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions reactive position on the opinion of the authorities of different levels with respect to the solution of social problems of the wider circle.1 Despite many barriers, Russian companies are working to improve their social and environmental performance. Although the scale and depth of the social activities vary considerably, more Russian companies actively include CSR into their operations. However, some companies do not have sufficient understanding of what belongs to the field of corporate social responsibility and limit their activities to the programs for the local communities and various forms of corporate philanthropy. The priorities for the Russian companies in CSR field are activation of management role in CSR, the design of the measurement system performance, and improving relations with the authorities and other stakeholders, including suppliers and partners. Certainly, awareness of the Russian business prospects in the context of the development of corporate responsibility should be an incentive for the expansion of CSR practices. In the conditions of increased market competition meeting high standards of corporate responsibility is becoming a powerful competitive advantage. Thus, corporate social responsibility enables business to manage conflicts of interest in the external and internal environment of the organization efficiently by using tools such as social investment, cross-sector social partnerships, corporate communications and social reporting. In this case, CSR does not only stabilize the current situation, but also contributes to sustainable growth performance over the long term. The experience of individual economic agents proves that international standards of corporate social responsibility can be seamlessly in- corporated in the strategic management of the Russian company. The application of these standards increases the efficiency of organizational change management, even in a high degree of risk and uncertainty, for example, in terms of reforming the industry. All this contributes to a significant increase in the capitalization of the company both in the short and long term. There should be noted the importance of international standards for non-financial reporting, which in addition to the traditional function of a communication tool with stakeholders are the basis for building an effective system of control over the organization in all areas of sustainable

1 Basharina E. Corporate social responsibility in organization management system. Abstract of dissertation for the degree of candidate of economic sciences. М., 2008, P. 18.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 303

development. This optimizes the creation of added value and encourages the rational use of the organization internal and external resources. Development of CSR practice transparency facilitates turning closed economy network into open, which helps build and strengthen institutions of a market economy. The latter, in turn, affects the performance of the company and increases profitability. Finally, the implementation of CSR practices related to the integration of social reporting system with key performance indicators (KPI) allows to monitor the effectiveness of the company's aggregates in the management by objectives and, ultimately, to increase efficiency of corporate governance, which has a positive effect on the capitalization company.1 Thus, the development of the practice of corporate social responsibility is an important step in increasing the efficiency of Russian companies, their sustainable development and strengthening of their position in the global market.

THE CYCLE OF AN ECONOMIC SITUATION OF 2007-2011 IN RUSSIA

A. Kuihina

National Research Tomsk State University

Market transformations in Russia couldn't but strengthen relations with the world, turning it into organic part of the world economy therefore shocks of world economy have essential impact on economy of Rus- sia. 2008 became the first year when Russia started feeling consequences of world crisis fully. Movement of the main indicators defining development of crisis is possible to illustrate as follows. The «trigger» which has caused further serious consequences for all economy is falling of the world prices for the main goods of the Russian export served. The maximum average monthly price level on the Russian oil of the Urals brand was reached in July, 2008 – 130,1 dollars for barrel. After that its decrease to 41,3 dollars in December began. According to it, since September

1 Basharina E. Corporate social responsibility in organization management system. Abstract of dissertation for the degree of candidate of economic sciences. М., 2008. P. 8.

304 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions export and import volumes started decreasing. Slightly earlier the stock market under the influence of bad news about complications with external loans large corporations started reacting. Indexes of MICEX and RTS reached a maximum in May, 2008, and then failed by the end of the year more than in 3 and 3,5 times. In general the enterprises began to feel deterioration of an economic environment at the end of 2007 when there were seeming on that period temporary complications in the bank sphere. The best estimates of availability of the credit fall on this period, then they decrease a little, and from the second half of 2008 sharply fall. Thus, in the first half of 2008 of loud- speaker of many economic indicators it was characterized by continuation of tendencies of rather rapid growth close to rates of 2007. The main of these tendencies are: High growth rate of gross domestic product which in the I quarter reached 108,5%, having exceeded an annual indicator of 2007 (107,6%), and in II almost I coincided with it – 107,5%. Exclusive dynamics of investments. Their increase in the I quarter reached 119,1%, and was close to 121,1% of 2007. In the II quarter though there was a decrease to 113%, nevertheless such gain provides an advancing in comparison with gross domestic product reflects very high level of an investment demand. Increased dynamics of the income of the population, motivating a consumer demand. In the first half of 2008 growth of the real income already started lagging behind 2007 when it reached 12,1%, and made 107,8 in I and 106% in the II quarters. The real wage increased respectively by 13,4 and 12,5% at 117,2% in 2007. In such conditions the economies overheat remained. Inflation reached 13,3%, having exceeded indicators of 2007 and 2006. In the second half of year adverse conditions start affecting more considerably, and two periods here are looked through. It is possible to call the first period the exit period from an overheat when rates of the main indicators decrease and become less steady. And in November – December there comes a change, and absolute falling of the majority of indicators begins. Thus, at the end of 2008 the country entered a sharp phase of an economic crisis1. Let's consider in more detail development of real sector of economy within noted above a trend according to which in I and the II quarters the accelerated growth proceeded, in the III quarter it weakened a little, and in the end of the year on many key parameters recession began.

1 Архипов С. Финансовый кризис в России и в мире. 2010. С. 56–58.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 305

In the majority of branches of real sector in the IV quarter 2008 – the beginning of 2009 production and investment activity sharply decreased. Investment programs are revised towards reduction, projects of reorganization of the large companies stop, payments are late, demand falls, on separate commodity groups the prices fall. Because of reduction of external demand release of export-oriented branches was reduced. Prices for goods of chemical and metallurgical productions fell by 1,5–2 times. There was a crisis of confidence, interest rates for all types of loan grew. Serious problems are connected with a delay of payment of orders, shortage of current assets, debt increase to the enterprises – suppliers and contractors. There is a reduction not only in irrational expenses, but also rational, the probability of reductions of shots is also high1. Also the social sphere in which at all levels tension starts growing suffered, expectations and even valuable reference points of different social groups change. Folding of a mortgage and restriction of consumer crediting means. Crisis affected budgets of regions. Because of decline in production in many of them it wasn't implemented the plan for the income. Since August decrease in rates of their growth began, and in No- vember they were sharply reduced. Risks of short-reception of the income in regions are estimated at 20% from the planned level. Grew unemployment rate and debts on a salary. The enterprises pass from a two-shift operating mode to the one-replaceable. Workers send on unpaid or partially paid leaves, transfer to the reduced working week. The size of bonuses and awards decreases, firms refuse carrying out corporate holidays. In the conditions of crisis of the management of the enterprises uni- laterally consider collective agreements, reduce volumes of social guarantees and payments of stimulating character.For only some months Russia, and also some other the leading countries with developing economy passed in 2008 through three stages of crisis which a year before began in the USA2. Deterioration of the main economic indicators such as, gross domestic product, an inflation index, unemployment rate, a rate of refinancing and volume of monetary weight, showed depth and sharpness of crisis. As data on real gross domestic product weren't found, we will speak further about nominal gross domestic product.

1 Юдина И.Н. Финансовая нестабильность: цикличность, пузыри и кризисы. 2010. С. 33–34. 2 ИНСОР Экономический кризис в России: экспертный взгляд ИНСОР // Вопросы экономики. 2009. № 4. С. 7.

306 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

According to the Prime site – TASS, reduction of the gross domestic product level of Russia begins since October, 2008 and proceeds till 2009 then lifting begins. In August, 2010 the volume of the Russian gross domestic product returned to the before-crisis. The increase in jobless economically active population is observed since June, 2008. In February 2009 this indicator reached the maximum size of 9,4%. In 2010 and 2011гг. gradual decrease in unemployment rate began, and as a result employment returned almost on before-crisis level. The refinancing rate in 2007 kept approximately at the level of 10%, but by the end of 2008 its rates began to grow considerably and by December the size of a rate made 13%. The first quarter 2009 discount rate kept also at the level of 13%, but since the second quarter its size began to fall and by the end of the year it made 9%. In 2010 the tendency of decrease in a rate from 8,75% to 7,75% proceeded. In 2011 its slow increase began with 7,75% to 8,25, having returned to an April indicator of 2010. Monthly inflation in 2008 exceeded similar data for 2007. Since 2009 inflation weakens and reaches the minimum value of 0,1% in April, 2010. Delay of growth of monetary weight at the end of 2008 – the beginning of 2009 and then in 2010 noticeable increase in monetary weight is observed. However since September, 2010 annual rates of a gain of ruble monetary weight gradually decreased and in 2011 this tendency proceeded1. Based on the analysis of the data it can be assumed that for 2007 there was a peak phase, and then from October 2008 to July 2009 economy was in a phase of recession, depression phase – before the end of 2009. Since 2010 there was the phase of recovery, and in 2011 there was the mentioned economic recovery.

COMPETITIVE STRATEGY OF THE RUSSIAN VERTICALLY – INTEGRATED OIL COMPANIES

E. Makarova

National Research omsk State University

For a definition of the optimum strategy of the domestic oil companies it is necessary to formulate a situation that is forming in the Russian market of oil and oil products. To define the type of relationship between

1 http://e3.prime-tass.ru/macro/, http://www.cbr.ru/statistics/

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 307

the market of sellers and the market of buyers it is necessary to analyze factors such as a place of the seller in the market, the main point of strategy of the company and a stage of the branch. According to experts, the Russian market is strongly monopolistic as existing natural monopolies (for example, preservation under direct state control of the main transport infrastructure or concession to monopoly «Gazprom» of a right to export natural gas) don't allow to develop progressively to independent producers. Additionally according to statistics, in approximately 15 regions of our country, systems of oil products supply are under control of one VIOC. Although, strictly speaking, in the oil sector of Russia there is an oligopoly, or there is a control over the market by small group of the large companies. By analyzing the behavior of sellers and buyers in the domestic market of oil, it is possible to assume the concentration strategy in the target market. This strategy is applied in the presence of the high-capacity market and considerable demand for the goods. Due to our country’s large territory there exist markets with different geographical conditions where the prices on material and labor allow manufacturers to concentrate individually in the different markets. The manufacturer doesn’t aspire to increase the competitiveness of the goods because of the weak competition on the market. Concentration in the target market allows the company to focus on one region and to export oil and oil products on a priority route. It is clear that the European direction is stable; however, majority goes towards stagnation of demand for a domestic production: about 80 % of the exports of domestic oil are now exported to Europe. Thus the Atlantic market becomes the main direction of export of oil and oil products from Russia. Therefore, the oil componies maintaining fields of Eastern Siberia and the Far East has a chance to increase the profit not only at the expense of greater demand on the production, but also at the expense of optimization of deliveries. According to statistics of the dissolved stocks of hydrocarbons in Eastern Siberia and the Far East, it is possible not only to reorient export streams of the domestic companies, but also to motivate the companies to increase the level of their technological equipment because oil production conditions in Western Siberia (the main area of production) differ from more severe conditions of the east continental part of our country and shelf zones. Prime cost of shelf oil will be higher, rather than oil production cost from the recon- noitered fields. However, with the high price for oil, the large oil

308 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions companies can offer a part of profit in order to increase the source of raw materials in the future. Eventually priorities are changed, and, respectively, each competitive advantage dominates over the others during a certain period of time. Therefore, improvement of the competitive advantages is the primary key to success in the market for the company. For example, the Lukoil company’s major strategic factors include promoting the increase of the general competitiveness of the company. The company also uses improvement of a control system by the company on the basis of strengthening centralization and activity coordination vertically – integrated components, an intensification of methods of production to increase the rate of extraction of a subsoil through introduction in operation of new technologies and increase in capacity of sector of oil refining and volumes of production of oil products at the expense of modernization of existing oil refineries. Another example is the TNK-BP company whose main objectives to increase overall performance. They use simplification and structure as well as documentation and work standardization with suppliers and contractors. However, except disclosure of potential of own administrative shots and maintenance of high financial efficiency, the company acknowledges the need for work on creation of competitive advantage at the expense of the introduction of advanced technologies. The Surgut- neftegaz company aspires to construct the company of world level with the high competitive advantages and a new qualitative level in a field of activity. KINEF as structural division of the company carries out the same strategic task – an exit to the market of Europe with the oil products meeting the highest requirements of ecological and operational properties. Cooperation of the companies, especially if they possess different types of resources, is a mutually advantageous union, bringing benefits to both parties. In our case, in the presence of an administrative resource at the state companies and technological innovations at private VIOC, their alliance can considerably increase the influence of Russia in the world market of oil. On April 21, 2011 Lukoil and «Rosneft» signed the agreement on long-term cooperation. Within the agreement «Rosneft» suggested the companies Lukoil to develop in common the Naulsky, Soviet and Labagansky fields whose total stocks are estimated at 200 million tons of oil. As a result of this project, both companies will reach high ratings in the world market. Still it is possible to cite as an example the state company «Gazprom neft». Its strategic objectives are production of hydrocarbons on a shelf, production of «heavy raw materials», increase of

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 309

depth of oil refining to 90–95 % and increase in an exit of light oil products to 77 %. By 2020 «Gazprom neft» aims to create a portfolio of the international assets of which share about 10 % of production of hydrocarbons. The main projects of the company are concentrated in the Middle East (Badra project), Africa (Equator project) and Latin America (projects «Junin-6», «Cuba»). These projects are generally concentrated on development of fields and further operation: seismic works 3D, test of wells, beginning of chisel works, and improvement of quality of oil and infrastructure construction. Thanks to work on the Badra and Junin-6 projects at the company, experience of management by large international projects will extend and interaction schemes with the national companies of the partner countries, the international corporations and the Russian largest VIOC because of creation in this project of the «National Oil Consortium» whose participants are «Lu- koil», «Gazprom neft», «Rosneft», TNK-BP and «Surgutneftegaz» will be created. Furthermore it will add «Gazprom neft» of competitive advantages in the international market as the companies with a wide range of possibilities. With a view of globalization of the activity as one more strategy of development, the Russian companies resort to such form, as purchase of stocks of other companies. But actions of the Russian oil companies also are in demand in the Russian and foreign stock market. Actions of «Lu- koil», «Surgutneftegaz» and «Tatneft» enjoy wide popularity of investors, though they are subject to take-off and falling. Unfortunately, the small companies that make the equipment or are engaged in oil refining still have no possibility to enter the Russian stock market. As to joint ventures, this is a very popular activity of the Russian companies because they need the technological support of the western competitors. It is possible to call striking Russian examples the project «Polar light» (JV Rosneft and «ConocoPhillips»), arrangements between Russia and China about cooperation in the field of oil and gas production and petro chemistry («Rosneft» and Sinopec). There are some examples of larger merges: creation of strategic alliance «Lu- koil» and ConocoPhillips power union, and the American company has an almost 20% share in the Russian company. In regards to the cooperation between «Lukoil» and ConocoPhillips it is important to note that the power dialogue of Russia and the USA is interesting and useful to both parties. In the future there will be a merge of the Rus- sian and American parts of strategic alliance of «Lukoil» to Conoco-

310 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Phillips. Another example of strategic alliance: the arrangement of the Russian oil company «Lukoil» and the Chinese oil and gas company CNPC on joint development of natural fields of Central Asia. Both companies already cooperate within joint projects and will be bringing perspective projects abroad into reality through a wide range of actions – from extraction to refining of oil and gas. Thus, the Russian oil companies aspire to raise the competitive advantages in the conditions of an oligopoly existing in domestic market by all methods. This situation dictates to new participants of the market the conditions in which it is very difficult to develop and win positions. For an oligopolistic group of companies who are leaders in the production, processing and export, the main strategy of development of the company and a gain of the market is a concentration in domestic market that allows all companies to coexist peacefully because of the big territory and disorder of large-scale deposits. How- ever it is possible to allocate the main tendencies in strategy of development of the large Russian VIOC, being characterized to big interests to the Asian – Pacific region and, respectively, to fields in Eastern Siberia and in the Far East. For the growing Russian company presence in steadily developing regions that differ from a taking place tendency of investment in the centers of economic activity is important. The specified strategy actively is used by the oil companies for expansion of the market power and control over expenses. But channelized demands not only operative actions, but also the large investments, which companies, generally private, competently reconstructing long- term strategy, endow from the profit. But investments should be target and for more successful technological development the Russian oil company cooperates with western technologically –developed companies which, in most cases, render services. There is a wide variety of forms of cooperation, such as joint ventures, associations, alliances, projects etc. All this raises a level of development not only from the technological point of view, but also from an administrative one as optimization of many processes of management in the company is always positively reflected in the general functioning of the organization. It is necessary not forget about cooperation of the domestic companies among themselves, after all the companies possess different types of resources that, finally, will positively affect not only the result, but also on the experience of interaction between the company and partners. It in turn will help with increase of appeal of the company as investment ob-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 311

ject that is the main direction of development of the largest international companies, whom with the domestic oil companies aspire to compete.

Literature

1. Бозо Н.В., Шмат В.В. Нефтегазовая «монополька» в России // ЭКО. Всероссийский экономический журнал. – 2011. – № 10. – С. 99. 2. Аверченков И. Лукойл: опыт конкурентной борьбы // RosInvest.com [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://rosinvest.com/page/lukojl-opyt-konkurentnoj-borby. 3. ОАО «Сургутнефтегаз». Официальный сайт [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.surgutneftegas.ru. 4. ЛУКОЙЛ и Роснефть договорились о сотрудничестве// Нефть, газ и фондовый рынок [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.ngfr.ru/article.html?091. 5. Газпром нефть. Официальный сайт [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.gazprom-neft.ru/company/strategy.php. 6. Кутузова М. Глобальный прорыв // Нефть России. – 2012. – № 2. – С. 44. 7. Долгов В.В. Взаимодействие с государством как составляющая стратегии развития нефтегазовых компаний в современной России // Актуальные проблемы гуманитарных и естественных наук. – 2009. – № 6. – С. 222. 8. Хаметов А. Современные формы экспорта российского капитала в нефтегазовую отрасль // Вестник Института экономики РАН. – 2009. – № 1. – С. 367.

L’ACTIVITE DE LA SOCIETE TOTAL EN RUSSIE

E. Makarova

L’Universitè d’Etat de Tomsk

Total S.A. – la société petrolière française est la cinquième dans le monde pour le volume de production après Royal Dutch Shell, BP et Exxonmobil. Elle siège à Paris. D’après les résultats de 2011 la société occupe le 11ème rang dans le Fortune globale 500. La société a été fondeé en 1924 sous le nom de Compangie française de pétrole, son nom Total a apparu en 1985. Après la fusion avec la société belge Petrofina en 1999 elle a reçu le nom TotalFinaElf. De 2003 la société porte le nom Total. La société effectue la production et la prospection de pétrole et de gaz dans 44 pays à tous les continents du monde. L’Afrique, l’Orient moyen, l’Eroupe, l’Asie, l’Asie Centrale, l’Amérique y compris. Les réserves de la société comptent 11,4 barils à l’équivalent pétrolier. Mais outre la production la société française développe activement la transformation de la matière première par les investissements d’une grande partie de ses profits dans les capacités de transformation. Total est un des leaders à

312 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions tous les marchés où sont présentés les produits de la société: pétrochimie, matières chimiques industrielles, produits petroliers spéciaux et engrais. Outre la production des ressources traditionnelles la société élargit l’utilisation des ressources énergétiques alternatives. De 2011 Total se présente comme leader mondial dans le domaine des recherches et application de l’énérgie solaire. Et encore, la société française élabore les programmes de création de biocombustible de deuxième génération. Beaucoup d’experts estiment que les études actives des sources alternatives d’énergie dans la plupart des cas pour le compte des ses profits de la vente des produits pétroliers et de gaz permettront à l’avenir de protéger ses investissements dans ce domaine, parce que la tendence mondiale est d’utiliser les sources alternatives pour élever l’effectivité du travail et défendre l’environnement. Donc, nous voyons que la société pétrolière française peut être fière non seulement de grands réserves des ressources naturelles, mais aussi des volumes de transformation, de la pétrochimie et d’innovations, y compris l’utilisation des sources d’énergie favorables pour l’environnement. C’est pourquoi la coopération des sociétés russes avec Total est utile non seulement pour l’acquisition d’expérience mais aussi pour la correction de son activité. Puis il faut parler des étapes de travail de la société française en Russie. En 1999 Total est venu pour la premiére fois au marché russe: Total a effectué la production de pétrole à la région nénéenne d’après l’accord de partage de production (la part de Total était 50%) avec la société norvégienne et avec les sociétés pétrolières russes. Puis c’est seulement en 2008 que Total ouvre la filiale «Total- Vostok» comme son département régional, qui s’occupe de la production de pétrole et de gaz, et des services de production. Eu outre en 2008 a été signée une convention entre Gazprom, Total et la société norvégienne Statoil pour l’utilisation de gisement de Stockman qui était trés perspectif et qui se trouve dans la mer de Barenz. Cette convention prévoyait les parts: Gazprom – 51%, Total – 25%, Statoil – 24%. Cette société va être propriétaire de l’infrastructure de première phase de gisement de Stockman pendant 25 ans à partir du moment de début de son exploitation. En mars 2011 on a signé un mémorandum de coopération entre Total et la société «Novotek», d’après lequel la société française a reçu 12% d’actions de la plus grande production indépendante de gaz naturel en Russie. Au cours de trois ans Total planifie augmenter sa part dans la société Novotek jusqu’à 19,4%. D’aprés la convention Total veut acheter 20%

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 313

d’actions dans la société russe «Yamal SPG». Le gouvernement russe a validé «Le plan complexe du développement de la production de gaz naturel liquéfié sur la péninsule Yamal, qui comprend la construction d’une usine de gaz liquéfié au cours de 5 ans à capacité de 15 mln tonnes par an avec la possibilité d’augmentation sa capacité jusqu’à 30–50 mln tonnes par an». Donc, d’aprés l’analyse de l’activité de la société française Total en Russie on peut dire que cette société examine toutes les propositions de coopération choisit les gisement non seulement perspectifs mais aussi sur les terrains peu praticables, où la prospection et la production exigent beaucoup de temps et d’équipement hautement technologique. Ayant un grand expérience dans la transformation de pétrole Total le trasmet aux sociétés russes, dont l’activité est concentrée dans la plupart des cas à la production et à la vente de pétrole brut et des demi – produits.

Litérature

1. «Total S.A.». Официальный сайт [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.total.com. 2. «Total S.A. – Vostok». Официальный сайт [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.total-lub.ru/lub/lubrussia.nsf/VS_OPM/A08BDFF61F4B71E2C125717F00563B9C? OpenDocument. 3. Проекты Total в России // ЦДУ ТЭК [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.cdu.ru/articles/detail.php?ID=301230. 4. Total планирует избавиться от французской газовой трубы // ЦДУ ТЭК [Электрон- ный ресурс]. – URL: http://top.rbc.ru/economics/27/07/2012/661988.shtml. 5. Третья по величине нефтяная компания Европы продаст активы на $20 млрд, вы- рученные средства будут вложены в нефтегазовые проекты // OilCapital.ru [Электронный ресурс]. – URL: http://www.oilcapital.ru/company/177946.html.

COMPETITIVENESS ENHANCEMENT IN HIGHER EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS ON THE BASIS OF NETWORK INTEGRATION

V. Makoveeva

National Research Tomsk State University

At present there have been a lot of changes in the higher education system. These changes both structural and intensional are aimed at maintaining competitiveness and keeping leading positions of higher educational institutions on the world market. Ongoing modernization and ref- ormation processes can be considered from two points of view.

314 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Firstly, these processes are considered in the aspect of strengthening integration processes at the national level. The Strategy of Social and Economic Development of the Russian Federation in the field of education and innovation developed for the period until 2015 says that integration is one of the key directions of the educational system ref- ormation and it enables to reach a synergistic effect when goals and complementary resources of all participants are integrated. At the same time, integration of goal and resources of only two elements of the comprehensive whole «education-science-production» can cause fundamental disadvantages and inefficiency of the whole system operation. Thus, when science and production are integrated the disadvantage of the whole process is lack of the system of training highly qualified specialists able to implement an innovative product and carry out its production. When education and production are integrated the disadvantage can be connected with innovation activity and structure of programmes for training specialists because they are inadequate for the demands of contemporary economy. Specialists are trained with the help of earlier technologies. Besides when science and education are integrated a major disadvantage is connected with inefficient scientific activity, structural and intensional components of programmes for training specialists which are required for the contemporary economy. A synergistic effect is produced when three elements of integration are combined, it comes out with qualitatively new intellectual products, which are created in the frames of each subsystem of the comprehensive whole «education-science-production» Secondly, these processes are considered from the point of entry into the whole educational environment. One of the directions of the government policy in the sphere of education and science which is pursued now is development of leading universities, enhancement of competitiveness among world scientific and educational centers [1]. However, European universities working in the conditions of global competitiveness for several years came to the conclusion that their attempts to succeed in competition independently could not always be satisfactory. Even big and financially powerful world universities believe that focus on global leadership and sustainable competitive position require more diverse resources, education technologies and facilities than universities could create and implement independently. That is why, one of the goals of their development is organization of educational and scientific integrated systems, elaboration of universal edu-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 315

cational programmes aimed at integration of resources to enhance competitiveness of each university in the world educational environment. Isolation of many scientific and educational institutions reduces their competitiveness level, lowers their contribution to the economy development, hinders their full-fledged entry into the global scientific and educational environment. The integration process helps to form a basis of mutually complementary resources and opportunities to ensure synchroniza- tion of activities, decisions, resources and information flow. When integrated structure is formed it is characterized by a higher level of sustainability to the external environment changes. At present integration is an objective process determined by a tendency of many institutions to find the most effective ways of competitiveness enhancement and guarantee future development and accelerated growth on the basis of consolidation of the integrated institutions. Many Russian and foreign researchers defining the term integration distinguish some characteristics of it. First, integration means the condition of liaison of some independent differentiated parts and functions of the system to form a whole. Second, integration is regarded as a process which leads to such a condition. Research done in the field of integration implementation in Russia shows that a classic example of integration of higher institutions is when they are merged or joined with the idea that «control is instituted over both assets and their distribution». This leads to hierarchical structures establishment and cooperation through the merger. Thus, as a result of a merger in the process of integration a new legal entity is established. In this case all the participants of the merger cease to exist. They are considered to be reorganized from the moment of the state registration of the new legal entity. Rights and obligations of every legal entity under the process of merging proceed to a new legal entity. In many European countries, in Finland, Netherlands, and Sweden in particular, the government encourages integration of some universities for the purposes of competitiveness enhancement, reducing redu- plication of programmes or subjects, more effective exploitation of university potential or use of financial resources allocated by the government. In some countries of Latin America a merge to a certain extent is connected with the development of higher education privatization system which was initiated under the influence of the World

316 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Bank. Besides, X. Durand thinks that «an attempt to consider merging of universities as a simple form of integration used in all branches of economy is a mistake. Differences in traditions and corporate cultures of the joined universities can cause clashes and conflicts. It is necessary do some preliminary work to create certain mechanisms of integration and coordinate work on the principal points that can de different» [2]. Establishment of federal universities in Russia can be a good example of integration in the system of higher education. In this case when universities are merged a new legal entity is not established. The legal entity to which another legal entity is joined is considered to be reorganized since the time it is registered in the Uniform State Register with the determination of activity of the joined legal entity. Rights and obligations of the latter are transferred in the main legal entity. Integration of this type is implemented in the Russian system of higher education on the basis of educational institutions reorganization and af- filiation to the main university other organization departments or branches. Many organizations were affiliated to the main universities within the frames of the integration process in 2011–2012. It enabled to create conditions for the establishment of vertically integrated educational systems which are founded to ensure lifelong learning programmes, flexibility of programmes and academic mobility. It should be noted that the integration process provides competitiveness enhancement not only in case of a merger or an acquisition. So, along with traditional integrated structures that play a role in modern industrial markets in the knowledgeable society there emerge a new type of integrated structures that consist of formally autonomous economic entities and thus, have complementary properties not reducible to the sum of the properties of each. In this case, we should consider the so-called «partnership integration». This integration is essential for the most effective use of the potential of each member of integration based on the division of labour and cooperation. K. Prahaland and V. Ramaswamy noted that partnership has become one of the most important methods of «paradigm of joint value», the process of «continuous experimentation, risk reduction, time compression, investment minimization, and maximum impact on the market» [3]. The outcome of partnership integration could be foundation of integrated systems through networking, in the frames of which strategic relationships between parties are established. One can not, but agree with the American economist D. Krivense, who finds out that «creation of com-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 317

petitive advantage mostly depends on mutually beneficial relationships with other companies» [4]. Therefore, it should be noted that the main goal of the universities participating in the partnership integration is to enhance their competitiveness. University competitiveness is a complex characteristic of its operation and it reflects its superiority over competitors on a number of activity factors: educational, scientific, technology and innovation development and other activities; it demonstrates the ability of the university to crisis-free operation and timely adaptation to changes in the external environment. The most rational approach to further institutional development of integration process in the system of higher education is to create conditions for the development of different forms of partnership integration through networking – networks are aimed at providing high quality and accelerated specialists training, making progress in scientific, technology and innovation performance. In this case, the backbone sign becomes organized joint activity of all entities, which have common goals to accomplish on this or that activity. It also allows to reach legal autonomy among col- laborating participants, to act as partners, strive for the goals through participation in joint projects. Implementation of partnership integration will mean combination of resources and core competences of each participant. At the same time, partnership integration allows to obtain additional material, intellectual and other resources that no other participant possesses acting autonomously. Thus, networks are to be considered, first, as new long-term organizational forms of integration of participants in education, research, production, which are economically autonomous. Second, networks are to be considered as the institutions that define the rules of cooperation and integration of economic entities and share a common system of values. At the beginning of the XXI century a number of factors influenced the increased use of network integration in leading Western universities. These factors are the following: – increased dynamism in the external environment; – need to adapt quickly to the changes; – increased international competition; – low efficiency of conventional forms of integration; – solutions to complex problems of international cooperation in educational and scientific activities; – desire to a more profound and more efficient division of labour;

318 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

– development of computer technology and global communication networks. World practice shows that the organization of the activity based on the network integration allows universities to: – adapt quickly to changing conditions of the external environment, provide orientation of the activities in education, research and innovation and apply them to the needs of the national economy; – improve efficiency of resources potential by concentrating activities on their core competences and unique processes, eliminating duplication of some activities performed by the network participants; – encourage collaborative work in carrying out educational and research projects within the network of competent partners with the necessary resource potential; – raise additional funding; – improve the quality of training. Now, from the perspective of the development strategy of the Russian economy in higher education not only educational and research networks, the best practices of which are used in the world, have become significant, but complementary networks which provide connection for science, education and production. Educational network structure merges with organizations which implement different training programmes. The advantages of educational networks are: – training specialists quality improvement; – launching new educational programmes; – organization of life-long educational programmes; – students and teachers’ academic mobility increase. The transition to such a network management model is conditioned by, firstly, integration of universities into a common European educational environment, and, secondly, by strengthening the importance to organize effective cooperation of universities with academic institutions and enterprises of the real sector of economy. Currently, inter-university network collaboration is implemented through associations, alliances, consortia, and other forms of network organizations whose purpose is to improve communication between the universities, and to intensify processes of academic and scientific exchange. All this allows, on the one hand, focus on emerging needs – training competitive specialists who are in high demand in the labour market. Research network covers all the processes of creation, distribution and implementation of innovations. The advantages of such networks are that they, firstly, can be-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 319

come a base for research and development, because their main basis of existence can be innovations. Se condly, creation of a network dramatically increases the work of the programme “science-implementation- production”. Creation of such structures is directed to universities positioning as competent, competitive entities providing scientific, technical and innovation policy, defining the network of universities to be “control point of innovation development”. A complementary network has a mixed character. Participants of such networks can become individual organizations or their departments aimed at conducting research and development, training specialists for implementation of innovations and development of high-tech production. This form of network integration possesses the following advantages: – Entities – participants of the network fulfill all the tasks for the whole integration system functioning. They jointly use common resources for research and development, for training and retraining specialists. All this makes the network structure more flexible, increases its chances to adapt to the changes in the economic environment, to react immediately to the emerging needs. – Market mechanism is commonly used to control resources flows, based on the exchange of information and cooperation of participants of the network in the frames of the created integrated information systems. – Networks are aimed at designing joint programmes of innovation development subject to priority directions, which makes participants more interested in it and leads to the increase of work efficiency of the whole networking structure. These advantages provide enhancement of competitiveness of the participants of complementary networks, in our case, universities. The role of universities in complementary networks is assigned to development and implementation of new technologies, training specialists for organizations – participants, accumulation and exchange of knowledge between them. At present many industrial organizations are in need of implementation of applied research developments without possessing any sufficient material and technical base. It leads to an increase in orders of research and development that universities can get, and growth of commercialization of research developments. It makes the use of public – private partnership mechanism possible, increases funding research and technological innovation projects in the universities. As a result of this interaction a long-term research plan is developed aimed at the implementation of joint projects real-

320 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions ized within the network. In addition to that, operation of such integra- tive systems provides additional opportunities for students and post- graduates to carry out research on topical subjects, undergo practical training at the enterprises that belong to the network, hire the students to work for the enterprises after their graduation. Another important role of universities is training specialists. Entering into the existing network or its establishment enables the university to expand its portfolio of educational programmes, additional education programmes, in particular. Despite the growth of the number of educational programmes in the universities and the increase in those which have been developed in collaboration with strategic partners, the share of income from providing training in the whole structure of financing educational activity remains low. The reason for such a low demand for continuing professional development programmes is that universities don’t cater for the needs of the companies, they are also not interested in their educational services promotion on the market. One of the possible options of further development of this strategy is to elaborate a comprehensive plan of training specialists with the conceptual idea «life learning education» for the participants of the network, to prepare new training programmes or to update the existing ones for further use. Thus, when universities become full economic entities and begin to compete not only in their traditional markets providing educational services and research developments, but on the labour market and commercial developments, their integration and network operation will give opportunities to expand a range partners and increase actual orders for training and retraining specialists, doing joint research and development together with companies and focus on the solution to the social and economic problems at the regional, national and global level. Literature

1. On measures to implement the state policy in the field of education and science [Elec- tronic resource]: the Presidential Decree of May 7, 2012 № 599 // Consultant Plus: reference information on legal system. Professional version. – Electron. Dan. – M., 2012. – Access from the local network Sci. b-ki Volume. State University, free access. 2. Durand J. Mergers and Acquisitions: markets and universities // Economics of Educa- tion. – 2010. № 3. – Р. 114–116. 3. Prahalad C.C., Ramaswamy B. Future competition. Create a unique value with customers, trans. from English. – Moscow: Olimp-Business, 2006. 4. Krivens D.V. Strategic Marketing. – 6th ed. trans. from English. – Moscow: Izdat.dom “Williams”, 2003.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 321

THE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE CITY OF TOMSK: THE MAIN TRENDS AND PROBLEMS

E. Nekhoda

National Research Tomsk State University

The processes of globalization have deepened the interest in the problems of regional development. There are a few reasons for this. First, regions are now regarded as the most significant structural element in the world division of labor; the realisation of internal potential and comparative advantages contributes to their effective development, higher attractiveness for investments and adequate living conditions. Second, globalization has resulted in the formation of regions on the world scale, for example, region-countries – China and a group of countries – the Euro- pean Union. This has also increased interest in the problems of regional development. Third, of great scientific and pratical importance are the federal structure of a number of states (the US, Germany, Russia), and the study of the experience of some regions and cities (in Russia, for instance, like perhaps in the whole world, the interest in the Silicon valley, and the centre of scientific research in Houston isn’t weakening) . As we see it in Russia, the task of developing small towns (rural settlements) has come to the foreground. Such towns and settlements still lag behind large and medium-sized towns in their infrastructure. There are few attractive jobs there and the level of education is low. The problem of monotowns in Russia is urgent; as the example we may look at the small towns in the Kemerovo oblast, where the primary industrial activity of the population is centred around coal mines. It should also be noted that the Russian regions differ in a number of parametres – from natural climatic and socio-demographic conditions to macroeconomic conditions. For a long time most Russian scientists and economists viewed the economy of a region or town as the object of government regulation. The latest research in the theory of federalism focuses on the need for establishing relations between the centre and the regions on the basis of levelling budget procurement through redistribution of revenues within the national budget system. However, in practice it is impossible to use the mechanisms of government regulation alone for levelling regional development. The Russian regions are too heterogene- ous to function equally effectively in the market environment. As a result, the solution to the problem of measuring the competitiveness of a given

322 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions region and the subsequent building of the economic development model with due regard to its competitive advantages are vital. At present the strategic development of the regions and the elaboration of the urban development strategy are the object of regional research. In the Tomsk oblast including the city of Tomsk certain experience in this field has been gained. In particular, the economic development strategy of the Tomsk oblast until the year 2020 has been drafted. On the 9th of Oc- tober, 2007 the first public discussion of the Tomsk Duma’s decisions on the Approval of the Socio-Economic Development Programme of Tomsk between 2007 and 2011 was held. The aim of the programme is to use more efficiently innovative, productive and human potentials in the city. It defines the set of measures aimed at implementing the strategic objectives and tasks of urban development. The primary objective of the given programme is improving the population’s quality of life through establishing high-quality urban environment in two basic directions: One: creating comfortable living environment in Tomsk, two: creating favour- able conditions for economic activity of enterprises and organisations. The given programme is the mechanism for implementing the strategic development of Tomsk until 2020. Before I dwell on the strategic development of Tomsk and possible problems, I would like to give you some background information. The city of Tomsk is the centre of the Tomsk oblast, which, in its turn, is a member of the Siberian Federal Territory (composed of 14 subjects of the Russian Federation). Today 520,000 people reside in this unique city. Its uniqueness, that is a key factor in determining its strategic development, is based on the following features: First, The large educational complex and the oldest Siberian university are located there. The six higher education institutions train specialists in various fields (humanities, natural sciences, technical and engineering sciences, information technology, medicine). For this reason Tomsk is often referred to as Siberian Athens. Second, Tomsk is the biggest academic centre in Siberia, with its Si- berian branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences and scientific research institutions of the Russian Medical Academy, the most known of them are the Pharmacology and Cardiology Institutes. Third, It is the centre of computer technologies with a number of computer companies (firms). Tomsk is among the leaders in the country in the number of computers for each person and development of information technologies.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 323

Fourth, In the last 10 years a great impetus was given to emerging innovative firms that make medical equipment, electrical equipment, industrial engineering, precision tools for production lines, and so on. Fifth, The traditional mining industries – gas, oil, petrochemical and lumber – are growing at a fast pace. All these things allow us to determine the city’s comparative (competitive?) advantages and regard it as the Centre of science and innovation.It is the advanced academic complex, high-skilled labour, fast growth rates of innovative firms that allowed the city of Tomsk and the Tomsk Oblast to obtain the status of an innovation and technology special zone. So, in 2006 the Development Strategy of Tomsk until 2020 was elaborated and adopted. When planning the given strategy the following tools of strategic management were used: statistical analysis, forecasting of socio-economic development, strategic planning on the basis of comparative (competitive) advantages, the system of indicators and indexes of regional development (on the basis of balanced indicators). The algorithm for planning the development strategy included the following steps. 1. The analysis of the city’s socio-economic development, its resources and problems: – analysis of internal and external factors of the city’s development; – analysis of possibilities and restraints; – possible development scenarios. 2. Strategic vision of the city. 3. Strategic development trends: – mid-term program of socio-economic development for the years 2007 to 2011, – priority projects of socio-economic development. 4. Targeted success indicators. 5. Monitoring and evaluating the program implementation. The most important strategic advantages and development resources were chosen as the basic internal potential for the city’s development. Among them are the following. 1. The functions of a capital-city. Tomsk is the major unrivalled centre of administration, transport, culture, information, infrastructure and science in the region. It has a vast consumer market. 2. The geographic location. The location is convenient for investors. The equal distance to the eastern and western borders. The secure transport routes to Central Asia and China. In terms of location Tomsk is on the forefront of

324 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions developing the taiga forest resources. Tomsk also takes advantage of its location between two adjacent geographic zones and serves as a contact zone between them. 3. The active city community. Well-educated, promising young generation. A lot of creative ideas and projects. Strong intellectual potential of the city community. The growing information environment; independent mass media, advanced theme-based Web-sites. 4. The powerful academic potential, prerequisites for establishing information environment. 5. The advantages of the economic basis. The diverse economic basis, well-adapted to the new conditions. The vast mobile labour market. The large share of working age people. No ageing of population yet. The presence of the middle class. The starting competition for reputation among local companies. Efficient small business. The improving investment image of the Tomsk oblast (best among Siberian reons). Strong housing construction market. 6. The city’s favorable image. The long existing positive reputation of Siberian Athens. Active foreign economic, scientific and cultural contacts. Attractive unique wooden architecture. However, it would be wrong to overestimate the bright prospects of the city’s strategic development. A number of problems are viewed as most urgent. 1. Minuses of the geographical position – a severe climate and sharp contrasts in temperature (this has to be compensated for by creating comfortable living conditions).Besides, Tomsk stands outside the main railroad –the Trans- siberian railroad. And the proximity of such big cities as Novosibirsk and Ke- merovo adds to the competition for investments, tourists and political power. 2. The demographic problems. Despite the fact that most of the population are young people (every fourth resident is a student) there is a decline in the size of the population (death rate exceeds birth rate). The forecasts say that the population will be shrinking. 3. The problems of developing the urban environment. The unique old wooden buildings, though valuable for economic development, pose some danger, since many of them are decrepit and in disastrous condition, with public utilities and engineering infrastructure worn out. Besides, there are high ecological risks due to the proximity of an atomic power station (60 kms). 4. The problems of the local government, namely the dependence on the centre of Russia politically, the limited financial basis.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 325

5. The problems of the city community – the growing social contrasts and social stratification (emerging slums and luxury neighborhoods within the city), the crime and corruption rates are not decreasing. The above-mentioned problems made us create objective indicators of success, the system of balanced indicators and plan the monitoring and evaluating activity. Summarising, I would like to make the following conclusions. The competitiveness of a region or a city includes 4 underlying components. First, The need for achieving high living standards (competitiveness in the labour market, or competitiveness provided by the population). Second, the efficiency of the regional economic mechanism (competitiveness in the consumer market, or competitiveness provided by production). Third, Investor-friendly environment in the region/city (competitiveness in the capital market or financial competitiveness). Fourth, the efficiency of the administering mechanism (competitiveness of business infrastructure, provided by the local government).

ACCOUNTANTS’ PROFESSIONAL JUDGMENT: PROBLEMS OF APPLICATION IN RUSSIAN ACCOUNTING PRACTICE

E. Palchikova

National Research Tomsk State University

The development of market relations and gradual liberalization of Russian accounting system have led to the need of Russian accountants’ professional judgment. Professional judgment can be defined as motivated, independent expert’s opinion in the branch of accounting due to accounting units, method of preparation of financial reporting. This opinion is based on the knowledge and practical of accounting of business transaction in condi- tional of uncertain [4. Р. 90–91]. Almost all developed countries have preferred using of accountants’ professional judgment publication of normative documents in regulating of accounting process today. In other words, specific accountant directs by their professional judgment largely in specific situation. Such accounting category is still being in infancy in Russian practice.

326 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Current Russian accounting legislation doesn’t define «professional judgment», but, at the same time, it makes clear that professional judgment is a tool for reliable accounting information. Normative documents in which situations are examined must be studied by accountant to solve the accounting problems. Such variants can emerge: 1) situation is described in normative document, then it is realized at work; 2) there is contradictory information in different normative documents, then the rule is chosen, given by a higher authority or latest rule in the time; 3) if a rule is absent in regulation – accountants take an accounting decision by themselves relying on their professional judgment [2. Р. 21–22]. Russian companies have had the right to form an accounting policy by themselves and to use it as instrument of accounting regulation of business activates at local level since 1994. According to changes and additions of Russian accounting system, nowadays accounting policy can be considered as a single document in which accountant expresses his professional judgment in a most general form [3. Р. 14]. Organizations should make up rational and easy-to-use accounting policy reflecting most important elements in it. Do not overload the paper by listing of accounting methods, which have already given in regulations. For example, there is no need to include the fact of provision for doubtful debts, because it is obligatory, according to the requirement of care. Selecting accounting methods of proposed regulations, accountant fixes only those, which are relevant to current economic activity of enterprise in accounting police. Emergence of a new accounting object and approval of its method of accounting doesn’t lead to change in accounting policy. It’s necessary to change accounting police if new business facts emerged are reflected in accounting policy in a wrong way [1]. Professional judgment can be divided into two groups according to the time of business fact: 1) professional judgment concerning future economic activities; 2) professional judgment concerning current economic activities. In the first case accountants’ professional judgment is made by order of accounting policy of the next year, in the second case – is reflected as a change or addiction to the current accounting policy. The accounting methods, which are not provided by documents of higher levels, are developed and are fixed in accounting policy by enterprise. For

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 327

example, company has the right to determinate the way of distribution of direct costs between work in progress and finished goods in stock. Formation of accountant policy should be implemented on the basic of business conditions, branch and company structure. Accountant can determine a specific accounting of their assets and business transaction by themselves on the basic current accounting legislation. Thus, economic sense of cost the same for all business, but each branch has a unique structure of costs. Accountant, fixes such features in accounting policy who expressing by their professional judgment. If ways established normative documents don’t allow to reflect relia- bly financial position and financial results of the organization, accountant by themselves professional judgment develops make more optimal accounting method, relying on professional judgment as it defined by requirements of rational accounting. For example, accountant has the right to determine the order of creation of a reserve for doubtful debts in accounting policy. Accountants’ professional judgment in accounting policy is very important too in case of contradictions and imperfections, when it’s In this case is very difficult to set priorities this or that method [2. Р. 25]. Unfortunately, accountants’ professional judgment isn’t commonly enough used today in Russia. The reason of it is in domination of tax factor in solving accounting problems. Russian Tax Code provides severe sanctions, if norms of tax laws aren’t followed for companies. Besides, off-recurring tax claims take place in case controversial interpretation of accounting regulation methods. Under such conditions accountant prefers to follow regulations and examples of arbitration practice, but not rely to their professional judgment. Apart from Russian accountant system, International Financial Re- porting Standards (IFRS) are aimed at the financial statements and welcomed to use in accountants’ professional opinion. Also characteristic of Russian accounting system is contradictions in the legal papers of different levels. Not all requirement of accounting policy are fulfilled in practice in Rus- sian accountant system apart from IFRS. So, principle of priority of economic substance is of great importance over form, because company business activity is beyond legal form. But priority is given to the legal form rather than economic substance. Therefore this principle isn’t complied [2. Р. 23]. Limited application of professional judgment in Russian accounting system is connected with the fact that such accounting information is used by fis-

328 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions cal, statistic and other authorities. In its turn, information of financial report is aimed at inventors, owners and financial institutions in IFRS [3. Р. 18]. In conclusion, accountants’ professional judgment formed in accounting policy is important liberalization accounting tool, improves accounting normative legal regulation and also resolves legislative contradictions. But keeping of all weak sides of Russian accounting system won’t be helpful in qualitative practice implementation of accountants’ professional judgment in perspective.

Literature

1. The position on accounting “Accounting policy of organization” approved by order Rus- sian Finance Ministry October 6, 2008, № 106n [Electronic resource]. – M.: GARANT- SERVICE, 2012. – URL: http: // base.garant.ru/12163097/. 2. Grigorieva-Dorofeeva O. Professional judgment in the formation of accounting policy // Vestnik the Kazan Agricultural University. – Kazan, 2009. – T. 14, № 4. – P. 21–24 3. Nagovitsyna O. Evolution and improvement of accounting policy // Audit and financial analysis. – M., 2011. – № 6. – P. 14–21 4. Tuyakova Z., Satalkina E. Classification of judgment as modern tools of accounting // Vestnik Orienburg University. – Orienburg, 2010. – № 1. – P. 90–97.

TECHNOLOGICAL PLATFORM AS A TOOL TO PROMOTE INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIAN ECONOMY

E. Ponomareva

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University

Technology platforms are an important tool of the state science and technology and innovation policy. They are formed on the basis of the mechanism of public-private partnerships for joint efforts in the field of scientific, technological and innovative development of the Russian economy. At the moment, technology platforms are actively developing in Russia, they are realized by combining the efforts of government, science and business in the development and production of unique products for the modernization of the Russian economy. The purpose of this paper is to examine technology platforms as a tool to promote innovative development of the Russian economy, the history of their formation, the existing varieties. The technology platform is a communication tool to further the efforts to develop advanced commercial technologies, new products (ser-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 329

vices) to secure funding for research and development by involving all stakeholders (business, science, government, civil society) improvement of the legal framework in the field of scientific and technological and innovation development.1 The first technology platform was established in 2001 in Europe - ACARE (Advisory Council for Aeronautics in Europe) – Advisory Council for Aeronautics Research. The concept of «technology platforms» was proposed by the European Commission in 2002 as a basis for determining the thematic areas of the European Union. Today to European technological platforms is to promote the creation of the European Research Area by overcoming fragmentation and focus research efforts, both at the European and national levels. Strengthening its role in overcoming the great social challenges for 2008 are 36 European Technology Platforms.2 According to the experience of colleagues, scientific community in Russia has met the Government's initiative to create a technology platform with a rare enthusi- asm for our time and in August 2010 the Russian Government Commission on High Technology and Innovation and the Ministry of Education asked the ministry to prepare a proposal for the formation of their own technology platforms, such as the new management tool in science and technology. As a result, by April 1, 2011 – approved by 29 Russian technology platforms (RTP). Establishing international links with relevant theme of European Technology Platforms (ETPs), as well as other national and regional technology community can be an effective tool for the successful development of Russian technology platforms (RTP). At the moment, Russian technology platform combined efforts of government, business, science, defining the challenges in the development of innovative programs, strategic research and identifying ways to implement them. The basic principles of Russian technology platforms are: the most significant joint efforts and stakeholders: government, business, science; software development and implementation of long-term (strategic) priorities across specific sectors of the economy; technological modernization in the most promising areas for economic development. As approved by the Russian Government in autumn 2011 developed by the

1 Technology platforms / National Research University Higher School of Economics [Еlectronic resource]. Mode of access: http://www.hse.ru/org/hse/tp/about. 2 Technology platforms – a new tool for scientific and technological progress and innovation development / Report at the Scientific - Technical Council of the Far Eastern Federal University, December 6, 2011 [Еlectronic resource]. Mode of access: http://www. myshared.ru/slide/157185/.

330 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Economic Development Ministry, «Innovative Development Strategy of Russia until 2020», a key role is intended for technology platforms. In determining the list of the most promising technological platform of the sector of the economy that support the development of the following priority areas: Medical equipment, technology and pharma- ceutic, energy, energy efficiency and energy saving, nuclear technology, space technologies and telecommunications, strategic information technology, security and counter-terrorism, etc. In accordance with the procedure of listing the technological platforms (approved by the Government Commission on High Technology and Innovation on Au- gust 3, 2010, the protocol number 4), and the action plan on the development of technology platforms in 2011 (approved by the Working Group on the development of private -public partnership in innovation under the Government Commission on High Technology and Innova- tion July 11, 2011, protocol number 23-AA) developed guidelines and the main stages of formation and development of technology plat- 1 forms. Table 1. The stage of formation and development of technology platforms

Step 3. Plan for implementing the Step 1. Future face the Step 2. Strategic Research strategic research agenda sector in the long term Program

• Evaluation of the key • Set priorities in R & D, the • Identify the different possible challenges main potential participants sources of funding • Establishing strategic • Building up scientific • Create an organizational struc- objectives and possi- cooperation, identification ture for the monitoring of progress ble technological of possible consortia and problems, clarify the neces- modernization • Identification of necessary sary areas of research and devel- • Timeframe directions of scientific infra- opment • Evaluation of the structure • Identify tools to prioritize inter- scientific and techno- • Development of training action and exchange with the logical capacity programs results • Possible «agenda» • Identify trends and princi- • The definition of «road map» for research and de- ples of the development of • Generating constant-specifies the velopment standards, certification sys- «portfolio», subordinate to the tems strategic objectives including • Assessment of funding resource «framework»

On the way of the development and establishment of Russian technological platforms there is a number of problems, weaknesses. Due to «youth» of technology platforms as a tool of public – private

1 Ministry of Economic Development of the Russian Federation [Еlectronic resource]. Mode of access: http://www.economy.gov.ru.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 331

partnership weak structuring of business interests is revealed, and low susceptibility of an innovative business, and participation in technology platforms was detected, mainly in defense companies and the energy industry, not the enterprises of «modern high-tech market» such as genetic engineering, nanotechnology, biomedicine, etc. Also not a small problem is the lack of «transparency» mechanisms of financing of technology platforms and the absence of the «flow» of high-quality innovative projects. Speaking of funding, technology platforms are an integral part of the innovation system of the country, where the direct government subsidies. If you look at the international practice, it is more effective than direct injec- tion technology platforms in the state, and the ability of technology platforms to integrate into various state programs. Therefore, the second pillar of support was the participation of state and federal programs. Finally, TP support at the expense of their activities into state-owned companies. Min- istry of Economic Development has offered each of the technology platforms to make the strategic research agenda and key action plans. The work is great, but in terms of the organization of their future activities, perhaps the key. Therefore, the Ministry of Finance makes proposals to allocate up to 10 million rubles each technology platform for writing the strategic research agenda and a clear action plan. A subsidy for consulting to technology platforms work more effective. Especially now that the whole country is preparing for the transition to program-target method of government – is the transition to programming, docking programs, budgets and projects. Therefore, the subsidy for consulting, which will receive technology platforms are designed primarily to attract competent professionals who will be able to analyze the state of affairs in the directions of the platform and its plans to dock with the federal and state targeted programs.1 In the «Strategy 2020» clearly stated the funding mechanism technology platforms. It also assumes a «strongly saturate the money of Russian Foundation for Techno- logical Development, in order to fund mainly directed these funds to support the development of technology platforms it. In our country, a lot of attention is paid to the development of technology platforms in the field of medicine and biotechnology, as well as in the energy, engineering and mining. For example, the purpose of the technological platform «Medicine of the Future» is the

1 Stanislaw Kozak. CCI-Inform14.09.2012-[electronic resource]. Mode of access: http://tpp- inform.ru/economy_business/2708.html.

332 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions creation of a «breakthrough» technology in medicine, determining the possibility of the emergence of new markets for high-tech products and services, as well as the rapid spread of advanced technologies in the medical and pharmaceutical industries. By 2020 it is planned to meet up to 60% of the demand for innovative medicines and replace up to 50% of the foreign products. Priority is given to nuclear energy, which can be formed by technological platforms aimed at tasks such as creating a series of nuclear reactors of the fourth generation for the domestic and export markets, the creation of the service system of the nuclear fuel cycle in the new technological environment, the development of alternative technologies (hy- drogen) Energy. The national priority to ensure effective operation and development of oil and gas can be formed technology platforms to address the following objectives: increasing its own energy efficiency of oil and gas industry, ensuring complete extraction of energy resources, the creation of rehabilitation technologies deposits have not fully recovering the reserves. The national priorities related to the provision of energy and resource saving, energy-efficient consumption can be generated by the technological platform competitiveness of Russian producers of energy equipment and technology on domestic and certain segments of the world market.1 Russian technology platforms are working closely with the authorities and institutions of the Russian Federation. Here are some of the most striking examples. Open Joint Stock Company «RUSNANO» implement the national policy for the development of nanotechnology industry through co-investment in nanotechnology projects with substantial economic potential or social benefit. Foundation for Assistance to Small Innovative Enterprises in science and technology has programs that are aimed at the creation of new and expansion of existing high-tech companies, commercialization of scientific and technological activities, attracting investment in innovative small businesses, creating new jobs. State Corporation «Bank for Development and Foreign Economic Af- fairs» was created in order to enhance the competitiveness of the Russian economy, stimulate investment activity through investment, foreign trade, insurance, consulting and other activities for the implementation of projects aimed at infrastructure development, innovation, special economic

1 Federal portal. The use of technology platforms in Russia [Еlectronic resource]. Mode of access: http://protown.ru.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 333

zones, environmental protection, support of export of Russian goods, as well as to support small and medium enterprises1. In summary, I would like to say about the benefits that technology platforms for the development of our country. In business, it is improving the environment for innovation, stimulate demand for innovative products, new opportunities for technological upgrading and extension of the planning horizon, the possibility to produce entirely new products; political support in the global markets, the possibility of the formation of international alliances in areas with a high risk and require joint resources. In science the advantage is to attract businesses to partner with research organizations, the expansion of demand for R & D business. Profitable for the state is the ability to define the medium-and long-term priorities of science and technology policy, focusing on the priority areas of economic modernization of private and public resources, identify areas for improving regulation, including industry and improving the effectiveness of budget expenditures. A review of technology platforms enables us to conclude that they are entirely new and very complicated for practical implementation tool of Russian innovation policy. In general, the tool of technology platforms was quite popular as a communication platform for the representatives of the various parties – government, business, science and education. For the effective work of the platforms is of paramount importance balancing and harmonizing the interests of all the parties. In general, one of the main challenges faced by today's platforms, we must recognize the complexity of the work involved in a business that often takes as long as the fence. Technology platforms can be considered as a step toward the future of innovation in Russia.

VENTURE FINANCING INNOVATION IN RUSSIA

M. Shumar

National Research Tomsk State University

Venture investing is one of the most effective ways of financing new innovative enterprises. The article discusses characteristics of venture capital, especially its development in Russia, an innovative funding

1 Technology platforms / National Research University Higher School of Economics [Еlectronic resource]. Mode of access: http://www.hse.ru.

334 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions mechanism based on crowdsourcing. The analysis of the state of the venture market in Russia at present is presented. The main problems and their solutions are discussed. In modern conditions of intensive technological development attention is paid to the design and development of innovations, through which Russia will make the transition to an innovative economy. The critical importance of development of venture business component supports the fact that most of the discoveries and breakthroughs in high-tech made by venture capital and venture capital companies. Consequently, many economically developed countries, realizing the importance of innovation, are moving towards the creation of economic mechanisms to facilitate the implementation of the latest achievements of NTP. The important role is played by the venture capital industry in the life science sector. Bulk creation of technology parks and business incubators is the physical embodiment of the venture industry. Part of universities bridge gaps between theory and practice, as well as it helps to develop the universities themselves methodological apparatus. Availability of innovative projects to universities provides an opportunity to attract new sources of funding, both public and private. Venture financing – a form of equity and debt resources in social reproduction, stimulating the development of innovation, which is characterized by high risk and uncertainty in the final result, as well as ultra- high returns on investment in new or developing companies. According to various estimates, the market for venture capital investments in Russia is more than $ 2 billion, including a business angel, which is usually individuals, at their own risk investing a little money in the most risky projects. Most investment funds that claim to venture investment strategies actually work at a much later stage. That is, in fact, are private equity funds – investing in companies with stable earnings and established a corporate governance structure. In this report we describe an innovative financing mechanism of the venture fund based on crowdsourcing. The financial crisis of 2008. redistributed some areas of investing money and created a new alternative to the securities market, creating a certain segment, namely the sector of finance – crowdsourcing (Eng. srowd – the «crowd» and sourcing – «selection of resources»). Crowdsourcing – is innovation with the calculation of the user, in which manufacturers rely on customers, not only in the formulation of needs, but also to identify new types of goods and services that would satisfy everyone's needs.

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 335

Crowdsourcing started to develop in the U.S. and EC about two years ago and is gaining popularity in the so-called yuppies (young and successful people aged 22–35yo). In implementing this project venture investing is usually carried out in small and medium-sized private enterprises or without the provision of a bond or mortgage, as opposed to, for example, bank lending. Financing venture capitalists is a special kind of high risk where direct investments are provided in exchange for a share of the company, which is justified by faith in the success of the venture and the lack of facilities for their own research and commercialization of advanced technology, and the reimbursement of long waiting investors may only sell their share in the support business. Internet-based venture capital fund is an online crowdsourcing platform for commercialization of innovative projects is a service – a mediator between authors developments, investors and experts, offering tools for collaboration and project financing. The product includes modules of electronic documents, universal payment system and the remote service through which investors can finance them interesting project and receive a share in the new company. Online Venture Fund performs all tasks assigned to it, without having a specific geographical origin. Innovative way of development, global economic modernization by introducing high-tech projects – a priority for the successful development of Russia. The purpose of this mechanism: Addressing the financing needs of innovative products. To achieve this goal were as follows: 1) development of the core platform for the Internet to interact with market participants; 2) the creation of an effective system to attract sponsors and investors from around the world; 3) the creation and formation of the Criminal Code in order to reduce risks, to bring to the management of professionally trained specialists and effective implementation of new projects; 4) The constant modernization platform, expanding its functionality. This online information system is a powerful hardware and software system that enables the whole cycle of operations starting from the placement of the project in the database data, its analysis of external consultants and experts, project financing interested contractors to implementation of the project, reports on its activities. Digital system simplifies the whole process of the project location and its viability to venture financing. Implementation of the system of con-

336 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions trol of financial flows, an analysis of the business plan by external consultants and experts in various fields of venture investors ensures that the project will be implemented, as well as to provide him with this report. The development of the venture capital industry in Russia is one of the hottest fields of economic strategy. Venture investment each time are more frequently mentioned in the Cabinet meeting, the Federation Coun- cil and the State Duma. Today Venture Capital is an active and evolving mechanism, which has a huge growth potential. A number of well invested Russian projects, which have found their future in the global space, serve as a complementary argument to this thesis. One of the main findings, in accordance with the above stated, lies in the fact that the formation of the venture capital industry – an objective necessity, which is due to modern reality, the requirement in the transition to post- industrial development, entry into an innovative economy. However, there are significant challenges to the development of the venture capital industry in Russia: 1) Lack of infrastructure to support the emergence of a science and technology Russia new and development of existing small and medium- growing technology innovative companies that could become attractive for venture capital investment; 2) the lack of Russian capital in the venture capital industry of Russia – one of the main factors the country's attractiveness for foreign investors; 3) Lack of information support of the venture capital industry in Russia; 4) lack of qualified managers venture funds and low investment culture of entrepreneurs; 5) limitations in the choice of venture capital funding, among which there can not be direct presence in the traditional economy to foreign investors, such as pension and insurance funds; 6) the absence of the legal form of the venture fund; 7) low liquidity of venture capital investment, largely due to the insufficient development of the stock market, which is the most important tool of free exit of venture capital funds invested enterprises. In respect of the legal form of the venture fund there is a need to develop the most optimal form of organization than the existing ones, namely the agreement of society and closed-end mutual fund. Sector development for innovative companies on the stock markets is a positive signal to investors. Stock exchanges, the company concluded

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 337

IPO (Initial Public Offering), is the most attractive instrument asset sales venture investor to a strategic investor. Information infrastructure is rapidly developing. Contribution to this process is made by online portals fair venture capital and innovative enterprises, the state policy in the field of business innovation, both at the federal and regional levels, the availability of venture capital in the centers of large cities. High priority is given to this issue in many media. There are lots of training centers for the business venture. Thus, the venture business is growing, but it is only on the way to its final formation. Investment in venture capital start-up is not structured in a single sector with its standards. Force only gaining pools of experienced managers, specialized legal and consulting firms, stock exchanges. However, the main aspect, is in the fact that there is a positive trend and the only need is some time and sustained effort to achieve the goal - building a working, balanced and powerful system of the venture capital industry.

Literature

1. Herald RVCA // Quarterly Russian Association of Venture Capital. – 2010. – № 21. – S. 41–46. 2. Vlasov А. What do they write about venture capital in Russia [electronic resource] // Venture Capital. – Electron. Dan. – M., 2012. – URL: http://rvca.ru/ (date accessed: 01.05.2012). 3. Gladstone D., Gladstone L. Investment Venture Capital. – Dnepropetrovsk: Balance Business Books, 2008. – 158 p. 4. Gulkin P.G., Terebynkina T.A. Valuation and pricing of venture investment and market entry IPO. – St. Petersburg: Alpari, 2009. – 210 р.

TERRITORIAL FORMATION OF INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIA: A SKOLKOVO INNOVATIVE CENTER CASE STUDY

A. Kolesova

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University

One of the most important areas of the formation of the Russian innovation system is the creation of appropriate infrastructure, which would carry out financial, information, consulting, marketing support of innovative projects. Efficient investment and innovation are impossible without

338 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions serious organizational and economic measures for the development of institutional and infrastructure environment. One of such directions is the creation of the territory of the innovative development of Russia: in 2009 the President of the Russian Federation proposed the idea of implementing a modern technology center by the example of «Silicon Valley», which will form an attractive environment for leading scientists, engineers, designers, programmers, managers, financiers, and will create new competitive technology in the global market. The aim of my work is to study the features of creation and development of the innovation center «Skolkovo». The phrase «Silicon Valley» was introduced in 1971 by entrepreneur Ralph Verstom to designate area in the north of California where facilities of the computer industry were concentrated together. The idea of establishing the research area of the latest technology belongs to Stanford University. This idea was conditioned by financial considerations: after World War II University faced a shortage of funds. University had a big piece of land, so the Stanford management decided to receive funds for Stanford's further development from delivery of this land in long-term rent for a moderate payment to the companies engaged in new technological developments. From the 1960s to the 1990s years, the large corporations such as Apple, Intel, Microsoft and Google had placed headquarters there. As these companies have created a lot of jobs, has been solved another problem, «brain drain» – to stop the outflow of students from Stanford University to other areas of employment. In the «Silicon Valley» for the first time in mass scale practice of the venture capitals, i.e. investments of money in the latest scientific and technical development characterizing a high risk, was used. Today, «Silicon Valley» is the largest Hi-Tech Center of the USA. Here are the offices of the largest electronics and software companies. More than 300 thousand experts are involved in works. Global computerization has brought and brings unimaginable income to the residents of the «Silicon Valley». Analogues of the «Silicon valley» were tried to realize by other countries. Since the early 1970s, dozens of countries had been trying to repeat the American successful project. The «Silicon Valley» was created in English Cambridge, Tel Aviv, Hel- sinki, French Antibes, Korean Daejeon, Indian Bangalore. [2] Russia will create its own «Silicon Valley»- it will be built in the suburban «Skolkovo». The working name of the national «Silicon Val- ley» is Innograd (City of Innovation). «Skolkovo» will be a scientific- industrial complex, which will include universities, enterprises and busi-

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 339

ness incubators, creating a whole ecosystem of production, transfer and commercialization of innovative technologies. The activities of «Skolk- ovo» are regulated by the Federal Law of the Russian Federation № 244- FZ «On the innovation center» «Skolkovo», which was signed by the President of the Russian Federation Dmitry Medvedev on September 28, 2010. [3] The project of creation of the Innovative Center is realized by Skolkovo Foundation (full name – Scientific Centre for Development and Commercialization of New Technologies). The president of Skolkovo Foundation is Victor Vekselberg. The Fund includes three advisory bodies – the Board of trustees (the Chairman – Dmitry Medvedev), Consult- ing scientific council (Cochairmen – Jores Alfyorov and Roger Korn- berg), Fund Council (Cochairmen – Victor Vekselberg and Craig Barrett). The structure of Fund includes Science and technology park (the Director is Sergey Kurilov) which purpose is rendering to the participating companies of the Skolkovo project of necessary support for successful development of their technological assets and corporate structures by providing services which are necessary for development (such as team formation, selection of shots for functional services, adjustment of business processes and corporate procedures, ensuring protection of intellectual property, creation of image and advance of an innovative product or service, training to innovative management). « Skolkovo» is a project of strategic development and supporting of the Russian innovations in 5 areas: nuclear technologies, medicine, telecommunications, space, information technologies. On the territory of the «Skolkovo» will function such educational programs as SIST-Skolkovo Institute of Science and Technology in partnership with MIT (International Master University), and Skolkovo Open University which will be established for the provision of under- graduate and graduate students for SIST and trainees for partner companies of «Skolkovo». An area of about 400 hectares in the Odintsovo district of the Moscow region will be home for about 21,000 people, the total number of employees, including visitors from Moscow and the region, will be 31 thousand. The first projects of the Innovation Centre will be realized in 2012, the main building program will complete in 2015. Moreover, the principle of «4E» will work there: ecology, energy efficiency, ergonomics and efficiency. Main partners of the project «Skol- kovo» are Boeing, Rosatom, Cisco, Microsoft, Siemens, TNK-BP, IBM, Johnson & Johnson, Lukoil, TATA, Intel, Nokia, Ericsson, Sberbank, Dow, GE [1]. Some results of «Skolkovo’s» work are shown in Table 1.

340 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Table 1. Results of the Fund’s "Skolkovo" work for June-September 2011

Creating an innovation ecosystem "Skolkovo" Creating a studying  An agreement on the principal terms of coopera- environment tion with the MIT  Recruited 161 party Creating a research  Approved a grant in the amount of 2.8 billion environment rubles. Creating a financial  Agreements with 16 venture capital funds in the environment total amount of 6.3 billion rubles. Creating a business  The agreement on the establishment of nine environment corporate R & D centers  Approved the general plan of the city of innova- Creating a physical environ- tion ment  The construction of the house-cube.  Management "Skolkovo" became part of the Expert Council of the Agency for Strategic Initiatives at the Creating of social and political RF Government environment  Cooperation agreements with Rosstandart and MOE  20 members of intellectual property has been Creating an environment of registered with the center of the intellectual property business services  30% of companies use the services of grantees certified business coaches Creating a social environment  The concept of health  A system for monitoring the participants Creating a system of manag-  A system of procurement: basic principles - ing the innovation center transparency, accountability, simplicity.

Innovation center «Skolkovo» is called the Russian «Silicon Valley». Now we will consider the differences between the American «Silicon Val- ley» and the Russian «Skolkovo». The main difference of the American successful project of the USA consists that there everything was created on the basis of scientific centers, without accurate geographical borders, decrees of the president, the thought-over budget and a powerful PR campaign though public financing was. One more positive moment of the «Silicon Valley» is that fact that all companies, developing in a valley, are American, i.e. involving foreign experts, they work at the USA as a whole. «Skolkovo's» innovation center is created from scratch, money for Innovation center construction entirely goes from the state budget, the basis is made by the foreign companies which will simply pay the salary to the Russian scientist for the development their countries, i.e. it won't stop «brain drain» from Russia. The «Silicon Valley» is purely spontaneous, but effectively functioning formation, where small independent firms had been concentrating during any time. No American president signed the decree about its creation. Skolkovo, as

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 341

government says, will be something great, than set of independent laborato- ries and the research centers. At least, it is possible to predict that the atmosphere of intellectual creativity favoring to innovations will be created. The «Silicon Valley» in Skolkovo turned into the most criticized project of the Russian authorities. A huge number of politicians, journalists and businessmen have expressed their opposition to the project. According to many researchers, the Russian project «City of Science» is doomed to failure, because Russia does not have the necessary business networks, enterprise culture, the ability to take risks and openness. The press has criticized the project and for its proximity to Moscow: Skolkovo is located in one of the most expensive areas, there are no prospects for expansion of the city, because on the one hand – the Moscow Ring Road, on the other – the elite settlements. Moreover because of unattractiveness for life: the location is on the outskirts of Moscow Ring Road with perpetual traffic jams, lack of alternative transport and high cost make the region unattractive to stay for researchers and developers of new technologies[4]. It is quite natural that «Skolkovo» isn't pleasant to everyone. People state the most different arguments against this project. Arguments vary as from reasons purely theoretical which are too worthy to be respected to quite a personal discontent. To sum up, it is necessary to recognize that it is too early to make a global conclusions as the project is at a development stage. But, despite the large number of negative reviews about the prospects of the project, each month brings new information about what companies which are willing to support the project, who exactly will develop and what kind of offers come from future employees of the Russian industrial park. Rus- sian industrial park will be operational in 2015, when the housing stock and the number of residents will reach 25,000 people. The government claims that the «Skolkovo» will absorb the best of what has been created by Russian science in recent years, which will stop the «brain drain» and return our best scientists from abroad. Literature

1. Official website of the Innovation Center «Skolkovo» / [Еlectronic resource]. – URL: www.SK.ru. 2. Online magazine «Business-all» / / Silicon Valley (Silicon Valley) [Еlectronic resource]. – URL: http://business-all.com/materials/95. 3. Federal Law of 28 September 2010 N 244-FZ "On the innovation center" Skolkovo "/ / Information and legal support «Garant» [Еlectronic resource]. – URL: http://base.garant.ru/ 12179043/. 4. Unova: news innovation and venture capital market [Еlectronic resource]. – URL: www.unova.ru.

342 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

PRICE DISCRIMINATION AND ITS PRACTICAL APPLICATION

S. Pedchenko

National Research Tomsk State University

Studying of many market phenomena and processes in a context of the microeconomic analysis is based on an assumption that freely competing or possessing the market power sellers appoint a single price for all customers. The establishment of the single price is the standard theoretical premise for the functioning of most industrial markets. Nevertheless, there are the examples, testifying that this factor is not always held. Often we see that the manufacturer appoints different prices for identical products. This phenomenon in economy received the name price discrimination. The price discrimination will be discussed in this work. Research of a problem of price discrimination is, as a rule, conducted in a context of the theory of imperfect competition. The reason for this is the fact that price discrimination is possible only if the firm has a share of the market power and possibility to control the prices. The perfect competition market doesn't provide such power; participants of such market can only accept the current prices, therefore, there are no conditions for implementation of price discrimination. The sense of policy of discrimination is in any possibility to appoint a ceiling price for each sold commodity unit. The purpose of my work is to give theoretical justification of the phenomenon of price discrimination, to reveal its practical value and to analyze consequences of its application. To achieve the above it is necessary: 1. To study available theoretical materials on the matter. 2. To make the disclosure on the essence of price discrimination concept, to define the reasons and preconditions of its emergence, to list types of price discrimination. 3. To define the conditions which allow pricing realization on the basis of discrimination. 4. To show practical application of price discrimination. We face price discrimination quite often during our life, sometimes without noticing it. In certain cases the customer who has undergone price discrimination thinks that he, on the contrary, made very good bargain. It means that price discrimination represents rather inconsistent

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 343

phenomenon which can't be estimated unequivocally. In my opinion, the problem of researching of price discrimination is relevant today and de- serves attention. The reason is that its influence on economic welfare has very ambiguous character. There are some kinds of intensity of price discrimination. Price discrimination of the first intensity or perfect price discrimination. This type of price discrimination involves establishing of the price by the firm for each sold commodity unit so that this commodity unit was sold for just a monetary value of its limiting utility for any consumer. In practice it is almost unrealizable. Firstly, it is almost impossible to appoint the price for each buyer. Secondly, the firm usually doesn't know precisely subjective price of each buyer. Wide application of price discrimination of the first intensity would be accompanied by big transaction costs for the detection of financial information on the client and on negotiating at sale of each commodity unit that would reduce profit of the monopolist. Example of manifestation of perfect price discrimination is for example purchases of souvenirs in such countries, as, Turkey. There sellers establish rather high prices on the goods for tourists. However, despite it there is personal approach to each buyer. They see potential clients and almost unmistakably define the price on which the goods will be sold. In Turkey it is accepted to bargain. The price for the goods can be brought down by 10–30 %, and even by 50 %. Whenever you go it is necessary to bargain. It is necessary to notice that in shops of Turkey, as a rule, there are no price tags, and prompt sellers set a price themselves. In general, the price for the goods can depend on some unusual to us factors, for example, a sex of the seller or a sex of the buyer and even on the origin of the seller. Practical realization of price discrimination usually reduces it to price discrimination of the second or third intensity. Price discrimination of the second degree assumes that the size of the price is put in dependence directly from the volume of production purchase. Discount cards are a classical example. The higher the price of a discount card is- the bigger discount from the price of the goods the buyer will get. The policy of price discrimination of the second degree is carried out by the underground. In Moscow there are various tariffs for the subway trip depending on quantity of trips. If you get a card for several trips, the price will be lower. You may see the level of economy on subway trip in the table provided below.

344 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

Table 3. Tariffs for the subway trip in Moscow

Type of the ticket Quantity of trips, Fare, Total cost, pieces rubles rubles The card on 2 trips 2 28 56 and 5 days The card on 5 trips 5 27 135 and 45 days The card on 10 trips 10 26,5 265 and 45 days The card on 20 trips 20 26 520 and 45 days The card on 60 trips 60 20,75 1245 and 45 days

Having the third intensity of price discrimination the firm is capable to identify various segments of market with different demand curves. A good example is Saudi Arabia price discrimination of Asian countries which depend on an import of the Saudi oil. Numerous researches showed that Saudi Arabia actively uses unreasonable extra charges on the supply of oil to the Asian countries (Japan, Taiwan, China, Singapore, South Korea). In 1991–2002 the Asian countries on the average overpaid $0.94 for each barrel of oil in comparison with the European and American consumers. After 2002 the rupture of the prices reached $1.50. The state oil company Saudi Aramco while price quotation on oil for the main three markets – Europe, America and Asia – appoints higher price for Asian buyers. Thus the prices are expressed in the conditions of transportation of FOB («Free on Board»). It means that the seller is obliged to put only a product aboard a vessel in his own port, and the buyer pays for the vessel loading, as well as for all further transportation. Theoretically for all buyers of oil whom oil is delivered by tankers, Saudi Aramco should establish the identical FOB prices. James A. Baker Institute for Public Policy of Rice University, published research «Future of Saudi Price Discrimination», notes that such discrimination became possible as the Asian countries appeared hostages of the geographical position. The countries of Asia which have been almost deprived of the oil fields need to look for the nearest power sources in order to minimize transport expenses. One of the nearest sources of oil for them is the countries of the Middle East. Supply of oil from other regions of the world will manage much more expensively: it will take 36 and 27 days a tanker to pass distance from Nigeria to Japan or Singapore

V Section. Russian economics in the context оf global tendencies 345

respectively whereas from Saudi Arabia it reaches the port of destination in 22 and 12 days are respectively. Besides, the West African oil is purer and contains less impurity, than Saudi therefor it is more expensive. The only way to make Saudi Arabia refuse the discrimination is the competition – an entrance on the Asian oil market of other suppliers. However and in this case Saudi Arabia can apply price discrimination rather long time. Price discrimination of the third degree also is traced in the services provided by the telephone companies. For example, in many cities pensioners, veterans of the Great Patriotic War pay lower tariffs for the telephone services than other population. Thus many companies develop programs for the support of socially unprotected segments of the population. Also favorable tariffs are provided to the inhabitants living in a private sector: quantity of calls, granting free minutes for outcoming calls, both on mobile phones, and on city numbers. For the price discrimination to be possible, the observance of certain conditions is necessary: • the seller should possess the exclusive power allowing him to su- pervise production and the prices. • the market can be segmented, i.e. buyers can be divided into groups, demand of each will differ on elasticity degree. • And the third condition – the ability of this firm to exclude goods resale by the consumers buying it at the low price to the consumers buying it at the high price. In economy this process is called arbitration. (Ar- bitration – few logically connected transactions directed on extraction of profit from a difference in the prices for identical or connected assets at the same time in the different markets (spatial arbitration), or in the same market during the different moments of time). Now the mechanisms to some extent based on the discrimination principles, strongly entered into the practice of pricing of considerable number of firms. Price discrimination for the company is one of the possibilities to increase the profit from each client. But discrimination is not only the effective tool of increase of profit of the company from work with each consumer, but it also increases public welfare. (In the first case, the company has possibility to sell goods even to those clients who aren't capable to buy it at the initial price, but can pay for it the sum, exceeding limiting expenses (the company receives benefit after all). And public welfare is improved because people who are ill provided with money

346 Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions have an opportunity to acquire goods and services not available for them earlier). The attitude of the public towards the price discrimination is more negative, because people regard it as injustice. But there are many examples which show that price discrimination has positive aspects. Owing to these reasons economists treat price discrimination more tolerantly, rather than other public for which the mentioned discrimination always will be the object of criticism.

Literature

1. Вэриан Х.Р. Микроэкономика. Промежуточный уровень. Современный подход. – М.: Юнити, 1997. – 767 с. 2. Грязнова А.Г., Юданов А.Ю. Микроэкономика. Теория и российская практика: учеб. пособие для студ. вузов, обучающ. по экон. спец. и направлениям. – М.: КНОРУС, 2005. – 592 с. 3. Кабраль Луис М.Б. Организация отраслевых рынков вводный курс. – Минск: Но- вое знание, 2003. – 355 с. 4. 50 лекций по микроэкономике: учеб. для студ. вузов, обучающ. по экон. спец. и направлениям / Институт «Экономическая школа», Санкт-Петербургский государствен- ный университет экономики и финансов, Высшая школа экономики. – СПб., 2000. – Т. 1. – 622 с. 5. Мэнкью Н.Г., Кузин В. Принципы экономикс: пер. с англ. – СПб.: ПитерКом, 1999. – 780 с. 6. Нуреев Р.М. Курс микроэкономики: учеб. для вузов]. – М.: НОРМА, 2011. – 572 с. 7. Парламентская газета на Дальнем Востоке [Электронный ресурс]. – Электрон. дан. – Парламентская газета на Дальнем востоке, 2009. – URL: http://www.parldv.ru/index.php?mod=art_show&id_art=977 (дата обращения: 27.05.12). 8. Розанова Н.М. Экономика отраслевых рынков: учеб. для вузов по экон. спец. – М.: Юрайт [и др.], 2011. – 906 с. 9. Рой Л.В. Анализ отраслевых рынков: учеб. для вузов по экон. спец. – М.: ИНФРА- М, 2010. – 440 с. 10. Сломан Дж. Экономикс: Экспресс-курс. – СПб.: Питер, 2007. – 608 с. 11. Тарануха Ю.В. Теория отраслевых рынков (в структурно-логических схемах): учеб.-метод. пособие. – М.: Дело и сервис, 2009. – 317 с. 12. Тироль Ж. Рынки и рыночная власть: теория организации промышленности: в 2 т. / Ж. Тироль. – СПб.: Экономическая школа, 2000. – Т. 1. – 328 с. 13. Франк Р.Х. Микроэкономика и поведение: учеб. для вузов по экон. спец. – М.: ИНФРА-М, 2000. – 694 с. 14. Хайман Д.Н. Современная микроэкономика: анализ и применение: пер. с англ.: в 2 т. – М.: Финансы и статистика, 1992. – Т. 1 – 362 с. 15. Экономика. Олигополия [Электронный ресурс]. – Электрон. дан. – Проект: эко- номика, 2006. – URL: http://economics.wideworld.ru/microeconomics/competition/3/ (дата обращения: 10.04.2012). 16. Экономика. Ценовая дискриминация. Саудовский пример [Электронный ресурс].– Электрон. дан. – MOLDOVA, 2001–2009. – URL: http://www.moldova.ru/index. php?tabName=articles&owner=37&id=986 (дата обращения: 10.04.2012). 17.Юсупова А.Т. Теория отраслевых рынков: учеб. пособие для студ. вузов, обучающ. по направлению «Экономика». – Новосибирск: Изд-во СО РАН, 2005. – 209 с.

CONTENTS

PLENARY...... 3

Mitchell P.J., Zarubin A.N. English as the language of a global economy: an overview of Russia and China...... 3 Shilina E.N. Topical worldwide problems in modern economics ...... 7 Negri M. Justice as justifiable centers...... 10 Nekhoda E.V. The global economic crisis and the challenges for the Russian economy ...... 19 Tsitlenok V.S. International competition as a formation factor of «Economic sustainability»...... 29 Tyuleneva N.A. Bildung einer neuen Konfiguration der russischen Wirtschaft bei der Schaffung von Innovations–Clustern ...... 34

I S e c t i o n. WORLD ECONOMICS: A FUTURE PERSPECTIVE ...... 42

Moskvina N., Alikhanova S. Apec Vladivostok-2012 and its meaning for Russia ...... 42 Bannova K. The consolidated group of taxpayers ...... 45 Ivanchikhina A. The globalization of tourism ...... 49 Koptelova S. China’s special economic zones: to be or not to be? ...... 53 Petrova A. New tendencies in the development of the world economy...... 58 Purina M. Offshore tax planning in Russia ...... 61 Red'kina M. Tourismus zählt weltweit zu den grössten Wirtschaftszweigen ...... 64 Rojdestvenskaya E. The system of procompetition regulation in Russia and abroad: common and unique ...... 66 Chemyakina A. The WTO's impact on the Russian banking system...... 69 Yashаva G. Use of the cluster approach in enhancing the competitiveness of the economy...... 72 Сhestopalova G. Developpement du capital risque en union europeenne...... 81 Bespalova O. Die Eurozone und die europäische Zentralbank ...... 84 Bolunova S., Shendel V. Position de la russie sur le marché international en fonction de cours du rouble...... 93

II S e c t i o n. MANAGEMENT IN THE XXI CENTURY...... 97

Sergeeva M. Fiasco of the market and its causes...... 97 Sedina M. Creation of the human resource management system in the organization...... 99 Shatohina D. Features of the Russian corporate governance arrangements ...... 101 348 Litvinova M., Rakovskaya V. The modern model of sociolabor relations system in Russia...... 103 Rojdestvenskaya E. PRO-competitive policies in modern Russian economy...... 110 Rozhnova A., Kolomin R. The nature and value of strategic management. The military strategy ...... 114 Shevchenko N. Strategic macro-planning as institute of «Economy of sustainable development»...... 122 Shilnikov A. Business process reengineering as a key for the best compensation plan’s performance...... 127 Shkolnaya J. Motivation of employees in the agricultural sector (for example, livestock production)...... 131 Zhernov E., Litvina K. Transnational corporations and banks in the conditions of the global economic crisis ...... 134 Antonova T. Human resource management during the crisis period...... 139 Lisnyak A. New approaches to the evaluation of organizations’ potential bankruptcies.... 143

III S e c t i o n. INTERDISCIPLINARY SYNTHESIS OF ECONOMIC SCIENCE...... 149

Karimova D. State intervention in the economy: the objective necessity and limits...... 149 Kovyryahina A. Mitwirkung der Formen von Business und Macht in Russland...... 153 Bezzubko B. Theoretical basis of strategic urban planning ...... 156 Matyunin E., Zharikov A. Decision support problems under conditions of information asymmetry...... 161 Elmurzaeva R. Research on institutional support and the method of assessment of the regulatory impact of state economy ...... 167 Honl T. Regulation of the pharmaceutical market: is there a foundation for the development of innovative drugs in Russia ...... 170 Grigoryeva N. Identification of the qualitative factors which make considerable impact on number of advanced technologies...... 174 Illarionova A. Economic and social importance of health tourism...... 181 Kokoulina E. Leadership development in the management of intellectual capital ...... 187 Maslina E. Managing the emotional resources of the organization to increase its effectiveness...... 192 Petrova O. Social and labour relations in in-house labour-markets...... 197 Shevchenko N., Larionova A. Factors of formation of innovative–enterprise potential of a society ...... 200 Tkacheva V. The endowment fund as one of the mechanisms to finance a university ...... 203 Kusurgasheva L., Muromtceva A.Interrelation of higher education and economic growth: the theoretical aspect...... 206

IV S e c t i o n. INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF COUTRIES, REGIONS AND COMPANIES: MODELS АND MECHANISMS...... 213

Grineva D., Zelensky P. Interaction of the system 4i (information incubator of innovative ideas) and youth competition novoe zveno of the Russian railways ...... 213 Bonoeva E., Belomyttseva O. IPO as an innovative financing technique ...... 216 Danchina C. Tax policy on the safeguarding of innovative activity...... 221 Khachin S. Critical issues in regional innovative ecosystem creation ...... 225 Nalbandyan A. Innovations in the system of government purchases in France...... 229 Ryumina Y. Die Steuerermässigungen wie die Weise der Stimulierung der innovativen Tätigkeit ...... 234 Shimshirt N. Financing vehicles of innovation in Russia and problems of efficiency ...... 237

349

Yanshina T. Die wechselwirkung der nationalen forschungsuniversitäten mit kleinen innovationsunternehmen (am beispiel der Tomsker staatsuniversität und der gesellschaft mit begrenzter haftung «Kompachim»)...... 245 Yarkovskii P. The state support for innovative projects in Tomsk region ...... 250 Bolunova S., Shendel V. Innovative development of the EU ...... 254 Voiku I. The forecast of the horticulture development of the Pskov region...... 259 Galitskaia D., Leonidova A. Short characteristic of financial pyramids...... 262 Kuznetsov I., Sosnin N. The IPO of facebook Inc: the reasons for its failure ...... 266 Petinenko I., Redchikova N. Government and corporations: cooperation in the process of innovation development ...... 269 Chernyshov M., Turlov A. Innovative development of the Russian agricultural sector...... 275

V S e c t i o n. RUSSIAN ECONOMICS IN THE CONTEXT OF GLOBAL TENDENCIES...... 281

Bolat-ool C. Alternative to banks: Internet services of the non-bank financial organizations in Russia ...... 281 Farzalibeyli A., Klimina L. Branding in Russia...... 288 Golovanov A. Russia’s productivity challenge...... 291 Grinkevich A. Tax stimulation of small innovative business in Russian Federation ...... 397 Grishina K. Corporate social responsibility: prospects for Russia...... 399 Kuihina A. The cycle of an economic situation of 2007–2011 in Russia ...... 303 Makarova E. Competitive strategy of the Russian vertically – integrated oil companies ...... 306 Makarova E. L’activite de la societe total en Russie...... 311 Makoveeva V. Competitiveness enhancement in higher educational establishments on the basis of network integration...... 313 Nekhoda E. The development strategy of the city of Tomsk: the main trends and problems ...... 321 Palchikova E. Accountants’ professional judgment: problems of application in Russian accounting practice...... 325 Ponomareva E. Technological platform as a tool to promote innovative development of Russian economy ...... 328 Shumar M. Venture financing innovation in Russia...... 333 Kolesova A. Territorial formation of innovative development of Russia: a Skolkovo innovative center case study ...... 337 Pedchenko S. Price discrimination and its practical application ...... 342

SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATION

International Youth Academic Conference

Current issues in modern economics: a fresh look and new solutions

26–27 November 2012

Редактор В.С. Сумарокова Компьютерная верстка Т.В. Дьяковой Подписано в печать 14.02.2013. 1 Формат 60х84 /16. Бумага офсетная № 1. Печать офсетная. Печ. л. 21,9; усл. печ. л. 20,4; уч.-изд. л. 20,8. Тираж 100. Заказ

ООО «Издательство ТГУ», 634029, г. Томск, ул. Никитина, 4 ООО «Интегральный переплет», 634040, г. Томск, ул. Высоцкого, 28, стр. 1